7413 - Plans VOL 1 - 2019 Intersection ImpDOME
SUN
VALLEYVIEWYUCCA
VALLEY
HILTON I
NGHA
MKCUBROYAL
ACRES
Y
OR
K
HARTLEE FIELD WOODLANDHILLSGOLDENO
A
K
BEND
JUPITER
APOLLO
PERSHING
JUNO
TITANREDSTONEATLASNEPTUNE SELENE
HERCULES DENTONWINDSOR
ORR CORONDO
CORDOVABELL
HENRYBOLIVER Evers
Park
STROUD
PRAIRIE
INDUSTRIALPECAN OAK
HICKORY
AUSTINCEDARWALNUT
PEARL
PARKWAYBOLIVER WITHERS
TEXASBELLSAWYER
AUSTINOAKLANDCOLLEGE
SCHMITZ
OWENS
FOREST
OAK
LAWN
PEACH
HERITAGE
WOODLAND
Texas
Womans
University
THIRD
FIRST ELM LOCUSTEVERS SILVER
KINGS ROW
SALADO
KINGSTON TRACE
GREEN OAKS
LA PALOMA
QUAIL
RID
GEWINDSOR
VICTORIA
HILLCRUHC
HEATHERAVONERVDO
EMERSONHA
NOVERARCHERT
REE
I
NGBURN
FOXCROFT
MILL POND
CHEBI FREEDOMOLDNORTHCooper
LOCHLEYWILLIAMSBURG
MISTYWOOD NOTTINGHAMLAURELWOODJAMESTOWNParkROYALWOODHAVENWOODEKAY
GREENWOOD
GLENWOODSHERWOODCLOVER
ROBINWOODLIVE OAK
MOHICAN
CREEK
SHAWNEETWILIGHT
LANEBELLAIREBOBOLINK
HUMMINGBIRD
BLUEBIRDMOCKINGBIRDORIOLE
MEADOWLARK
WOODTHRUSH
KINGFISHER
CARDINALPAISLEY AUDRALAGUNA
SIERRA
MANHATTEN
WINDSOR
BLUE-
BONNETSTUART
SHERMANWILSONW OODBRIGHT-
WOOD
OAKRIDGEDRIFTWOOD
CHISHOLM
LINWOOD
GREENWOOD
CRESTWOODNORTHWOODCHERRYWOODSAULESNWO
BR
ROBERTS UNIVERSITY
Texas Womans
Golf Course RUDDELLMINGO
CHOCTAW
SEMINOLE
REDWOODTYLER
WAYNEBOYD SNYDERMOZINGOLATTIMORE
AUDRA
OAK TREE
WHITE OAK
MEADOW
OAKAUTUMN OAKPINOAKLATTIMOREWILLISMAY
TEXAS
BRADSHAWCRAWFORDWOODDAVISRUDDELL HETTIEJANNIEDAVIS WOODFORDMULKEYROSEOakwood
Cemetery RUDDELLWOODMC KINNEYFRAMEULANDYELLOWSTONEKAYEWOODBELL
FOXWOODS
OLYMPIAWOLF-
TRAP
ASPEN
WELLINGTONSTRATFORD
PICKWICK
CAMBRIDGE
OLD ORCHARDBROKE BOWWINDYHILLEMERSON
CRAIGMISTY WOOD
BRAIRWOODBRITTANY TERRY
BEVERLY
ANYSA
HOWARDLATTIMORE
CHISTOPHER
BARNES
MACK
LEE
MACKPAISLEY
WESTONPACE AUDRA
WINDBREAK
SILVER DOME
Park
Mack1.52.2
0.1
1.72.4
2.6
1.42.31.3
0.60.1
0.10.11.00.7HARTLEE
COURT FARRISFARRIS77
377
380377
OAKSHIRE
Pop 66,276
DENTON
Park
Center
Civic
Park
Phoenix
Park
Woodrow
Park
MilamTREEOAKMcKINNEY
2164
2164
426
428
288
288
428
LONG
NOT
TI
NGHAMS TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJSTSCALE:10160405.tbl1:1PENTABLE:1:42:29 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
SHEET LIST
VOLUME 1
VOLUME 3
VOLUME 1
SITE 1-3 CROSS SECTIONS
EPIC
EC(9)-16
EC(1)-16 THRU EC(3)-16
TXDOT STANDARDS (TEMPORARY EROSION)
SITE 1-3 EROSION CONTROL PLANS
TS-000A THRU TS-006
CITY OF DENTON- STANDARD DETAILS (SIGNAL)
RVSD-18 (DAL)
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD DETAILS (DAL)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD DETAIL (DAL)
WZ(BTS-1)-13
MA-DPD-12
TS-CF-04
CFA-12
SNS-95
LUM-A-12
MA-D-12
MA-C(ILSN)-12
LMA(1)-12(DAL) THRU LMA(4)-12(DAL)
ED(8)-14 THRU ED(9)-14
ED(1)-14 THRU ED(6)-14
LMA(5)-12(DAL)
TS-FD-12 (DAL)
TXDOT STANDARDS (SIGNAL)
SITE 1-3 SIGNAL LAYOUTS & DETAILS
SITE 1-3 SIGNAL GENERAL NOTES
TSR (4) - 13
TSR (3) - 13
SMD(TWT)-08
SMD(SLIP-1)-08 THRU SMD(SLIP-3)-08
SMD(GEN)-08
X1-X15
181
178-180
175-177
172-174
152-171
151
150
149
147-148
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
136-139
134-135
128-133
127
126
112-125
111
110
109
108
105 - 107
104
VOLUME 2FINAL PLANS SUBMITTAL
JULY, 2020
PROJECT # 188282
LOOP 288 & McKINNEY ST (SITE 5)
McKINNEY ST (SITE 4)
HERCULES LANE & LOCUST STREET (SITE 3)
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288 (SITE 2)
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE (SITE 1)
WATER DETAILS
WASTEWATER DETAILS
DRIVE APPROACH DETAILS
COD SIDEWALK DETAILS
CITY OF DENTON- STANDARD DETAILS (UTILITY)
W50
W49
W48
W47
SMD(FRP)-08
PM(1)-20 THRU PM(3)-20
TXDOT STANDARDS (SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANS)
SITE 1-3 SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANS
SIDEWALK DETAILS
DRIVEWAY APPROACH DETAIL
CURB & GUTTER/JOINT INTERSECTION/HEADER DETAIL
CONCRETE PAVING CROSS SECTION DETAILS
CITY OF DENTON- STANDARD DETAILS (ROADWAY)
SSTR
TE(HMAC)-11
SSCB(1F)-10
SGT(10S)31-16
TRF
REPCP-14
PED-18
JS-14
GF(31)TR TL3-19
GF(31)MS-19
CRR
CRCP(1)-20
CPCD-14
CCCG-12
TXDOT STANDARDS (ROADWAY)
SITE 1-3 GRADING PLANS
SITE 1- 3 ROADWAY PLANS
SITE 1-3 REMOVALS PLANS
WZ(UL)-13
WZ(STPM)-13
WZ(RCD)-13
WZ(BTS)-13
WZ(BRK)-13
TCP(7-1)-13
TCP(6-2)-12 THRU TCP(6-5)-12
TCP(2-1)-18 THRU TCP(2-4)-18
SSCB(2)-10
SLED-19
CSB(1)-10
BC(1)-14 1 THRU BC(12)-14
ABSORB(M)-19
TXDOT STANDARDS (TRAFFIC)
SITE 1-3 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS
CONSTRUCTION NARRATIVE
SITE 1-3 TCP GENERAL NOTES &
SITE 1-3 TYPICAL SECTIONS
SITE 1-3 SIGNAL QUANTITY SUMMARY
SITE 1-3 ROADWAY QUANTITY SUMMARY
COVER SHEET
103
100 - 102
93 - 99
92
91
90
89
87-88
86
85
84
83
81 - 82
77 - 80
76
74-75
73
72
70 - 71
68 - 69
67
64 - 66
57 - 63
50 - 56
49
48
47
45 -46
44
43
39 - 42
35 - 38
33 - 34
32
30 - 31
18 - 29
17
12-16
11
6-10
4-5
2-3
1
SMD (GEN)-08
SMD(SLIP-1)-08 TO SMD(SLIP-3)-08
TSR(3)-13, TSR(4)-13
PM(1)-12 TO PM(3)-12
MISC. PIPE DETAILS
CGT-POC
PCO
PDD
PJB
PB
PED-18
CCCG-12
REPCP-14
JS-14
CRCP (1)-20
TCP(2-1)-18,TCP(2-5)-18
BC(1)-14 1 THRU BC(12)-14
TXDOT STANDARDS (UTILITY)
SITE 5 DRAINAGE PLAN
SITE 5 PAVEMENT MARKING & SIGNS
SITE 5 DRIVEWAY PLAN & PROFILE
SITE 5 TURN LANE PAVEMNT
SITE 5 REMOVALS
COVER SHEET
SITE 4 TXDOT STANDARDS
SITE 4 CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
SITE 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
SITE 4 PAVEMENT MARKINGS LAYOUT
SITE 4 DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS
SITE 4 DRAINAGE PLAN
SITE 4 PAVING LAYOUT
SITE 4 REMOVAL PLAN
SITE 4 CONTROL SHEET
SITE 4 TYPICAL SECTIONS
SITE 4 QUANTITIES
COVER SHEET
W46
W42-W45
W41-W42
W38-W40
W37
W36
W34-W35
W33
W32
W31
W27-W30
W26
W24-W25
W23
W21-W22
W19-W20
W7-W18
W6
W5
W4
W3
W2
W1
V19-V32
V11-V18
V10
V9
V8
V7
V6
V5
V4
V3
V2
V1
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
INTERSECTION
SHERMAN DR & LOOP 288
SITE 2
INTERSECTION
LOCUST ST & HERCULES LN
SITE 3
INTERSECTION
UNIVERSITY DR
NOTTINGHAM DR &
SITE 1
INTERSECTION
McKINNEY ST
SITE 4
INTERSECTION
McKINNEY ST
LOOP 288 &
SITE 5
8/5/2020
2
QUANTITY SUMMARY
QUANTITY SHEET
N.T.S.
** QUANTITES AND PLANS PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF DENTON
* MODIFIED TXDOT STANDARD
ITEM ITEM
CITY/TXDOT DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY
University
Nott/Sherm/ 288 Herc
Locust/
St **
McKINNEY
McKinney**
Loop 288/
TOTAL
1 104 - 6001 REMOVING CONC (PAV)SY 100 51 17 0 0 32
2 104 - 6009 REMOVING CONC (RIPRAP)SY 552 0 552 0 0 0
3 104 - 6015 REMOVING CONC (SIDEWALKS)SY 277 120 0 25 5 127
4 104 - 6017 REMOVING CONC (DRIVEWAYS)SY 138 56 0 0 0 82
5 104 - 6022 REMOVING CONC (CURB AND GUTTER)LF 902 423 0 0 44 435
6 104 - 6037 REMOVE CONC (RAIL)LF 516 14 288 214 0 0
7 104 - 6067 REMOVING CONC (SAWCUT)LF 4661 430 2840 1391 0 0
8 110 - 6001 EXCAVATION (ROADWAY)CY 2300 181 1492 627 0 0
9 132 - 6004 EMBANKMENT (FINAL)(DENS CONT)(TY B)CY 1622 12 1177 433 0 0
10 160 - 6003 FURNISHING AND PLACING TOPSOIL (4")SY 3111 133 1650 1328 0 0
11 247 - 6231 FL BS (CMP IN PLACE)(TY A GR 1-2)(10")SY 4390 0 4390 0 0 0
12 260 - 6006 LIME TRT (EXST MATL) (6")SY 1759 178 0 1581 0 0
13 260 - 6009 LIME TRT (EXST MATL)(10")SY 463 0 0 0 0 463
14 260 - 6016 LIME (HYD, COM, OR QK(SLURRY))TON 7 1 5 1 0 1
15 260 - 6027 LIME TRT (EXST MATL)(8")SY 4802 160 4642 0 0 0
16 *305 - 6003 SALV, HAUL & STKPL RCL APH PV (VAR DEPTH)SY 4723 671 4008 0 44 0
17 *340 - 6070 1.5" D-GR HMA(SQ) TY-C SY 7970 131 7839 0 0 0
18 *340 - 6142 1.5" D-GR HMA(SQ) TY-D SY 1351 0 0 1307 44 0
19 *341 - 6003 3" D-GR HMA TY A SY 4145 0 4145 0 0 0
20 *341 - 6004 6.5" D-GR HMA TY A SY 44 0 0 0 44 0
21 *341 - 6008 6.5" D-GR HMA TY-B SY 1615 162 0 1453 0 0
22 *341 - 6009 4" D-GR HMA TY-B SY 463 0 0 0 0 463
23 360 - 6018 CONC PVMT (JOINTED - CPCD) (8")SY 216 146 70 0 0 0
24 360 - 6021 CONC PVMT (JOINTED - CPCD) (11")SY 463 0 0 0 0 463
25 420 - 6062 CL C CONC (RETAINING WALL)CY 4 0 0 0 0 4
26 420 - 6066 CL C CONC (RAIL FOUNDATION)CY 107 0 107 0 0 0
27 432 - 6045 RIPRAP (MOW STRIP)(4 IN)CY 7 0 7 0 0 0
28 432 - 6047 RIPRAP (MOW STRIP)(6 IN)CY 17 0 17 0 0 0
29 450 - 6054 RAIL (TY SSTR) (W/DRAIN SLOTS)LF 761 0 761 0 0 0
30 464 - 6003 RC PIPE (CL III)(18 IN)LF 37 0 0 0 37 0
31 464 - 6005 RC PIPE (CL III)(24 IN)LF 48 0 0 0 48 0
32 464 - 6008 RC PIPE (CL III)(36 IN)LF 8 0 0 0 8 0
33 464 - 6018 RC PIPE (CL IV)(24 IN)LF 7 0 0 0 0 7
34 464 - 6020 RC PIPE (CL IV)(36 IN)LF 14 0 0 0 0 14
35 *465 - 6209 JUNCTION BOXES, MANHOLES, AND INLETS (10' INLET)EA 1 0 0 0 1 0
36 *465 - 6225 JUNCTION BOXES, MANHOLES, AND INLETS (8'x6' JUNCTION BOX)EA 1 0 0 0 1 0
37 *465 - 6226 JUNCTION BOXES, MANHOLES, AND INLETS (8'x8' JUNCTION BOX)EA 1 0 0 0 1 0
38 465 - 6393 INLET(COMPL)(RECESS CURB)(10')EA 1 0 0 0 0 1
39 465 - 6399 INLET(COMPL)(CURB)(20')EA 1 0 0 0 0 1
40 496 - 6002 REMOV STR (INLET)EA 2 0 0 0 0 2
41 496 - 6007 REMOV STR (PIPE)LF 4 0 0 0 0 4
42 500 - 6001 MOBILIZATION LS 1 0 0 0 0 0
43 502 - 6001 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING MO 4 0 0 0 0 0
44 506 - 6002 ROCK FILTER DAMS (INSTALL) (TY 2)LF 50 0 30 20 0 0
45 506 - 6011 ROCK FILTER DAMS (REMOVE)LF 50 0 30 20 0 0
46 506 - 6020 CONSTRUCTION EXITS (INSTALL) (TY 1)SY 390 78 156 156 0 0
47 506 - 6024 CONSTRUCTION EXITS (REMOVE)SY 390 78 156 156 0 0
48 506 - 6041 BIODEG EROSN CONT LOGS (INSTL) (12")LF 3571 268 1965 1338 0 0
49 506 - 6043 BIODEG EROSN CONT LOGS (REMOVE)LF 3571 268 1965 1338 0 0
50 512 - 6089 PTB(FRN&INSTL)(SSCB OR CSB)(TY1)OR(STL)LF 1139 0 1139 0 0 0
51 512 - 6091 PTB(REMOVE)(SSCB OR CSB)(TY1)OR(STL)LF 1139 0 1139 0 0 0
52 529 - 6008 CONC CURB & GUTTER (TY II)LF 1089 426 0 139 89 435
53 530 - 6004 DRIVEWAYS (CONC)SY 138 38 0 0 0 100
54 531 - 6001 CONC SIDEWALKS (4")SY 317 107 0 98 0 112
55 540 - 6006 MTL BEAM GD FEN TRANS (THRIE-BEAM)EA 2 0 2 0 0 0
56 544 - 6001 GUARDRAIL END TREATMENT (INSTALL)EA 2 0 2 0 0 0
57 545 - 6005 CRASH CUSH ATTEN (REMOVE)EA 2 0 2 0 0 0
58 545 - 6019 CRASH CUSH ATTEN (INSTL)(S)(N)(TL3)EA 2 0 2 0 0 0
59 636 - 6001 ALUMINUM SIGNS (TY A)SF 91 31 24 0 0 36
60 644 - 6001 IN SM RD SN SUP&AM TY10BWG(1)SA(P)EA 8 3 3 0 0 2
61 644 - 6028 IN SM RD SN SUP&AM TYS80(1)SA(P-BM)EA 2 0 0 0 0 2
62 644 - 6068 RELOCATE SM RD SN SUP&AM TY 10BWG EA 5 0 4 1 0 0
63 644 - 6070 RELOCATE SM RD SN SUP&AM TY S80 EA 5 0 5 0 0 0
64 644 - 6075 RELOCATE SM RD SN SUP&AM(SIGN ONLY)EA 3 0 0 0 0 3
65 644 - 6076 REMOVE SM RD SN SUP&AM EA 10 4 4 1 0 1
66 666 - 6011 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)4"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 7781 412 3463 2535 611 760
67 666 - 6029 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(DOT)(090MIL)LF 334 294 0 0 40 0
68 666 - 6035 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)8"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 1503 387 572 216 328 0
69 666 - 6041 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)12"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 849 665 0 104 0 80SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:42:31 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
3
QUANTITY SUMMARY
N.T.S.
QUANTITY SHEET
ITEM ITEM
CITY/TXDOT DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY
University
Nott/Sherm/ 288 Herc
Locust/
St **
McKINNEY
McKinney**
Loop 288/
TOTAL
70 666 - 6047 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)24"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 472 192 206 38 36 0
71 666 - 6053 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(ARROW)(090MIL)EA 15 4 6 2 3 0
72 666 - 6077 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W)(WORD)(090MIL)EA 15 4 6 2 3 0
73 666 - 6098 REF PAV MRK TY I(W)18"(YLD TRI)(090MIL)EA 24 0 0 0 0 24
74 666 - 6146 REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)24"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 1144 0 515 555 74 0
75 *666 - 6131 REFL PAV MRK TY I (Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090MIL)LF 6176 545 2302 2434 895 0
76 672 - 6007 REFL PAV MRKR TY I-C EA 108 39 49 14 0 6
77 672 - 6009 REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A EA 416 0 216 200 0 0
78 677 - 6001 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (4")LF 17731 294 5735 7503 4199 0
79 677 - 6003 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (8")LF 1306 349 188 667 102 0
80 677 - 6005 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (12")LF 665 665 0 0 0 0
81 677 - 6007 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (24")LF 689 138 219 332 0 0
82 677 - 6008 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (ARROW)EA 8 4 4 0 0 0
83 677 - 6012 ELIM EXT PAV MRK & MRKS (WORD)EA 3 1 2 0 0 0
84 678 - 6001 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (4")LF 20843 1796 8283 7603 2401 760
85 678 - 6004 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (8")LF 1543 387 572 216 368 0
86 678 - 6006 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (12")LF 849 665 0 104 0 80
87 678 - 6008 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (24")LF 1616 192 721 593 110 0
88 678 - 6009 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (ARROW)EA 15 4 6 2 3 0
89 678 - 6016 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (WORD)EA 15 4 6 2 3 0
90 3002 - 6001 MEMBRANE UNDERSEAL GAL 3293 75 1907 1270 41 0
91 *7049 - 6024 PLUG 24" RCP PIPE EA 1 0 0 0 0 1
** QUANTITES AND PLANS PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF DENTON
* MODIFIED TXDOT STANDARD
SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:42:33 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
4
QUANTITY SUMMARY 1SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:37 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR
ITEM BID CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT
QUANTITY
TOTAL UNIVERSITY DRIVE
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE AND
LOOP 288
SHERMAN DRIVE AND
1 416-6003 DRILL SHAFT (30 IN)LF 44 0 44
2 416-6004 DRILL SHAFT (36 IN)LF 39 13 26
3 416-6006 DRILL SHAFT (48 IN)LF 22 22 0
4 618-6023 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (2")LF 160 115 45
5 618-6029 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (3")LF 555 55 500
6 618-6030 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (3") (BORE)LF 580 195 385
7 618-6033 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (4")LF 525 15 510
8 618-6034 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (4") (BORE)LF 385 0 385
9 618-6037 CONDT (PVC) (SCH 40) (6")LF 5 0 5
10 620-6009 ELEC CONDR (NO.6) BARE LF 2220 405 1815
11 620-6010 ELEC CONDR (NO.6) INSULATED LF 380 0 380
12 621-6001 TRAY CABLE (3 CONDR) (14 AWG) - LUMINAIRES AND ILSN LF 6625 1095 5530
13 621-6002 TRAY CABLE (3 CONDR) (12 AWG) - APS PUSHBUTTONS LF 1800 1800 0
14 624-6009 GROUND BOX TY D (162922)EA 3 3 0
15 624-6010 GROUND BOX TY D (162922) W/ARPON EA 8 0 8
16 680-6002 INSTALL HWY TRF SIG (ISOLATED)EA 2 1 1
17 *INSTALL LUMINAIRE HEAD LED (400 W EQUIVALENT) (FULL CUTOFF)EA 2 2 0
18 *INSTALL LUMINAIRE HEAD LED (240 W EQUIVALENT)EA 6 0 6
19 *ALUMINUM SIGNS SF 120 60 60
20 *WIND DAMPNER EA 3 1 2
21 *+INSTALLATION OF MESH RADIO ASSEMBLY WITH ANTENNA(S)EA 1 1 0
22 *+INSTALL CAT5E-RADIO CABLE LF 145 145 0
23 682-6001 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (GREEN)EA 18 4 14
24 682-6002 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (GREEN ARROW)EA 6 4 2
25 682-6003 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (YELLOW)EA 18 4 14
26 682-6004 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (YELLOW ARROW)EA 12 8 4
27 682-6005 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (RED)EA 18 4 14
28 682-6006 VEHICLE SIGNAL SECTION (12 IN) LED (RED ARROW)EA 6 4 2
29 682-6018 PED SIG SEC (LED)(COUNTDOWN)EA 8 8 0
30 682-6023 BACKPLATE (12 IN) (3 SEC)EA 18 4 14
31 682-6024 BACKPLATE (12 IN) (4 SEC)EA 6 4 2
32 684-6033 TRF CBL (TY A) (14 AWG) (7 CONDR)LF 2970 2220 750
33 684-6047 TRF CBL (TY A) (14 AWG) (21 CONDR)LF 2620 505 2115
34 686-6036 INS TRF SIG PL AM(S)1 ARM(32')LUM&ILSN EA 4 0 4
35 686-6048 INS TRF SIG PL AM(S)1 ARM(44')LUM&ILSN EA 2 0 2
36 686-6052 INS TRF SIG PL AM(S)1 ARM(48')LUM&ILSN EA 1 1 0
37 686-6060 INS TRF SIG PL AM(S)1 ARM(55')LUM&ILSN EA 1 1 0
38 687-6001 PED POLE ASSEMBLY EA 6 6 0
39 **DRILL SHAFT (TRF SIG POLE) (24 IN)LF 30 30 0
40 690-6007 REPLACE OF GROUND BOXES EA 3 3 0
41 690-6024 REMOVAL OF SIGNAL HEAD ASSM EA 2 2 0
42 690-6025 REPLACE OF SIGNAL HEAD ASSM EA 4 4 0
43 690-6028 REPLACE OF SIGNAL RELATED SIGNS EA 2 2 0
44 690-6030 REMOVAL OF PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS EA 1 1 0
45 690-6031 REPLACE OF PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS EA 1 1 0
46 690-6100 REMOVE TRAFFIC SIGNAL EA 2 2 0
47 690-6136 REMOVE RADAR VEHICLE DETECTION SYSTEM EA 1 1 0
48 6058-6001 BBU SYSTEM (EXTERNAL BATT CABINET)EA 1 0 1
49 6292-6002 RVDS(ADVANCE DETECTION ONLY)EA 6 2 4
50 6292-6005 RVDS(ADVANCE DET ONLY)(INSTALL ONLY)EA 6 2 4
51 ***RADAR ADVANCE DETECTION CABLE LF 2095 485 1610
NOTE:
1. * SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 680
2. ** SUBSIDIARY ITEM 687-6001
3. *** SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 6292
4. + COORDINATE WITH CITY TO OBTAIN SPECIFICATIONS
08/05/2020
5
QUANTITY SUMMARY 2SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:38 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY OF DENTON
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT
QUANTITY
TOTAL UNIVERSITY DRIVE
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE AND
LOOP 288
SHERMAN DRIVE AND
1 CABINET BREAKAWAY FOUNDATION EA 1 0 1
2 CABINET ASSY HENKE TS1 P44 EA 1 0 1
3 CONTROLLER, COBALT EA 1 0 1
4 DETECTOR, OPTICOM CABLE LF 1910 440 1470
5 DETECTOR OPTICOM #764 EA 4 2 2
6 DETECTOR OPTICOM #721 EA 2 0 2
7 SIGN, ILSN CLEAN PROF DS EA 8 2 6
8 PELCO ILSN MOUNT EA 8 2 6
9 CABLE, CAT 5E 4PR 24AWG LF 920 150 770
10 GRIDSMART SINGLE CAMERA/DUAL PROCESSOR FISH-EYE CAMERA SYSTEM EA 3 1 2
11 POLARA NAVIGATOR PB STATION EA 8 8 0
12 POLARA NAVIGATOR CCU EA 1 1 0
13 ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS EA 8 2 6
NOTE:
1. SEE CITY OF DENTON TRAFFIC STANDARDS, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIAL AND SIGNAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS.
08/05/2020
6
6" MONOLITHIC CURB
8" LIME TREATMENT
8" CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTED CPCD
EXIST 8" LIME TREATMENT
EXIST 8" CONCRETE PAVEMENT
LEGEND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL - SSTR
4" CONCRETE RIPRAP
6" TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
6" LIME SUBGRADE
2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
4 1/2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
EXIST 6" LIME SUBGRADE
EXIST 2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
EXIST 4 1/2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
EXIST 1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
C&G
EX
2'
C&G
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
EX LANE
LANE
PR TURNEX LANE PR LANE PR LANENOTT & UNIVWIDENING
PR
0'-11'
VARSBNB
NOTTINGHAM RD
STA 100+92 TO STA 102+23
E
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
C&G
PR
2'
0'-11'
VAR
C&G
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
[ XNOTT
HOR 1" = 20'
VER 1"=N/A
2010
TYPICAL SECTIONSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:1:42:35 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
C&G
EX
2'
C&G
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANEPR LANE PR LANE EX LANE
SB NB
NOTTINGHAM RD
CA
B D
[ XNOTT
C&G
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'C&G
EX
2'
STA 104+58 TO STA 106+44
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
C&G
EX
1'
C&G
EX
1'
12'11'11'12'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
EX LANE
LANE
PR TURNEX LANE PR LANE PR LANE
WIDENING
PR
SB NB
NOTTINGHAM RD
STA 102+23 TO STA 104+58
AA BB
CC
DD
EE
C&G
PR
1'
0'-12'
VAR
C&G
EX
1'
11'11'11'12'
[ XNOTT
0'-11'
VAR
5. SEE MISC PAVING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REMOVAL LINE.
4. EXISTING HMAC & SUBGRADE SHALL BE CUT TO NEAT
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB OR FACE OF RAIL
A PROJECTION OF THE EXISTING CROSS SLOPE.
2. PROPOSED PAVEMENT WIDENING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE
LIMITS FOR CURB, RAIL, MBGF,MOW STRIP, RIRPRAP ETC..
1. SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR EXACT EDGE CONDITION STATION
NOTES:
NOTES FOR TYPICALS
EX LANEEX PARK EX LANE EX PARK
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
EX LANEPR PARK PR LANE PR PARK
PR LANE
22'-0'
VAR
11'
STA 106+44 TO STA 108+01
NOTTINGHAM RD
SB NB
LEGEND
CA
B D
[ XNOTT
C&G
EX
2'
C&G
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
C&G
EX
2'
0'-11'
VAR
11'11'
0'-11'
VAR
C&G
EX
2'
TYPICAL SECTIONS
8/5/2020
7
LEGEND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL - SSTR
4" CONCRETE RIPRAP
6" TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
8" LIME SUBGRADE
10" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
3" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE A)
1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
PAVEMENT UNDERSEAL
EXIST 8" LIME SUBGRADE
EXIST 12" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
EXIST 1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
SHLD
EX
2'
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR WIDENING
EX LANE
LANE
PR TURN
11'-22'
VAR.
EX LANE PR LANE PR LANESHERM & 288
SHERMAN DR
STA 56+00 TO STA 57+35
SB NB
CA
B
E
F
G
H
[ XSHERM
D
PR SHLD
0'-10'
VAR
0'-11'
VAR
11'11'11'11'SHLD
EX
2'
HOR 1" = 20'
VER 1"=N/A
2010
TYPICAL SECTIONSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:1:42:39 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
SHLD
EX
2'
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANE PR LANE PR LANE
PR WIDENINGPR WIDENING
PR LANE
LANE
PR TURN
0'-21'
VAR.
SB NB
SHERMAN DR
STA 59+64 TO STA 60+75
MEDIAN
CE
B
G
H
E
F
H
E
F
G
94' SPAN LENGTH
[ XSHERM
22'-32'
VAR.
DD
PR SHLD
0'-10'
VAR
PR SHLD
0'-10'
VAR 11'11'11'0'-14'
VAR.
11'11'
5. SEE MISC PAVING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REMOVAL LINE.
4. EXISTING HMAC & SUBGRADE SHALL BE CUT TO NEAT
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB OR FACE OF RAIL
A PROJECTION OF THE EXISTING CROSS SLOPE.
2. PROPOSED PAVEMENT WIDENING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE
LIMITS FOR CURB, RAIL, MBGF,MOW STRIP, RIRPRAP ETC..
1. SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR EXACT EDGE CONDITION STATION
NOTES:
NOTES FOR TYPICALS
EX LANEEX LANE EX LANE EX LANE
SHLD
EX
2'
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'11'11'
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANE PR LANE PR LANE
PR WIDENINGPR WIDENING
PR LANE
LANE
PR TURN
0'-21'
VAR.
SB NB
SHERMAN DR
STA 57+35 TO STA 59+64
MEDIAN
CA
B
G
H
E
F
H
E
F
G
[ XSHERM
22'-32'
VAR.
D
0'-10'
VAR
PR SHLDPR SHLD
0'-10'
VAR 11'11'11'0'-14'
VAR.
11'11'
TYPICAL SECTIONS
SHEET 1 OF 3
8/5/2020
8
LEGEND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL - SSTR
4" CONCRETE RIPRAP
6" TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
8" LIME SUBGRADE
10" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
3" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE A)
1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
PAVEMENT UNDERSEAL
EXIST 8" LIME SUBGRADE
EXIST 12" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
EXIST 1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANEPR LANEPR LANEPR SHLD PR SHLD
PR WIDENING
PR LANE
LANE
PR TURN
EX LANEEX SHLD EX SHLD
0'-23'
VAR.
0'-12'
VAR.
0'-14'
VAR.
10'11'11'10'
SHERMAN DR
STA 66+00 TO STA 70+25
SB NB
CA
B
G
H
E
FE
F
G
H
MEDIAN
MEDIAN
WIDENING
PR
[ XSHERM
DD
10'
0'-11'
VAR.0'-11'
VAR.
11'3'-14'
VAR.
11'
0'-11'
VAR.
10'
HOR 1" = 20'
VER 1"=N/A
2010
TYPICAL SECTIONSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:1:42:42 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANEPR LANEPR LANE
PR WIDENING PR WIDENING
PR LANE
LANE
PR TURN
EX LANEEX SHLD EX SHLD
30'-32'
VAR.
18'-21'
VAR.
10'11'9'-14'
VAR.
11'10'
STA 64+92 TO STA 66+00
SHERMAN DR
SB NB
C
B
G
H
E
F
H
E
F
G
MEDIAN
MEDIAN
[ XSHERM
A
D D
11'11'11'14'11'11'
PR SHLD
7'-10'
VAR
PR SHLD
8'-10'
VAR
5. SEE MISC PAVING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REMOVAL LINE.
4. EXISTING HMAC & SUBGRADE SHALL BE CUT TO NEAT
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB OR FACE OF RAIL
A PROJECTION OF THE EXISTING CROSS SLOPE.
2. PROPOSED PAVEMENT WIDENING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE
LIMITS FOR CURB, RAIL, MBGF,MOW STRIP, RIRPRAP ETC..
1. SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR EXACT EDGE CONDITION STATION
NOTES:
NOTES FOR TYPICALSEX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANEPR LANEPR LANE
PR WIDENING PR WIDENING
PR LANE
EX LANE EX SHLD
20'-21'
VAR.
20'-21'
VAR.
TURN LANE
MEDIAN/
TURN LANE
PR CONT.
11'12'17'-19'
VAR.
11'EX SHLD
7'
12'7'
SB NB
SHERMAN DR
STA 60+75 TO STA 63+80
CE
B
G
H
E
F
H
E
F
G
J
K J
K
*VARIES 2:1 MAX3:1 USUAL
4'4'
2:12:1 M
AX3:1
U
SU
A
LEX. COLUMN*(6:1 USUAL, 3:1 MAX)TYPICAL16'TYPICAL16'EX. COLUMN94' SPAN LENGTH
[ XSHERM
LL
D D
9'-10'
VAR
PR SHLDPR SHLD
9'-10'
VAR 11'11'14'11'11'
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
PR LANEPR LANEPR LANE
PR WIDENING PR WIDENING
PR LANE
LANE
PR TURN
EX LANEEX SHLD EX SHLD
30'-32'
VAR.
18'-21'
VAR.
10'11'9'-14'
VAR.
11'10'
STA 63+80 TO STA 64+92
SHERMAN DR
SB NB
CE
B
G
H
E
F
H
E
F
G
MEDIAN
MEDIAN
[ XSHERM
DD
7'-10'
VAR
PR SHLDPR SHLD
8'-10'
VAR 11'11'11'14'11'11'
SHEET 2 OF 3
8/5/2020
9
LEGEND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL - SSTR
4" CONCRETE RIPRAP
6" TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
8" LIME SUBGRADE
10" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
3" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE A)
1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
PAVEMENT UNDERSEAL
EXIST 8" LIME SUBGRADE
EXIST 12" FLEX BASE (TYPE A)
EXIST 1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE C)
HOR 1" = 20'
VER 1"=N/A
2010
TYPICAL SECTIONSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:1:42:46 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
5. SEE MISC PAVING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REMOVAL LINE.
4. EXISTING HMAC & SUBGRADE SHALL BE CUT TO NEAT
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB OR FACE OF RAIL
A PROJECTION OF THE EXISTING CROSS SLOPE.
2. PROPOSED PAVEMENT WIDENING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE
LIMITS FOR CURB, RAIL, MBGF,MOW STRIP, RIRPRAP ETC..
1. SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR EXACT EDGE CONDITION STATION
NOTES:
NOTES FOR TYPICALS
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
EX LANEEX SHLD EX SHLD
SHERMAN DR
STA 70+25 TO STA 71+40
SB NB
C
B
[ XSHERM
A
10'11'
MEDIAN
0'-3'
VAR.
11'10'
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
CA
B
SHLD
EX
2'
12'12'SHLD
EX
7'
EX LANE
EB 288 EXIT RAMP
WB 288 EXIT RAMP
[ XWB288EXIT[ XEB288EXIT
EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
CA
B
EB 288 ENTRANCE RAMP
WB 288 ENTRANCE RAMP
SHLD
EX
7'
12'12'SHLD
EX
2'
EX LANE
[ XWB288ENTR[ XEB288ENTR
SHEET 3 OF 3
8/5/2020
10
LEGEND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL - SSTR
4" CONCRETE RIPRAP
6" TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
6" LIME SUBGRADE
2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
4 1/2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE D)
EXIST 6" LIME SUBGRADE
EXIST 2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
EXIST 4 1/2" ASPHALT BASE (TYPE B)
EXIST 1 1/2" ASPHALT PAVING (TYPE D)HERCULES & LOCUST
EX LANE EX LANE
EX LANE
STA 101+85 TO STA 106+85
SB NB
CA
B D
LOCUST ST
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'
SHLD
EX
2'
MEDIAN
4'-15'
VAR.
E
FG
H
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
PR WIDENING
STA 110+33 TO STA 115+04
0'-11'
SHLD
VAR
[ XLOCUS
SHLD
PR
4'
0'-11'
VAR.
11'
SHLD
EX
2'
PR LANE
0'-11'
VAR
HOR 1" = 20'
VER 1"=N/A
2010
TYPICAL SECTIONSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:1:42:50 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
HERCULES & LOCUST
EX LANE EX LANE
EX LANE PR LANE
STA 106+85 TO STA 108+59
SB NB
CA
B D
LOCUST ST
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'
SHLD
EX
2'
E
FG
H
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
PR WIDENING
SHLD
PR
4'
11'11'11'
SHLD
EX
2'
LANE
PR TURN
15'
[ XLOCUS
EX LANE EX LANE
EX LANE PR LANE
STA 108+59 TO STA 110+33
SB NB
CA
B D
LOCUST ST
SHLD
EX
2'
11'11'
SHLD
EX
2'
E
FG
H
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
FT/FT USUAL)
VARIES (0.02
PR WIDENING
SHLD
PR
4'
11'11'11'
SHLD
EX
2'
LANE
PR TURN
15'
[ XLOCUS
SB NB
EX LANE EX LANE
VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)VARIES (0.02 FT/FT USUAL)
STA 50+00 TO STA 54+61
C
D
A
B
C&G
EX
2'
14'7'7'14'C&G
EX
2'
LANE
EX TURN
HERCULES LN
[ XHERCU
5. SEE MISC PAVING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REMOVAL LINE.
4. EXISTING HMAC & SUBGRADE SHALL BE CUT TO NEAT
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB OR FACE OF RAIL
A PROJECTION OF THE EXISTING CROSS SLOPE.
2. PROPOSED PAVEMENT WIDENING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE
LIMITS FOR CURB, RAIL, MBGF,MOW STRIP, RIRPRAP ETC..
1. SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR EXACT EDGE CONDITION STATION
NOTES:
NOTES FOR TYPICALS
TYPICAL SECTIONS
8/5/2020
11
SCALE
NOT TO SCALE
TCP GENERAL NOTES:
NARRATIVE:
CONSTRUCTION PHASE: SITE 1 NOTTINGHAM DR & UNIVERISTY DR INTERSECTION
CONSTRUCTION PHASE: SITE 2 SHERMAN DR & LOOP 288 INTERSECTION
CONSTRUCTION PHASE: SITE 3 HERCULES LN & LOCUST ST INTERSECTION
11. TCP PHASING ASSUMES THAT ALL UTILITY RELOCATIONS ARE COMPLETE PRIOR TO START OF ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION.
AND DRIVEWAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
10. MAINTAIN PROPERTY OWNER ACCESS ACROSS WORK ZONES AT ALL TIMES. PLASTIC DRUMS WILL BE USED TO DELINEATE INTERSECTIONS
9. EXISTING SIGNAL AND ITS NETWORK SHALL BE KEPT OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES.
EXISTING OR PROPOSED BARRIER ENDS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM ONCOMING TRAFFIC BY AN ACCEPTABLE ATTENUATOR.
BARRIER TO NEEDED LOCATIONS DURING THE TRANSITION OF WORK FROM ONE SEGMENT TO THE NEXT. ANY AND ALL EXPOSED
8. PROTECT TRAFFIC AND WORK AREAS WHEN CONSTRUCTING ACCESS POINTS. WHEN SHIFTING
COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED.
7. COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED SUBSIDIARY TO THE CONTRACT AND NO ADDITIONAL
OF THE ENGINEER.
CONTROL SEQUENCING IN PROPER ORDER TO BEST ACCOMMODATE TRAFFIC AND TO THE SATISFACTION
INVOLVED SHALL COORDINATE WITH ONE ANOTHER IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TRAFFIC
6. OTHER SECTIONS OUTSIDE AND ADJACENT TO THIS CONTRACT MAY BE UNDER CONTRACT. THE CITY AND EACH CONTRACTOR
BEFORE FINAL EMBANKMENT OPERATIONS BEGIN.
INLET WALLS TO ALLOW FOR TEMPORARY DRAINAGE. THE FOURTH WALL SHALL ONLY BE CONSTRUCTED IMMEDIATELY
INLETS THAT ARE TO BE RAISED SHALL NOT CREATE DRAINAGE OBSTRUCTIONS. ONLY RAISE THREE
THE ENGINEER. ALL DRAINAGE FACILITIES INCLUDING ANY TEMPORARY PIPES SHALL BE KEPT IN GOOD CONDITION.
5. MAINTAIN DRAINAGE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO
PLACED OR HAZARD IT WAS PROTECTING HAS BEEN ELIMINATED.
4. METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE REMOVAL SHALL OCCUR ONLY AFTER PORTABLE CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER HAS BEEN
CONTROL PLAN SHALL BE REMOVED OR COVERED TEMPORARILY AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
3. ANY EXISTING SIGNS INCLUDING SPEED LIMIT SIGNS THAT MAY BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED TRAFFIC
START OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS WORK WILL BE COVERED UNDER ITEM 6001 "PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN".
2. GIVE AT LEAST ONE WEEK ADVANCED NOTICE TO THE TRAVELING PUBLIC OF THE INTENDED
ASSOCIATED WITH A CHANGE IN THE PLANS WITHOUT ENGINEER'S APPROVAL IN WRITING.
AN ALTERNATE PLAN FOR APPROVAL BY THE CITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEGIN ANY WORK
NOT INTENDED TO PROHIBIT MODIFICATIONS TO THESE PLANS OR SUBMITTING
1. THESE PLANS ARE PROVIDED TO INDICATE A POSSIBLE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE FOR THIS PROJECT AND ARE
6. REMOVE TCP AND SW3P DEVICES.
5. PLACE PERMANENT SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ACCORDING TO SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKING LAYOUT.
4. PERFORM MILL & OVERLAY OPERATIONS USING SINGLE LANE CLOSURES.
ON USING NIGHTTIME OR WEEKEND CLOSURES.
ALL PROPOSED SIGNALS MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REMOVING EXISTING INTERSECTION CONTROL. SIGNAL OPERATION TO BE SWITCHED
3. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING ACCORDING TO THE PLAN LAYOUT, ENTRANCE AND EXIT RAMP TO REMAIN OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION.
2. PLACE SW3P DEVICES AND WORK ZONE MARKINGS.
1. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING USING SHOULDER CLOSURE. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION SIGNS AND IMPLEMENT TCP SETUP ACCORDING TO TXDOT BC STANDARDS.
7. REMOVE TCP AND SW3P DEVICES.
6. PLACE PERMANENT SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ACCORDING TO SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKING LAYOUT.
5. PERFORM MILL & OVERLAY OPERATIONS USING SINGLE LANE CLOSURES.
EXISTING SIGNALS. SIGNAL OPERATION TO BE SWITCHED OVER USING NIGHTTIME OR WEEKEND CLOSURES.
TEMP SIGNALS ARE NOT ANTICIPATED. ALL PROPOSED SIGNALS MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REMOVING
4. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING, CURB, SIDEWALK AND PED RAMPS ACCORDING TO THE PLAN LAYOUT.
3. MAINTAIN/PROVIDE INLET ADJUSTMENTS AS SHOWN IN TCP GENERAL NOTE 5.
2. PLACE SW3P DEVICES AND WORK ZONE MARKINGS.
TCP SETUP ACCORDING TO TXDOT BC STANDARDS.
1. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING USING SINGLE LANE CLOSURE.INSTALL CONSTRUCTION SIGNS AND IMPLEMENT
7. REMOVE TCP AND SW3P DEVICES.
6. PLACE PERMANENT SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ACCORDING TO SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKING LAYOUT.
5. PERFORM MILL & OVERLAY OPERATIONS USING SINGLE LANE CLOSURES.
4. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING, CURB, SIDEWALK AND PED RAMPS ACCORDING TO THE PLAN LAYOUT.
3. MAINTAIN/PROVIDE INLET ADJUSTMENTS AS SHOWN IN TCP GENERAL NOTE 5.
2. PLACE SW3P DEVICES AND WORK ZONE MARKINGS.
TCP SETUP ACCORDING TO TXDOT BC STANDARDS.
1. CONSTRUCT PROPOSED WIDENING ON LOCUST USING SHOULDER CLOSURES. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION SIGNS AND IMPLEMENT
3. SITE 1 NOTTINGHAM DR & UNIVERSITY DR INTERSECTION TO BE CONSTRUCTED LAST.
2. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 1' SHOULDER WHERE PORTABLE CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER IS SHOWN ON THE PLANS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
1. MAINTAIN EXISTING LANE CONFIGURATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.SCALE:10160405.tbl1:20PENTABLE:3:02:38 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL NOTES AND CONSTRUCTION NARRATIVE
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS
8/5/2020
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - PHASE 1
12
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50.0355PENTABLE:1:43:27 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS 10
0
+0
0
1
0
1
+001
02+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
100+00
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00
POT 100+00.00PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.8836"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2aEXIST ROWEXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
[ XUNIV
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
SIDEWALK
CLOSED
R9-9
24"x12"
SIDEWALK
CLOSED
R9-9
24"x12"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
R3-7R
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
CW4-1aL
LEGEND
TRAFFIC DRUMS/BARRELS
TEMP SIGN POST
FLASHING ARROW BOARD
TRAILER MOUNTED
TYPE 3 BARRICADE
WORK ZONE PHASE 1
WORK ZONE PHASE 1A E UNI
VERSI
TY DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DREXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWEXIST ROW
NOTTINGHAM DR
EXIST ROW
[ XUNIV
170'
120'
120'
120'
320'
4
40'
3
2
0'
3
2
0'
3
2
0'
170'
120'
120'
120'
320'
4
40'
3
2
0'
3
2
0'
3
2
0'
3
2
0'
120'120'120'
36"X36"
R3-8(3)
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
8/5/2020
13
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PHASE 2 VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50.0355PENTABLE:1:43:49 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
1
0
1
+001
02+00103+00PT 103+70.89
100+00
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00
POT 100+00.00PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a EXI
ST ROW36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
[XNOTT
[XUNIV
[XUNIV
[XNOTT
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
CW4-1aL
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
R3-7R
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
LEGEND
TRAFFIC DRUMS/BARRELS
TEMP SIGN POST
FLASHING ARROW BOARD
TRAILER MOUNTED
TYPE 3 BARRICADE
WORK ZONE E UNI
VERSI
TY DREXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWNOTTINGHAM DR E UNI
VERSI
TY DREXI
ST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
440'320'320'320'100'320'
120'
55'
100'
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
120'120'120'
8/5/2020
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
14
SHEET 1 OF 2MATCHLINE STA. 62+00.004" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:44:20 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
50+00 51+00 52+00 53+00 54+00 55+00 56+00 57+00 58+00 59+00 60+00 61+00 62+00POT 50+00.00100+00101+0050+0051+0052+0053+0054+00POT 50+00.00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
VARIES X 30"
VARIES X30"
30" X 30"
R3-XX
30" X 30"
R3-XX
VARIES X 30"
LEGEND
TRAFFIC DRUMS/BARRELS
TEMP SIGN POST
FLASHING ARROW BOARD
TRAILER MOUNTED
WORK ZONE
PCTB
ATTENTUATOR
320'320'320'120'SHERMAN DRIVE RANDALL STREETEXIST ROWPROP ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROWEXIST ROW50'R
30'R50'R
100'120'
BEGIN TAPER
BEGIN PCTB
INSTALL ATTENTUATOR
END CHANNELIZING DEVICES
6.32' LT
STA 50+45.09
[XWB288ENTER
END PCTB
500'90'[ XSHERM
[ XEB288EXIT
[ XEB288ENTER
21.56' RT
[ XSHERM STA 50+00.00,
BEGIN TAPER
11.00' RT
[ XSHERM STA 55+00.00,
END TAPER
23.37' LT
[ XSHERM STA 56+34.21,
BEGIN TAPER
11.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 57+53.77,
BEGIN TAPER
ATTENTUATOR
PCTB
7.19' RT
STA 51+52.48,
[ XEB288EXIT
END TAPER
SAWCUT
5.45' LT
STA 100+46.60,
XEB288ENTER
END PCTB
30'R
3.08' LT
STA 103+00.79,
[ XEB288EXIT
11.70' RT
[ XEB288EXIT STA 52+42.32,
BEGIN TAPER
BEGIN PCTB
INSTALL ATTENTUATOR
END CHANNELIZING DEVICES
8.92' RT
STA 100+65.33,
XEB288ENTER
30'R
R3-6R
ONL YONL Y
R3-8 LS
R3-6R
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 62+00.00TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
15
SHEET 2 OF 2
4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:44:48 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
TRAFFIC DRUMS/BARRELS
TEMP SIGN POST
FLASHING ARROW BOARD
TRAILER MOUNTED
WORK ZONE
PCTB
ATTENTUATOR
62+00 63+00 64+00 65+00 66+00 67+00 68+00 69+00 70+00 71+00 72+00 73+00 74+00 75+00 76+00 PI 76+34.37POT 77+00.0050+0051+0052+0053+0054+00100+00101+00PC 50+00.00PT 54+65.98POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
VARIES X30"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
VARIES X 30"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
VARIES X 30"
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
30" X 30"
R3-XX
30" X 30"
R3-XX
320'320'320'
500'
130'
BEGIN TAPER
BEGIN PCTB
INSTALL ATTENTUATOR
END CHANNELIZING DEVICES
ATTENTUATOR
6.32' LT
STA 50+45.09
[XWB288ENTER
END PCTB
5.15' RT
STA 53+26.05,
[XWB288ENTER
BEGIN TAPER
8.20' RT
STA 54+23.31,
[XWB288ENTER
END TAPER100'14.81' LT
STA 54+34.51,
[XWB288ENTER
END TAPER
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW[ XHSERM
[ XWB288ENTER
SHERMAN DRIVE
10.40' RT
STA 70+18.87
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER
24.86' RT
STA 71+45.48'
[ XSHERM
END TAPER
24.03' LT
STA 74+89.74,
[ XSHERM
END TAPER
12.02' LT
STA 69+89.89,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER
120'120'SAWCUT
11.70' RT
[ XEB288EXIT STA 52+42.32,
BEGIN TAPER
BEGIN PCTB
INSTALL ATTENTUATOR
END CHANNELIZING DEVICES
75'9.61' RT
STA 101+56.71,
[ XWB288EXIT
END TAPER
[ XWB288EXIT
ONL YONL Y
R3-8 LS
R3-6R
R3-6R
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.00MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.00TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
16
VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:45:18 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PC 116+39.30PT 118+78.9250+0051+0052+0053+0054+00POT 50+00.00
109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00
SS
SS
SS
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X36"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
SIDEWALK
CLOSED
R9-9
24"x12"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
EXIST ROW
320'200'
80'80'
80'80'510'[ XLOCUS
PLUM HOLLOW20'R 50'R
N LOCUST ST
20'R
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW 100'12'
11'PC 100+00.00PT 108+00.00POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+0051+00100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
HHHH
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
SIDEWALK
CLOSED
R9-9
24"x12"
CLOSED
RIGHT
LANE
CW20-5R
36"X36"
36"X36"
ROAD
AHEAD
WORK
CW20-1D
36"X18"
END
ROAD WORK
G20-2a
EXIST ROW
120'120'120'150'320'
150'
LINE
SAWCUT
EXIST ROW
N LOCUST ST
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
N LOCUST ST
[ XHERCU
50'R LINE
SAWCUT
11'
LEGEND
TRAFFIC DRUMS/BARRELS
TEMP SIGN POST
FLASHING ARROW BOARD
TRAILER MOUNTED
TYPE 3 BARRICADE
WORK ZONE
8/5/2020
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\absorbm19.dgn8/5/2020FILE:DATE:Standard
Division
DesignTXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:LINDSAY TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS
ABSORB(M)-19
GENERAL NOTES
PART NUMBER
C-SCR FH 3/8-16 X 1 GR5 PLT
SYSTEM
TL-3
1
PART DESCRIPTION
1
1
2
SYSTEM
TL-2
1
12
1
1
3
8
C-SCR FH 3/8-16 X 1 1/2 GR5 PLT
BSI-1809036-00
BSI-1809037-00
BSI-1809038-00
1
8
9
11
12
13
10
BSI-1808014-00
BSI-1808002-00 2 3
*
*COMPONENTS PRE-ASSEMBLED WITH ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
BSI-4004598
BSI-4004599
BSI-1809053-00
BSI-2001998
BSI-2001999
8 12
8 12
8 12
BSI-1809035-00
NOSE PLATE 1 1
1 1
BSI-1808005-00
BSI-2002001
PIN ASSEMBLY 8 10
6 6ANC MECH 5/8-11X5 (GALV)
TRANSITION STRAP (RIGHT-HAND)-(GALV)
TRANSITION STRAP (LEFT-HAND)-(GALV)
TRANSITION-(GALV)
TENSION STRAP-(GALV)
MIDNOSE-(GALV)
SECTION A-A
24"
WIDTH
42"
HEIGHT
ELEVATION VIEW
(MASH TL-3 & TL-2)
CRASH CUSHION
PRE-ASSEMBLED ABSORBING (ELEMENTS)
#ITEM
2
3
5
7
6
4
(ITEM 13)
ANCHORS
MECHANICAL
(ITEM 1)
TRANSITION
23'-8"
MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SYSTEM
REAR ELEMENT (3)MIDDLE ELEMENT (2)FRONT ELEMENT (1)
THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL.
THE ABSORB-M, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO REPLACE
THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF
NOTE:
BARRIER
BOTH-SIDE
TRAFFIC FLOW
BARRIER
RIGHT-SIDE
TRAFFIC FLOW
BARRIER
LEFT-SIDE
TRAFFIC FLOW
(ITEM 2)(ITEM 2)(ITEM 2)
TRAFFIC FLOW ON THE LEFT-SIDE, BOTH -SIDES AND RIGHT-SIDE.
FOR (TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES). DECALs ARE AVAILABLE FOR
PLAN SET AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEXAS MUTCD
DELINEATION DECAL ORIENTATION IS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION
APPLY A HIGH REFLECTIVE DECAL TO THE NOSE PLATE.
NOTE:
APPLY DECAL
NOSE PLATE
**
TRAFFIC FLOW, LEFT, RIGHT OR BOTH-SIDES.
THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE CORRECT DECAL PER
ENGINEER OR CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH
NOTE:**
DELINEATION DECAL PLACEMENT GUIDE
*
42" MAX
A
APLAN VIEW
EFFECTIVE LENGTH OF SYSTEM
20'-11 ƒ"
SYSTEM SHOWN - ABSORB-M TL-3 TRAFFIC FLOW
TRAFFIC FLOW
FILL CAPS
DRAIN PLUGS
17
NOTE:
TL-2 OR TL-3 UNITS
FRONT ELEMENT
DO NOT ADD WATER TO
20'- 11 ƒ"
14'- 7 ƒ"
23'- 8"
17'- 4"
TL-3
TL-2 2
3
SACRIFICIAL
14 ABSORB-M INSTALLATION AND INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL 1 1
8. DO NOT ADD WATER TO FRONT ELEMENT (TL-2 OR TL-3 UNIT).
7. THE USE OF THE ABSORB-M IS RESTRICTED TO A BARRIER HEIGHT OF UP TO 42 INCHES.
6. THE ABSORB-M SHOULD BE LOCATED APPROXIMATELY PARALLEL WITH THE BARRIER.
5. THE INSTALLATION AREA SHOULD BE FREE FROM CURBS, ELEVATED OBJECTS, OR DEPRESSIONS.
4. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CROSS-SLOPE IS 8%.
ASPHALT, OR ANY SURFACE CAPABLE OF BEARING THE WEIGHT OF THE SYSTEM.
NOT NEED TO BE ATTACHED TO A FOUNDATION AND CAN BE INSTALLED ON TOP OF CONCRETE,
3. THE ABSORB-M IS A WATER FILLED NON-REDIRECTIVE, GATING CRASH CUSHION THAT DOES
2. THE ABSORB-M SYSTEM IS ONLY APPROVED FOR USE IN (TEMPORARY WORK ZONE) LOCATIONS.
AT (707) 374-6800. 180 RIVER ROAD, RIO VISTA, CA 94571
CONTACT: LINDSAY TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS (LTS) - BARRIER SYSTEMS,INC.
1. FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION REGARDING THE INSTALLATION AND TECHNICAL GUIDANCE,
TEMPORARY - WORK ZONE
(PROVIDED BY OTHERS)
CREATED BY VINCENT PARKER TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER [JULY 2019]
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
VP TxDOT KM
C TxDOT: JULY 2019
QTY QTYBILL OF MATERIALS (BOM) ABSORB-M TL-3 & TL-2 SYSTEMS
TEST LEVEL
LENGTH
EFFECTIVE
LENGTH
MAXIMUM
ELEMENTS
NUMBER OF
absorbm19
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\acz35016.dgn8/5/20201:45:20 PMTxDOT
GENERAL NOTES
L
March 2010
Standard
Division
Design
$ACZ(350)-16$
acz35016.dgn KM VP VP
SACRIFICIAL
REVISED 03, 2016 (VP)
REVISED 06, 2013 (VP)
barrier or C of merging barrier.
6. The ACZ 350 should be approximately parallel with the
objects, or depressions.
5. The installation area should be free from curbs, elevated
4. Maximum permissible cross-slope is 8% .
for details.
and nose assembly. See manufacturer's installation manual
transition assembly, rear bay assembly, front bay assembly,
3. The ACZ 350 system consist of four major components, the
weight of the system.
of concrete, asphalt, or any surface capable of bearing the
to be attached to a foundation and can be installed on top
non-redirective, gating crash cushion that does not need
(Work Zone) locations. The ACZ 350 is a water filled
2. The ACZ 350 system is approved for use in temporary
specific system assembly and element orientation.
2. Refer to Installation manual and configuration chart for
at 1(888)323-6374. 70 W. Madison St. Suite 2350. Chicago, IL 60602
guidance of the system, contact: Trinity Highway - Energy Absorption
1. For specific information regarding installation and technical
ENERGY ABSORPTION
TRINITY HIGHWAY
ACZ(350)-16
C TxDOT:
TEMPORARY - WORK ZONE
ACZ-350
22"
PLAN VIEW
(See Transition option table)
Transition Assembly.
FRONT BAY ASSEMBLYREAR BAY ASSEMBLY
BI-DIRECTIONAL TRAFFIC FLOW SHOWN.
TRAFFIC
33"
ELEVATION VIEW
(SEE SYSTEM TABLE)
SYSTEM LENGTH TL-3,(31'-7") OR TL-2,(18'-7")
TRAFFIC
NO STRIPING TRAFFIC PASSES
ON THE RIGHT
3595608-0000 3595608-1000 3595608-2000
ON THE LEFT
TRAFFIC PASSES
3595608-3000
TRAFFIC PASSES
ON BOTH SIDES
1
1
1
1
REAR BAY ASSY,ACZ-350,TL-3
FRONT BAY ASSY,ACZ-350,TL-33595601-0000
3595601-0000
3595608-*000
4
3
2
1
TRANSITION ASSEMBLYSEE TABLE
NOSE,ACZ-350, (See Below)
DESCRIPTION QTYPART NO.ITEM
SEE DETAILS BELOW FOR NOSE DELINEATION
PARTS LIST
THE GENERAL NOTES).
THE PLANS (I.E. ATTENUATOR LOCATION DETAILS OR IN
BACKUP AND TRANSITION TYPES ARE SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON
3595616-0000
3595618-0000
3595620-0000
CTB SAFETY SHAPE (8" TOP)
CSB F-SHAPE (9 •" TOP)
SSCB SINGLE SLOPE (8" TOP)
product manual)
may be required. (See the Manufacurer's
bi-directional sites, additional hardware
The ACZ 350 system is approved for use at
TRANSITION OPTIONS
TRANSITION ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
BARRIERPART NO.
SYSTEM LENGTH
ACZ-350 (NARROW) SYSTEM
18'- 7"
31'- 7"
LEVEL
TEST
TL-2
TL-3TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTNovember 2002 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:21 PM 95
SHEET 1 OF 12
AND REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL NOTES
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
4-03
9-07
5-10
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
18
BC(1)-14
8-14
bc-14.dgn
http://www.txdot.gov
THE DOCUMENTS BELOW CAN BE FOUND ON-LINE AT
COMPLIANT WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES LIST (CWZTCD)
TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (TMUTCD)
STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS FOR TEXAS (SHSD)
TRAFFIC ENGINEERING STANDARD SHEETS
MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL)
ROADWAY DESIGN MANUAL - SEE "MANUALS (ONLINE MANUALS)"
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS)
Phone (512) 416-3118
Traffic Operations Division - TE
Texas Department of Transportation
below or by contacting:
and their sources and may be found on-line at the web address given
Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) describes pre-qualified products
Only pre-qualified products shall be used. The "Compliant Work Zone
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION (BC) STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES:
or as approved by the Engineer.
right-of-way line as possible, or located behind a barrier or guardrail,
must be parked away from travel lanes. They should be as close to the
13. Inactive equipment and work vehicles, including workers' private vehicles
devices.
12. The Engineer has the final decision on the location of all traffic control
exists.
be in place only while work is actually in progress or a definite need
11. Except for devices required by Note 10, traffic control devices should
shall be erected at or near the CSJ limits.
strips. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES, CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK signs
solely of mobile operation work, such as striping or milling edgeline rumble
the TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign will not be required on projects consisting
sign with plaque shall be erected in advance of the CSJ limits. However,
TEXT LATER (see Sign Detail G20-10T) and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE
10. As shown on BC(2), the OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW sign, STAY ALERT TALK OR
appropriate traffic control devices to be used.
BC sheets are examples. As necessary, the Engineer will determine the most
9. The temporary traffic control devices shown in the illustrations of the
provide a detail to the Contractor before the sign is manufactured.
not shown in this manual shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall
"Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition. Sign details
8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the
justify the signing.
divided highways where median width will permit and traffic volumes
7. The Engineer may require duplicate warning signs on the median side of
revised to show appropriate work zone distance.
directed by the Engineer. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES sign shall be
necessary warning signs as shown on these sheets, the TCP sheets or as
adjacent project is completed first, the Contractor shall erect the
redundant and the work areas appear continuous to the motorists. If the
FINES DOUBLE, and other advance warning signs if the signing would be
6. When projects abut, the Engineer(s) may omit the END ROAD WORK, TRAFFIC
Design Manual" or engineering judgment.
"A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets," the TxDOT "Roadway
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO),
applicable design criteria contained in manuals such as the American
5. Geometric design of lane shifts and detours should, when possible, meet the
the approximate location of any device without the approval of the Engineer.
control devices as shown in the plans. The Contractor may not move or change
4. The Contractor is responsible for installing and maintaining the traffic
sign and seal Contractor proposed changes.
by a licensed professional engineer for approval. The Engineer may develop,
3. The Contractor may propose changes to the TCP that are signed and sealed
responsibility of the Engineer.
2. The development and design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP)is the
shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).
The information contained in these sheets meet or exceed the requirements
devices, construction pavement markings, and typical work zone signs.
to show typical examples for placement of temporary traffic control
1. The Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sheets) are intended
WORKER SAFETY APPAREL NOTES:
considered for high traffic volume work areas or night time work.
performance for Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. Class 3 garments should be
Apparel," or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI 107-2004 standard
the requirements of ISEA "American National Standard for High-Visibility
within the right-of-way shall wear high-visibility safety apparel meeting
1. Workers on foot who are exposed to traffic or to construction equipment
3.0" Radius, 1.25" Border, 0.75" Indent, Black on Yellow;
3.0" Radius, 1.25" Border, 0.75" Indent, Black on Orange;
.75"1.5"2"2"AND SYMBOL
BORDER
LEGEND,
BLACK
R=1.1".94.94.94.94.41.42.31"1"
.67".67"
1".31"
9"
R=.44"
R=.79"
R=.13".31".31"14".31"1.14"1.14"R=.75"2.57"2.88"1.17"5.55"17.5"6.38"
1.68"1.68"1.68"
8.38"
4.9"19.7"6"24.5"4.9"3.25"6"D12"48"4"1.25"3.5"20"36"3.5"5"C20"20"20"
3.5"12"2.8"6.3"2.8"11.7"2.8"14.6"3.5"
60"
1.25"
SIGN DETAIL (G20-10T)5".41[STAY ALERT] Font: D
[TALK OR TEXT LATER] Font: C specified length;
WHITE
BLACK
WHITE
BACKGROUND
YELLOW
FLUORESCENT
COLORS:
LEGEND
BORDER AND
BLACK
BACKGROUND
FLUORESCENT
ORANGE
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:22 PM96
SHEET 2 OF 12
R11-2
ROAD
CLOSED
XX
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD
END
ROAD WORK
END
ROAD WORK
CW20-1D
CW1-6
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD
CW20-1D
NAME
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
CONTRACTOR
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILES
BEGIN
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD PROJECT1 Block - City
1 Block - City
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILESROAD WORK
END
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILES
PROJECTCROSSROAD
*
X
X
X
X
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD
END
ROAD WORK
END
ROAD WORK
CW20-1D
NAME
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
CONTRACTOR
WORK
ZONE
TRAFFIC
FINES
DOUBLE
WHEN
WORKERS
ARE PRESENT
*
*
ROAD WORK
BEGIN
T-INTERSECTION
ROAD
WORK
AHEAD
CW20-1D
CW20-1D
CW20-1D
3X
3X
XX
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILES
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILES
NEXT X MILES
INTERSECTED
ROADWAY 1000'-1500' - Hwy
1000'-1500' - Hwy
CSJ Limit
CSJ Limit
XXXXX
XXXXX
*
1,5,6
X
X
TYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNS
X
X
WORK
ZONE
TRAFFIC
FINES
DOUBLE
WHEN
WORKERS
ARE PRESENT
WORK
ZONE
TRAFFIC
FINES
DOUBLE
WHEN
WORKERS
ARE PRESENT
R20-5T
G20-5T
G20-5T
CW1-4R
WORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITS
SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITS
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING DOWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITS
CW1-4L
**
CW20-1E
WORK
ROAD G20-5T
/ MILE1
2
NEXT X MILES
*
*
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING
30
MPH
35
40
45
50
55
60
320
400
500
600
Posted
Speed
Sign
Spacing
(Apprx.)
2
65 700
70 800
3**
2
2
2
"X"
Feet
120
160
240
75 900 2
80 1000 2
SPACING
SIZE
4
9-07
Devices
Channelizing
Devices
Channelizing
min.
80'
AREA
WORK
Limit
CSJ
1 and 4)
see Note
(Optional
1 and 4)
see Note
(Optional
G20-2
G20-1aT
G20-1aT
NEXT X MILES
G20-2
CW13-1P
SPACE
WORK
CW13-1PMPH
MPH
G20-2
SPACE
WORK
Channelizing Devices
LEGEND
Sign
Type 3 Barricade
spacing requirements.
TMUTCD for sign
Spacing chart or the
Warning Sign Size and
See Typical Construction
G20-1bTR G20-1bTL
R20-5T
R20-5aTP G20-6T
G20-2
R20-5aTP
R20-5T
G20-5aP
G20-5aP
G20-2
G20-6T
channelizing devices
Type 3 Barricade or
devices
channelizing
Barricade or
Type 3
G20-6T
GENERAL NOTES
or Series
Number
Sign
Freeway
Expressway/
Road
Conventional
CW20
CW21
CW22 48" x 48" 48" x 48"
CW23
CW25
CW1, CW2,
CW7, CW8, 36" x 36" 48" x 48"
CW9, CW11,
CW14
CW3, CW4,
CW5, CW6, 48" x 48" 48" x 48"
CW8-3,
CW10, CW12
CSJ LIMITS AT T-INTERSECTION
R20-3T
**
TxDOT
G20-5aP
R20-5aTP
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
X
channelizing devices.
within the project limits. See the applicable TCP sheets for exact location and spacing of signs and
"ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D)signs are placed in advance of these work areas to remind drivers they are still
When extended distances occur between minimal work spaces, the Engineer/Inspector should ensure additional
(G20-1bTR)" signs shall be replaced by the detour signing called for in the plans.
The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" left arrow(G20-1bTL) and "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" right arrow
NAME"(G20-6T) sign behind the Type 3 Barricades for the road closure (see BC(10) also).
2. If construction closes the road at a T-intersection the Contractor shall place the "CONTRACTOR
being performed at or near an intersection.
such as a flagger and accompanying signs, or other signs, that should be used when work is
1. The Engineer will determine the types and location of any additional traffic control devices,
PROJECT LIMIT
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
WARNING
SIGNS
STATE LAW
OBEY
**R20-3T*
WARNING
SIGNS
STATE LAW
OBEY
WORK
ZONE
TRAFFIC
FINES
DOUBLE
WHEN
WORKERS
ARE PRESENT
BEGIN**G20-9TP
**R20-5T
**R20-5aTP
the plans or as determined by the Engineer/Inspector, shall be in place.
6. When work occurs in the intersection area, appropriate traffic control devices, as shown elsewhere in
5. Additional traffic control devices may be shown elsewhere in the plans for higher volume crossroads.
will determine whether a roadway is considered high volume.
motorists of the length of construction in either direction from the intersection. The Engineer
4. The "ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-1aT)sign shall be required at high volume crossroads to advise
Zone Standard Sheets.
location and spacing of any sign not shown on the BC sheets, Traffic Control Plan sheets or the Work
be considered part of the minimum requirements. The Engineer/Inspector will determine the proper
AHEAD, LOOSE GRAVEL, or other appropriate signs. When additional signs are required, these signs will
3. Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer/Inspector may require additional signs such as FLAGGER
in the plans.
crossroads. The Engineer will determine whether a road is low volume. This information shall be shown
Texas" manual for sign details. The Engineer may omit the advance warning signs on low volume
"Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spacing"). See the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for
with the reduced size 36" x 18" "END ROAD WORK"(G20-2) sign on low volume crossroads (see Note 4 under
2. The Engineer may use the reduced size 36" x 36" ROAD WORK AHEAD (CW20-1D) sign mounted back to back
(G20-2) "END ROAD WORK" sign, unless noted otherwise in plans.
1. The typical minimum signing on a crossroad approach should be a "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign and a
SPEED
LIMIT
XX
X
*
location
with sign
coordinate
line should
NO-PASSING
Beginning of SPEED
LIMIT
XX*
R2-1
R2-1
19
BC(2)-14
8-14
R2-1
SPEED
LIMIT
XX
**
X
G20-10T
XX
CW1-4L
MPHCW13-1P
NAME
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
CONTRACTOR
ROAD WORK
NEXT X MILES
BEGIN
*
**
*
NOTES
* the end of the work zone.
Contractor will install a regulatory speed limit sign at
Control Plan.
and other signs or devices as called for on the Traffic
Area for placement of "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)sign
consisting solely of mobile operations work.
FINES DOUBLE signs will not be required on projects
Required CSJ Limit signing. See Note 10 on BC(1). TRAFFIC
if workers are present.
lying outside the CSJ Limits where traffic fines may double
motorist of entering or leaving a part of the work zone
signs are required outside the CSJ Limits. They inform the
shall be used as shown on the sample layout when advance
The "BEGIN WORK ZONE"(G20-9TP) and "END WORK ZONE" (G20-2bT)
No decimals shall be used.
to the nearest whole mile with the approval of the Engineer.
This distance shall replace the "X" and shall be rounded
WORK NEXT X MILES"(G20-5T)sign for each specific project.
to be placed on the G20-1 series signs and "BEGIN ROAD
The Contractor shall determine the appropriate distance
DO
NOT
PASS
appropriate)
(as
R4-1
sizes.
Sign Designs for Texas" manual for complete list of available sign design
6. See sign size listing in "TMUTCD", Sign Appendix or the "Standard Highway
5. Only diamond shaped warning sign sizes are indicated.
Location of Crossroad Signs".
crossroads at the discretion of the Engineer. See Note 2 under "Typical
4. 36" x 36" "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1D)signs may be used on low volume
or more advance warning.
3. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1/2 mile
advance warning.
2. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have 1500 feet
1. Special or larger size signs may be used as necessary.
work area and/or distance between each additional sign.
Minimum distance from work area to first Advance Warning sign nearest the
(TMUTCD) typical application diagrams or TCP Standard Sheets.
see Part 6 of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices"
For typical sign spacings on divided highways, expressways and freeways,
G20-10T
SPEED
LIMIT
R2-1
XX
**
X X
X
**
*
G20-2bT
END
WORK ZONE
**
(See note 2 below)
May be mounted on back of "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-1D) sign with approval of Engineer.
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:22 PM97
SHEET 3 OF 12
TxDOT
9-07
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
20
SPEED
LIMIT
60
SPEED
LIMIT
70
TYPICAL APPLICATION OF WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT SIGNS
WORK
ZONE
SPEED
LIMIT
60
WORK
ZONE WORK
ZONE
SPEED
LIMIT
70
(750' - 1500')(750' - 1500')
R2-1
R2-1
R2-1
R2-1
Reduced speeds should only be posted in the vicinity
of work activity and not throughout the entire project.
LIMIT
SPEED
CW3-5
See General Note 4
60
and approved by the Texas Transportation Commission, or by City Ordinance when within Incorporated City Limits.
Work zone speed limits shall be regulatory, established in accordance with the "Procedures for Establishing Speed Zones,"
or covered during periods when they are not needed.
Regulatory work zone speed signs (R2-1) shall be removed
signing.
additional advance
See BC(2) for
one direction only.
Signing shown for
LIMITS
CSJ
Note 4
See General
LIMIT
SPEED
CW3-5
60
G20-5aP
G20-5aP
SPEED
LIMIT
60
GENERAL NOTES
GUIDANCE FOR USE:
mounting height.
3. Speed zone signs are illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted
for each direction of travel.
40 mph and greater 0.2 to 2 miles
35 mph and less 0.2 to 1 mile
5. Regulatory speed limit signs shall have black legend and border on a white reflective
B. Flagger stationed next to sign.
A. Law enforcement.
C. Portable changeable message sign (PCMS).
This type of work zone speed limit should be included on the design of
the traffic control plans when restricted geometrics with a lower design
speed are present in the work zone and modification of the geometrics to
a higher design speed is not feasible.
Work activity may also be defined as a change in the roadway that requires
a reduced speed for motorists to safely negotiate the work area, including:
a) rough road or damaged pavement surface
b) substantial alteration of roadway geometrics (diversions)
c) construction detours
d) grade
e) width
As long as any of these conditions exist, the work zone speed limit signs
SHORT TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS
the traffic control plans when workers or equipment are not behind concrete
f) other conditions readily apparent to the driver
projects where speed control is of major importance.
E. Speed monitor trailers or signs.
D. Low-power (drone) radar transmitter.
(See Removing or Covering on BC(4)).
Long/Intermediate Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as described
above, should be posted and visible to the motorist when work activity is present.
motorists only when work activity is present. When work activity is not
present, signs shall be removed or covered.
Short Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs should be posted and visible to the
background (See "Reflective Sheeting" on BC(4)).
4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs should be:
8. Techniques that may help reduce traffic speeds include but are not limited to:
2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed on supports at a 7 foot minimum
should remain in place.
1. Regulatory work zone speed limits should be used only for sections of construction
LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS
zone reduction see TxDOT form #1204 in the TxDOT e-form system.
conditions and factors impacting allowable regulatory construction speed
10.For more specific guidance concerning the type of work, work zone
Work Zone Speed Limits should only be posted as approved for each project.
9. Speeds shown on details above are for illustration only.
This type of work zone speed limit may be included on the design of
barrier, when work activity is within 10 feet of the traveled way or actually
in the travelled way.
otherwise noted under "REMOVING OR COVERING" on BC(4).
7. Turning signs from view, laying signs over or down will not be allowed, unless as
directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to Item 502.
"WORK ZONE"(G20-5aP) plaque and the "SPEED LIMIT"(R2-1)signs shall not be paid for
6. Fabrication, erection and maintenance of the"ADVANCE SPEED LIMIT"(CW3-5)sign,
Note 4
See General
R2-1
WORK
ZONE
SPEED
LIMIT
60 R2-1
signing.
additional advance
See BC(2) for
one direction only.
Signing shown for
G20-5aPG20-5aP
SPEED
LIMIT
70 R2-1
LIMITS
CSJ
BC(3)-14
8-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:22 PM98
SHEET 4 OF 12
9-07
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
TEMPORARY SIGN NOTES
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
21CurbXXTravel lane edge 12' min.
FRONT ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATIONTravel lane edge OR
TYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS
*
*
CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNS
WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS
0'-6'
1. Permanent signs are used to give notice of traffic laws or regulations, call
attention to conditions that are potentially hazardous to traffic operations,
show route designations, destinations, directions, distances, services, points
of interest, and other geographical, recreational, or cultural information.
Drivers proceeding through a work zone need the same, if not better route
guidance as normally installed on a roadway without construction.
2. When permanent regulatory or warning signs conflict with work zone conditions,
3. When existing permanent signs are moved and relocated due to construction
purposes, they shall be visible to motorists at all times.
4. If existing signs are to be relocated on their original supports, they shall be
installed on crashworthy bases as shown on the SMD Standard sheets. The signs
shall meet the required mounting heights shown on the BC Sheets or the SMD
Standards. This work should be paid for under the appropriate pay item for
relocating existing signs.
5. If permanent signs are to be removed and relocated using temporary supports,
the Contractor shall use crashworthy supports as shown on the BC sheets or the
CWZTCD. The signs shall meet the required mounting heights shown on the
BC Sheets or the SMD Standards during construction. This work should be paid
for under the appropriate pay item for relocating existing signs.
6. Any sign or traffic control device that is struck or damaged by the Contractor
or his/her construction equipment shall be replaced as soon as possible by the
Contractor to ensure proper guidance for the motorists. This will be subsidiary
to Item 502.
remove or cover the permanent signs until the permanent sign message matches
the roadway condition.
**
**
ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTS
Wood
STOP/SLOW PADDLES
10"10"
24"
24"
24"
24"
8"C 8"B
†"
9"8Š"
R=2"3"
„"+
6.0' min.
Fiber Reinforced Plastic
Wood, metal or
the ground.
SIZE OF SIGNS
SIGN SUBSTRATES
SIGN LETTERS
Hand Signaling Devices in the TMUTCD.
shall only be as specifically described in Section 6E.03
4. Any lights incorporated into the STOP or SLOW paddle faces
length of 6' to the bottom of the sign.
3. STOP/SLOW paddles may be attached to a staff with a minimum
retroreflectorized.
2. When used at night, the STOP/SLOW paddle shall be
as detailed below.
by flaggers. The STOP/SLOW paddle size should be 24" x 24"
1. STOP/SLOW paddles are the primary method to control traffic
curb
from
minimum
2 '
min.
6'
9.0' max.
7.0' min.
9.0' max.
7.0' min.
9.0' max.
7.0' min.
shoulder
Paved
shoulder
Paved
above sign
protrude
shall not
Support
above sign
protrude
shall not
Support
substrate.
back of the sign
1/2 way up the
extend more than
Sign supports shall
Legend & Border - White
Background - Red
Legend & Border - Black
Background - Orange
Supplemental plaques (advisory or distance) should not cover the surface of the parent sign.
When plaques are placed on dual-leg supports, they should be attached to the upright nearest the travel lane.
Objects shall NOT be placed under skids as a means of leveling.
When placing skid supports on unlevel ground, the leg post lengths must be adjusted so the sign appears straight and plumb.
MPH
be allowed.
other means.
by splicing or
extended or repaired
supports shall not be
any means. Wood
joined or spliced by
signs shall not be
support. Multiple
directly to the sign
shall be attached
Each sign
Nails shall NOT
sign supports
substrates to other types of
procedures for attaching sign
manufacturer's recommended
or screws. Use TxDOT's or
will be by bolts and nuts
Attachment to wooden supports
FLAGS ON SIGNS
greater
6' or
of at least the same gauge material.
should be at least 5 times nominal post size, centered on the splice and
the sign substrate, not near the base of the support. Splice insert lengths
above and two below the spice point. Splice must be located entirely behind
height will only be allowed when the splice is made using four bolts, two
Splicing embedded perforated square metal tubing in order to extend post
GENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS
1. Contractor shall install and maintain signs in a straight and plumb condition and/or as directed by the Engineer.
2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white.
3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.
4. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall be used to regulate, warn, and
guide the traveling public safely through the work zone.
5. The Contractor may furnish either the sign design shown in the plans or in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD). The
Engineer/Inspector may require the Contractor to furnish other work zone signs that are shown in the TMUTCD but may have been omitted
from the plans. Any variation in the plans shall be documented by written agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor's
Responsible Person. All changes must be documented in writing before being implemented. This can include documenting the changes in
the Inspector's TxDOT diary and having both the Inspector and Contractor initial and date the agreed upon changes.
6. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports listed in the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD). The Contractor
shall install the sign support in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. If there is a question regarding installation
procedures, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations so the Engineer can
verify the correct procedures are being followed.
7. The Contractor is responsible for installing signs on approved supports and replacing signs with damaged or cracked substrates and/or
damaged or marred reflective sheeting as directed by the Engineer/Inspector.
8. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used
for identification shall be 1 inch.
DURATION OF WORK (as defined by the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" Part 6)
1. The types of sign supports, sign mounting height,the size of signs, and the type of sign substrates can vary based on the type of
work being performed. The Engineer is responsible for selecting the appropriate size sign for the type of work being performed. The
Contractor is responsible for ensuring the sign support, sign mounting height and substrate meets manufacturer's recommendations in
regard to crashworthiness and duration of work requirements.
a. Long-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than 3 days.
more than one hour.
c. Short-term stationary - daytime work that occupies a location for more than 1 hour in a single daylight period.
d. Short, duration - work that occupies a location up to 1 hour.
e. Mobile - work that moves continuously or intermittently (stopping for up to approximately 15 minutes.)
SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT
1. The bottom of Long-term/Intermediate-term signs shall be at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface, except
as shown for supplemental plaques mounted below other signs.
2. The bottom of Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be a minimum of 1 foot above the pavement surface but no more than 2 feet above
3. Long-term/Intermediate-term Signs may be used in lieu of Short-term/Short Duration signing.
appropriate Long-term/Intermediate sign height.
5. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than 9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting the color and retro-reflectivity requirements of DMS-8300
for rigid signs or DMS-8310 for roll-up signs. The web address for DMS specifications is shown on BC(1).
1. All sign letters and numbers shall be clear, and open rounded type uppercase alphabet letters as approved by the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA) and as published in the "Standard Highway Sign Design for Texas" manual. Signs, letters and numbers shall be of
first class workmanship in accordance with Department Standards and Specifications.
REMOVING OR COVERING
1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs shall be removed or completely covered.
2. Long-term stationary or intermediate stationary signs installed on square metal tubing may be turned away from traffic 90 degrees when
3. Signs installed on wooden skids shall not be turned at 90 degree angles to the roadway. These signs should be removed or completely
covered when not required.
4. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover the
9. The Contractor shall replace damaged wood posts. New or damaged wood sign posts shall not be spliced.
1. The Contractor shall furnish the sign sizes shown on BC (2) unless otherwise shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
intersections where the sign may be seen from approaching traffic.
the sign message is not applicable. This technique may not be used for signs installed in the median of divided highways or near any
1. The Contractor shall ensure the sign substrate is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the type of sign
support that is being used. The CWZTCD lists each substrate that can be used on the different types and models of sign supports.
2. "Mesh" type materials are NOT an approved sign substrate, regardless of the tightness of the weave.
3. All wooden individual sign panels fabricated from 2 or more pieces shall have one or more plywood cleat, 1/2" thick by 6" wide,
fastened to the back of the sign and extending fully across the sign. The cleat shall be attached to the back of the sign using wood
screws that do not penetrate the face of the sign panel. The screws shall be placed on both sides of the splice and spaced at 6"
centers. The Engineer may approve other methods of splicing the sign face.
b. Intermediate-term stationary - work that occupies a location more than one daylight period up to 3 days, or nighttime work lasting
2. White sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A, shall be used for signs with a white background.
FL3. Orange sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type B or Type C , shall be used for rigid signs with orange backgrounds.FL
4. Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be used only during daylight and shall be removed at the end of the workday or raised to
5. Burlap shall NOT be used to cover signs.
SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS
6. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a sign face.
1. Where sign supports require the use of weights to keep from turning over,
the use of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand should be used.
2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to
maintain a constant weight.
3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects shall not be permitted
for use as sign support weights.
4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs.
5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular
6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used for
ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and manufactured
with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD list.
7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports of the
traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground level or
hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners. Sandbags shall be placed
along the length of the skids to weigh down the sign support.
8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to level
sign supports placed on slopes.
impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall NOT be used.
the sign face.
red-orange in color. Flags shall not be allowed to cover any portion of
shall be 16 inches square or larger and shall be orange or fluorescent
1. Flags may be used to draw attention to warning signs. When used the flag
entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under automobile headlights at night, without damaging the sign sheeting.
7. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes backfilled upon completion of work.
BC(4)-14
8-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:23 PM 99
7-13 22of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:30"
40"
27"
36"
24"
2x6
2x4 x 40"
72"
2x6
Front Side
Top
*
*
that can be used for each approved sign support.
See the CWZTCD for the type of sign substrate
NOT be allowed. Posts shall be painted white.
Wood sign posts MUST be one piece. Splicing will
See BC(4) for definition of "Work Duration."
post
wood
4x4
sign face
21 sq. ft. of
Maximum
block
4x4
post
wood
4x4
requirement
height
for sign
See BC(4)
This will be considered subsidiary to Item 502.
foundations shall be removed from the project site.
3. When project is completed, all sign supports and
CWZTCD List.
7 ft. circle, except for specific materials noted on the
2. No more than 2 sign posts shall be placed within a
connection.
lag screws must be used on every joint for final
supports, but 3/8" bolts with nuts or 3/8" x 3 1/2"
1. Nails may be used in the assembly of wooden sign
GENERAL NOTES
Front
*
post
wood
4x4
requirement
height
for sign
See BC(4)
sign face
12 sq. ft. of
Maximum 24"
60"
2x6
2x6
Top
block
4x4
skid
2x6
additional stability.
be increased for
Length of skids may
24"2x4 brace
4x4 block4x4 block
Side
screws
(min.) lag
or 3/8" x 3 1/2"
3/8" bolts w/nuts
LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS
SKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTS
PERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBING
GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS
Two post installations can be used for larger signs.
The maximum sign square footage shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendation.
Refer to the CWZTCD and the manufacturer's installation procedure for each type sign support.
4" max.
Ground surface
WING CHANNEL
Post
Sign
Post
Base
for embedment.
See the CWZTCD
48"
5'
square tubing
or 1 3/4" x 1 3/4"
with 5/16" holes
1 3/4" galv. round
(DO NOT SPLICE)
12 ga post
1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 11 foot
CWZTCD LIST. SEE BC(1) FOR WEBSITE LOCATION.
AND SHORT TERM SUPPORTS CAN BE FOUND ON THE
MORE DETAILS OF APPROVED LONG/INTERMEDIATE
Posts
of
Number
MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS
WOOD POST SYSTEM FOR GROUND
WEDGE ANCHORS
18"
4"
*
4"
6"
of Traffic
Direction
Dia.(typ)
1 1/2"17 1/2"20 1/2"5 BOLT (TYP.)
3/8" X 4-1/2 gr.
3"
telescopes into sleeve
(hole to hole) 12 ga. support
1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129"
tubing diagonal brace
to hole) 12 ga. square perforated
1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 52" (hole
tubing cross brace
to hole) 12 ga. square perforated
1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 32" (hole
20 1/2"above pavement
provide 7' height
telescope to
Upright must
5 bolt
3/8 " X 3" gr.
Ground surface
Post
Sign
(Direct Embedment)
OPTION 1
max.
4"
Ground surface
Post
Sign
weak soils.
55" min. in
strong soils,
34" min. in
(Anchor Stub)
OPTION 2
post)
than sign
(1/4" larger
Anchor Stub
desirable
9"
max.
4"
Ground surface
Post
Sign
post) x 18"
than sign
(1/2" larger
sleeve
reinforcing
Optional
18"
weak soils.
55" min. in
strong soils,
34" min. in
(Anchor Stub and Reinforcing Sleeve))
OPTION 3
post)
than sign
(1/4" larger
Anchor Stub
desirable
9"
bolted anchor
Lap-splice/base
minimum
48"
sign only
thinwall plastic
10mm extruded
9 sq. ft. or less-
1/2" plywood is allowed.
the CWZTCD, except 5/8" plywood.
substrate listed in section J.2.d of
16 sq. ft. or less of any rigid sign
OTHER DESIGNS
"Traffic Engineering Standard Sheets" on BC(1)).
if approved by the Engineer. (See web address for
face. They may be set in concrete or in sturdy soils
sign supports for signs up to 10 square feet of sign
on the SMD Standard Sheets may be used as temporary
Both steel and plastic Wedge Anchor Systems as shown 84"41"21"131 1/2 "4"
sign panel and supports
(2 per support) joining
3/8" x 3" gr. 5 bolt
FILE:
REVISIONS
C TxDOT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002
9-07
36"
match sideslope
needed to
pin at angle
weld starts here
weldhere
starts
weld
back fill puddle.
weld, do not
directions. Minimum
going in opposite
opposite sides
Welds to start on
48"
2"
Side View
upright
12 ga.
2" x 2" x
2.5'
60"
3"
SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBING SIGN SUPPORTS
around tubing
Completely welded8 1/2" 7/16"
32'SINGLE LEG BASE
5'
weld
welded to skid
tubing sleeve
perforated
12 ga. square
(hole to hole)
2" x 2" x 8"
tubing upright
perforated
12 ga. square
(hole to hole)
1 3/4 " x 1 3/4 " x 129"
tubing skid
12 ga. perforated
(hole to hole)
2" x 2" x 59"
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
TYPICAL SIGN SUPPORT
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
SHEET 5 OF 12
BC(5)-14
8-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:23 PM100
SHEET 6 OF 12
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS)
PORTABLE CHANGEABLE
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
23
TxDOT TxDOTTxDOT TxDOT FILE:
C TxDOT
9-07
PCMS SIGNS WITHIN THE R.O.W. SHALL BE BEHIND GUARDRAIL OR
CONCRETE BARRIER OR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4)
PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC ON THE
LANES SHIFT in Phase 1 must be used with STAY IN LANE in Phase 2.**
Roadway
designation # IH-number, US-number, SH-number, FM-number
1. When Full Matrix PCMS signs are used, the character height and legibility/visibility requirements shall be maintained as listed in Note 15 under "PORTABLE
CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS" above.
shall maintain the legibility/visibility requirement listed above.
for, or replace that sign.
4. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a flashing arrow board provided it meets the visibility, flash rate and dimming requirements on BC(7), for the
same size arrow.
FULL MATRIX PCMS SIGNS
Access Road ACCS RD Major MAJ
Construction
WORDING ALTERNATIVES
1. The words RIGHT, LEFT and ALL can be interchanged as appropriate.
2. Roadway designations IH, US, SH, FM and LP can be interchanged as
appropriate.
3. EAST, WEST, NORTH and SOUTH (or abbreviations E, W, N and S) can
be interchanged as appropriate.
4. Highway names and numbers replaced as appropriate.
5. ROAD, HIGHWAY and FREEWAY can be interchanged as needed.
6. AHEAD may be used instead of distances if necessary.
7. FT and MI, MILE and MILES interchanged as appropriate.
8. AT, BEFORE and PAST interchanged as needed.
9. Distances or AHEAD can be eliminated from the message if a
location phase is used.
3. When symbol signs are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS, they shall only supplement the use of the static sign represented, and shall not substitute
APPLICATION GUIDELINES
1. Only 1 or 2 phases are to be used on a PCMS.
2. The 1st phase (or both) should be selected from the
"Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List" and the "Other Condition List".
3. A 2nd phase can be selected from the "Action to Take/Effect
on Travel, Location, General Warning, or Advance Notice
Phase Lists".
4. A Location Phase is necessary only if a distance or location
is not included in the first phase selected.
5. If two PCMS are used in sequence, they must be separated by
and should be understandable by themselves.
6. For advance notice, when the current date is within seven days
of the actual work date, calendar days should be replaced with
days of the week. Advance notification should typically be for
CLOSED
BLVD
XXXXXXXX
**LANE
IN
STAY
CONST AHD
CROSSING XING RT LN
Vehicles (s)VEH, VEHS
UPR LEVEL
LWR LEVEL
HR, HRS
1. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all messages used on portable
changeable message signs (PCMS).
2. Messages on PCMS should contain no more than 8 words (about four to
eight characters per word), not including simple words such as "TO,"
"FOR," "AT," etc.
3. Messages should consist of a single phase, or two phases that
alternate. Three-phase messages are not allowed. Each phase of the
message should convey a single thought, and must be understood by
itself.
4. Use the word "EXIT" to refer to an exit ramp on a freeway; i.e.,
"EXIT CLOSED." Do not use the term "RAMP."
5. Always use the route or interstate designation (IH, US, SH, FM)
along with the number when referring to a roadway.
6. When in use the bottom of a stationary PCMS message panel should be
a minimum 7 feet above the roadway, where possible.
7. The message term "WEEKEND" should be used only if the work is to
start on Saturday morning and end by Sunday evening at midnight.
Actual days and hours of work should be displayed on the PCMS if work
is to begin on Friday evening and/or continue into Monday morning.
8. The Engineer/Inspector may select one of two options which are avail-
able for displaying a two-phase message on a PCMS. Each phase may be
displayed for either four seconds each or for three seconds each.
9. Do not "flash" messages or words included in a message. The message
should be steady burn or continuous while displayed.
10. Do not present redundant information on a two-phase message; i.e.,
keeping two lines of the message the same and changing the third line.
12. Do not display the message "LANES SHIFT LEFT" or "LANES SHIFT RIGHT"
on a PCMS. Drivers do not understand the message.
the face of the sign.
14. The following table lists abbreviated words and two-word phrases that
are acceptable for use on a PCMS. Both words in a phrase must be
displayed together. Words or phrases not on this list should not be
PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS
SHOULD BE PLACED WITH ONE DRUM AT EACH OF THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE UNIT.
OF TRAFFIC. WHEN EXPOSED TO TWO WAY TRAFFIC, THE FOUR DRUMS
UPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS, WHEN EXPOSED TO ONE DIRECTION
WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE PCMS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE PCMS
BEHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL WITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL TO TRAFFIC
WORD OR PHRASEABBREVIATION ABBREVIATION WORD OR PHRASE
2. When symbol signs, such as the "Flagger Symbol"(CW20-7) are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS sign and, with the approval of the Engineer, it
abbreviated, unless shown in the TMUTCD.
bars is appropriate.
PCMS has malfunctioned. A pattern such as a series of horizontal solid
not alarm motorists and will only be used to alert workers that the
17. If disabled, the PCMS should default to an illegible display that will
left or right justified.
16. Each line of text should be centered on the message board rather than
and must be legible from at least 400 feet.
daylight. Truck mounted units must have a character height of 10 inches
should be legible from at least 600 feet at night and 800 feet in
units. They should be visible from at least 1/2 (.5) mile and the text
15. PCMS character height should be at least 18 inches for trailer mounted
13. Do not display messages that scroll horizontally or vertically across
11. Do not use the word "Danger" in message.
7-13of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: no more than one week prior to the work.
a minimum of 1000 ft. Each PCMS shall be limited to two phases,
RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIES
Phase 2: Possible Component Lists
CAUTION
USE
Notice List
** Advance
List
Warning
XX MPH
SPEED
ADVISORY
XX MPH
LIMIT
SPEED
XX MPH
SPEED
MAXIMUM
XX MPH
SPEED
MINIMUM
EXIT
LANE
RIGHT
SAFELY
DRIVE
CARE
WITH
DRIVE
X PM
XX AM-
TUE-FRI
MONDAY
BEGINS
MAY XX
BEGINS
XX AM
XX PM -
MAY X-X
X PM-X AM
XX
APR XX-
FRI-SUN
NEXT
XX PM
TO
XX AM
AUG XX
TUE
NEXT
XX AM
XX PM-
TONIGHT
Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List
(The Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.)
*
DELAYS
EXPECT
Other Condition List
Phase 1: Condition Lists
See Application Guidelines Note 6.
List
Action to Take/Effect on Travel
List
Location
XXX FT
CLOSED
SHOULDER
XXX FT
CLOSED
RIGHT LN
X MILE
CLOSED
EXIT XXX
CLOSED
TO BE
RIGHT LN
CLOSED
ROAD
FRONTAGE
OPEN
LANES
RIGHT X
CLOSURES
LANE
DAYTIME
CLOSED
EXIT
I-XX SOUTH
TUE - FRI
CLOSED
X LANES
XXX FT
ROADWORK
XXXX FT
FLAGGER
XXXX FT
NARROWS
RIGHT LN
XXXX FT
TRAFFIC
MERGING
XXXX FT
GRAVEL
LOOSE
X MILE
DETOUR
SH XXXX
PAST
ROADWORK
XXXX FT
BUMP
XXXX FT
SIGNAL
TRAFFIC
XXXX FT
REPAIRS
ROAD
XXXX FT
NARROWS
LANE
XX MILE
TRAFFIC
TWO-WAY
XXXX FT
LANES
UNEVEN
XXXX FT
ROAD
ROUGH
FRI-SUN
NEXT
ROADWORK
X MILES
EXIT
US XXX
SHIFT
LANES
SOUTH
US XXX
STAY ON
RIGHT
MERGE
X EXITS
NEXT
DETOUR
US XXX N
USE
TRUCKS
TRUCKS
FOR
WATCH
XXX FT
SPEED
REDUCE
ROUTES
OTHER
USE
RIGHT
X LINES
FORM
RD EXIT
XXXXX
USE
NORTH
I-XX
USE EXIT
TO I-XX N
I-XX E
USE
TRUCKS
FOR
WATCH
DELAYS
EXPECT
STOP
TO
PREPARE
USE
SHOULDER
END
WORKERS
FOR
WATCH
FM XXXX
AT
CROSSING
RAILROAD
BEFORE
MILES
X
NEXT
EXIT
US XXX
PAST
XXXXXXX
TO
XXXXXXX
FM XXXX
TO
US XXX
XXX FT
TRAFFIC
CONST
EXIT XXX
USE
CLOSED
EXIT
X MILE
CLOSED
FREEWAY
CLOSED
LANES
RIGHT X
CLOSED
LANES
VARIOUS
AT SH XXX
CLOSED
ROAD
FM XXXX
CLSD AT
ROAD
CLOSED
LANE
CENTER
CLOSURES
LANE
NIGHT
CLOSED
DRIVEWAY
MALL
BC(6)-14
8-14
DENTON
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:23 PMSHEET 7 OF 12
CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB)
LOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPCB)
16"
DELINEATION OF END TREATMENTS
BARRIER REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORS
treatments and manufacturers.
the CWZTCD List for approved end
Highway Research Report 350. Refer to
as defined in the National Cooperative
zones shall meet crashworthy standards
End treatments used on CTB's in work
END TREATMENTS FOR
CTB'S USED
IN WORK ZONES
WARNING LIGHTS
1. Warning lights shall meet the requirements of the TMUTCD.
2. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.
3. Type A-Low Intensity Flashing Warning Lights are commonly used with drums. They are intended to warn of or mark a potentially hazardous
4. Type-C and Type D 360 degree Steady Burn Lights are intended to be used in a series for delineation to supplement other traffic control
devices. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "SB".
5. The Engineer/Inspector or the plans shall specify the location and type of warning lights to be installed on the traffic control devices.
6. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a copy of the warning lights certification. The warning light manufacturer will
certify the warning lights meet the requirements of the latest ITE Purchase Specifications for Flashing and Steady-Burn Warning Lights.
WARNING LIGHTS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS
1. Type A flashing warning lights are intended to warn drivers that they are approaching or are in a potentially hazardous area.
2. Type A random flashing warning lights are not intended for delineation and shall not be used in a series.
3. A series of sequential flashing warning lights placed on channelizing devices to form a merging taper may be used for delineation. If used,
the successive flashing of the sequential warning lights should occur from the beginning of the taper to the end of the merging taper in
order to identify the desired vehicle path. The rate of flashing for each light shall be 65 flashes per minute, plus or minus 10 flashes.
4. Type C and D steady-burn warning lights are intended to be used in a series to delineate the edge of the travel lane on detours, on lane
changes, on lane closures, and on other similar conditions.
5. Type A, Type C and Type D warning lights shall be installed at locations as detailed on other sheets in the plans.
6. Warning lights shall not be installed on a drum that has a sign, chevron or vertical panel.
7. The maximum spacing for warning lights on drums should be identical to the channelizing device spacing.
1. A warning reflector or approved substitute may be mounted on a plastic drum as a substitute for a Type C, steady burn warning light at the
discretion of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the plans.
2. The warning reflector shall be yellow in color and shall be manufactured using a sign substrate approved for use with plastic drums listed
on the CWZTCD.
3. The warning reflector shall have a minimum retroreflective surface area (one-side) of 30 square inches.
4. Round reflectors shall be fully reflectorized, including the area where attached to the drum.
5. Square substrates must have a minimum of 30 square inches of reflectorized sheeting. They do not have to be reflectorized where it
attaches to the drum.
6. The side of the warning reflector facing approaching traffic shall have sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements for
7. When used near two-way traffic, both sides of the warning reflector shall be reflectorized.
8. The warning reflector should be mounted on the side of the handle nearest approaching traffic.
9. The maximum spacing for warning reflectors should be identical to the channelizing device spacing requirements.
WARNING REFLECTORS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR TYPE C (STEADY BURN) WARNING LIGHTS
Reflectors
Barrier
3. Where traffic is on one side of the CTB, two (2) Barrier Reflectors
shall be mounted in approximately the midsection of each section of CTB.
An alternate mounting location is uniformly spaced at one end of each
CTB. This will allow for attachment of a barrier grapple without
damaging the reflector. The Barrier Reflector mounted on the side of
the CTB shall be located directly below the reflector mounted on top of
the barrier, as shown in the detail above.
4. Where CTB separates two-way traffic, three barrier reflectors shall be
mounted on each section of CTB. The reflector unit on top shall have
two yellow reflective faces (Bi-Directional)while the reflectors on each
side of the barrier shall have one yellow reflective face, as shown in
the detail above.
5. When CTB separates traffic traveling in the same direction, no barrier
reflectors will be required on top of the CTB.
6. Barrier Reflector units shall be yellow or white in color to match
the edgeline being supplemented.
7. Maximum spacing of Barrier Reflectors is forty (40) feet.
8. Pavement markers or temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs
shall NOT be used as CTB delineation.
9. Attachment of Barrier Reflectors to CTB shall be per manufacturer's
recommendations.
10.Missing or damaged Barrier Reflectors shall be replaced as directed
by the Engineer.
11.Single slope barriers shall be delineated as shown on the above detail.
See D & OM (VIA)
recommendations.
as per manufacturer's
3 Barrier Reflectors
Install a minimum of
TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORS
Type C Warning Light or
approved substitute mounted on a
drum adjacent to the travel way.
4. The Flashing Arrow Board should be able to display the following symbols:
control devices that should be used in conjunction with the Flashing Arrow Board.
3. The Engineer/Inspector shall choose all appropriate signs, barricades and/or other traffic
or work on shoulders unless the "CAUTION" display (see detail below) is used.
2. Flashing Arrow Boards should not be used on two-lane, two-way roadways, detours, diversions
moving maintenance or construction activities on the travel lanes.
1. The Flashing Arrow Board should be used for all lane closures on multi-lane roadways, or slow
to bottom of panel.
14. Minimum mounting height of trailer mounted Arrow Boards should be 7 feet from roadway
flash rate and dimming requirements on this sheet for the same size arrow.
13. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a Flashing Arrow Board provided it meets visibility,
12. A Flashing Arrow Board SHALL NOT BE USED to laterally shift traffic.
11. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer or other suitable support.
display may be used during daylight operations.
10. The flashing arrow display is the TxDOT standard; however, the sequential Chevron
9. The sequential arrow display is NOT ALLOWED.
intervals of 25 percent for each sequential phase of the flashing chevron.
8. Minimum lamp "on time" shall be approximately 50 percent for the flashing arrow and equal
The flashing rate of the lamps shall not be less than 25 nor more than 40 flashes per minute.
7. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be capable of minimum 50 percent dimming from rated lamp voltage.
6. The straight line caution display is NOT ALLOWED.
Diamond Caution mode as shown.
5. The "CAUTION" display consists of four corner lamps flashing simultaneously, or the Alternating
REQUIREMENTS
C 48 x 96 15 1 mile
B 30 x 60 13 3/4 mile
MINIMUM
TRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL.
ARROW BOARD BEHIND CONCRETE
RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE
THE ARROW BOARD FROM THE
WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE
shall be equipped with
automatic dimming devices.
Flashing Arrow Boards
devices placed perpendicular to traffic on the upstream side of traffic.
taper or merging taper, otherwise they shall be delineated with four (4) channelizing
Arrow Boards may be located behind channelizing devices in place for a shoulder
ATTENTION
LEFT & RIGHT
CHEVRON ARROWLEFT & RIGHT
ALTERNATING DIAMOND CAUTION
DOUBLE ARROW
OR
4 CORNER CAUTION
FLASHING ARROW BOARDS
16" tall plastic bracket
Barrier Reflector on
manufacturer's recommendations.
Attach the delineators as per
reflectors is 20 feet.
Max. spacing of barrier
extended distance from the TMA.
area is spread down the roadway and the work crew is an
6. The only reason a TMA should not be required is when a work
without adversely affecting the work performance.
30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew exposure
5. A TMA should be used anytime that it can be positioned
in the plans.
4. TMAs are required on freeways unless otherwise noted
3. Refer to the CWZTCD for a list of approved TMAs.
Level 3 TMAs.
2. Refer to the CWZTCD for the requirements of Level 2 or
or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH).
Cooperative Highway Research Report No. 350 (NCHRP 350)
must meet the requirements outlined in the National
1. Truck-mounted attenuators (TMA) used on TxDOT facilities
8. The location of warning lights and warning reflectors on drums shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans.
7. When used to delineate curves, Type-C and Type D Steady Burn Lights should only be placed on the outside of the curve, not the inside.
DMS 8300-Type B or Type C.
30 square inches
reflective surface area of at least
or square.Must have a yellow
Warning reflector may be round
FL FL
area. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "FL". The Type A Warning Lights shall
not be used with signs manufactured with Type B or C Sheeting meeting the requirements of Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300.
BC(7)-14
7-13
WARNING LIGHTS & ATTENUATOR
ARROW PANEL, REFLECTORS,
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002
101
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
9-07
24
1. Barrier Reflectors shall be pre-qualified, and conform to the color and
reflectivity requirements of DMS-8600. A list of prequalified Barrier
Reflectors can be found at the Material Producer List web address
shown on BC(1).
2. Color of Barrier Reflectors shall be as specified in the TMUTCD. The
cost of the reflectors shall be considered subsidiary to Item 512.
8-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:24 PMSHEET 8 OF 12
4-03
9-07
mount with diagonals
sloping down towards
travel way
(Maximum Sign Dimension)
18" x 24" Sign
1. For long term stationary work zones on freeways, drums shall be used as
the primary channelizing device.
2. For intermediate term stationary work zones on freeways, drums should be
used as the primary channelizing device but may be replaced in tangent
sections by vertical panels, or 42" two-piece cones. In tangent sections
if personnel are present on the project at all times to maintain the
cones in proper position and location.
3. For short term stationary work zones on freeways, drums are the preferred
approved by the Engineer.
4. Drums and all related items shall comply with the requirements of the
current version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices"
(TMUTCD) and the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List"
(CWZTCD).
5. Drums, bases, and related materials shall exhibit good workmanship and
shall be free from objectionable marks or defects that would adversely
6. The Contractor shall have a maximum of 24 hours to replace any plastic
drums identified for replacement by the Engineer/Inspector. The replace-
ment device must be an approved device.
1. Plastic drums shall be a two-piece design; the "body" of the drum shall
be the top portion and the "base" shall be the bottom.
2. The body and base shall lock together in such a manner that the body
separates from the base when impacted by a vehicle traveling at a speed
of 20 MPH or greater but prevents accidental separation due to normal
handling and/or air turbulence created by passing vehicles.
3. Plastic drums shall be constructed of lightweight flexible, and
deformable materials. The Contractor shall NOT use metal drums or
single piece plastic drums as channelization devices or sign supports.
4. Drums shall present a profile that is a minimum of 18 inches in width
at the 36 inch height when viewed from any direction. The height of
drum unit (body installed on base) shall be a minimum of 36 inches and
a maximum of 42 inches.
5. The top of the drum shall have a built-in handle for easy pickup and
shall be designed to drain water and not collect debris. The handle
shall have a minimum of two widely spaced 9/16 inch diameter holes to
allow attachment of a warning light, warning reflector unit or approved
compliant sign.
6. The exterior of the drum body shall have a minimum of four alternating
orange and white retroreflective circumferential stripes not less than
4 inches nor greater than 8 inches in width. Any non-reflectorized
space between any two adjacent stripes shall not exceed 2 inches in
width.
7. Bases shall have a maximum width of 36 inches, a maximum height of 4
inches, and a minimum of two footholds of sufficient size to allow base
to be held down while separating the drum body from the base.
8. Plastic drums shall be constructed of ultra-violet stabilized, orange,
high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or other approved material.
Chevron CW1-8, Opposing Traffic Lane
Divider, Driveway sign D70a, Keep Right
channelizing device but may be replaced in tapers, transitions and tangent
one-piece cones may be used with the approval of the Engineer but only
1. Signs used on plastic drums shall be manufactured using
substrates listed on the CWZTCD.
2. Chevrons and other work zone signs with an orange background
3. Vertical Panels shall be manufactured with orange and white
4. Other sign messages (text or symbolic) may be used as
approved by the Engineer. Sign dimensions shall not exceed
5. Signs shall be installed using a 1/2 inch bolt (nominal)
and nut, two washers, and one locking washer for each
connection.
6. Mounting bolts and nuts shall be fully engaged and
adequately torqued. Bolts should not extend more than 1/2
inch beyond nuts.
7. Chevrons may be placed on drums on the outside of curves,
on merging tapers or on shifting tapers. When used in these
locations they may be placed on every drum or spaced not
more than on every third drum. A minimum of three (3)
should be used at each location called for in the plans.
approval of the Engineer.
8. R9-9, R9-10, R9-11 and R9-11a Sidewalk Closed signs which
are 24 inches wide may be mounted on plastic drums, with
Vertical Panel
12" x 24"
ON PLASTIC DRUMS
SIGNS, CHEVRONS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MOUNTED
by Engineer
R4 series or other signs as approved
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL NOTES
1. The stripes used on drums shall be constructed of sheeting meeting the
1. Unballasted bases shall be large enough to hold up to 50 lbs. of sand.
This base, when filled with the ballast material, should weigh between
35 lbs (minimum) and 50 lbs (maximum). The ballast may be sand in one
to three sandbags separate from the base, sand in a sand-filled plastic
base, or other ballasting devices as approved by the Engineer. Stacking
of sandbags will be allowed, however height of sandbags above pavement
surface may not exceed 12 inches.
2. Bases with built-in ballast shall weigh between 40 lbs. and 50 lbs.
Built-in ballast can be constructed of an integral crumb rubber base or
a solid rubber base.
would become hazardous to motorists, pedestrians, or workers when the
drum is struck by a vehicle.
holes in the bottoms so that water will not collect and freeze becoming
a hazard when struck by a vehicle.
color and retroreflectivity requirements of Departmental Materials
2. The sheeting shall be suitable for use on and shall adhere to the drum
surface such that, upon vehicular impact, the sheeting shall remain
adhered in-place and exhibit no delaminating, cracking, or loss of
retroreflectivity other than that loss due to abrasion of the sheeting
surface.
24"
36"8"
12"
4" White
4" Orange
45o
CW1-6L
18" minHandle
36" min42" max4" max
4" max(typ)
8" max
4" min
(typ.)
2" max
dia. max)
Base (36"
drums
minimum of 5
for stacking a
Taper to allow
debris
of water or
allow collection
Top should not
warning lights
signs and
for mounting
9/16" dia. (typ)
DIRECTION INDICATOR BARRICADE DETECTABLE PEDESTRIAN BARRICADES
BALLAST
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
10.Drum and base shall be marked with manufacturer's name and model number.
sections by vertical panels, two-piece cones or one-piece cones as
plastic drums
substrates shall NOT be used on
Plywood, Aluminum or Metal sign
36"
Barricades
Detectable Pedestrian
providers of approved
and the CWZTCD list for
for fabrication. See note 3
This detail is not intended
rail for hand trailing
Continuous smooth
Detectable Edge
2" Max.
trailing with no splinters, burrs, or sharp edges.
rail provides a smooth continuous rail suitable for hand
barricade rails as shown on BC(10) provided that the top
6. Detectable pedestrian barricades may use 8" nominal
barricades.
5. Warning lights shall not be attached to detectable pedestrian
as a control for pedestrian movements.
for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and should not be used
"Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
detectable, do not comply with the design standards in the
4. Tape, rope, or plastic chain strung between devices are not
path.
detectable edging can satisfactorily delineate a pedestrian
barriers, and wood or chain link fencing with a continuous
above, longitudinal channelizing devices, some concrete
3. Detectable pedestrian barricades similar to the one pictured
shall be placed across the full width of the closed sidewalk.
with a visual disability traveling with the aid of a long cane
closed sidewalk, a device that is detectable by a person
2. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the
the features present in the existing pedestrian facility.
detectable and include accessibility features consistent with
relocated in a TTC zone, the temporary facilities shall be
1. When existing pedestrian facilities are disrupted, closed, or
9. Drum body shall have a maximum unballasted weight of 11 lbs.
for this type of ballast on the CWZTCD list.
3. Recycled truck tire sidewalls may be used for ballast on drums approved
4. The ballast shall not be heavy objects, water, or any material that
5. When used in regions susceptible to freezing, drums shall have drainage
6. Ballast shall not be placed on top of drums.
7. Adhesives may be used to secure base of drums to pavement.
series signs discussed in note 8 below.
18 inches in width or 24 inches in height, except for the R9
Specification DMS-8300, "Sign Face Materials." Type A reflective
sheeting shall be supplied unless otherwise specified in the plans.
FL
the intended traveled lane.
Diagonal stripes on Vertical Panels shall slope down toward
sheeting meeting the requirements of DMS-8300 Type A
FL
Ballast shall be as approved by the manufacturers instructions.
5. Approved manufacturers are shown on the CWZTCD List.
allowed.
4. Double arrows on the Direction Indicator Barricade will not be
shall be as per DMS 8300.
45 degrees in the direction road users are to pass. Sheeting types
white and orange stripes sloping downward at an angle of
above a rail with Type A retroreflective sheeting in alternating 4"
on a background of Type B or Type C Orange retroreflective sheeting
Large Arrow (CW1-6) sign in the size shown with a black arrow
3. The Direction Indicator Barricade shall consist of One-Direction
the intended travel lane.
in series to direct the driver through the transition and into
2. If used, the Direction Indicator Barricade should be used
guidance to drivers is necessary.
transitions, and other areas where specific directional
1. The Direction Indicator Barricade may be used in tapers,
FL
FL
specified in the plans.
of DMS-8300, "Sign Face Material," unless otherwise
sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements
shall be manufactured with Type B or Type C Orange
being orange.
with the top stripe
reflective sheeting
using Type A retro-
and 2 white stripes
a minimum of 2 orange
Each drum shall have
7-13
CHANNELIZING DEVICES
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
FILE:DATE:102
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
25
Pre-qualified plastic drums shall meet the following requirements:of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER: affect their appearance or serviceability.
BC(8)-14
8-14
DENTON
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:24 PMSHEET 9 OF 1224" min.36" min. distance above travel way45
VP-1L VP-1R
o
45o
36"
12"
36"
18"
18"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
DRIVEABLE
PORTABLE
FIXED
(Rigid or self-righting)
(Rigid or self-righting)
1. Work Zone channelizing devices illustrated on this sheet may be installed
in close proximity to traffic and are suitable for use on high or low
speed roadways. The Engineer/Inspector shall ensure that spacing and
placement is uniform and in accordance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).
2. Channelizing devices shown on this sheet may have a driveable, fixed or
portable base. The requirement for self-righting channelizing devices must
be specified in the General Notes or other plan sheets.
3. Channelizing devices on self-righting supports should be used in work zone
areas where channelizing devices are frequently impacted by errant vehicles
or vehicle related wind gusts making alignment of the channelizing devices
difficult to maintain. Locations of these devices shall be detailed else-
where in the plans. These devices shall conform to the TMUTCD and the
"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD).
damaged, nonreflective, faded, or broken devices and bases as required by
the Engineer/Inspector. The Contractor shall be required to maintain proper
device spacing and alignment.
5. Portable bases shall be fabricated from virgin and/or recycled rubber. The
6. Pavement surfaces shall be prepared in a manner that ensures proper bonding
between the adhesives, the fixed mount bases and the pavement surface.
Adhesives shall be prepared and applied according to the manufacturer's
recommendations.
7. The installation and removal of channelizing devices shall not cause
detrimental effects to the final pavement surfaces, including pavement
permitted on final pavement surfaces. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve
all application and removal procedures of fixed bases.
1. Opposing Traffic Lane Dividers (OTLD) are
delineation devices designed to convert a
normal one-way roadway section to two-way
operation. OTLD's are used on temporary
centerlines. The upward and downward arrows
on the sign's face indicate the direction of
traffic on either side of the divider. The
3. Spacing between the OTLD shall not exceed 500
the OTLD's should not exceed 100 foot spacing.
4. The OTLD shall be orange with a black non-
reflective legend. Sheeting for the OTLD shall
1. The chevron shall be a vertical rectangle with a
minimum size of 12 by 18 inches.
2. Chevrons are intended to give notice of a sharp
change of alignment with the direction of travel
and provide additional emphasis and guidance for
vehicle operators with regard to changes in
horizontal alignment of the roadway.
3. Chevrons, when used, shall be erected on the out-
side of a sharp curve or turn, or on the far side
of an intersection. They shall be in line with
and at right angles to approaching traffic.
Spacing should be such that the motorist always
has three in view, until the change in alignment
eliminates its need.
4. To be effective, the chevron should be visible
for at least 500 feet.
5. Chevrons shall be orange with a black nonreflec-
tive legend. Sheeting for the chevron shall be
6. For Long Term Stationary use on tapers or
transitions on freeways and divided highways
self-righting chevrons may be used to supplement
plastic drums but not to replace plastic drums.
4. The Contractor shall maintain devices in a clean condition and replace
surface discoloration or surface integrity. Driveable bases shall not be
1. Vertical Panels (VP's) are normally used to channelize
traffic or divide opposing lanes of traffic.
2. VP's may be used in daytime or nighttime situations.
They may be used at the edge of shoulder drop-offs and
other areas such as lane transitions where positive
daytime and nighttime delineation is required. The
Engineer/Inspector shall refer to the Roadway Design
Manual Appendix B "Treatment of Pavement Drop-offs in
Work Zones" for additional guidelines on the use of
VP's for drop-offs.
3. VP's should be mounted back to back if used at the edge
of cuts adjacent to two-way two lane roadways. Stripes
are to be reflective orange and reflective white and
should always slope downward toward the travel lane.
of retroreflective area facing traffic.
5. Self-righting supports are available with portable base.
See "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List"
(CWZTCD).
CW6-4
8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"8" to 12"
8" to 12"
WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS BARRIERS
1. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall not be used solely to channelize road users, but also to protect the
work space per the appropriate NCHRP 350 crashworthiness requirements based on roadway speed and barrier application.
2. Water ballasted systems used to channelize vehicular traffic shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation
or channelizing devices to improve daytime/nighttime visibility. They may also be supplemented with pavement markings.
3. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements
specific to the device, and used only when shown on the CWZTCD list.
4. Water ballasted systems used as barriers should not be used for a merging taper except in low speed (less than 45 MPH)
urban areas. When used on a taper in a low speed urban area, the taper shall be delineated and the taper length
should be designed to optimize road user operations considering the available geometric conditions.
5. When water ballasted systems used as barriers have blunt ends exposed to traffic, they should be attenuated
Surface
Roadway
Base
Mount
Surface
min.
24"
min.
24"
Adhesive
w/ Approved
Fixed Base
depth
embedment
12" minimum
min.
36"
Support
Self-righting
Support
Rigid
Support can be used)
(Driveable Base, or Flexible
Fixed Base w/ Approved Adhesive
on drums.
mounted
or may be
may be used,
Driveable Base
Fixed or
Portable,
back to back
mounted
Panels
speed roadways, may have more than 270 square inches
unless noted otherwise.
conforming to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300,
GENERAL NOTES
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
S=Posted Speed (MPH)
L=Length of Taper (FT.) W=Width of Offset (FT.) **
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
On a
Tangent
On a
Taper
12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Minimum
Desirable
Taper Lengths
Suggested Maximum
Spacing of
Channelizing
Devices
Formula
L=WS
80 800'880'960'80'160'
LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES (LCD)
2. LCDs may be used instead of a line of cones or drums.
used only when shown on the CWZTCD list.
3. LCDs shall be placed in accordance to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and
4. LCDs should not be used to provide positive protection for obstacles, pedestrians or workers.
connected together. They are not designed to contain or redirect a vehicle on impact.
1. LCDs are crashworthy, lightweight, deformable devices that are highly visible, have good target value and can be
adhesive or rubber weight to minimize movement
base is secured to the pavement with an
caused by a vehicle impact or wind gust.
portable bases shall weigh a minimum of 30 lbs.
6. Sheeting for the VP's shall be retroreflective Type A
FL
FL
as per manufacturer recommendations or flared to a point outside the clear zone.
of the unit shall not be less than 32 inches in height.
systems must have a continuous detectable bottom for users of long canes and the top
If used to channelize pedestrians, longitudinal channelizing devices or water ballasted
2. The OTLD may be used in combination with 42"
cones or VPs.
feet. 42" cones or VPs placed between
the requirements of DMS-8300.
unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet
to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300,
be retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming FL
requirements of DMS-8300.
unless noted otherwise. The legend shall meet the
Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300,
retroreflective Type B or Type C conforming to FL
Min.
18"
12"
note 7
See
note 7
See
note 7
See
CHEVRONS
VERTICAL PANELS (VPs)
HOLLOW OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS
LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES OR BARRIERSOPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS (OTLD)
MINIMUM DESIRABLE TAPER LENGTHS
CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND
SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF
7. Where the height of reflective material on the vertical
6 inches shall be used.
panel is 36 inches or greater, a panel stripe of
4. VP's used on expressways and freeways or other high
7-13
CHANNELIZING DEVICES
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
BC(9)-14
CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002
103
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
9-07
26
LCD along the full length of the device.
sheeting meeting the requirements for barricade rails as shown on BC(10) placed near the top of the
6. LCDs used as barricades placed perpendicular to traffic should have at least one row of reflective
on BC(7) when placed roughly parallel to the travel lanes.
5. LCDs shall be supplemented with retroreflective delineation as required for temporary barriers
8-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT CONT
bc-14.dgn
November 2002 c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:25 PM104
SHEET 10 OF 12
9-07
2" max.3"-4"
1. Where positive redirectional
2. Plastic construction fencing
safety as required in the plans.
3. Vertical Panels on flexible support
capability is provided, drums
may be omitted.SB
SB
SB
SB
6" min.
4" min.
3" min.
3" min.
may be used with drums for
may be omitted if drums are used.
Detour
Roadway
R11-2
M4-10L DETOUR
ROAD
CLOSED
NAME
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
CONTRACTOR
30 feet
2" min.
3"-4"
6" min.
4" min.
2" min.
shoulder width is less than 4 feet.
than 12 feet, steady-burn lights
42"
4"
4"
4"
4"
2"
2"
2"EDGELINE
CHANNELIZER
PLAN VIEW
PLAN VIEW
2. Advance signing shall be as specified elsewhere in the plans.
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
3"-4"
2" min.
10'
may be substituted for drums when the
4. When the shoulder width is greater
1. This device is intended only for use in place of a vertical panel to
2" min.
2" min.
4" min. orange
4" min. white
4" min. orange
4" min. white
Drums, vertical panels or 42" cones
STOCKPILE
channelize traffic by indicating the edge of the travel lane. It is
not intended to be used in transitions or tapers.
2. This device shall not be used to separate lanes of traffic (opposing
or otherwise) or warn of objects.
3. This device is based on a 42 inch, two-piece cone with an alternate
striping pattern: four 4 inch retroreflective bands, with an
approximate 2 inch gap between bands. The color of the band should
correspond to the color of the edgeline (yellow for left edgeline,
white for right edgeline) for which the device is substituted or for
which it supplements. The reflectorized bands shall be retroreflective
at 50' maximum spacing
omitted here
or barricade may be
downstream drums
On one-way roads
within 30' from travel lane.
should be used when stockpile is
Channelizing devices parallel to traffic
Two-Piece cones One-Piece cones Tubular Marker
G20-6T
SB
CONES
3" to 4"
2" to 6"
Alternate
Alternate
clear zone.
is outside
stockpile location
Desirable
Plastic Drum
Typical
min.
28"
min.
28"
min.
28"min.
42"
on one-way roadway
are not required
These drums
barricaded in the same manner.
divided highway shall be
Each roadway of a
and maximum of 4 drums)
width makes it necessary. (minimum of 2
side of approaching traffic if the crown
Increase number of plastic drums on the
be used across the work area.A minimum of two drums shall50'
Approx.
50'
Approx.
1. Refer to the Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List (CWZTCD)
projects closed to all traffic.
3. Barricades extending across a roadway should have stripes that slope
downward in the direction toward which traffic must turn in detouring.
When both right and left turns are provided, the chevron striping may
slope downward in both directions from the center of the barricade.
Where no turns are provided at a closed road striping should slope
downward in both directions toward the center of roadway.
4. Striping of rails, for the right side of the roadway, should slope
downward to the left. For the left side of the roadway, striping
should slope downward to the right.
5. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the
barricade rails. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos
used for identification shall be 1".
6. Barricades shall not be placed parallel to traffic unless an adequate
clear zone is provided.
7. Warning lights shall NOT be installed on barricades.
8. Where barricades require the use of weights to keep from turning over,
the use of sandbags with dry, cohesionless sand is recommended. The
sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and to
maintain a constant weight. Sand bags shall not be stacked in a manner
that covers any portion of a barricade rails reflective sheeting.
Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will NOT be
permitted. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of
50 lbs. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon
vehicular impact. Rubber (such as tire inner tubes) shall not be used
for sandbags. Sandbags shall only be placed along or upon the base
supports of the device and shall not be suspended above ground level
or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fasteners.
be used as a sign support.
Barricades shall NOT 10' max.10' max.10' max.4. The base must weigh a minimum of 30 lbs.
or yellow warning reflector
Steady burn warning light
or yellow warning reflector
Plastic drum with steady burn light
Plastic drum
LEGEND
of the culvert widening.
5. Drums must extend the length
30 lbs. including base.
42" 2-piece cones shall have a minimum weight of
28" Cones shall have a minimum weight of 9 1/2 lbs.
CULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS
TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR MATERIAL STOCKPILES
TYPICAL PANEL DETAIL
FOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADES
TYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL
8' max. length Type 3 Barricades
downward in the direction of detour.
Barricade striping should slant
for two-way traffic.
facing one-way traffic and both sides
reflective white stripes on one side
shall be reflectorized orange and
The three rails on Type 3 barricades
barricade
or 1 Type 3
Min. 2 drums
barricade
or 1 Type 3
Min. 2 drums
TYPE 3 BARRICADES
2. Type 3 Barricades shall be used at each end of construction
TYPE 3 BARRICADE (POST AND SKID) TYPICAL APPLICATION
minimum of 10 feet behind Type 3 Barricades.
mounting height in center of roadway. The signs should be a
1. Signs should be mounted on independent supports at a 7 foot
1. Traffic cones and tubular markers shall be predominantly orange, and
meet the height and weight requirements shown above.
2. One-piece cones have the body and base of the cone molded in one consolidated
unit. Two-piece cones have a cone shaped body and a separate rubber base,
or ballast, that is added to keep the device upright and in place.
height shown, in order to aid in retrieving the device.
3. Two-piece cones may have a handle or loop extending up to 8" above the minimum
reflective bands as shown above. The reflective bands shall have a smooth, sealed
7. Cones or tubular markers used on each project should be of the same size
and shape.
to maintain them in their proper upright position.
for intermediate-term or long-term stationary work unless personnel is on-site
short-term stationary work as defined on BC(4). These should not be used
5. 28" cones and tubular markers are generally suitable for short duration and
durations.
6. 42" two-piece cones, vertical panels or drums are suitable for all work zone
4. Cones or tubular markers used at night shall have white or white and orange
DMS-8300 Type A.
outer surface and meet the requirements of Departmental Material Specification
unless otherwise noted.
Type A conforming to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300,
45o
6"6"7 inches.
Sheeting
Reflective
Width of
Minimum
nominal
8"
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
PROJECTS LET AFTER MARCH 2014.
THIS DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED ON
BC(10)-14
CHANNELIZING DEVICES
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:27
to Departmental Material Specification DMS-8300 unless otherwise noted.
9. Sheeting for barricades shall be retroreflective Type A conforming
for details of the Type 3 Barricades and a list of all materials
used in the construction of Type 3 Barricades.20"20"48"Flat rail
Stiffener
2 stiffeners shall be allowed on one barricade.
Stiffener may be inside or outside of support, but no more than
4' min., 8' max.
8-14
DENTON
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:25 PMSHEET 11 OF 12
TOP VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
Adhesive pad
4"+ ‚"
2"
GENERAL REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining work zone and
within the CSJ limits unless otherwise stated in the plans.
2. Color, patterns and dimensions shall be in conformance with the
"Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (TMUTCD).
3. Additional supplemental pavement marking details may be found in the
plans or specifications.
4. Pavement markings shall be installed in accordance with the TMUTCD
and as shown on the plans.
5. When short term markings are required on the plans, short term
markings shall conform with the TMUTCD, the plans and details as
shown on the Standard Plan Sheet WZ(STPM).
6. When standard pavement markings are not in place and the roadway
is opened to traffic, DO NOT PASS signs shall be erected to mark
the beginning of the sections where passing is prohibited and
PASS WITH CARE signs at the beginning of sections where passing
is permitted.
7. All work zone pavement markings shall be installed in accordance
with Item 662, "Work Zone Pavement Markings."
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
1. Raised pavement markers are to be placed according to the patterns
on BC(12).
2. All raised pavement markers used for work zone markings shall meet
PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
1. Removable prefabricated pavement markings shall meet the requirements
of DMS-8241.
2. Non-removable prefabricated pavement markings (foil back) shall meet
the requirements of DMS-8240.
MAINTAINING WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS
1. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining work zone pavement
markings within the work limits.
2. Work zone pavement markings shall be inspected in accordance with
the frequency and reporting requirements of work zone traffic control
device inspections as required by Form 599.
3. The markings should provide a visible reference for a minimum
distance of 300 feet during normal daylight hours and 160 feet when
illuminated by automobile low-beam headlights at night, unless sight
distance is restricted by roadway geometrics.
4. Markings failing to meet this criteria within the first 30 days after
placement shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor as per
Specification Item 662.
days, where flaggers and/or sufficient channelizing devices are used
in lieu of markings to outline the detour route.
3. Pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible,
so as not to leave a discernable marking. This shall be by any method
approved by TxDOT Specification Item 677 for "Eliminating Existing
Pavement Markings and Markers".
4. The removal of pavement markings may require resurfacing or seal
5. Subject to the approval of the Engineer, any method that proves to be
successful on a particular type pavement may be used.
6. Blast cleaning may be used but will not be required unless specifically
7. Over-painting of the markings SHALL NOT BE permitted.
8. Removal of raised pavement markers shall be as directed by the
Engineer.
9. Removal of existing pavement markings and markers will be paid for
directly in accordance with Item 677, "ELIMINATING EXISTING PAVEMENT
MARKINGS AND MARKERS," unless otherwise stated in the plans.
10.Black-out marking tape may be used to cover conflicting existing
markings for periods less than two weeks when approved by the Engineer.
1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs used as guidemarks
shall meet the requirements of DMS-8242.
2. Tabs detailed on this sheet are to be inspected and accepted by the
Engineer or designated representative. Sampling and testing is not
normally required, however at the option of the Engineer, either "A"
or "B" below may be imposed to assure quality before placement on the
roadway.
B. Select five (5) tabs and perform the following test. Affix five
(5) tabs at 24 inch intervals on an asphaltic pavement in a
straight line. Using a medium size passenger vehicle or pickup,
run over the markers with the front and rear tires at a speed
of 35 to 40 miles per hour, four (4) times in each direction. No
more than one (1) out of the five (5) reflective surfaces shall
be lost or displaced as a result of this test.
3. Small design variances may be noted between tab manufacturers.
4. See Standard Sheet WZ(STPM) for tab placement on new pavements. See
1. Raised pavement markers used as guidemarks shall be from the approved
product list, and meet the requirements of DMS-4200.
3. Adhesive for guidemarks shall be bituminous material hot applied or
butyl rubber pad for all surfaces, or thermoplastic for concrete
surfaces.
Guidemarks shall be designated as:
YELLOW - (two amber reflective surfaces with yellow body).
WHITE - (one silver reflective surface with white body).
Standard Sheet TCP(7-1) for tab placement on seal coat work.
TABS TO THE PAVEMENT SURFACE
TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER
STAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE
1/4" and less than 1".
is usually more than
Height of sheeting
WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS Roadway Marker Tabs
Temporary Flexible-Reflective
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
DMS-6130
EPOXY AND ADHESIVES DMS-6100
DMS-4300
DMS-8240
DMS-8241
DMS-8242
DMS-4200
TRAFFIC BUTTONS
PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
TEMPORARY REMOVABLE, PREFABRICATED
ROADWAY MARKER TABS
TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE
A list of prequalified reflective raised pavement markers,
non-reflective traffic buttons, roadway marker tabs and other
pavement markings can be found at the Material Producer List
web address shown on BC(1).
BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS
PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS
project shall be of the same manufacturer.
2. All temporary construction raised pavement markers provided on a
the requirements of Item 672, "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS" and Departmental
Material Specification DMS-4200 or DMS-4300.
shown in the plans.
existing pavement markings, in accordance with the standard
specifications and special provisions, on all roadways open to traffic
1. Pavement markings that are no longer applicable, could create confusion
or direct a motorist toward or into the closed portion of the roadway
shall be removed or obliterated before the roadway is opened to traffic.
Section to determine specification compliance.
and submit to the Construction Division, Materials and Pavement
A. Select five (5) or more tabs at random from each lot or shipment
2. The above shall not apply to detours in place for less than three
coating portions of the roadway as described in Item 677.
7-13
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
BC(11)-14
CONT
bc-14.dgn
February 1998
105
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
9-07
11-02
1-02
2-98
288-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
bc-14.dgn
February 1998 c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\bc-14.dgn8/5/20201:45:25 PM106
SHEET 12 OF 12
9-071-97
2-98
11-02
10 to 12"
PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS
Yellow
Yellow
White
White
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Type II-A-A Type II-A-A
Type Y buttons
Type Y buttons
Type II-A-A
Type II-A-A
Type I-A
Type I-A
Type W buttons
Type I-C
Type Y buttons
Type Y buttons
Type W buttons
Type I-C
Type I-C or II-C-R
Type I-C or II-C-R 10'30'
-
-
-
DISCOURAGE LANE CHANGING.)
EDGE LINE
OR SINGLE
Yellow
White
White or Yellow
White or Yellow
NO-PASSING LINE
WIDE
LINE
(FOR LEFT TURN CHANNELIZING LINE
OR CHANNELIZING LINE USED TO
Type Y buttons
Type I-C , I-A or II-A-A Type W or Y buttons
Type I-C Type W buttons
Type I-C or II-A-A
STANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS
Type II-A-A
REMOVABLE MARKINGS
WITH RAISED
PAVEMENT MARKERS
Type I-C or II-A-A
(when required)
Raised Pavement Markers
If raised pavement markers are used
to supplement REMOVABLE markings,
the markers shall be applied to the
top of the tape at the approximate
mid length of tape used for broken
60" + 3"
-REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN B
REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN A
REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
10 to 12"
4 to 8"6 to 8"
60" + 3"
60" + 3"
4"
4 to 12"
4 to 12"
4"
8"
1-2"
10'
10'30'
40' + 1'
5' + 6"
20' + 1'
30'
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN A
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN B
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Pattern A is the TXDOT Standard, however Pattern B may be used if approved by the Engineer.
lines or at 20 foot spacing for
solid lines. This allows an easier
removal of raised pavement markers
and tape.
Centerline only - not to be used on edge lines
Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.
Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.
MARKINGS
PAVEMENT
REFLECTORIZED
MARKINGS
PAVEMENT
REFLECTORIZED
LINE
NO-PASSING
DOUBLE
MARKINGS
PAVEMENT
REFLECTORIZED
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISED
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISED
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISED
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISED
Type II-A-A
3'9'
5'5'
8"
3'9'
Type I-C or II-C-R
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISED
MARKERS
PAVEMENT
RAISEDLINE
LANEDROP
OR
AUXILIARY
LINE
LANE
OR
LINE
CENTER
Item 672 "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS."
products list and meet the requirements of
pavement markings shall be from the approved
Raised pavement markers used as standard
TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE
LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS
EDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY
CENTER LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS
LINES
SOLID
LINES
BROKEN
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS
BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIONof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:Yellow
White
White
Type Y buttons
Type I-C
Type II-A-A
Type I-C
REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.
Yellow
White
White Type Y buttonsType II-A-A
Type I-C
Type I-C
REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings.
298-14
BC(12)-14
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\csb110.dgn8/5/20201:45:27 PMSHEET 1 OF 2
TxDOT
9 • ""ƒ4 "3"3"7"10"R
12"
Concrete Safety Barrier
CL
6"4"accordingly.
dimensions shall be adjusted
for lateral support these
When 1" ACP is not used
ƒ"
1•"
Min
Max
1" ACP
1'-7"
5‚"
1ƒ"8 †"2‚"
S1 Bar
S3 Bar
LC
1'- 9"5"4 Spaces @ 9" = 3'- 0"
20 Spaces at 12" = 20'
Max.Spacing
(Typ)
(#5) R Bars
R Bars
(#5)
+
5"13"
1 •"
12"2 …"
BARRIER (F-SHAPE)
CONCRETE SAFETY
7"1'- 7"1'- 7
•"4‚"2 •2'- 3"5ƒ"1'-9‚"2'- 3"Cov.
Connection
w/Type X Joint
(#4)S1 Bar
S3 Bar
(#4)
S1 Bars required with WWR reinforcement option.
(#4) S1 Bars (2) w/Type X Joint Connection,
S3 Bars
(#4)
S3 Bars
(#4)
#4 Bar
(Joint Type X)
#4 Bar (2)
CSB(1)-10
Precast Barrier
End View
3 †" Bending Pin2" Dia.3"
9"used, See CSB(6) sheet.
of attaining the equivalent lateral support may be
permanent barrier placement. A permissible method
When 1" ACP is "not" used as lateral support for
6"
30'- 0" barrier segment.
6'- 0" from each end of the
36" Long x 3"Deep, beginning
(Required) Two Drainage Slots
1'- 4"90
9 …"11 „"
11 „"9 …"
…"
3 ƒ"
1 …"
11 "
10 "
•
•
Upper Leave-out
Lower Leave-out 2'- 0"Lower Leave-out
Upper Leave-out
Joint connection. See Sheet 2 of 2 for details.
5'- 0", Typical at each end of precast CSB, with Type X
Joint connection Type X
See sheet 2 of 3 for
Showing reinforcement for Joint Type X
GENERAL NOTES
4"
2"2"2 ‚"2 ‚"4 •"†"†"3 ‚"1 ‚-1 ƒ
‚
Typ„"
Max
C
1 †" Diam Hole
CONNECTION PLATE DETAILS
PLATE DIMENSIONS WELDING DETAILS
PL … x 4 x 4 •"
Connection Pipe
L Threaded Rod in
Assemblies required per Joint.
Four (4) [2 Upper & 2 Lower]
TYPICAL WELDED ASSEMBLY
ISOMETRIC OF
C
dimensions not shown for clarity.
Barrier reinforcing and Type X Joint Leave-Out
TYPE X JOINT INSTALLATION DETAIL
3'-3"2 „"6"UPPER CONNECTION PIPE DETAILS LOWER CONNECTION PIPE DETAILS
"Š
70°
1 •" Std PipeConnection Plate Connection Plate 1 •" Std Pipe
Š
70°
"
DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR DETAILS
Eight (8) required per Joint.
Two (2) Bars required per assembly.
70°
& Typ)
1"(Min
& Typ)
1"(Min
Plate Washer (Typ)
PL … x 3 x 3
Threaded Rod
(or equivalent)
‡" Diam A325
Nut (Typ)
Std ‡" Hex
Two (2) required per Joint.
One (1) Steel Pipe required per Upper Assembly.
Two (2) required per Joint.
One (1) Steel Pipe required per Lower Assembly.
Stl Connection Pipe
Connection Pipe
1 •" Std Steel
Steel Connection Plate
after fabrication in accordance with Item 445.
fittings for joint Type X shall be galvanized
Four (4) required per Joint. All steel
One (1) Plate required per assembly.
…(‚)
…(‚)
L #5 Deformed Bar Anchors
Grade 60 (3'-8" lgth)
#5 Reinforcing Bar
THREADED ROD DETAIL
CONNECTION BOLT OR
required per Joint.
Plate Washers & Two (2) Std Hex Nuts)
(w/ Two (2) PL … x 3 x 3
Hex Hd. Bolts)
Two (2) Threaded Rods (Or Equivalent
of the barrier.
beyond the concrete face
hardware shall not extend
The upper connection
Note:
(WWR) General Notes
Bar Anchors
#5 Deformed(WWR) Option for Bars R and S3
Welded Wire Reinforcement
3. All reinforcement shall comply with Item 440, "Reinforcing Steel."
joint connection and drainage slots, as directed by the Engineer.
2. Welded wire cage may be cut or bent to accommodate the Type X
to ASTM A497.
1. Deformed Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR) shall conform
1 ƒ"(
Typ)
Top & Sides 6"11"Cover
2"
Conduit Trough
2'- 5"
Connection Plate (Typ)
Upper Connection Pipe
Lower Connection Pipe
Adjacent Barrier Segments
Lower Assembly (Typ)
Upper Assembly (Typ)Bar Anchors (Typ)
2 ea #5 Deformed
Connection Pipe (Typ)
Washers & 2 Nuts) within
Threaded Rod (w/ 2 Plate
10 •"12 •"
10 † "
6"
Pin (Typ)
2" Dia. Bending
6"
General Note 7)
Sch. 40 PVC. (See
dia. Steel pipe or
Lifting Pipes, 2" nom.
BARRIER PLAN AT END JOINTS
Equal No. Spaces (Typ)10 ~ D31 Horiz.(WWR) Spacing shown above
D20 Vertical (WWR)
csb110.dgn
December 2010
AM BD
should be verified.
may be provided. The proper length of all hardware
the concrete face of the barrier. Hex head bolts
The connection hardware shall not extend beyond
LC
5‚"
4‚"
LC
by the Engineer.
attachments to barrier sections shall be approved
the ends of the barrier. Lifting devices and
lifting points shall be approx. 7.5 feet from
7. Regardless of the method of handling, barrier
"Galvanizing."
after fabrication in accordance with Item 445,
6. All steel assemblies for joint shall be galvanized
Engineer.
elsewhere on the plans, or as directed by the
9. Conduit trough when required shall be shown
bid items involved.
shall be considered subsidiary to the various
assure a smooth surface. Surface finishing
Grouting shall be done in a manner that will
enough water to make the mixture plastic.
shall be two parts sand one part cement with
8. Surface finishing and grouting (where required)
(See Note General 9)
or tooled radius.
have a ƒ " chamfer
Barrier edges shall
24"32"22"15"(TYPE 1)
PRECAST BARRIER
Concrete Safety Barrier (Type 1)
Reinforcement for Precast (CSB)
Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")
or 440 lbs per ft.
(CSB) segment = Approx. 6.5 Tons
Weight of one Precast 30 ft. the barrier section to the first wire shall not exceed 3".
as directed by the Engineer. The dimension from the end of
4. Combinations of reinforcing steel and WWR will be permitted,
as part of the barrier payment.
systems, grout etc. as shown, are considered
5. All concrete, reinforcement, joint connection
or tooled radius.
4. All precast barrier edges shall have a ƒ " chamfer
otherwise specified on the plans.
3. Precast barrier length shall be 30 ft. unless
Grade 60 and conform to ASTM A615.
2. Where used, rebar reinforcement shall be
compressive strength of 3,600 psi.
1. Concrete shall be Class H with a minimum
Precast Barrier Length (30'- 0")
Standard
Division
Design
30
VPTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\csb110.dgn8/5/20201:45:27 PMSHEET 2 OF 2
TxDOT
BARRIER (F-SHAPE)
CONCRETE SAFETY
6"3"12"8"Rebar & Mesh
TOP VIEW
11"
†"
1…"
Plate
Connector
Rebar
9 •"
Joint Connection (Type J)
#5 Rebar(5)
#6 Rebar(2)
#4 Stirrup(4)
+
9 •"9 •"1'-1""
Angle
2"x 2"x ‰
" 10 ‹
threaded bolt with plate
Joint Connection (Type Q)
+
CSB(1)-10
12" Long
2 •" Dia. PVC Sleeve
Bolt retraction cavity
J-J HOOK CONNECTION
VIEW FROM ABOVE
Proprietary Joint Connections (CSB)
to the Engineer.
on the manufacturer's shop drawing(s) furnished
reinforcement for these systems, will be shown
Details of the connection components and barrier
approval for sole source use must be obtained.
exclusively specified in the plans, prior
If one of these connection systems are
Quick-Bolt by Bexar Concrete, (210)497-3773
J-J Hooks by Easi-Set Industries, (800)547-4045
connections types are:
connection shown, here on. These joint
acceptable as alternates to the (Type X)
Two proprietary joint connections are
csb110.dgn
December 2010
AM BD
(TYPE 1)
PRECAST BARRIER
J-J HOOK CONNECTION
END VIEW32"24"32"24"24"24"
PRECAST (CSB) WITH J-J HOOKS
Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")
Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")
LC
ELEVATION VIEW SHOWING JOINT CONNECTION
washer and nut on each end.
"QUICK-BOLT"
" DIA. x 25" Long rolled 872 ~
See Manufacturer's shop drawing for additional details
" PVC Sleeve211
for reinforcement details
See Manufacturer's shop drawings
QUICK-BOLT POCKET LOCATIONS
ELEVATION (CSB) QUICK-BOLTEND VIEW (CSB) QUICK-BOLT
See Manufacturer's shop drawing for additional details
Standard
Division
Design
31
VPTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
Standard
Division
Design
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\sled19.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT VP
PLAN VIEW
27"
32
sled19.dgn
C TxDOT:
DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.(TEMPORARY, WORK ZONE)
TL-3 MASH COMPLIANT
CRASH CUSHION
SLED
SLED-19
DECEMBER 2019
KM
TRANSITION FRAME,GALVANIZED
TRANSITION PANEL,GALVANIZED
KEEPER PIN, GALVANIZED
TRANSITION SHORT DROP PIN W/
KEEPER PIN, GALVANIZED
TRANSITION LONG DROP PIN W/
MODULE
SLED YELLOW WATER FILLED
SLED), GALVANIZED
CIS (CONTAINMENT IMPACT
FLOAT INDICATOR
FILL CAP W/ "DRIVE BY"
ANCHOR BOLTS45050
45032-DPT DRAIN PLUG REMOVAL TOOL
45033-RC-B DRAIN PLUG
18009-B-I
45043-CP T-PIN W/ KEEPER PIN
45044-S
45044-YH SLED YELLOW "NO FILL" MODULE
45044-Y
12060 WASHER, 3/4" ID X 2" OD
45148-CP
45147-CP
45150
MODULE LENGTH
SYSTEM LENGTH - ( TL-3 - 25-3" )
WATER FILLED SECONDARY MODULES PRIMARY MODULE
NON WATER FILLED
45-‡"
HEIGHT
MAX
45"
45-…"
6'-3ƒ"
1
2
4
1
1
3
9
9
1
2
1
3
3
BILL OF MATERIAL
DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBER QTY:TL-3
45131
SLED TRANSITION COMPONENTS FOR ATTACHMENT TO CMB
SECONDARY MODULES
NUMBER OF SYSTEM LENGTHTEST LEVEL
TL-3 3 25' 3"
SACRIFICIAL
TRANSITION OPTIONS
SLED TRANSITION TO PLASTIC TRAFFIC BARRIER (CONTACT MFGR FOR PROPER TRANSITION)
SLED TRANSITION TO W-BEAM OR THRIE BEAM GUARD RAIL (CONTACT MFGR FOR PROPER TRANSITION)
SLED TRANSITION TO CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT)
SLED TRANSITION TO STEEL TRAFFIC BARRIER (CONTACT MFGR FOR PROPER TRANSITION)
SLED TRANSITION TO CONCRETE BRIDGE ABUTMENT
A
A
GENERAL NOTES
THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL.
THE SLED, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO REPLACE
THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF
NOTE:
ELEVATION VIEW
SECTION A-A
27"
45-‡"
SIDE B SIDE A
90 DEGREES
ROTATED
SIDE A
BARRIER
BOTH SIDES OF
TRAFFIC FLOW ON
BARRIER
RIGHT-SIDE OF
TRAFFIC FLOW ON
BARRIER
LEFT-SIDE OF
TRAFFIC FLOW ON
NOSE SHEETING PANEL DELINEATION
NOSE SHEETING FOR DECAL PLACEMENT.
SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CUSTOMIZED DELINEATION
NOTE:
SEE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
NOTE:
THRIE BEAM GUARD RAIL
W-BEAM GUARD RAIL
CONCRETE BRIDGE ABUTMENTS
PLASTIC BARRIER
STEEL BARRIER
CONCRETE BARRIER, TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT, 45" MAXIMUM HEIGHT
5. THE SLED SYSTEM CAN BE ATTACHED TO:
OBJECTS, OR DEPRESSIONS.
4. THE INSTALLATION AREA SHOULD BE FREE FROM CURBS, ELEVATED
3. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CROSS SLOPE IS 8°(DEGREES)(14%).
ON CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL OR COMPACTED SOIL.
NOT NEED TO BE ATTACHED TO THE GROUND AND CAN BE INSTALLED
SYSTEM IS A NON-REDIRECTIVE, GATING CRASH CUSHION THAT DOES
CUSHION APPROVED FOR USE IN TEMPORARY WORK ZONES. THE SLED
2. THE SLED SYSTEM IS A MASH APPROVED TEST LEVEL 3 (TL-3) CRASH
TRAFFIX, INC. AT (949) 361-5663.
AND MODULE ORIENTATION. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, CONTACT
1. REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\sscb210.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT3"12"
#4 Rebar
6"
General Notes
V1 Bar
4 •"20 Spaces at 12" = 20'
Max.Spacing
Note:
+
4 •"
1 •"
12"2"
Ends
at Barrier
2"Cover V1 Bars
(#4)
V1 Bars
(#4)
A
A
Section A-A
Slot
Drainage
3"Cov.
Single Slope Concrete Traffic Barrier
4"
2"2"2 ‚"2 ‚"4 •"†"†"3 ‚"1 ‚-1 ƒ
‚
Typ„"
Max
C
1 †" Diam Hole
CONNECTION PLATE DETAILS
PLATE DIMENSIONS WELDING DETAILS
PL … x 4 x 4 •"
Connection Pipe
L Threaded Rod in
Assemblies required per Joint.
Four (4) [2 Upper & 2 Lower]
TYPICAL WELDED ASSEMBLY
ISOMETRIC OF
C
R Bars
(#5)7"9 ‚"9 ƒ"5'- 0", Typical at each end of precast SSCB with Type X joint
dimensions not shown for clarity.
Barrier reinforcing and Type X Joint Leave-Out
Connection Plate (Typ)
Upper Connection Pipe
Lower Connection Pipe
Adjacent Barrier Segments
Lower Assembly (Typ)
Upper Assembly (Typ)
TYPE X JOINT INSTALLATION DETAIL
3'-3"2 „"6"UPPER CONNECTION PIPE DETAILS LOWER CONNECTION PIPE DETAILS
"Š
70°
1 •" Std PipeConnection Plate Connection Plate 1 •" Std Pipe
Š
70°
"
DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR DETAILS
Eight (8) required per Joint.
Two (2) Bars required per assembly.
70°
& Typ)
1"(Min
& Typ)
1"(Min
Plate Washer (Typ)
PL … x 3 x 3
Threaded Rod
(or equivalent)
‡" Diam A325
Nut (Typ)
Std ‡" Hex
1'-5 ƒ"1'-2 ‚"
1'-2 ‚"
BARRIER PLAN AT JOINT
Leave-Out
Leave-Out
C
1'-1 …"2
"
3 ‚
"
L Pipes 12"12"70°(Typ)
1'-1 ‡"
1'- 3 •"1'- 7 •"
Type X connection
Pipe locations for Joint
Showing reinforcement for Joint Connection (Type X)
4" +
to accommodate side leave-outs
The first bar space may be decreased
CL
(Typ)
(#5) R Bars
V1 Bar
(#4)
1 ƒ"(Typ)
Top & Sides 1'- 5"2'- 0"8"1'- 5"8"
8"
Two (2) required per Joint.
One (1) Steel Pipe required per Upper Assembly.
Two (2) required per Joint.
One (1) Steel Pipe required per Lower Assembly.
Stl Connection Pipe
Connection Pipe
1 •" Std Steel
Steel Connection Plate
after fabrication in accordance with Item 445.
fittings for joint Type X shall be galvanized
Four (4) required per Joint. All steel
One (1) Plate required per assembly.
…(‚)
…(‚)
Bar Anchors (Typ)
2 ea #5 Deformed
L #5 Deformed Bar Anchors
Grade 60 (3'-8" lgth)
#5 Reinforcing Bar
THREADED ROD DETAIL
CONNECTION BOLT OR
required per Joint.
Plate Washers & Two (2) Std Hex Nuts)
(w/ Two (2) PL … x 3 x 3
Hex Hd. Bolts)
Two (2) Threaded Rods (Or Equivalent
Connection Pipe (Typ)
Washers & 2 Nuts) within
Threaded Rod (w/ 2 Plate
of the barrier.
beyond the concrete face
hardware shall not extend
The upper connection
Note:
(WWR) General Notes
BARRIER
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
3'- 2"1'- 7 †"3"Pin2" Bending5"
SSCB(2)-10
Bar Anchors
#5 Deformed
(WWR) Option for Bars R and V1
Welded Wire Reinforcement
ƒ" min.
1 •" max.Pin2" Bending7 •"by the Engineer.
1 • " clear cover as directed
slots may bent to accomadate
V1 Bars above the drainage at Bottom
1 • " Clear Cover for R Bars, Equal Spaces1'- 7"
Spacing shown above
(WWR)for V1 Bars,
D20 Vertical
4 Spaces @ 9" = 3'- 0"3'- 2"5"
end of the 30'- 0" barrier segment.
3'Lg x 3"Dp beginning 6'- 0" from each
(Required) Two Drainage Slots
3. All reinforcement shall comply with Item 440, "Reinforcing Steel."
joint connection and drainage slots, as directed by the Engineer.
2. Welded wire cage may be cut or bent to accommodate the Type X
to ASTM A497.
1. Deformed Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR) shall conform
10 ~ D31 Horiz.(WWR) PRECAST BARRIER
(TYPE 1)
two per barrier.(See Note 7)
Lifting Pipe or Sch. 40 PVC,
2" nom. dia. Sch.40 Galv. Steel
December 2010
AM BD
3'- 6"
length of all hardware should be verified.
Hex head bolts may be provided. The proper
beyond the concrete face of the barrier.
The connection hardware shall not extend
1'- 7 †"
7 …"
7 …"
CL
fabrication in accordance with Item 445,"Galvanizing."
9. All steel assemblies shall be galvanized after
bid items.
shall be considered subsidiary to the various
assure a smooth surface. Surface finishing
Grouting shall be done in a manner that will
enough water to make the mixture plastic.
shall be two parts sand one part cement with
8. Surface finishing and grouting (where required)
by the Engineer.
attachments to barrier sections shall be approved
the ends of the barrier. Lifting devices and
lifting points shall be approx. 7.5 feet from
7. Regardless of the method of handling, barrier
(Required) Drainage Slots
Steel Placement at
bent at drain slots.
Bars may be cut or
(#4)V1 Bars 42"24"
8"
Precast Barrier
End View
or tooled radius.
shall have a ƒ " chamfer
All precast barrier edges
the barrier section to the first wire shall not exceed 3".
as directed by the Engineer. The dimension from the end of
4. Combinations of reinforcing steel and WWR will be permitted,
Note 6)
Trough (See General
(Optional) Conduit
on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.
6. Conduit trough when required shall be shown elsewhere
as part of the barrier payment.
systems, grout etc. as shown, are considered
5. All concrete, reinforcement, joint connection
or a tooled radius.
4. All precast barrier edges shall have a ƒ " chamfer
otherwise specified on the plans.
3. Precast barrier length shall be 30 ft. unless
Grade 60 and conform to ASTM A615.
2. Where used, rebar reinforcement shall be
compressive strength of 3,600 psi.
1. Concrete shall be Class H with a minimum
Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Type 1)
Reinforcement for Precast (SSCB)
or 717 lbs per ft.
(SSCB) segment = Approx. 10.5 Tons
Weight of one precast 30 ft.
Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")
connection.
cast-in-place barrier, to match the precast barrier
SSBC. The joint connection "Types" may be used in the
Precast SSCB barrier may be connected to cast-in-place
sscb210.dgn
Standard
Division
Design
SHEET 1 OF 2
33TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\sscb210.dgn8/5/2020SHEET 2 OF 2
TxDOT
Proprietary Joint Connections (SSCB)
to the Engineer.
on the manufacturer's shop drawing(s) furnished
reinforcement for these systems, will be shown
Details of the connection components and barrier
approval for sole source use must be obtained.
exclusively specified in the plans, prior
If one of these connection systems are
Quick-Bolt by Bexar Concrete, (210)497-3773
J-J Hooks by Easi-Set Industries, (800)547-4045
connections types are:
connection shown, here on. These joint
acceptable as alternates to the (Type X)
Two proprietary joint connections are
12"Rebar & Mesh
END VIEW
TOP VIEW
11"
†"
1…"
Plate
Connector
Rebar
Joint Connection (Type R)
+2'- 0"9 •"1'-1""
Angle
2"x 2"x ‰
" 10 ‹
threaded bolt with plate
Joint Connection (Type Q)
+
12" Long
2 •" Dia. PVC Sleeve
Bolt retraction cavity
J-J HOOK CONNECTION
VIEW FROM ABOVE
PRECAST (SSCB) WITH J-J HOOKS
8"
8"
CL
BARRIER
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
December 2010
AM
Stirrup bars
(4) #4
(TYPE 1)
PRECAST BARRIER
Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")42"24"
24"
24"42"Precast Barrier (30'- 0" 1")
SSCB(2)-10
18"7 ƒ"17 •"24"3"
Rebar Grid
33 •"V2 bars
A
A
ELEVATION42"Barrier Height3~(#8) Bars
2~(#6) Bars
WELDED REBAR GRID3"Slot for
rebar grid
10 •"
30'- 0" precast section
JOINT CONNECTION
TOP VIEW
Typical at both ends of barrier segment
(#4) V2 BARS3 ‚"33 •"barrier segment
6 ~ two piece bars per
SECTION A-A
1 ƒ"
V2 Bar
(#4)
H1 Bars
(#5)
V1 Bars (See Sheet 1)
H1 bars
12" C-C
V1 Bars
(See Sheet 1)
Showing (Type R)
Rebar Grid
6"6"12"4"4"
sscb210.dgn
ELEVATION VIEW SHOWING JOINT CONNECTION
washer and nut on each end.
"QUICK-BOLT"
" DIA. x 25" Long rolled 872 ~
See Manufacturer's shop drawing for additional details
" PVC Sleeve211
for reinforcement details
See Manufacturer's shop drawings
"QUICK-BOLT" POCKET LOCATIONS
ELEVATION VIEW
"QUICK-BOLT" (SSCB)
END VIEW
See Manufacturer's shop drawing for additional details
Standard
Division
Design
VP
34TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp2-1-18.dgn8/5/20201:45:32 PMStandard
Division
Operations
TrafficWork SpaceShoulderShoulderShoulderTCP (2-1b)TCP (2-1c)
WORK SPACE ON SHOULDER WORK VEHICLES ON SHOULDER
See note 1)
48" X 48"
(Flags-
CW20-1D
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
(See note 2)
G20-2
48" X 24"ShoulderShoulder See note 1)
48" X 48"
(Flags-
CW20-1D
48" X 24"
(See note 2)
G20-2
See note 1)
48" X 48"
(Flags-
CW20-1D
(See note 2)
G20-2
48" X 24"
48" X 24"
(See note 2)
G20-2
Right-of-way LineApprox.100'ShoulderShoulderMin.30'Work Space100'Min.30' 1/3 LB 1/3 LBWork SpaceMin.30'Min.
10'100'ShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulderApprox.100' See note 1)
48" X 48"
(Flags-
CW20-1DMin.30'Min.30'Min.30'Min.
10'x for 50 mph or less3x for over 50 mphor lessx for 50 mph 50 mph3x for over 50 mph3x for over or lessx for 50 mph (See notes 4 & 5)
(See notes 4 & 5)
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
nearest traveled way.
of 30' from the
work area is a minimum
may be omitted if the
Channelizing devices
at all times.
channelizing devices
lanes of traffic by
areas separated from
etc., shall remain in
moveable cranes,
such as trucks,
work operation,
necessary for the
or other equipment
Work vehicles
TCP (2-1a)
WORK SPACE NEAR SHOULDER
Conventional Roads Conventional Roads Conventional Roadsor lessx for 50 mph or lessx for 50 mph or lessx for 50 mph 50 mph3x for over 50 mph3x for over 50 mph3x for over (See Note 7)
work vehicle
Inactive
(See notes 4 & 5)
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
GENERAL NOTES
SHOULDER WORK
CONVENTIONAL ROAD
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
2-94
8-95
1-97
4-98
161
2-12
December 1985
TCP(2-1)-18
2-18
DN:tcp2-1-18.dgn
35
"ROAD WORK AHEAD" signs for shoulder work on conventional roadways.
8. CW21-5 "SHOULDER WORK" signs may be used in place of CW20-1D
right-of-way line and not parked on the paved shoulder.
7. Inactive work vehicles or other equipment should be parked near the
freeways.
6. See TCP(5-1) for shoulder work on divided highways, expressways and
surface, next to those shown in order to protect a wider work space.
5. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned off the paved
substituted for the Shadow Vehicle and TMA.
place, Type 3 Barricades or other channelizing devices may be
but road or work conditions require the traffic control to remain in
performance or quality of the work. If workers are no longer present
the area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the
used anytime it can be positioned 30 to 100 feet in advance of
oscillating or strobe lights. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be
4. Shadow Vehicle with TMA and high intensity rotating, flashing,
nearest traveled way.
3. Stockpiled material should be placed a minimum of 30 feet from
plans, or for routine maintenance work, when approved by the Engineer.
denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated in the
2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those
1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp2-2-18.dgn8/5/20201:45:34 PMStandard
Division
Operations
TrafficXXXWork SpaceBMin.30'Min.100'TCP (2-2a)
2-LANE ROADWAY WITHOUT PAVED SHOULDERS
48" X 24"
G20-2
(See Note 2)
Yield Line
Temporary
Approx.100'100' Max.50' Min.48" X 48"
CW20-4D
48" X 48"
48" X 48"
CW20-1D
See note 1)
(Flags-
42" X 42 " X 42"
R1-2
48" X 24"
G20-2 15'(See Note 2)
Yield Line
Temporary
W3-2
R1-2
42" X 42 " X 42"
Same as Below
in Opposite Direction
Warning Sign Sequence
lights.(See notes 6 & 7)
oscillating or strobe
rotating, flashing,
TMA and high intensity
Shadow Vehicle with
CONTROL WITH YIELD SIGNS
ONE LANE TWO-WAY
(Less than 2000 ADT - See Note 9)100'200'Min.30'BWork SpaceXXX
50'Min.100' Max.Temporary
(See Note 2)Min.100'
48" X 24"
G20-2
CW20-4
48" X 48"
48" X 24"
G20-2
48" X 48"
CW20-1D
See note 1)
(Flags-
CW20-4
48" X 48"
24" X 18"XXXX
48" X 48"
(See note 2)
X
24" Stop Line
at night
illuminated
shall be
flagger stations
emergencies,
Except in
at night
illuminated
shall be
flagger stations
emergencies,
Except in
Temporary
(See Note 2)
24" Stop Line
2-LANE ROADWAY WITHOUT PAVED SHOULDERS
ONE LANE TWO-WAY
CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS
TCP (2-2b)
(See notes 6 & 7)
strobe lights.
oscillating or
flashing,
rotating,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
24" X 18"
CW16-2P
CW20-7
48" X 48"
CW20-7
48" X 48"
CW16-2P
CW3-4
48" X 48"
(See note 2)
CW3-4
R1-2aP
48" X 36"
(See note 9)
48" X 36"
R1-2aP
(See note 9)
20' spacing
Devices at
100' Approx.
spacing on the Taper
Devices at 20'
spacing on the Taper
Devices at 20'
on the Taper
20' spacing
Devices at
GENERAL NOTES
TCP (2-2b)
TCP (2-2a)
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"
48" X 48"
CW20-1D
See note 1)
(Flags-
Distance
Sight
Stopping
200'
250'
305'
360'
425'
495'
570'
645'
730'
820'
mounting height.
9. The R1-2aP "YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC" sign shall be placed on a support at a 7 foot minimum
In rural areas, roadways with less than 2000 ADT, work space should be no longer than 400 feet.
distance. For projects in urban areas, work space should be no longer than one half city block.
8. The R1-2 "YIELD" sign traffic control may be used on projects with approaches that have adequate sight
in order to protect a wider work space.
7. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned off the paved surface, next to those shown
Vehicle and TMA.
to remain in place, Type 3 Barricades or other channelizing devices may be substituted for the Shadow
the work. If workers are no longer present but road or work conditions require the traffic control
in advance of the area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the performance or quality of
6. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be used anytime it can be positioned 30 to 100 feet
5. Length of work space should be based on the ability of flaggers to communicate.
4. Flaggers should use two-way radios or other methods of communication to control traffic.
ROAD XXX FT" sign, but proper sign spacing shall be maintained.
3. The CW3-4 "BE PREPARED TO STOP" sign may be installed after the CW20-4 "ONE LANE
by the Engineer.
may be omitted when stated elsewhere in the plans, or for routine maintenance work, when approved
2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those denoted with the triangle symbol
1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.
emergency situtations.
12.Flaggers should use 24" STOP/SLOW paddles to control traffic. Flags should be limited to
(See table above).
increased in order to maintain stopping sight distance to the flagger and a queue of stopped vehicles.
11.If the work space is located near a horizontal or vertical curve, the buffer distances should be
approved by the Engineer.
10.Channelizing devices on the center line may be omitted when a pilot car is leading traffic and
TRAFFIC CONTROL
ONE-LANE TWO-WAY
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
8-95
1-97
4-98
3-03
2-12
162
December 1985
2-18
tcp2-2-18.dgn
TCP(2-2)-18
36
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp2-3-18.dgn8/5/20201:45:36 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
Paved ShoulderPaved Shoulder 1/2 L 1/2 L 1/2 L 1/2 LBWork SpaceB 1/2 LWork SpaceWork Space 1/2 LBBTCP (2-3a)TCP (2-3b)XXXX48" X 24"
G20-2
24" X 30"
R4-2
24" X 30"
R4-1
48" X 48"
CW20-1D
See note 1)
(Flags-
lights. (See notes 7 & 8)
oscillating or strobe
rotating, flashing,
TMA and high intensity
Shadow Vehicle with
CW1-4R
48" X 48"XXXXMin.30'100' Approx.24" X 30"
R4-1
See note 1)
(Flags-
48" X 48"
CW20-1D
ONE LANE CLOSED
2-LANE ROADWAY WITH PAVED SHOULDERS
24" X 24"
CW1-4L
48" X 48"XXX100' Approx.100'50'-30'Min.30'Min.1/2 L 1/3 LXXX48" X 48"
CW20-1D
See note 1)
(Flags-
24" X 30"
R4-1
CW1-4R
48" X 48"
G20-2
Edgeline
White
4" Solid
Island
in Buffer
Yellow
4" Double
Yellow Line
4" Double
+4"
40' C-C.
Markers on
Pavement
Raised
Type II-A-A
1"-2"Paved ShoulderPaved Shoulderlights. (See notes 7 & 8)
oscillating or strobe
rotating, flashing,
TMA and high intensity
Shadow Vehicle with
CW1-4L
48" X 48"
G20-2
48" X 24"
CW1-4L
48" X 48"
2-LANE ROADWAY WITH PAVED SHOULDERS
ONE LANE CLOSED
INADEQUATE FIELD OF VIEWADEQUATE FIELD OF VIEW XCW1-4L
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
CW1-4R
CW1-4R
X 1/3 L24" X 24"
CW13-1P
24" X 24"
CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
(See note 2)CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
(See note 2)
24" X 24"
CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
24" X 24"
CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
24" X 24"
CW13-1P CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
(See note 2)
If applicable
If applicable
24" X 30"
R4-2
G20-2
48" X 24"
If applicable
24" X 30"
R4-2
GENERAL NOTES
48" X 24"
24" X 30"
R4-2
24" X 24"
48" X 48"
24" X 30"
R4-1
TCP (2-3a)
48" X 48"
TCP(2-3b)ONLY
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
Markers Ty II-AA
Raised Pavement
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WS
L=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"
24" X 24"
CW13-1P
If applicable
work spaces
areas betweem recurrent
1/4 to 1/2 mile in rural
1000' in urban areas, or
Devices spaced at 500' to
Transverse Channelizing
is intended for the area of the conflicting markings, not the entire work zone.
sections, at 1/2(S) where S is the speed in mph. This tighter device spacing
tapers at 20' or 15' if posted speeds are 35 mph or slower, and for tangent
channelizing devices which separate two-way traffic should be spaced on
For shorter durations where traffic is directed over a yellow centerline,
9. Conflicting pavement markings shall be removed for long-term projects.
next to those shown in order to protect a wider work space.
8. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned off the paved surface,
in place, Type 3 Barricades or other channelizing devices may be substituted.
present but road or work conditions require the traffic control to remain
affecting the performance or quality of the work. If workers are no longer
30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew exposure without adversely
7. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be used anytime it can be positioned
6. Conflicting pavement marking shall be removed for long term projects.
AHEAD" signs. Proper spacing of signs shall be maintained.
regulatory speed zone signs may be installed within CW20-1D "ROAD WORK
5. The R4-1 "DO NOT PASS," R4-2 " PASS WITH CARE" and construction
be positioned at end of traffic queue.
volume require additional emphasis to safely control traffic. Flagger should
4. Flagger control should NOT be used unless roadway conditions or heavy traffic
traffic.
markings may remain in place. Channelizing devices shall be used to separate
3. When work space will be in place less than three days existing pavement
or for routine maintenance work, when approved by the Engineer.
with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere in the plans,
2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those denoted
1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.
See note 1)
(Flags-
48" X 48"
TWO-LANE ROADS
TRAFFIC SHIFTS ON
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
8-95
1-97 2-12
4-98
3-03
163
December 1985
TCP(2-3)-18
37
tcp(2-3)-18.dgn
2-18
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp2-4-18.dgn8/5/20201:45:37 PMStandard
Division
Operations
TrafficShoulder30'MIN.XTCP (2-4b)TCP (2-4a)ShoulderShoulder200'Approx. 1/2 LShoulderShoulderXXX 1/3 LLLWork SpaceMin.30'B 1/2 LXXXXLBONE LANE CLOSED TWO LANES CLOSEDX XShoulderShoulder100'Approx.XWork SpaceLB
48" X 24"
G20-2 3X for over 50 MPHX for 50 MPH or lessCW20-5TL
48" X 48"
48" X 24"
G20-2
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
48" X 24"
G20-2
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
CW1-4L
48" X 48"
36" X 36"
CW1-4R
48" X 48"
48" X 24"
G20-2
XXX 1/3 L(See note 4)
30" X 12"
CW16-3aP
CW20-5TR
48" X 48"
CW20-5TR
48" X 48"
(See note 4)
30" X 12"
CW16-3aP
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
24" X 24"Shoulderlights.(See notes 5 & 6)
oscillating or strobe
rotating, flashing,
TMA and high intensity
Shadow Vehicle with
(See note 8)
(See notes 5 & 6)
strobe lights.
oscillating or
rotating, flashing,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
See note 1)
(Flags-
note 4)
(See
30" X 12"
CW16-3aP
CW1-6aT
36" X 36"
24" X 24"
CW13-1P
CW1-6aT
CW13-1P
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
TCP (2-4a)
TCP (2-4b)
GENERAL NOTES
the area of conflicting markings, not the entire work zone.
1/2(S) where S is the speed in mph. This tighter devices spacing is intended for
at 20' or 15' if posted speeds are 35 mph or slower, and for tangent sections, at
channelizing devices which separate two-way traffic should be spaced on tapers
8. For shorter durations where traffic is directed over a yellow centerline,
closed lane near the end of the merging taper.
protect the work space from opposing traffic with the arrow board placed in the
shall be used and channelizing devices shall be placed on the centerline to
7. If this TCP is used for a left lane closure, CW20-5TL "LEFT LANE CLOSED"signs
to protect a wider work space.
lane, on the shoulder or off the paved surface, next to those shown in order
6. Additional Shadow Vehicles with TMAs may be positioned in each closed
Vehicle and TMA.
Barricades or other channelizing devices may be substituted for the Shadow
or work conditions require the traffic control to remain in place, Type 3
the performance or quality of the work. If workers are no longer present but road
30 to 100 feet in advance of the area of crew exposure without adversely affecting
5. A Shadow Vehicle with a TMA should be used anytime it can be positioned
plaque.
legend may be shown on the sign face rather than on a CW16-3aP supplemental
4. For short term applications, when post mounted signs are not used, the distance
length per lane.
3. The downstream taper is optional. When used, it should be 100 feet minimum
or for routine maintenance work, when approved by the Engineer.
with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere in the plans,
2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those denoted
1. Flags attached to signs where shown, are REQUIRED.
CONVENTIONAL ROADS
LANE CLOSURES ON MULTILANE
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
December 1985
2-12
8-95
1-97
4-98
3-03
164
TCP(2-4)-18
38
tcp2-4-18.dgn
2-18
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
Texas Department of Transportation
C TxDOT
TCP(6-2)-12of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp6-2.dgn8/5/20201:45:39 PMTraffic Operations Division Standard
M
TCP (6-2a)500'TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
GENERAL NOTES
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
**
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'540'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
450'
500'
550'
600'
495'
550'
605'
660'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
540'
700'770'840'
45
50
55
60
65
70
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Taper Lengths "L"
Desirable
Minimum
800'880'960'80'615'160'80
**
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
ENTRANCE RAMP OPEN
WORK WITHIN 500' OF RAMP1/3 L48" X 48"
CW20RP-3D
strobe lights
oscillating or
rotating, flashing,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
(See note 3)
PHASE 2PHASE 1
TO BE
CLOSEDShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulder500'L48" X 30"
R11-2bT
(See note 1)
48" X 48"
CW25-1T
500'strobe lights
oscillating or
rotating, flashing,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
48" X 24"
G20-2
(See note 2)
48" X 48"
CW4-3R
CW20-1D
48" X 48"
CW13-1P
See note 1)
(Plaque
24" X 24"ShoulderShoulderWork SpaceBLWork SpaceB1/3 LTCP (6-2b)
ENTRANCE RAMP CLOSED
10'
48" X 24"
G20-2
Signing.
Additional
Details and
Lane Closure
See TCP(6-1)for
shall be as shown on TCP (6-1) or as directed by the Engineer.
Additional requirements for lane closures and advance signing Min.30' Signing.
Additional
Details and
Lane Closure
See TCP(6-1)for Min.30' performance.
area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the work
be used if it can be positioned 30' to 100' in advance of the
typically required. A shadow vehicle equipped with a TMA shall
A shadow vehicle equipped with a Truck Mounted Attenuator is
(See Note 4)
(See Note 4)
*
*
past entrance to freeway
until work space is 1500'
Ramp to remain closed
*
WORK AREA NEAR RAMP
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
1-97
4-98
8-98
tcp6-2.dgn
February 1994
202
39
ENT RAMP
8-12
conflicts with G20-2 signs already in place on the project.
4. The END ROAD WORK (G20-2) sign may be omitted when it
and time formatting options for PCMS Phase 2 message.
3. See "Advance Notice List" on BC(6) for recommended date
between ramp and mainlane can be seen from both roadways.
2. ADDED LANE Symbol (CW4-3) sign may be omitted when sign
elsewhere in the plans.
denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated
1. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED. Devices
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
Texas Department of Transportation
C TxDOT
TCP(6-3)-12of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp6-3.dgn8/5/20201:45:40 PMTraffic Operations Division Standard
February 1994
203ShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulderMLSee TCP(6-1) for
Lane Closure
Details and
Additional Signing.
GENERAL NOTES:
in the plans.
denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
**
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'540'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
450'
500'
550'
600'
495'
550'
605'
660'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
540'
700'770'840'
45
50
55
60
65
70
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Taper Lengths "L"
Desirable
Minimum
800'880'960'80'615'160'80
**
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
shall be as shown on TCP (6-1) or as directed by the Engineer.
Additional requirements for lane closures and advance signing
ENTRANCE RAMP OPEN
TCP (6-3a)Min.30' Work Space1/3 LL2LSee TCP(6-1) for
Lane Closure
Details and
Additional Signing.LB48" X 48"
CW4-6
CW20-1D
CW13-1P
See note 1)
(Plaque
24" X 24"
48" X 48"
48" X 30"
R11-2bT
48" X 48"
CW20RP-3D
1000'Min.30' Work Space
strobe lights
oscillating or
rotating, flashing,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
TCP (6-3b)
strobe lights
oscillating or
rotating, flashing,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
BUSE
STREET A
Existing
STREET B
TRAFFIC EXITS PRIOR TO CLOSED RAMP
EXIT RAMP CLOSED
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT 1/3 L48" X 30"
R11-2bT
exit.
in advance of Street A
Place 1 mile (approx.)
48" X 48"
CW4-3R
CLOSED
USE
EXIT XX
EXIT XY
CLOSED
EXIT
EXIT
exits are numbered
Or, as an option when
EXIT XX
XX
EXIT XY
XY
performance.
area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the work
be used if it can be positioned 30' to 100' in advance of the
typically required. A shadow vehicle equipped with a TMA shall
A shadow vehicle equipped with a Truck Mounted Attenuator is
10'
*
*
*
1. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED. Devices
Existing
EXISTING
Existing
1-97
4-98
8-98
WORK AREA BEYOND RAMP
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
tcp6-3.dgn
408-12
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
Texas Department of Transportation
C TxDOT
TCP(6-4)-12of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp6-4.dgn8/5/20201:45:42 PMTraffic Operations Division Standard
Feburary 1994
204ShoulderTCP (6-4b)1000'GENERAL NOTES
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
**
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'540'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
450'
500'
550'
600'
495'
550'
605'
660'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
540'
700'770'840'
45
50
55
60
65
70
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Taper Lengths "L"
Desirable
Minimum
800'880'960'80'615'160'80
**
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
shall be as shown on TCP (6-1) or as directed by the Engineer.
Additional requirements for lane closures and advance signing
TCP (6-4a)
EXIT RAMP CLOSED
CLOSED
USE
EXIT XY
EXIT XX ShoulderShoulderL1000'1/3 LBstrobe lights
oscillating or
flashing,
rotating,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow VehicleShoulder
M
in advance of closed ramp.
Place 1 mile (approx.)
strobe lights
oscillating or
flashing,
rotating,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
48" X 48"
CW20RP-3D
48" X 30"
R11-2bT
Existing
Existing
1/3 LLBWork SpaceEXIT RAMP OPEN
48" X 36"
E5-2
See TCP(6-1)for
Lane Closure
Details and
Signing.
Additional
See TCP(6-1)for
Lane Closure
Details and
Signing.
Additional
48" X 30"
R11-2bT Work SpaceTRAFFIC EXITS PAST CLOSED RAMP Min.30'Min.30'Min.30'(CDs)
Channelizing Devices
200' approx. gap
spacing
3 CDs at 60'
spacing
5 CDs at 60'
USE
STREET B
STREET A
exits are numbered
Or, as an option when
CLOSED
EXIT
EXIT
XY
EXIT XY
XX
EXIT XX
performance.
area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the work
be used if it can be positioned 30' to 100' in advance of the
typically required. A shadow vehicle equipped with a TMA shall
A shadow vehicle equipped with a Truck Mounted Attenuator is
10'
**
2. See BC Standards for sign details.
in the plans.
denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere
1. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED. Devices
Sign
Exit Gore
Existing
Existing
Existing
*
48"X42"
E5-4T
*
1-97
4-98
8-98
tcp6-4.dgn
WORK AREA AT EXIT RAMP
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
8-12 41
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
Texas Department of Transportation
C TxDOT
TCP(6-5)-12of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
tcp6-5.dgn FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp6-5.dgn8/5/20201:45:43 PMTraffic Operations Division Standard
Feburary 1998
205
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
1-97
4-98
8-98
WORK AREA BEYOND EXIT RAMP
TCP (6-5a)
TCP (6-5b)
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT
GENERAL NOTES
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
**
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'540'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
450'
500'
550'
600'
495'
550'
605'
660'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
540'
700'770'840'
45
50
55
60
65
70
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Taper Lengths "L"
Desirable
Minimum
800'880'960'80'615'160'80
*
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
shall be as shown on TCP (6-1) or as directed by the Engineer.
Additional requirements for lane closures and advance signing ShoulderShoulderShoulderShoulderSee TCP(6-1) for
Lane Closure
Details and
Additional Signing.L1/3 Lstrobe lights
oscillating or
flashing,
rotating,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicle
300'150' +Work SpaceBNote 3)(See 48" X 36"
E5-2
See TCP(6-1) for
Lane Closure
Details and
Additional Signing.
48" X 36"
E5-2Work SpaceNote 3)(See BL1/3 L300'150'L2L Min. 1500' PAST EXIT RAMP
TWO LANE CLOSURE WITHIN
EXIT RAMP OPEN
EXIT RAMP OPEN 300'Min.30'Min.30'performance.
area of crew exposure without adversely affecting the work
be used if it can be positioned 30' to 100' in advance of the
typically required. A shadow vehicle equipped with a TMA shall
A shadow vehicle equipped with a Truck Mounted Attenuator is
*
*
*
*
the ramp.
work space and the exit ramp, consideration should be given to closing
3. If adequate longitudinal buffer length "B" does not exist between the
2. See BC standards for sign details.
in the plans.
denoted with the triangle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere
1. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED. Devices
48"X42"
E5-4T
Gore Sign
Existing Exit
500'500'strobe lights
oscillating or
flashing,
rotating,
high intensity
with TMA and
Shadow Vehicles
Gore Sign
Existing Exit
48"X42"
E5-4T
500'500'428-12
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\tcp7-1.dgn8/5/20201:45:44 PM210
TCP(7-1)-13
10'30'
40'+1'
March 1991
tcp7-1.dgn
4-92
1-97
4-98NO PASSING ZONES ON TWO-LANE TWO-WAY ROADS
7-13
SURFACING OPERATIONS
FOR
TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS
43
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
roadway marker tabs
temporary flexible-reflective
calendar days after
to be placed within 14
Standard pavement markings
roadway marker tabs
flexible-reflective
Type Y-2 temporary
no passing zones
indicate beginning and end of
roadway marker tabs placed to
Temporary flexible-reflective
markings
existing
Previous
TABS ON CENTERLINES OF TWO-LANE TWO-WAY ROADS
For seal coat, micro-surface or similar operations
TERM STATIONARY
INTERMEDIATE
STATIONARY
LONG TERM
STATIONARY
SHORT TERM
TYPICAL USAGE
MOBILE DURATION
SHORT NO PASSING ZONE40'+1'
ZONE
PASSING
NO
MARKING
PAVEMENT
SHORT TERM
(TABS)
SURFACING ENDS
SURFACING BEGINS XX XXX48" X 48"
CW20-1D
Min.
36" X 36"
CW8-7
Min.
36" X 36"
CW8-12
24" X 30"
R4-1
24" X 18"
R20-1TP
24" X 30"
R4-1
24" X 18"
R20-1TP
24" X 30"
R4-1
24" X 18"
R20-1TP
MAJOR RURAL ROAD
2 MILES
REPEAT EVERY
Min.
36" X 36"
CW8-12
2 MILES
REPEAT EVERY
Min.
36" X 36"
CW8-7
24" X 30"
R4-1
24" X 18"
R20-1TP
Min.
36" X 18"
G20-2
direction of travel only.
Signing shown for one
NOTE
24" x 30"
R4-2
24" x 30"
R4-2
COORDINATION OF SIGN LOCATIONS
"DO NOT PASS" SIGN (R4-1) and NO-PASSING ZONES
B. The LOOSE GRAVEL signs are to remain in place until the condition no longer exists.
and repeated at intervals of approximately 2 miles in rural areas and closer in urban areas.
A. When construction begins, a LOOSE GRAVEL (CW8-7) sign should be erected at each end of the work area
"NO CENTER LINE" SIGN (CW8-12)
"LOOSE GRAVEL" SIGN (CW8-7)
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
C. The NO CENTER LINE signs are to remain in place until standard pavement markings are installed.
and other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer.
of the work area, at approximately 2 mile intervals within the work area, beyond major intersections
not have an existing centerline), a NO CENTER LINE (CW8-12) sign should be erected at the beginning
B. At the time construction activity obliterates the existing center line markings(low volume roads may
markings.
have opposite directions of travel on a roadway. Divided highways do not typically have center line
A. Center line markings are yellow pavement markings that delineate the separation of travel lanes that
C. Tab placement for overlay/inlay operations shall be as shown on the WZ(STPM) standard sheet.
B. Tabs shall not be used to simulate edge lines.
the cover over the reflective strip shall be removed.
no more than two (2) days before the surfacing is applied. After the surfacing is rolled and swept,
should be applied to the pavement
striping crews or as directed by the Engineer. Tabs will be placed at the spacing indicated. Tabs
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Tabs are to be installed to provide true alignment for
A. Temporary markings for surfacing projects shall be Temporary Flexible-reflective Roadway Marker Tabs
be repeated as described above.
typically located at or near the limits of surfacing. LOOSE GRAVEL and NO CENTER LINE signs will then
TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE (R20-5T) sign, and one "X" sign spacing prior to the CONTRACTOR (G20-6T)sign
should be placed in the sequence shown following the OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW (R20-3T) and the
B. Where possible the ROAD WORK AHEAD (CW20-1D), LOOSE GRAVEL (CW8-7), and NO CENTER LINE (CW8-12) signs
adequate sign spacing.
signing typically shown on the Barricade and Construction Standards for project limits to ensure
A. The location of warning signs at the beginning and end of a work area are to be coordinated with other
GENERAL NOTES
D. R4-1 and R4-2 are to remain in place until standard pavement markings are installed.
the beginning and end of the no-passing zones where the surfacing operation has stopped for the day.
length of such combined zones, appropriate DO NOT PASS and PASS WITH CARE signs should be placed at
conflict with the existing pavement markings. Also, unless one days operation completes the entire
covered until the surfacing operation has passed this location so as not to have the DO NOT PASS sign
to be combined into one individual no-passing zone, the sign at the beginning of the zone should be
should be used and repeated as often as necessary for this purpose. Where several existing zones are
the project to prevent damage to windshield and lights. The DO NOT PASS sign and NEXT XX MILES plaque
C. Depending on traffic volumes and length of sections, it may be desirable to prohibit passing throughout
signed with a PASS WITH CARE sign and a NEXT XX MILES plaque.
where there is considerable distance between no-passing zones, the end of the no-passing zone may be
and the NEXT XX MILES plaque should be repeated every mile to the end of the no-passing zone. In areas
and a NEXT XX MILES (R20-1TP) plaque may be used at the beginning of such zones. The DO NOT PASS sign
as a single zone. If passing is to be prohibited over one or more lengthy sections, a DO NOT PASS sign
B. At the discretion of the Engineer, in areas of numerous no-passing zones, several zones may be combined
markings.
no-passing zones need not be covered prior to construction if the signs supplement the existing pavement
for each direction of travel except as otherwise provided herein. Signs marking these individual
DO NOT PASS (R4-1) signs and PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) signs placed at the beginning and end of each zone
A. Prior to the beginning of construction, all currently striped no-passing zones shall be signed with the
the Engineer.
roadway based on roadway conditions as directed by
will be placed on both right and left sides of the
5. Signs on divided highways, freeways and expressways
be 48" x 48".
diamond shaped construction warning signs shall
highways, freeways or expressways, the size of
4. When surfacing operations take place on divided
Work Zone Sign Supports.
approved for Long-Term / Intermediate-Term
Control Devices List (CWZTCD) on supports
Standards or the Compliant Work Zone Traffic
3. Signs shall be erected as detailed on the BC
others required elsewhere in the plans.
supplement those required by the BC Standards or
2. The devices shown on this sheet are to be used to
cover or obliterate the existing pavement markings.
placed prior to the surfacing operation which will
Engineer on sections of roadway where tabs must be
will be furnished and erected as directed by the
1. The traffic control devices detailed on this sheet
900'75
800'70
700'65
600'60
500'55
400'50
320'45
240'40
160'35
120'30
Distance
"X"
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
X
Speed
Posted
X Conventional Roads Only
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzbrk-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:46 PM116
6-96
8-96
5-98
3-03
LEGEND
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLYWOOD SIGN BLANKS DMS-7100
ALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS DMS-7110
DMS-8300
COLOR USAGE SHEETING MATERIAL
ORANGE
BLACK
BACKGROUND
LEGEND & BORDERS NON-REFLECTIVE ACRYLIC FILM
Sign
Traffic Flow
Large Sign
48" X 48"
CW21-1T
*
(See Note 3)
48" X 48"
CW21-1T
SIGN FACE MATERIALS
TYPE B OR TYPE CFLFL
WORK ZONE
"GIVE US A BRAKE"
SIGNS
August 1995
GENERAL NOTES
UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYDIVIDED HIGHWAY
SIGNS ARE SHOWN FOR ONE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
SUMMARY OF LARGE SIGNS
SIGN
DESIGNATION
SIGN
DIMENSIONS
REFLECTIVE
SHEETING
GALVANIZED DRILLED
SHAFT
Size 1 2
(LF)
(LF)
BACKGROUND
COLOR 24" DIA.
STEEL
STRUCTURAL
SQ FT
See Note 6 Below
32OrangeG20-7T 96" X 48"
W8x18 16 17 12128 Orange 192" X 96"
SIGN
FLType B or CFL
FLType B or CFL
Limit Signs
Project
Limit Signs
Project
(See Note 3)
48" X 48"
CW21-1T
Area
Work
Area
Work
*
before the sign is manufactured.
shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall provide a detail to the Contractor
Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition. Sign details not shown in this manual
8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the "Standard
Item 416 - Drilled Shaft Foundations
Item 647 - Large Roadside Sign Supports and Assemblies.
Item 636 - Aluminum Signs
under the following specification items:
7. The Working For You Give Us A BRAKE (G20-7T) 192" X 96" sign shall be paid for
subsidiary to Item 502.
4" x 6" wood posts with drilled holes for breakaway as per BC(5) and will be
plywood substrate or 0.125" aluminum sheeting substrate and may be supported by two
6. The 96" X 48" Working For You Give Us A BRAKE (G20-7T) may use a 1/2" or 5/8"
subsidiary to Item 502, "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling."
5. Give Us a Brake (CW21-1T) signs and supports shall be considered
speed zone signing when required.
US A BRAKE signing. See BC(3) for location and spacing of construction
4. Work zone speed limits are sometimes used in conjunction with GIVE
used for this purpose.
repeated halfway through the project. The Give Us a Brake (CW21-1T) may be
3. For projects more than two miles in length, Give Us a BRAKE signs should be
2. Sign locations shall be approved by the Engineer.
1. See BC and SMD sheets for additional sign support details.
(Optional- See Note 7)
192" X 96"
or
96" X 48" (See Note 6)
G20-7T
7-13
WZ(BRK)-13
wzbrk-13.dgn
44
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
elsewhere in the plans.
192" x 96" sign is required, the locations shall be noted
When the optional larger WORKING FOR YOU GIVE US A BRAKE (G20-7T)
G20-7T
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTApril 1992 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzbts-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:47 PMSHEET 1 OF 2
114
2-98
4-98
10-99
3-03
10' min.
10' min.
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"XXXXXXXXXXX
X X
LLLSee Note 8
NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE FAR SIDE LEFT LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE RIGHT LANE CLOSURE
OPERATIONS IN THE INTERSECTION
SHORT DURATION
SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARYMin.30'48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TL
48" x 48"
CW20-5TL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 30"
R4-7
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 30"
R4-7
24" x 30"
R4-7
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
Typical
24" x 30"
R4-7
Typical
X •L
X •L
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
GENERAL NOTES
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
Note 7SeeBX
XX XX48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
WORK ABOVE OPEN LANES OF TRAFFIC.
WORKERS IN BUCKET TRUCKS SHALL NOT
TYPICAL DETAILS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK
opposing traffic.
channelizing devices on the centerline to protect the work space from
a left lane closure by using a LEFT LANE CLOSED (CW20-5TL) and adding
9. Signs and devices for the NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE may be altered for
the closed lane if space is not available at the beginning of the taper.
option, the arrow board may be placed at the end of the taper in
work if the work vehicle has an arrow board in operation. As an
8. The arrow board at this location may be omitted for Short Duration
safety of the setup.
(less than 1 hour) any buffer space provided will enhance the
table should be used if field conditions permit. For Short Duration
7. For Short-Term Stationary work the buffer space "B" from the above
signs may be implemented when approved by the engineer.
If existing signals do not have power, All-Way Stop (R1-1 and R1-3P)
may be placed in flashing red mode when approved by the engineer.
6. When work operations are performed on existing signals, the signals
the vehicle.
5. High level warning devices (flag trees) may be used at corners of
high intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating or strobe type lights.
4. Vehicles parked in roadway shall be equipped with at least two
to field conditions.
3. Flaggers and Flagger Symbol (CW20-7) signs may be required according
and delineated at all times.
2. Obstructions or hazards at the work area shall be clearly marked
the device must be left unattended at night.
cones, drums, vertical panels or barricades will be required when
1. The minimum size channelizing device is the 28" cone. 42" Two-piece
wzbts-13.dgn
WZ(BTS-1)-13
45
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzbts-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:47 PMSHEET 2 OF 2
115
2-98
4-98
10-99
3-03
April 1992
X X X
FILE:
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
X
WORK AREA
TYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNAL PROJECT SIGNING
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 24"
G20-5T 36" x 24"
G20-5aP
36" x 36"
R20-5T
36" x 18"
R20-5aTP
48" x 42"
R20-3T
48" x 42"
R20-3T
48" x 24"
G20-5T
48" x 30"
G20-6T
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
36" x 18"
G20-2
48" x 30"
G20-6T
10' Min.
SIDEWALK DIVERSION
SIDEWALK DETOUR
CROSSWALK CLOSURES
4' Min.(See Note 7 below)
See Note 4 below
Temporary Traffic Barrier
24" x 12"
R9-9
24" x 12"
R9-11aR
24" x 12"
R9-11aL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
See Note 6
36" x 36"
CW11-2
24" x 12"
CW16-9P
24" x 12"
R9-10DBL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 12"
R9-11L
24" x 12"
R9-11aR
24" x 12"
R9-9
See Note 6
36" x 36"
CW11-2
24" x 12"
CW16-7PL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
36" x 24"
G20-5aP
36" x 36"
R20-5T
36" x 18"
R20-5aTP
36" x 18"
G20-2 MINOR STREETMAJOR STREET
FOR LONG TERM and INTERMEDIATE-TERM STATIONARY WORK OPERATIONS
NOTES
GENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS
9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.
3. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than
shown on Figure 6F-2 of the TMUTCD.
2. Sign height of Short-term/Short Duration warning signs shall be as
shown on Figure 6F-1 of the TMUTCD.
1. Sign height of Long-term/Intermediate-term warning signs shall be as
DURATION OF WORK
SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT
REMOVING OR COVERING
the requirements of the DMS and color usage table shown on this sheet.
1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting
will not be allowed.
10. Damaged wood posts shall be replaced. Splicing wood posts
for identification shall be 1".
substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used
9. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign
directed by the Engineer.
damaged or marred reflective sheeting shall be replaced as
8. Temporary signs that have damaged or cracked substrates and/or
installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations.
the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD),
7. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports and substrates listed in
in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).
6. The Contractor shall furnish the sign design shown in the plans or
directed by the Engineer.
5. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as
4. Nails shall NOT be used to attach signs to any support.
3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.
2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white.
condition.
1. Signs shall be installed and maintained in a straight and plumb
SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS
level sign supports placed on slopes.
8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to
sign support.
shall be placed along the length of the skids to weigh down the
level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fastners. Sandbags
of the traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground
7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports
list.
manufactured with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD
for ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and
6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used
vehicular impact. Rubber, such as tire inner tubes, shall not be used.
5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon
4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs.
permitted for use as sign support weights.
3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will not be
to maintain a constant weight.
2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and
filled with dry, cohesionless material.
1. Weights used to keep signs from turning over should be sandbags
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
WHITE
COLOR USAGE SHEETING MATERIAL
ORANGE
BLACK
BACKGROUND
BACKGROUND
SIGN FACE MATERIALS
FL FL
FLEXIBLE ROLL-UP REFLECTIVE SIGNS
DMS-8300
DMS-8310
LEGEND & BORDERS
Sign
Channelizing Devices
LEGEND
Only pre-qualified products shall be used. A copy of the
"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD)
http://www.txdot.gov/txdot_library/publications/construction.htm
Type 3 Barricade
Work Area
Work Area
Work Area
describes pre-qualified products and their sources and may
be found at the following web address:
X
X
warning sign spacing.
5. See the Table on sheet 1 of 2 for Typical
directions.
4. Warning sign spacing shown is typical for both
under way, as directed by the Engineer.
construction operations are no longer
3. Advance signs shall be removed when signal
locations will be as directed by the Engineer.
intersections at the project limits. Actual
intersection, but only in advance of the
may not be required in advance of each
2. For closely adjoining projects, advance signing
whenever signal contract work is in progress.
1. Project signing as shown shall be in place
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
1. Work zone durations are defined in Part 6, Section 6G.02 of the
See Note 8
BARRICADES AND SIGNS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK
7-13
WZ(BTS-2)-13
wzbts-13.dgn
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
46
TYPE A SHEETING
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE SHEETING
TYPE B OR TYPE C SHEETING
2. "CROSSWALK CLOSURES" as detailed above will require the Engineer's approval
prior to installation.
3. R9 series signs shown may be placed on supports detailed on the BC standards
or CWZTCD list, or when fabricated from approved lightweight plastic
substrates, they may be mounted on top of a plastic drum at or near the
location shown.
4. For speeds less than 45 mph longitudinal channelizing devices may be used
instead of traffic barriers when approved by the Engineer. Attenuation of
blunt ends and installation of water filled devices shall be as per BC(9)
and manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Location of devices are for general guidance. Actual device spacing and
location must be field adjusted to meet actual conditions.
7. The width of existing sidewalk should be maintained if practical.
6. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the closed sidewalk
Barricades shown.
Detectable Pedestrian Barricades should be used instead of the Type 3
facility.
features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian
temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility
9. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated,
appropriate bid items.
8. Pavement markings for mid-block crosswalks shall be paid for under the
1. Holes, trenches or other hazards shall be adequately protected by covering,
delineating or surrounding the hazard with orange plastic pedestrian
fencing or longitudinal channelizing devices, or as directed by the Engineer.
completion of the work.
4. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes back filled upon
sign face.
3. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a
be used to cover signs.
Burlap, or heavy materials such as plywood or aluminum shall not
automobile headlights at night without damaging the sign sheeting.
the entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under
as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover
2. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such
approved by the Engineer.
shall be removed or completely covered, unless otherwise
1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzrcd-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:49 PM113500'500'500'1000'10' Min.10' Min.200' Approx.10' Min.200' Approx.X'X'1-97
2-98
4-98
3-03
See Note 6
See Note 8
August 1995
ROAD CLOSURE BEYOND THE INTERSECTION ROAD CLOSURE AT THE INTERSECTION
Signing for a Numbered Route with an Off-Site Detour Signing for an Un-numbered Route with an Off-Site Detour
48" x 48"
CW20-3B
48" x 18"
M4-10L
24" x 12"
M4-8
24" x 24"
M1-6T
48" x 30"
R11-2
30" x 24"
M4-9S
See Note 7
Var x 12"
M4-12T
21" x 15"
M6-1
24" x 24"
M1-6T
24" x 12"
M4-8
24" x 24"
M1-6T
21" x 15"
M5-1L
48" x 48"
CW20-2A
48" x 48"
CW20-3D
48" x 48"
CW20-2D
24" x 24"
R3-1
48" x 18"
M4-10L
48" x 30"
R11-2
WZ(RCD)-13
47
wzrcd-13.dgn
Work Area
Work Area
24" x 12"
M3-4
See Note 8
48" x 48"
CW20-3C
See Note 8
60" x 30"
R11-3a
24" x 12"
M4-8
GENERAL NOTES
LEGEND
Varies24" x 24"
R3-2
DETAILS
ROAD CLOSURE
WORK ZONE
7-13
shown elsewhere in the plans.
Locations where these details will be required shall be as
9. Signs and barricades shown shall be subsidiary to Item 502.
500 FT (CW20-3C) signs.
replace the ROAD CLOSED 1000 FT (CW20-3B) and ROAD CLOSED
CLOSED AHEAD (CW20-3D) sign spaced as per the table above may
between the intersection and the closure a single ROAD
TO THRU TRAFFIC (R11-4) sign. If adequate space does not exist
XX MILES AHEAD (R11-3a) sign may be replaced with a ROAD CLOSED
intersection and the actual closure location, the ROAD CLOSED
8. For urban areas where there is a shorter distance between the
DETOUR (M4-9S) sign.
7. The Street Name (M4-12T) sign is to be placed above the
location should be located at the edge of the traveled way.
beyond the intersection, the signs and barricades at this
intersection or there are significant origin/destination points
6. If the road is open for a significant distance beyond the
the plans.
required. Detour routes should be signed as shown elsewhere in
labeled. It does not indicate the full extent of detour signing
that is appropriate for numbered routes or un-numbered routes as
5. Detour signing shown is intended to illustrate the type of signing
pavement edge.
4. Barricades at the road closure should extend from pavement edge to
barricades.
3. Stockpiled materials shall not be placed on the traffic side of
Traffic Control Devices list (CWZTCD).
Construction Standard BC(10) and listed on the Compliant Work Zone
2. Barricades used shall meet the requirements shown on Barricade and
D&OM standards.
road closures. For permanent road closure details see the
1. This sheet is intended to provide details for temporary work zone
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
900'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
75
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
Conventional Roads Only*
Type 3 Barricade
Sign
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"
Speed
Posted
*
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzstpm-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:51 PM111
DOUBLE
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
White
White
Yellow
White
White
4" to 12"
4" to 12"
-Type Y-220'+6"
NO-PASSING
LINE
TABS
-20'+6"4.5'+6"-
4"
TABS
TABS
White
White
TABS
TABS
Type Y-2
Type W
Type W
Type W
Type W
Type Y-2
Type Y-2
Type W
Type W
SINGLE
NO-PASSING LINE
or CHANNELIZATION
LINE
TABS
-20'+6"
4"
-20'+6"
TABS
4.5'+6"-
-
4"
-4.5'+6"-
40'+1'
-1'+3"
Yellow or White
Yellow or White
Type Y-2 or W
Type Y-2 or W
Raised
Pavement
Marker L •L
If raised pavement markers are used to supplement REMOVABLE
short term markings, the markers shall be applied to the top
of the tape at the approximate mid length of the tape. This
allows an easier removal of raised markers and tape.
TAPE
TAPE
TAPE
TAPE
NOTES:
reflective roadway marker tabs unless otherwise specified elsewhere in plans.
2. Short term pavement markings shall NOT be used to simulate edge lines.
3. Dimensions indicated on this sheet are typical and approximate. Variations in size and height may occur be-
tween markers or devices made by manufacturers, by as much as 1/4 inch, unless otherwise noted.
4. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs will require normal maintenance replacement when used on
roadways with an ADT per lane of up to 7500 vehicles with no more than 10% truck mix. When roadways exceed
these values, additional maintenance replacement of devices should be planned.
5. No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent pavement markings for a period greater
than 14 calendar days. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining short term pavement markings until
permanent pavement markings are in place. When the Contractor is responsible for placement of permanent
pavement markings, no segment of roadway shall remain without permanent pavement markings for a period
greater than 14 calendar days unless weather conditions prohibit placement. Permanent pavement markings shall
be placed as soon as weather permits.
6. For two lane, two-way roadways, DO NOT PASS signs shall be erected to mark the beginning of sections where
passing is permitted. Signs shall be in accordance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices"
(TMUTCD) and may be used to indicate the limits of no-passing zones for up to 14 calendar days. Permanent
7. For low volume two lane, two-way roadways of 4000 ADT or less, no-passing lines may be omitted when approved
by the Engineer. DO NOT PASS and PASS WITH CARE signs shall be erected (see note 6).
1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs detailed on this sheet will be designated Type Y-2 (two
amber reflective surfaces with yellow body); Type Y (one amber reflective surface with yellow body); and
2. Tabs shall meet requirements of Departmental Material Specification DMS-8242.
3. When dry, tabs shall be visible for a minimum distance of 200 feet during normal daylight hours and when
illuminated by automobile low-beam head light at night, unless sight distance is restricted by roadway
geometrics.
4. No two consecutive tabs nor four tabs per 1000 feet of line shall be missing or fail to meet the visual
performance requirements of Note 3.
TAPE
TAPE
TAPE
pavement markings should then be placed.
TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER TABS (TABS)
PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
TABS
TAPE
40'+1'
20'+6"
3'+3"
12"
White
4"+1"
12'+6"3'+3"Type W
TABS
TAPE
20'+6"
4"+1"
Type W
White
4.5'+6"-
Wide Dotted Lines
Wide Gore MarkingsType W
Wide Dotted Lines
Wide Gore Markings
1-97
3-03
R4-1
R4-2R4-2
R4-1
Type W (one white or silver reflective surface with white body). Additional details may be found on BC(11).
1. Short term pavement markings may be prefabricated markings (stick down tape) or temporary flexible-
OR LANE LINE)
(FOR CENTER LINE
(FOR LANE DROP LINES)
April 1992
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS) & MATERIAL PRODUCER LISTS (MPL)
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
http://www.txdot.gov/business/contractors_consultants/material_specifications/default.htm
TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE
LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS
LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY
CENTER LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS
WIDE DOTTED
LINES
WIDE GORE
MARKINGS
BROKEN
LINES
SOLID
LINES
WORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS PATTERNSWORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS
Marking (Tape)
Pavement
Short Term
Removable
Item 672, "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS" and DMS-4200.
1. All raised pavement markers used for work zone markings shall meet the requirements of
respective MPLs at the following website:
1. DMSs referenced above can be found along with embedded links to their
Prefabricated Pavement Markings."
"Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings" or DMS-8243 "Temporary Costruction-Grade
2. Non-removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings shall meet the requirements of either DMS-8240
1. Temporary Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings shall meet the requirements of DMS-8241.
12'+6"
noted elsewhere in the plans. One piece cones are not allowed for this purpose.
devices to guide motorist through the exit. If channelizing devices are to be used it should be
8. For exit gores where a lane is being dropped place wide gore markings or retroreflective channelizing
12"
passing is prohibited and PASS WITH CARE signs shall be erected to mark the beginning of sections where
7-13
wzstpm-13.dgn
WZ(STPM)-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
48
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
WORK ZONE SHORT TERM
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256252\wzul-13.dgn8/5/20201:45:52 PM April 1992
112
Edge Condition
D
1•" (typical-overlay)
CW8-11
CW8-11 CW8-11
CW8-11 X
D
>3
1
0" to 3/4"
D
1
2
3
Notched Wedge Joint
12"
8-95
1-97
2-98
3-03
See Table 1*
X
X
XX
CW8-12
Conventional roads
divided roadways
Freeways/expressways,
36" x 36"
48" x 48"
ARE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.
OVERLAY AND LEVELING OPERATIONS
TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING PLANING,
CW8-12
CW8-11
X
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
COLOR USAGE SHEETING MATERIAL
ORANGE
BLACK
BACKGROUND
SIGN FACE MATERIALS
FL FL
DMS-8300
LEGEND & BORDERS
PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
DMS-8241
DMS-8240
TEMPORARY (REMOVABLE) PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
TABLE 1
MINIMUM WARNING SIGN SIZE
open to traffic when "D" is greater than 3".
work operations cease. Uneven lanes should not be
with edge condition 2 or 3 are open to traffic after
Distance "D" may be a maximum of 3" if uneven lanes
after work operations cease.
lanes with edge condition 1 are open to traffic
operations and 2" for overlay operations if uneven
Distance "D" may be a maximum of 1 1/4 " for planing
X Warning DevicesEdge Height (D)
Table 1
X See
(See Note 4)
"X" distance
(See Note 4)
"X" distance (See Note 4)
"X" distance
GENERAL NOTES
TWO LANE CONVENTIONAL ROAD DIVIDED ROADWAY
FOUR LANE CONVENTIONAL ROADTWO LANE CONVENTIONAL ROAD
X
(See Note 4)
"X" distance
(See Note 4)
"X" distance
1‚" (maximum-planing)
Less than or equal to:
Less than or equal to 3"
Condition exists
Area where Edge
Condition exists
Area where Edge
Condition exists
Area where Edge
Line markings
Area missing Center
UNEVEN LANES NO CENTER LINE
UNEVEN LANES UNEVEN LANES the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition.
8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in
7. Short term markings shall not be used to simulate edge lines.
list.
standards and/or listed on the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices"
6. Signs shall be fabricated and mounted on supports as shown on the BC
subsidiary to Item 502 "BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING."
remain in place until final surface is applied. Signs shall be considered
5. Additional signs may be required as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall
4. Signs shall be spaced at the distances recommended as per BC standards.
installed.
and markings shall remain in place until permanent pavement markings are
every two miles where the center line markings are not in place. The signs
way traffic are obscured or obliterated. Repeat NO CENTER LINE signs
WZ(STPM) standard shall be installed if yellow centerlines separating two
3. NO CENTER LINE (CW8-12) signs and temporary pavement markings as per the
plaque or Advisory Speed (CW13-1P) plaque.
lane condition may be supplemented with the NEXT XX MILES (CW7-3aP)
condition and repeated every mile. Signs installed along the uneven
2. UNEVEN LANES (CW8-11) signs shall be installed in advance of the
condition persists.
advance of the condition and be repeated every two miles where the
1. If spalling or holes occur, ROUGH ROAD (CW8-8) signs should be placed in
*See Table 1
X See Table 1
Sign: CW8-11
Sign: CW8-11
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
WZ(UL)-13
UNEVEN LANES
SIGNING FOR
49
wzul-13.dgn
TYPE B OR TYPE C SHEETING
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE SHEETING
50
1
0
0
+001
01+00102+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
100+00
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00
POT 100+00.00PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:08 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAYE UNI
VERSI
TY DRNOTTINGHAM DR
NOTTINGHAM DR
[ XUNIV
[ XNOTT
[ XNOTT
[ XUNIV TYP64 SQYD
DRIVEWAY
REMOVE CONC
REMOVE CONC CURB
TO REMAIN
EXIST SIDEWALK 49 SQYD
REMOVE SIDEWALK
27 SQYD
REMOVE SIDEWALK
21 SQYD
REMOVE SIDEWALK
FACE OF CURB
1' FROM
SAWCUT LINE
FACE OF CURB
1' FROM
SAWCUT LINE
TO REMAIN
EXIST SIDEWALK E UNI
VERSI
TY DR22 SQYD
REMOVE SIDEWALK
EXIST ROW
EXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
OF CURB
1' FROM FACE
SAWCUT LINE
1'
22.84' LT,
STA 100+90.95
[ XNOTT
0.00' RT
[ XNOTT STA 100+91.58,
BEGIN MILL AND OVERLAY
0.00' LT
[ XNOTT STA 102+22.54'
END MILL AND OVERLAY
FOR PROPOSED SIDEWALK DETAILS
SEE ROADWAY PLAN SHEETS
THE NEAREST JOINT LINE.
REMOVE SIDEWALK TO
FOR PROPOSED SIDEWALK DETAILS
SEE ROADWAY PLAN SHEETS
THE NEAREST JOINT LINE.
REMOVE SIDEWALK TO
671 SQYD
MILL AND OVERLAY
20.95' RT,
[ XNOTT STA 100+92.00,
BEGIN REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE C&G
10 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE CONCRETE
12 SQYD
REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT
14 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
23.59' RT
STA 102+24.50,
[ XSHERM
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
END REMOVE
CONC PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE
23 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE CONC
2 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE CONCRETE
2 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE CONCRETE
48.42' LT
[ XUNIV STA 102+47.99,
BEGIN REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE C&G
23.04' RT
[ XNOTT STA 104+66.28,
END REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
END REMOVE C&G
22.66' LT
[ XNOTT STA 104+49.72,
END REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
END REMOVE C&G
Off 48.38 LT
[ XUNIV STA 101+33.49,
BEGIN REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE C&G
53.26' RT
[ XUNIV STA 100+95.72,
END REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
END REMOVE C&G
32.94' LT
[ XNOTT STA 102+84.55,
BEGIN REMOVE CONC PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE C&G
48.73'RT
[ XUNIV STA 102+42.65,
END REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT
END REMOVE C&G
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 1 OF 3
51EXIST ROW55+00 60+00 50+0051+00POT 50+00.00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:15 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
[ XSHERM
SHERMAN DRIVE
[ XEB288EXIT
14.61' LT
STA 100+98.23,
[ XEB288ENTER
[ XEB288ENTER
21.89' RT
[ XSHERM STA 56+00.00,
SAWCUT LINE
18.75' RT
STA 100+98.32,
[ XEB288ENTER
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROWEXIST ROWRANDALL STREET23.67' LT
[ XSHERM STA 58+01.39,
SAWCUT LINE
14.76' RT
STA 100+75.92,
[ XEB288EXIT
17.90' LT
STA 100+89.04,
[ XEB288EXIT 1'TYP1' TYPICAL
SAWCUT LINE
EB RAMPEB RAMP23.56' RT
STA 59+87.66,
[ XSHERM
24.84' RT
STA 59+87.62,
[ XSHERM
27.44' LT
STA 60+71.86,
[ XSHERM
55.18' RT
STA 61+54.67,
[ XSHERM
22.89' RT
[ XSHERM STA 56+00.00,
BEGIN REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT
24.67' LT
[ XSHERM STA 58+01.39,
BEGIN REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT
PAVEMENT 4 SQYD
REMOVE CONC
PAVEMENT 7 SQYD
REMOVE CONC
10 SQYD
PAVEMENT
ASPHALT
REMOVE
50 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
7 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
27 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
0.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 59+64.00
BEGIN MILL AND OVERLAY
1176 SQYD
MILL AND OVERLAY
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAY
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 2 OF 3
52
65+0050+0051+00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
PC 50+00.00
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:27 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
[ XSHERM
14.61' LT
STA 100+98.23,
[ XEB288ENTER
[ XWB288ENTER
18.52' RT
STA 100+67.14,
[ XWB288EXIT
19.08' LT
STA 100+67.23,
[ XWB288EXIT
13.88' RT
STA 100+67.25,
[ XWB288EXIT
[ XWB288EXIT
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
14.76' RT
STA 100+75.92,
[ XEB288EXIT
2832 SQYD
MILL AND OVERLAY WB RAMPWB RAMP1' TYPICAL
SAWCUT LINE
SHERMAN DRIVE
27.44' LT
STA 60+71.86,
[ XSHERM
14.00' LT
STA 50+89.29,
[ XWB288ENTER 18.48' RT
STA 50+99.43,
[ XWB288ENTER
65.99' RT
STA 61+95.50,
[ XSHERM
72.44' RT
STA 61+51.38,
[ XSHERM
77.91' RT
STA 62+73.14,
[ XSHERM
65.82' RT
STA 62+29.20,
[ XSHERM
55.18' RT
STA 61+54.67,
[ XSHERM
58.90' RT
STA 61+97.44,
[ XSHERM
84.52' RT
STA 62+75.22,
[ XSHERM
69.73' RT
STA 62+31.38,
[ XSHERM US 288US 288US 288US 28833 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
35 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
34 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
289 SQYD
RIPRAP
REMOVE
263 SQYD
RIPRAP
REMOVE
35 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
PAVEMENT 6 SQYD
REMOVE CONC
0.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 64+92.00,
END MILL AND OVERLAY
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
RIPRAP REMOVAL
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAY
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00SHEET 3 OF 3
53
70+00
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:41 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
[ XSHERM
SHERMAN DRIVE
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
1' TYPICAL
SAWCUT LINE
23.46' LT
[ XSHERM STA 68+89.24,
END REMOVE PAVEMENT
36 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
21 SQYD
PAVEMENT
REMOVE ASPHALT
24.83' RT
[ XSHERM STA 70+25.46,
END REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAY
8/5/2020
SHEET 1 OF 3
54 MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00HHHH100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00PC 100+00.00POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+00VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:47 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAYPLUM HOLLOWN LOCUST ST
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
24 SQYD
REMOVE PAVEMENT
13.72' RT
STA 103+83.22,
[ XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
14.45' RT
STA 103+82.54,
[ XLOCUS
14.63' RT
STA 104+40.56,
[XLOCUS
14.08' RT
[XPLUM STA 50+40.54,
SAWCUT LINE
13.67' RT
STA 105+98.26,
[XLOCUS
21 SQYD
REMOVE PAVEMENT
14.41' RT
STA 106+50.77,
[XLOCUSPLUM HOLLOW1'T
YP
12.52 RT
[ XLOCUS STA 101+85.00,
SAWCUT LINE
1'TYP1' TYPICAL
SAWCUT LINE
13.63' RT
[ XLOCUS STA 104+40.53,
SAWCUT LINE
24.94 RT
[ XPLUM STA 50+60.86,
SAWCUT LINE
14.44' RT
STA 50+42.98,
[XPLUM
14.61' RT
STA 50+40.54,
[XPLUM14.00' LT
[ XPLUM STA 50+34.80,
SAWCUT LINE
14.00' LT
[ XPLUM STA 50+39.96,
SAWCUT LINE
19.23' LT
[ XPLUM STA 50+54.60,
SAWCUT LINE
[ XPLUM
13.52' RT
[ XLOCUS STA 101+85.00,
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
BEGIN REMOVE
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SHEET 2 OF 3
55MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00SSSS
51+0052+0053+0054+00106+00 107+00 108+00 109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00PT 108+00.00POT 54+61.41
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:46:56 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAY
N LOCUST ST
HERCULES LN[ XLOCUS
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
14.41' RT
STA 106+50.77,
[XLOCUS
56 SQYD
REMOVE PAVEMENT
11.51' RT
STA 108+15.43,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
13.51' RT
STA 108+16.91,
[XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
1'TYP
63 SQFT
REMOVE SIDEWALK
1'T
YP
11.50' RT
STA 109+03.79,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
13.46' RT
STA 109+02.77,
[XLOCUS
159 SQFT
REMOVE SIDEWALK
82 SQYD
REMOVE PAVEMENT
14.96' RT
STA 111+51.90,
[XLOCUS
22.09' RT
STA 112+39.84,
[XLOCUS
EXIST ROW1'TYP13.40' RT
STA 106+85.00,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
11.50' RT
STA 106+85.00,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
23.07' LT
STA 52+57.67,
[XHERCU
23.03' LT
STA 52+20.60,
[XHERCU
22.99' RT
STA 52+51.83,
[XHERCU
23.00 RT
STA 52+20.60,
[XHERCU
[ XHERCU
[ XHERCU
11.50' RT
STA 111+50.00,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
13.92' RT
STA 111+50.00,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
FOR PROPOSED SIDEWALK DETAILS
SEE ROADWAY PLAN SHEETS
THE NEAREST JOINT LINE.
REMOVE SIDEWALK TO FOR PROPOSED SIDEWALK DETAILS
SEE ROADWAY PLAN SHEETS
THE NEAREST JOINT LINE.
REMOVE SIDEWALK TO
8/5/2020
SHEET 3 OF 3
56MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SS
112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00PC 116+39.30VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
REMOVAL PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:47:04 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
DRIVEWAY REMOVAL
PAVE REMOVAL
LEGEND
SIDEWALK REMOVAL
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
MILL & OVERLAY
N LOCUST ST
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
22.09' RT
STA 112+39.84,
[XLOCUS 1'TYP11.50' RT
STA 111+50.00,
[XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
25.31' RT
STA 115+04.00,
[ XLOCUS
SAWCUT LINE
34 SQYD
REMOVE PAVEMENT
24.93' RT
STA 112+93.22,
[ XLOCUS
26.31' RT
STA 115+04.00,
[ XLOCUS
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
END REMOVE
8/5/2020
57
DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION
4. REFER TO CITY OF DENTON STANDARD DRIVE APPROACH
1
0
0+00101+0
0
102+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88POT 108+50.0025'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:47:20 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
NOTTINGHAM DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRC
[ XNOTT
[ XUNIV STA 101+75.62
[ XNOTT STA 103+74.13 =
LINE
SAWCUT
TANGENT = 185.59
LENGTH = 370.89
RADIUS = 3,800.00
TANGENT = 62.43
LENGTH = 123.69
RADIUS = 370.00
XNOTT CURVE DATA XUNIV CURVE DATA
A1 B1
A1
NOTTINGHAM DR
B1
[ XUNIV
34.50' RT
STA 101+91.08,
[ XNOTT
1'TYP1'30'R50'R30'R
30'R
49.03' RT
STA 102+24.12,
[ XUNIV
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
MATCH EXIST
STA 102+47.99,
[ XUNIV
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
[ XNOTT
C
MATCH EXIST
STA 102+42.65,
[ XUNIV
END CONC CURB (TY II)
END WIDENING
FOC
EXIST JOINT LINE
TO NEAREST
SIDEWALK
RECONSTRUCT
MATCH EXIST
STA 100+95.75,
[ XUNIV
END CONC CURB (TY II)
JOINT LINE
TO NEAREST
SIDEWALK
RECONSTRUCT
MATCH EXIST
STA 104+49.72,
[ XUNIV
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
EXIST TO REMAIN
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
MATCH EXIST
STA 104+49.72,
[ XNOTT
END CONC CURB (TY II)
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
MATCH EXIST
STA 102+84.62,
[ XNOTT
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
EXIST TO REMAIN
(TY II)
CONC CURB
34.50' RT
STA 102+11.19,
[ XNOTT
34.50' RT
STA 103+03.21,
[ XNOTT
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
MATCH EXIST
STA 104+66.28,
[ XNOTT
END CONC CURB (TY II)
EXIST TO REMAIN
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWEXIST TO REMAIN
REMAIN
EXIST TO
E 2,394,830.4639
N 7,136,329.3838
PI STATION = 102+73.62
E 2,394,850.3205
N 7,136,270.2009
PC STATION = 102+11.19
E 2,394,831.1240
N 7,136,391.8056
PT STATION = 103+34.88
E 2,394,840.0581
N 7,136,437.7241
PI STATION = 101+85.59
E 2,394,661.7085
N 7,136,386.3879
PC STATION = 100+00.00
E 2,395,022.5614
N 7,136,471.4363
PT STATION = 103+70.89
0.00' RT
STA 100+91.58
L XNOTT
BEGIN PROJECT
0.00' RT
STA 108+30.50
L XNOTT
END PROJECT
10'RTYPMATCH EXIST
STA 100+91.87,
[ XNOTT
CURB (TY II)
BEGIN CONC
BEGIN WIDENING
38.23' RT
STA 101+52.33,
[ XNOTT
43.15' RT
STA 101+52.41,
[ XNOTT
42.90' RT
STA 101+66.41,
[ XNOTT
28.49' RT
STA 101+43.58,
[ XNOTT
END CONC CURB (TY II)
32.80' RT
STA 101+77.67,
[ XNOTT
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
SEE NOTE 4 TO REMAIN
EXIST
49.45'RT
STA 102+30.51,
[ XUNIV 23'23'33'PROP ROW(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
TO REMAIN
EXIST CURB
STA 100+91.58
[ XNOTT
BEGIN MILL AND OVERLAY
STA 102+22.54
[ XNOTT
END MILL AND OVERLAY
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
MILL AND OVERLAY
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 1 OF 3
58
55+00 60+00 50+0051+00POT 50+00.00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:47:27 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
37.21' LT
[ XSHERM STA 59+68.89,
29.00' LT
STA 60+98.35
[ XSHERM
27.36' LT
[ XSHERM STA 59+75.89,
50'R 50'R
50'R
5
0'RSHERMAN DRIVE
12.00' RT
STA 100+88.37,
[ XEB288ENTER
14.00' LT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
L
LINE
SAWCUT
PAVE
MATCH EXIST
12.00' LT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
LINE
SAWCUT
[ XSHERM TYPEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
PROP ROWRANDALL STREETEXIST ROWSGT
22.00' RT
[ XSHERM STA 56+00.00,
MATCH EXIST
BEGIN TAPER
[ XEB288EXIT STA 50+00.00
[ XEB288ENTER STA 100+00.00 =
[ XSHERM STA 60+37.95 =
35.71' LT
[ XSHERM STA 59+01.39,
END TAPER
1'[ XEB288EXIT
[ XEB288ENTER
14.00' LT
STA 100+89.00,
[ XEB288ENTER
BEGIN MOW STRIP
BEGIN SLOTTED SSTR69'71'79'79'XSHERM CURVE DATA
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
XEB288EXIT CURVE DATA
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
XEB288ENTER CURVE DATA
E 2,394,515.0936
N 7,145,734.1750
POT STA 76+34.37
E 2,393,236.4814
N 7,143,430.8992
POT STA 50+00.00
E 2,393,332.0244
N 7,144,563.6835
POT STA 104+66.27
E 2,393,740.2562
N 7,144,338.3927
POT STA 100+00.00
E 2,393,897.1768
N 7,144,251.2817
POT STA 101+79.48
E 2,393,740.2562
N 7,144,338.3927
POT STA 100+00.00
MATCH EXIST
C SHERM STA 56+00.00
BEGIN PROJECT
14.06' RT
STA 100+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
TRANS
BEGIN MOW STRIP
BEGIN SLOTTED SSTREB RAMPEB RAMP33.00' RT
STA 57+00.00,
[ XSHERM
43.00' RT
STA 57+00.00,
[ XSHERM
END TAPER
38.39' RT
STA 59+77.06,
[ XSHERM
48.23' RT
STA 59+70.06,
[ XSHERM
13.06' RT
STA 50+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
19.95' LT
STA 50+87.24,
[ XEB288EXIT
23.67' LT
[ XSHERM STA 58+01.39,
MATCH EXIST
BEGIN TAPER
19.94' LT
STA 50+89.05,
[ XEB288EXIT
12.97' LT
STA 50+77.38,
[ XEB288EXIT
MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 50+89.03,
[ XEB288EXIT
11.03' RT
STA 50+78.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
12.00' LT
STA 100+79.00,
[ XEB288ENTER
0.00' RT
STA 57+35.00,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER
19.00' RT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
14.00' LT
STA 100+89.00,
[ XEB288ENTER
40.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 61+40.00,
BEGIN RIPRAP
END MOW STRIP
39.00' LT
STA 61+00.78,
[ XSHERM
33'22'MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 50+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
STA 59+64.00,
[ XSHERM
MILL AND OVERLAY
BEGIN
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
SLOTTED SSCB
4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
MILL AND OVERLAY
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
8/5/2020
65+0050+0051+00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
PC 50+00.00
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:47:39 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
SLOTTED SSCB
4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
MILL AND OVERLAY
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 2 OF 3
59
[ XSHERM
29.00' LT
STA 60+98.35
[ XSHERM 50'R 50 'R50'R 50'R
14.00' LT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
[ XWB288ENTER
14.00' LT
[ XWB288ENTER STA 50+89.29
LINE
SAWCUT
PAVE
MATCH EXIST
12.00' LT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
SHERMAN DR
29.00' RT
STA 63+30.21
[ XSHERM EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
14.00' LT
STA 100+89.00,
[ XEB288ENTER
BEGIN MOW STRIP
BEGIN SLOTTED SSTR
SGT
[ XWB288EXIT TYP1'XWB288ENTER CURVE DATA
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
XEB288ENTER CURVE DATA
A1
TANGENT = 233.61
LENGTH = 465.98
RADIUS = 2,612.37
E 2,393,911.0837
N 7,144,646.1192
PC STATION = 50+00.00
E 2,393,491.5193
N 7,144,847.4334
PT STATION = 54+65.98
E 2,393,710.3027
N 7,144,765.5359
PI STATION = 52+33.61
E 2,394,057.2422
N 7,144,565.9048
POT STA 101+66.75
E 2,393,912.8613
N 7,144,649.3215
POT STA 100+00.00
XSHERM CURVE DATA
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
E 2,394,515.0936
N 7,145,734.1750
POT STA 76+34.37
E 2,393,236.4814
N 7,143,430.8992
POT STA 50+00.00
14.06' RT
STA 100+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
TRANS
BEGIN MOW STRIP
BEGIN SLOTTED SSTR
LINE
SAWCUT
LINE
SAWCUTWB RAMPWB RAMP39.00' RT
STA 61+01.95,
[ XSHERM
29.00' RT
STA 60+99.95,
[ XSHERM
39.00' RT
STA 63+28.04,
[ XSHERM
12.00' RT
[ XWB288EXIT STA 100+80.07,
39.00' RT
STA 66+00.17,
[ XSHERM
29.00' RT
STA 66+00.17,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER
14.00' LT
[ XWB288ENTER STA 50+99.44,
15.00' LT
STA 50+89.31,
[ XWB288ENTER
END MOW STRIP
END SLOTTED SSTR
12.00' LT
[ XWB288ENTER STA 50+79.04,
29.00' LT
STA 63+29.07,
[ XSHERM
39.00' LT
STA 63+27.04,
[ XSHERM
13.06' RT
STA 50+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
A1
40.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 62+90.00,
BEGIN MOW STRIP
END RIPRAP
10'10'10'10'40.00' LT
STA 62+90.00,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN MOW STRIP
END RIPRAP
12.00' LT
STA 100+79.00,
[ XEB288ENTER
40.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 61+40.00,
BEGIN RIPRAP
END MOW STRIP
40.00' LT
[ XSHERM STA 61+30.00,
BEGIN RIPRAP
END MOW STRIP
14.00' LT
STA 100+89.00,
[ XWB288EXIT
END MOW STRIP
END SLOTTED SSTR
[ XWB288EXIT STA 100+00.00
[ XSHERM STA 63+93.57=
[ XWB288ENTER STA 50+00.00
[ XSHERM STA 63+89.91=
TRANS
14.00' RT
STA 100+90.11,
[ XWB288EXIT
19.00' LT
STA 100+87.83,
[ XWB288EXIT
19.00' LT
STA 100+90.11,
[ XWB288EXIT
12.00' LT
STA 100+77.95,
[ XWB288EXIT
39.00' RT
STA 64+61.06,
[ XSHERM
29.00' RT
STA 64+54.23,
[ XSHERM
MATCH EXIST PAVE
[ XWB288ENTER STA 50+99.44,
12.00' RT
STA 50+89.54,
[ XWB288ENTER
19.00' RT
STA 50+99.44,
[ XWB288ENTER
MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 50+99.44,
[ XWB288ENTER
29.00' LT
STA 64+54.00,
[ XSHERM
50.00' LT
STA 64+59.98,
[ XSHERM
40.00' LT
STA 64+53.04,
[ XSHERM
48.96' LT
STA 66+80.19,
[ XSHERM
BEGING TAPER
38.98' LT
STA 66+79.00,
[ XSHERM
39.00' LT
STA 61+00.78,
[ XSHERM
US 288US 288MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 100+90.11,
[ XWB288EXIT
MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 100+90.00,
[ XWB288EXIT
MATCH EXIST PAVE
STA 50+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
29'29'STA 64+92.00,
[ XSHERM
MILL AND OVERLAY
BEGIN
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00SHEET 3 OF 3
60
70+00
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:47:51 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
15.03' LT
[ XSHERM STA 68+29+00,
[ XSHERM
SHERMAN DRIVE
L
LINE
SAWCUT11'11'11'EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
PROP ROWTYP 25.02' LT
[ XSHERM STA 68+29.98,
END TAPER
1'XSHERM CURVE DATA
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
E 2,394,515.0936
N 7,145,734.1750
POT STA 76+34.37
E 2,393,236.4814
N 7,143,430.8992
POT STA 50+00.00
MATCH EXIST
C XSHERM STA 71+40.00
END PROJECT
MATCH EXIST PAVEMENT
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,
END TAPER
MATCH EXIST PAVEMENT
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,
MATCH EXIST PAVEMENT
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,
MATCH EXIST PAVEMENT
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,10'10'22.46'LT
STA 68+89.25,
[ XSHERM
SAWCUT
23.83'RT
STA 70+25.43,
[ XSHERM
SAWCUT
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
8/5/2020
SHEET 1 OF 3
61 MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00HHHH100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00PC 100+00.00POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+00VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:48:03 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
N LOCUST ST
N LOCUST ST
PLUM HOLLOWA1
TANGENT = 400.01
LENGTH = 800.00
RADIUS = 45,500.00
XLOCUS CURVE DATA
A1
[ XLOCUS
C
STA 108+30.50
L XLOCUS
BEGIN PROJECT
[ XPLUM
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
[ XPLUM STA 50+75.68
[ XLOCUS STA 104+08.64 =
20'R20'RLINE
SAWCUT
LINE
SAWCUT
15.50' RT
STA 101+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN WIDENING
19.53' RT
STA 103+73.86,
[ XLOCUS
15.00' LT
STA 50+35.97,
[ XPLUM
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+34.80,
[ XPLUM
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+34.78,
[ XPLUM
21.07' RT
STA 104+43.92,
[ XLOCUS
24.22' RT
STA 105+84.91,
[ XLOCUS11'11'BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
E 2,387,120.4949
N 7,142,563.2670
PI STATION = 104+00.01
E 2,387,122.6930
N 7,142,163.2627
PC STATION = 100+00.00
E 2,387,125.3298
N 7,142,963.2480
PT STATION = 108+00.00
XPLUM CURVE DATA
E 2,387,045.3424
N 7,142,572.5460
POT STA 51+52.63
E 2,387,197.9634
N 7,142,571.2734
POT STA 50+00.00
8/5/2020
SHEET 2 OF 3
62MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SSSS
51+0052+0053+0054+00106+00 107+00 108+00 109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00PT 108+00.00POT 54+61.41
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:48:11 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
N LOCUST ST
N LOCUST ST
HERCULES LNLINE
SAWCUT
26.50' RT
STA 106+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW[ XHERCU STA 52+95.79
[ XLOCUS STA 108+59.12 =
[ XHERCU
50'R
50'R
[ XLOCUS
REMAIN
EXIST TO
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
(TYPE 1)
PED RAMP
JOINT LINE
TO NEAREST
SIDEWALK
RECONSTRUCT
JOINT LINE
TO NEAREST
SIDEWALK
RECONSTRUCT
26.50' RT
STA 107+76.75,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
26.50' RT
STA 109+44.79,
[ XLOCUS
END TAPER LINE
SAWCUT
BEGIN ALIGN =
END ALIGN =
E 2,386,960.4161
N 7,143,020.5982
POT STA 54+61.41
E 2,387,421.7984
N 7,143,025.5168
POT STA 50+00.00A1
TANGENT = 400.01
LENGTH = 800.00
RADIUS = 45,500.00
XLOCUS CURVE DATA
E 2,387,120.4949
N 7,142,563.2670
PI STATION = 104+00.01
E 2,387,122.6930
N 7,142,163.2627
PC STATION = 100+00.00
E 2,387,125.3298
N 7,142,963.2480
PT STATION = 108+00.00
A1
XHERCU CURVE DATA
23.50' RT
[ XLOCUS STA 107+86.75,
END TAPER
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
24.03' LT
[ XHERCU STA 52+20.61,
END CONC CURB (TY II)
24.00' RT
[ XHERCU STA 52+20.60,
BEGIN CONC CURB (TY II)
23.50' RT
[ XLOCUS STA 109+34.79,
END CONC CURB (TY II)
BEGIN TAPER
11.50' RT
STA 106+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
13.90'RT
STA 111+50.00,
[ XLOCUS
8/5/2020
SHEET 3 OF 3
63MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SS
112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00PC 116+39.30VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'
ROADWAY PLANSCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:48:22 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
ROAD PAVEMENT
LEGEND
LANE ARROWS
PROPERTY LINE
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
&/OR PROTECT IN PLACE. ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN.
3. EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE
EXIST EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB.
2. LIMITS OF WIDENING ARE TYP 1' FROM
OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE
NOTES:
[ XLOCUS
26.50' RT
STA 115+04.00,
[ XLOCUS
END WIDENING
STA 115+33.00,
L XLOCUS
END PROJECT
C
26.50' RT
STA 112+24.40,
[ XLOCUS
LINE
SAWCUT
N LOCUST ST
TANGENT = 119.81
LENGTH = 239.62
RADIUS = 73,350.00
XLOCUS CURVE DATA
A2
A2
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
E 2,387,136.6626
N 7,143,922.2910
PI STATION = 117+59.11
E 2,387,135.2467
N 7,143,802.4871
PC STATION = 116+39.30
E 2,387,138.4699
N 7,144,042.0896
PT STATION = 118+78.92
23.93'RT
STA 112+93.25,
[XLOCUS
8/5/2020
64
GRADING PLAN
1
0
0+00101+0
0
102+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88POT 108+50.00652651
64 9
648
647
646
644
642641643652
65
1649648647
646646
644
643
6
42
6
41
641
643
642
641
644
644 644643
643
642 6426
4
2
643644
650
650
6
50650
651652
651
649
648
647646645
645645
6
45645
649
648
647
646645645645645
640
640
640639639
639
6
41
641641641642642
642
642
643
6
4
3
6
43
64
3644644644
644
6
4
3
6426
4
263
6638 638639639
639639639640640
640641
641641 642
6426
4364364
46
44644644644644645
6
4
5
646
647 647
648
648
648 648649645VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:48:46 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LONG ROAD & STUART ROAD
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
ROW LINE
PROPOSED GRADING
EXISTING GRADING
FINISHED GRADE
FLOW LINE
FG
FL
TP TOP OF PAVEMENT
BOTTOM OF DITCHBD
BP
FLOW ARROW
BOTTOM OF PONDE UNI
VERSI
TY DRNOTTINGHAM DR
NOTTINGHAM DR
E UNI
VERSI
TY DR644.31 FL
643.68 FL
643.43 FL
644.34 FL
649.09 FL
647.01 FL
646.10 FL
647.56 FL
639.73 FL
639.04 FL
639.58 FL
639.88 FL 638.67 FL
638.57 FL
639.31 FL
640.67 FL
641.36 FL
642.24 FL
643.37 FL
644.48 FL
645.03 FL
EXIST ROW EXI
ST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROWE UNI
VERSI
TY DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DR[ XUNIV
[ XNOTT
STRUCTURES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING TREES, FENCES, AND2.
BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEERS ATTENTION.
BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL
ALL GRADES ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED1.
NOTES:
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 64+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 64+00.0065
GRADING PLAN VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:49:10 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
645.71 TP
37.82'LT,
STA 50+49.05,
[XEB288EXIT
645.51 TP
19.01'RT,
STA 50+65.19,
[XEB288EXIT
648.12 TP
18.90' LT,
STA 50+67.36
[XWB288ENTER
648.83 TP
19.00' RT,
STA 50+99.44,
[XWB288ENTER
649.35 TP
19.00' RT,
STA 100+90.11,
[XWB288EXIT
645.40 TP
22.61'RT,
STA 56+02.93,
645.72 TP
42.99'RT,
STA 57+00.00
646.12 TP
44.46'RT,
STA 58+00.00
645.69 TP
46.68'RT,
STA 59+00.00
645.24 TP
48.23'RT,
STA 59+70.06
643.03 TP
37.95'RT,
STA 100+59.03
646.27 TP
35.54'LT,
STA 59+00.00
645.30 TP
42.00'RT,
STA 61+01.95,646.83 TP
39.00'RT,
STA 63+00.00,
647.56 TP
39.00'RT,
STA 63+28.04,
645.79 TP
39.01'LT,
STA 61+00.00,
645.75 TP
39.00'LT,
STA 62+00.00,
647.58 TP
39.00'LT,
STA 63+27.00,
644.00 BD
24.19' LT,
STA 50+70.50,
[XEB288ENTER
647.27 BD
39.96'RT,
STA 50+72.49,
[WB288ENTER
644.77 BD
46.51'LT,
STA 63+00.00,
643 BD
46.06'LT,
STA 61+00.00,
643.87 BD
46.51'LT,
STA 62+00.00,
643.33 BD
30.01'LT,
STA 50+83.83,
[EB288EXIT
643.70 BD
37.80'LT,
STA 50+63.5820,
[EB288EXIT
649.02 TP
14.00' RT,
STA 100+90.11,
[XWB288EXIT
645.70 BD
52.00'RT,
STA 63+30.00,
645.54 BD
52.00'RT,
STA 63+00.00,
643.08 TP
52.00'RT,
STA 61+00.00,644.89 BD
52.00'RT,
STA 62+00.00,
643.99 BD
21.65'RT,
STA 50+79.00
[XEB288EXIT
646.96 BD
21.55' LT,
STA 50+86.40,
[XWB288ENTER
646.36 TP
39.00'RT,
STA 62+00.00,
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
SHERMAN RDRANDALL STREET[XWB288ENTRANCE
[XEB288ENTRANCE
[XEB288EXIT
[XSHERM
[XWB288EXIT
54+00 55+00 56+00 57+00 58+00 59+00 60+00 61+00 62+00 63+00 64+00100+00101+0050+0051+0050+0051+00100+00101+00PC 50+00.00POT 101+66.75POT 50+00.00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
640
645645645645645645645645645 645 645
645645645 645
645645645
6 45
645650650650650650650 650 650655655655655 655
660660 660665665
647
647
645645
645
645
645
645
6
4
5
645
6
50
6506456456456
4
56
4
5
64564564+00 65+00 66+00 67+00 68+00 69+00 70+00 71+00 72+00 73+0050+0051+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
TX DOT MON TYPE2
MON TYPE 2
BUSTED TX DOT
650
650650
6506
5
0
6
50
655655655 660660 665665670670675
675
680680650 655 660
665
670
675650655660665665
LEGEND
ROW LINE
PROPOSED GRADING
EXISTING GRADING
FINISHED GRADE
FLOW LINE
FG
FL
TP TOP OF PAVEMENT
BOTTOM OF DITCHBD
BP
FLOW ARROW
BOTTOM OF POND
648.12 TP
18.90' LT,
STA 50+67.36
[XWB288ENTER
648.83 TP
19.00' RT,
STA 50+99.44,
[XWB288ENTER
649.35 TP
19.00' RT,
STA 100+90.11,
[XWB288EXIT
650.68 TP
40.00'LT,
STA 64+53.04,
654.83 TP
40.00'LT,
STA 66+00.00,
658.81 TP
35.63'LT,
STA 67+00.00,
663.82 TP
29.81'LT,
STA 68+00.00,
674.29 TP
25.68'RT,
STA 70+00.00.
668.85 TP
29.01'RT,
STA 69+00.00,
663.74 TP
32.34'RT,
STA 68+00.00,
658.96 TP
35.67'RT,
STA 67+00.00,
655.25 TP
29.00'RT,
STA 66+00.00,
651.59 TP
39.00'RT,
STA 65+00.00,
650.80 TP
39.00'RT,
STA 64+61.06
650.59 BD
44.03'RT,
STA 65+00.00,
661.80 BD
39.93'LT,
STA 68+00.00,
656.20 BD
55.85'LT,
STA 67+00.00,
652.28 BD
60.00'LT,
STA 66+00.00,
653.76 BD
43.38'RT,
STA 66+00.00,
648.50 BD
60.00'LT,
STA 64+59.95,
647.27 BD
39.96'RT,
STA 50+72.49,
[WB288ENTER
647.27 BD
39.96'RT,
STA 50+72.49,
[WB288ENTER
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWSHERMAN RD
[XWB288ENTRANCE
[XSHERM
[XWB288EXIT
STRUCTURES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING TREES, FENCES, AND2.
BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEERS ATTENTION.
BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL
ALL GRADES ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED1.
NOTES:
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.00MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.0066
GRADING PLAN VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:49:35 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PC 116+39.30PT 118+78.9252+0053+0054+00109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00
SSSS SS
675675
675 675675
675
675
673
673
674
674
672
672
673674
673673
673
674
674
673673
673
672 671
67267
3673674
671 671
672672 672 672 672
673673 673 673674674674674 674674675
675 675675 675
LEGEND
ROW LINE
PROPOSED GRADING
EXISTING GRADING
FINISHED GRADE
FLOW LINE
FG
FL
TP TOP OF PAVEMENT
BOTTOM OF DITCHBD
BP
FLOW ARROW
BOTTOM OF PONDPC 100+00.00PT 108+00.00POT 54+61.41
POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+0051+00100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
HHHH
665
665
665
665 67
0670
670
670
667666
664
664
667
668
667 668
671 672
6726736
73
673
664665 666 667
6676686
68668 669 670 671672 672
672673
673673
673673 674
674EXIST ROW
[ XLOCUS
PLUM HOLLOWN LOCUST ST
HERCULES LNEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
668.15 TP
20.74' LT,
STA 50+50.00,
[XPLUM
673.74 FL
40.32' LT,
STA 52+60.89,
[XHERCU
673.49 FL
32.85' LT
STA 52+52.34,
[XHERCU
19.53'RT,668.10 TP
STA 103+73.86,
667.86TP
19.02'RT,
STA 103+50.00,
672.58 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 107+00.00
673.31 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 107+50.00
672.84 FL
23.50'RT,
STA 107+86.75,
671.14 TP
24.56'RT,
STA 106+00.00,
671.94 TP
25.70'RT,
STA 106+50.00,
670.67 TP
23.43' RT,
STA 105+50.00,
666.26 TP
16.87'RT,
STA 102+50.00
665.80 TP
15.50'RT,
STA 101+85.00,
666.93 TP
17.94'RT,
STA 103+00.00,
669.95 TP
22.31' RT,
STA 105+00.00,
668.96 TP
21.07' RT,
STA 104+43.92,
668.77 TP
20.99' RT,
STA 50+49.05,
[XPLUM
EXIST ROW
HERCULES LNEXIST ROW
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
N LOCUST ST
HERCULES LN674.12 FL
37.92'RT,
STA 52+55.21,
XHERCU
673.63 FL
30.55'RT,
STA 52+45.34,
XHERCU
XHERCU
675.16 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 109+50.00,
674.83 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 111+00.00
674.86 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 110+00.00
675 FL
35.94'RT,
STA 109+01.79
675.13 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 113+00.00
674.64 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 114+00.00
674.18 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 115+04.00
674.53 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 114+50.00
674.60 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 113+50.00
675.14 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 112+50.00
675.55 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 111+50.00
675.55 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 111+50.00
675.18 TP
26.50'RT,
STA 110+50.00
675.00 FL
23.50'RT,
STA 109+34.79,
STRUCTURES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING TREES, FENCES, AND2.
BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEERS ATTENTION.
BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL
ALL GRADES ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED1.
NOTES:
8/5/2020
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\cccg12.dgn8/5/20201:49:36 PMTxDOT
Bar B
2"6"
3"
•T
T
3"
24"
2"6"2"RT
3"
•T 3"
24"
2"6"6"R2"6"2"RT
8"
•T
T
•T
3"
8"6"R2"6"6"R2" to 4"
8"
2"6"2"R8"
•T
2 •"
2 •"
3 •"•"
2" to 4"2" to 4"
T
Bar C
Bar C
3"
2" - 4" HEIGHT
TYPE I CURB (MONOLITHIC)2" - 4" HEIGHT
TYPE I CURB AND GUTTER
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE II CURB
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE II CURB AND GUTTER
5" or 5 ƒ"5" or 5 ƒ"
5" or 5 ƒ"
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE II CURB (MONOLITHIC)
(See Note 12)
Joint
Construction
Permissible
(See Note 12)
Steel
Usual Pavement
(See Note 12)
Joint
Construction
Permissible
2" - 4" HEIGHT
TYPE I CURB
(See Note 12)
Steel
Usual Pavement
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
plans,or as directed by the Engineer.
shall be shown elsewhere in the
longer or shorter transition, and
Field conditions may require a
Curb Transition Note:
General Notes
reinforcing bars shall be placed at four feet C~C.
8. Vertical and horizontal dowel bars and transverse
at locations directed by The Engineer.
provided at structures, curb returns at streets, and
to concrete pavement, expansion joints shall be
placement of curb or curb and gutter is not adjacent
gutter adjacent to jointed concrete pavement. Where
to match pavement joints in all curbs and curb and
7. Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed
reinforcing bars grouted in place.
pavement, the pavement shall be drilled and the
6. Where concrete curb is placed on existing concrete
sawed or removed at existing joints.
5. All existing curbs and driveways to be removed shall be
minimum radius of ‚inch.
4. Round exposed sharp edges with a rounding tool, to a
Construction Division.
the Department Producer List (MPL), maintained by TxDOT,
reinforcing is acceptable, provided the fiber producer is on
otherwise shown. The use of synthetic fiber in lieu of steel
3. When reinforcing bars are used, they shall be No.4 unless
2. Concrete shall be Class A.
Curb and Gutter."
with Item 529, "Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Combined
1. All materials and construction shall be in accordance
conform to that required for concrete curb.
joints. Reinforcing steel for curb section shall then
elsewhere in the plans for longitudinal construction
placed in accordance with pavement details shown
pavement, the longitudinal pavement steel shall be
resulting in a longitudinal construction joint in the
12. When vertical permissible construction joints are used,
or riprap.
where curb or curb and gutter is adjacent to sidewalk
11. One-half inch expansion joint material shall be provided
and plan-profile sheets for exact locations.
10. Usual profile grade line. Refer to typical sections
pavement dimension 'T' is 8" maximum.
pavement. When curb is installed adjacent to flexible
9. Dimension 'T' shown is the thickness of concrete
BAR C
BAR B
Varies
12"
CURB TRANSITION
T
Top of Curb
Top of Pavement
Height
Change in
(See Curb Transition Note)
10'-0" Curb Transition (0" to 2"),
Note: To be paid for as Highest Curb
3"
2"
3"
2"
3"•T
T
6"
T
•T
Bar C
7"1"
2"
8"3"R3"R8"
6"
7"
2"
1"3"R3"R24"
for curb height= 5 ƒ"
for curb height= 5"
5" or 5 ƒ"
for curb height= 5"
for curb height= 5 ƒ"
5" or 5 ƒ"
(See Note 12)
Joint
Construction
Permissible
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE IIa CURB
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE IIa CURB AND GUTTER
2"6"
2" to 4"
8"
2"2"R8"
5" or 5 ƒ"
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
(See Note 10)
Profile Grade Line
6"R
6"
5"
5"
1"
1"
Concrete Pavement
Asphalt or
2" - 4" HEIGHT
TYPE III CURB (KEYED)
Concrete Pavement
Asphalt or
Joint
Construction
Permissible
Joint
Construction
Permissible
5" - 5 ƒ" HEIGHT
TYPE IV CURB (KEYED)
2"
3"
3"
2 •"
2 •"
1995
AM VP
67
Standard
Division
Design
cccg12.dgn
C TxDOT:
UPDATED 2012 - VPEXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
•T
Joint Material
•" Wide Expansion
T
10"14"1•"
to wrap bars and plug end
Use 2 layers of roofing felt
Top of Pavement
Smooth Dowels
2 ea ~ ‡"x 24"
Top of Curb
CCCG-12
CURB AND GUTTER
VPTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\cpcd14.dgn8/5/20201:49:38 PMDN:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
SHEET 1 OF 2
TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
HCDN:HC AN
C TxDOT:DECEMBER 2014
cpcd14.dgn
68
/T
2
•DOWEL
LENGTH
TO PREVENT BOND
DOWELS, COATED
METHOD A OR B
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
SECTION X-X
TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
T/3
T
T
/T 2
METHOD A OR B
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
L
2
/T
2
METHOD A OR B
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
SECTION Z-Z
CL OF LONGITUDINAL
WARPING JOINT
SAWCUT
L
2
T/3
T
Z ZYYOR
OR SHOULDER
TRAVEL LANE
TRAVEL LANETRAVEL LANE
15 FT. JOINT SPACING18"JOINT
CONTRACTION
TRANSVERSE
TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUT
PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)
JOINT
CONTRACTION
TRANSVERSE
18"
@ 12"
DOWEL SPACING 18"
BARS
DOWEL XX @ 24"TIE BAR SPACING18"MULTIPLE-PIECE
SINGLE OR
TIE BARS
SINGLE PIECE
TIE BARS
TIE BARS
L = 42" FOR #5 BAR
L = 50" FOR #6 BAR
L = 42" FOR #5 BAR
L = 50" FOR #6 BAR
6 to 7.5 #5
#6>= 8
24
24
(IN.)
T
THICKNESS
SLAB
BAR SIZE
(IN.)
SPACING
AVERAGE
TABLE NO.2 TIE BARS (DEFORMED BARS)
>= 10.5
(IN.)
SPACING
AVERAGE
1" X 18"12
12
12
1 ‚" X 18"
1 •" X 18"
TABLE NO.1 DOWELS (SMOOTH BARS)
(IN.)
T
THICKNESS
SLAB
6 to 7.5
8 to 10
LENGTH
AND
BAR DIA.
LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION Y-Y
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
CONTRACTION JOINT
OR
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL
GENERAL NOTES
NOT COVERED BY THIS STANDARD.
WIDER THAN 100 FT. WITHOUT A FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT ARE
CROSS-SLOPE SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. PAVEMENTS
DETAILS FOR PAVEMENT WIDTH, PAVEMENT THICKNESS AND THE CROWN1.
SPECIFICATION FOR "CONCRETE PAVEMENT".
AND LOAD TRANSFER DEVICES REFER TO THE GOVERNING
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION REGARDING THE PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE2.
15 FT. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS.
THE SPACING BETWEEN TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINTS SHALL BE3.
METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
OR WOOD FORMS EQUAL IN DEPTH TO THE DEPTH OF PAVEMENT, OR BY
TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS MAY BE FORMED BY USE OF METAL4.
CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL THE FORMED JOINTS.
USE HAND-OPERATED IMMERSION VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE5.
LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS.
LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT
JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE
PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 15 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL6.
CONCRETE COVER FROM THE BACK OF GUTTER TO THE END OF TIE BAR.
BAR LENGTH OR POSITION MAY BE ADJUSTED. PROVIDE 3 IN. OF
WHEN TYING CONCRETE GUTTER AT A LONGITUDINAL JOINT, THE TIE8.
REQUIREMENTS IN ITEM 361.
BARS WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY. MEET THE PULL-OUT TEST
COMPENSATION BY DRILLING MIN. 10 IN. DEEP AND GROUTING TIE
REPLACE MISSING OR DAMAGED TIE BARS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL9.
MEANS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
SHALL COINCIDE WITH PAVEMENT JOINTS AND MAY BE FORMED BY ANY
10. WHEN AN MONOLITHIIC CURB IS SPECIFIED, THE JOINT IN THE CURB
STANDARD SHEET "CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS."
THE DETAIL FOR JOINT SEALANT AND RESERVOIR IS SHOWN ON12.
SLABTHICKNESS (T/3).
CONTRACTION JOINT (SECTION Z-Z) SHALL BE ONE THIRD OF THE
SHOWN IN THE PLANS. THE SAW CUT DEPTH FOR THE LONGITUDIANL
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT (SECTION Z-Z) UNLESS OTHERWISE
THE JOINT BETWEEN OUTSIDE LANE AND SHOULDER SHALL BE A7.
BASKETS ARE USED, REMOVE THE SHIPPING WIRES.
AND VERTICALLY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.WHERE DOWEL BAR
DOWEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1/4 IN. HORIZONTALLY11.
CONTRACTION DESIGN
CPCD-14
CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAILS
T-6 to 12 INCHESTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\cpcd14.dgn8/5/20201:49:38 PMDN:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
SHEET 2 OF 2
TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
HCDN:HC AN
C TxDOT:
cpcd14.dgn
69
FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT DETAIL
SIDE OF THE JOINT.
BARRIER SHALL BE ON THE SAME
PIECE OF CONCRETE TRAFFIC
ALL TIE BARS IN ANY CONTINUOUS
FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS.
SEE CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD
BARRIER
CONCRETE TRAFFIC
CAST-IN-PLACE
SIDE OF JOINT.
BE USED ON THE FREE
FIBER MATERIAL MAY
PREFORMED BITUMINOUS
ROOFING FELT OR 1/2"
TWO LAYERS OF 30 LB
LONGITUDINAL WIDENING JOINT DETAIL
T
EXISTING PAVEMENT EDGE PROPOSED PAVEMENT EDGE
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALINGREMOVE(IF APPLICABLE)
CONCRETE CURB TO BE
/T
2
MIN.
1O" 25" FOR #6 BARS
21" FOR #5 BARS
EXISTING PAVEMENT JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS OF PROPOSED PAVEMENT SHALL COINCIDE WITH3.
SLABS, USE #5 BARS FOR LESS THAN 8" THICK SLABS.THICKER
SPACE TIE BARS AT 24" SPACING. USE #6 BARS FOR 8" AND 2.
PULL-OUT TEST SPECIFIED IN ITEM 361.
OF THE EPOXY-GROUTED TIE BARS MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF
BEFORE WIDENING WORK, DEMONSTRATE THAT THE BOND STRENGTH1.
CLASS C EPOXY.
DRILL & GROUT WITH TYPE III,
TIE BARS AT 24" SPACING.
AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
LOCATION OF THE JOINT WILL BE
(JOINT WITHOUT TIE BARS)
FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT CONFORMING TO ASTM D 994.
IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD
1/2" MIN. ASPHALT
VARIES
(SEE NOTE 12)
1•" EXPANSION JOINT
TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
AT BRIDGE APPROACH
T T
HMAC(UNDERLAYMENT)
SLAB
BRIDGE APPROACH
15 FT
30 LB ROOFING FELT
TWO LAYERS
CPCD
TRANSVERSE JOINT DETAIL
EXISTING CPCD TO NEW CPCD
PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)
EXISTING CPCD
NEW CPCD
JOINT
CONSTRUCTION
TRANSVERSE
TRAVEL LANEAT 12 IN. SPACING.
DOWEL BARS PER WHEEL PATH
PLACE FOUR EPOXY COATED
CLASS C EPOXY.
*GROUT WITH TYPE III,
SPECIFIED FOR NEW CPCD.
*USE SAME DOWEL SIZE AS
SLAB MIDDLE DEPTH.
*DRILL THE HOLES AT
EXISTING CPCD
CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAILS
CONTRACTION DESIGN
CPCD-14
T-6 to 12 INCHES
DECEMBER 2014TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\crcp120.dgn8/5/20201:49:40 PMFILE:DATE:
DENTON
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
TxDOT
CONTINUOUSLY REINFORCED
CRCP(1)-20
Standard
Division
Design
crcp120.dgn
REVISIONS
10/10/2011 ADD GN #12
04/09/2013 REMOVE 6" AND 6.5"
ADD CTE REQUIREMENTS
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
T - 7 to 13 INCHES
ONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENT
SHEET 1 OF 2
REGULAR
AND BAR SIZE
SLAB THICKNESS
(IN.)
T
SIZE
BAR SPACING
2 x c
(IN.)
SPACING
c
(IN.)
LENGTH
L
(IN.)
#6 8.5 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4
#5 6.0 3 TO 4
#5 3 TO 4
TABLE NO.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL
13
12
18
17
STEEL BARS
OR JOINT
AT EDGE
SPACING
FIRST
50
50
50
50
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
#6 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4 16
15
50
50
9.0
9.5
6.5
9.0
8.0
7.5
#6 3 TO 4
#6 6.25 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4 14 50
50
50
50
50
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
7.0
6.75
6.5
6.0
12.5
#6 3 TO 4
#6 3 TO 4
11
50
50
12.5
13.0
5.75
5.5
13.5
13
12
11.5
Z Y YZ
TRAVEL LANE
OR SHOULDER TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE
TRAVEL LANE
OR SHOULDER
PAVEMENT OR
SHOULDER EDGE
PAVEMENT OR
TRANSVERSE
LONGITUDINAL
cc c c
SHOULDER EDGE
X
X
STEEL
STEEL
TIE BARS
SINGLE PIECE TIE BARS
(SECTION X-X)
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
BARS AT TRANSVERSE
ADDITIONAL STEEL
8.0 - 13.0
STEEL
TRANSVERSE
TABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS
(SECTION Y-Y)
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
AT LONGITUDINAL
TIE BARS
(SECTION Z-Z)
CONTRACTION JOINT
AT LONGITUDINAL
TIE BARS
#5
#5
48
48
SIZE
BAR
(IN.)
SPACING
(IN.)
THICKNESS
SLAB
SIZE
BAR
SIZE
BAR
(IN.)
SPACING
(IN.)
SPACING
48
48
24
24
7.0 - 7.5
c
(IN.)
SPACING
TRANSVERSE BARS
L2
T2
T
STEEL BARS
ADDITIONALL=50"
LONGITUDINAL BARS
NO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT.
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
cc
T2
T
c c
LONGITUDINAL BARS TRANSVERSE BARS
TRANSVERSE BARS
IN SAME PLANE AS
TIE BARS MAY BE
21" FOR #5 BAR
25" FOR #6 BAR
50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAR
OR MULTIPLE-PIECE
TIE BARS,SINGLE
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
SAW CUT
T2
T
cccc
TRANSVERSE BARS
50" FOR #6 BAR, 42" FOR #5 BAR
21" FOR #5 BAR
25" FOR #6 BAR
LONGITUDINAL BARS FOR 10.0 IN. TO 13.0 IN. SLABS.
7.0 IN. TO 9.5 IN. SLABS. MAY BE PLACED ABOVE
SHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS FOR
SINGLE PIECE TIE BARS
MATERIAL
JOINT SEALING
c2
2/2/c c
LONGITUDINAL
CONTRACTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
SECTION Z - Z
#5
#6
#5
#6
3T
BARS
LONGITUDINAL
LONGITUDINAL
c/2
c/2
TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUT
PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)
LONGITUDINAL
STEEL BARS
ADDITIONAL
TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
48"24"48"24"24"48"MIN.CLEAR 2"
LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION Y - Y
TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION X - X
CONTRACTION JOINT
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
70TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:GENERAL NOTES
C TxDOT:
05/05/2017 CoTE AS RATED 4.3
aa
a
aa
a
AN
APRIL 2020
KM VP
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\crcp120.dgn8/5/20201:49:40 PMFILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
TxDOT
CONTINUOUSLY REINFORCED
CRCP(1)-20
Standard
Division
Design
crcp120.dgn
REVISIONS
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
T - 7 to 13 INCHES
ONE LAYER STEEL BAR PLACEMENT
EXPOSED EXISTING STEEL BARS
JACK HAMMERS AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
CONCRETE WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY LIGHTWEIGHT
IN THIS AREA, THE BREAKING OF THE EXISTING
OPTION B: BREAKBACK AND LAP
PARTIAL DEPTH SAWCUT
NEW LONGITUDINAL STEEL BARS
EXISTING CRCP NEW CRCP
T
T/2
EXISTING CRCP TO NEW CRCP
TRANSVERSE TIE JOINT DETAIL
MIN.36"
EDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENT
OR LONGITUDINAL JOINT
EXISTING CRCP
MIN.10"
NEW CRCP
MIN.30"
TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT
PLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)
OPTION A: DRILL AND EPOXY
FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT DETAIL
CONCRETE
PAVEMENT
VARIES
SIDE OF THE JOINT.
BARRIER SHALL BE ON THE SAME
PIECE OF CONCRETE TRAFFIC
ALL TIE BARS IN ANY CONTINUOUS
FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS.
SEE CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD
SIDE OF JOINT.
BE USED ON THE FREE
FIBER MATERIAL MAY
PREFORMED BITUMINOUS
ROOFING FELT OR 1/2"
TWO LAYERS OF 30 LB
BARRIER
CONCRETE TRAFFIC
CAST-IN-PLACE
CONFORMING TO ASTM D 994.
IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD
1/2" MIN. ASPHALT
LONGITUDINAL WIDENING JOINT DETAIL
CONCRETE CURB TO BE
REMOVED (IF APPLICABLE)
MIN
EXISTING PAVEMENT EDGE PROPOSED PAVEMENT
SEALING MATERIAL
JOINT
10"25" FOR #6 BAR
21" FOR #5 BAR
TIE BARS
TPYE III,CLASS C EPOXY
DRILL & GROUT WITH
THICKER SLABS, USE #5 TIE BARS FOR LESS THAN 8" THICK SLABS.
2.SPACE TIE BARS AT 24" SPACING. USE #6 TIE BARS FOR 8" AND
PULL-OUT TEST SPECIFIED IN ITEM 361.
OF THE EPOXY-GROUTED TIE BARS MEETS THE REQURIMENTS OF
1.BEFORE WIDENING WORK, DEMONSTRATE THAT THE BOND STRENGTH
T
T/2
(SEE NOTE 12)
1•" EXPANSION JOINT
TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
AT BRIDGE APPROACH
PAVEMENT
CONCRETE
T T
HMAC(UNDERLAYMENT)
SLAB
BRIDGE APPROACH
T/3 SAW CUT DEPTH
JOINTS
SAWED CONTRACTION
10 FT 15 FT
30 LB ROOFING FELT
TWO LAYERS
2"
AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
LOCATION OF THE JOINT WILL BE
(JOINT WITHOUT TIE BARS)
FREE LONGITUDINAL JOINT
OR LONGITUDINAL JOINT
EDGE OF CRCP PAVEMENT
12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTH 12-FT WIDTH BY 2-FT LENGTH
CONFIGURATION MEETING THIS REQUIREMENT WILL BE ALLOWED.
AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT. ANY OTHER LAP
LONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTH
STAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3 OF THE
EXAMPLES OF LAP CONFIGURATION
PLAN VIEW ( NOT TO SCALE)
SPLICES
REINFORCING STEEL
LONGITUDINAL
ITEM 361.
REQUIREMENTS OF PULL-OUT TEST SPECIFIED IN
EPOXY-GROUTED LONGITUDINAL BARS MEETS THE
DEMONSTRATE THAT THE BOND STRENGTH OF THE
DRILL AND GROUT WITH TYPE III, CLASS C EPOXY.
SHEET 2 OF 2
DENTON
71DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.C TxDOT:
AN
03/16/2020 REMOVED TABLE 1A
APRIL 2020
KM VP
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\crrstde1-19.dgn8/5/20201:49:42 PMStandard
Division
Bridge
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
AT BRIDGE ENDS
EMBANKMENTS
SHOULDER DRAINS
CONCRETE RIPRAP AND
CONTApril 2019
CRR of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE: (TYPES RR8 & RR9)
72
See Layout for slope
C
urbRipra
p
2'-0"Bridge LayoutVariable ~ See4" Curb1'-0"
See Layout for slope
~
~
2
4
crown line. See Roadway DetailsApex and riprap break usually atSee Layout
for limits drain if required.
location of shoulder
See Layout for
2
R
R
8R
R
9
5"4"
Varies
" Slope219
1"~
of cap
face at edge
Form vertical
1'-0"
Min RR8RR95"4""21+-1'-0"3'-0"1'-6"9"RR8RR99"
PLAN
ELEVATION
SEC C-C
5
Steel
WWR or Reinf
Reinf
5
Min
9" ~~~~
Weep holes
Reinf
slope
Toe of
See Layout for slopefence rail poststo fit space between guardPosition drain and depressionor as directed by the Engineer
of granular material under riprap only
placed continuously along periphery
Loose graded gravel or crushed stone
1
Add 2 #5 Bars
length of curb)
#5 Bar (Full
6
SHOWING KEYWAY OPTION
6
~3
2 3
3 3
~
traffic rail
Showing conc
3
for drain ~ 3"
Depression
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
See elsewhere in plans for rail transition
Approach slab or pavement
Weep holes 14
14
1
1
14
14
INTERMEDIATE TOEWALL1'-6"Reinf
MinMinMax
6"6"12"
Bars
Reinf WWR WWR
Const Jt
5"4"RR8RR9REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
Jt Mat'l
" Exp43
"43"87"87"81"43
sealer
or joint
compound
Caulking
"216
9
Reinf
6"
9
Reinf
6"
9
2"
CAP OPTION C
CAP OPTION A CAP OPTION B
GENERAL NOTES:
joint sealer
side of wingwalls with
along ends of cap and
Plug ends and seal joint
11
12
13
AT WINGWALL
SECT THRU RIPRAP
Reinf
Min
"211
15
SECTIONS THRU RIPRAP AT CAP
4"1'-0"9"3"1'-0"9"
9"
9"1'-6"1'-6"3"2'-6" Min
3"~~
Column
Riprap
ACP
2
2
SEC A-A
SEC B-B SEC B-B SEC D-D
(No drain)(Shoulder drain)
RIPRAP DETAIL AT COLUMNS~8
8
Reinf
Reinf Reinf
Reinf
Reinf
Reinf
6"
Typ
1
(As directed by the Engineer)
#5 Bar
wingwall
Bars along
Add 2 #5
7
3"2'-6" Min 7
4"
4"4"
2'-6" Min 7
3"Curb
10
10
72'-6" Min
drip line
outside of Bridge
Curb must be
11
12
13
14
15
with ACP. (Subsidiary to riprap)
Riprap blockout to be filled
C
C
A
A
D
D
B
B
16
16
1'-0"
16
6x6-D3xD3 = 0.408 Lbs/SF
#3 Reinf at 18" c-c = 0.501 Lbs/SF
4" of RR9 = 0.012 CY/SF
5" of RR8 = 0.015 CY/SF
FOR CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION ONLY:
with joint sealer
or wingwall and seal
Nail flashing to cap
17
17
See General Notes for optional synthetic fiber reinforcement.slabEdge of bridgeabut cap
Face of of cap
flashing full length
8"X 18 Gage galvanized
of cap
flashing full length
8"X 18 Gage galvanized
asphalt
coat with
in abut cap,
Keyway formed
wingwall
abutment
Face of
at 12" c-c
anchor screw
Galvanized
"43" Dia x 81(when specified)
Granular material
reinf steel
WWR or
integral with riprap)
(Shoulder drain
crrstde1-19.dgn
construction joint even if synthetic reinforcing fiber is utilized.
extends 1'-1" minimum into adjacent riprap on each side of
construction joints. Provide WWR or reinforcing steel that
WWR or reinforcing steel is continuous through riprap
Provide WWR or #3 bars, with 1'-0" extension into slope.
8" x 18 Gage Galv Sheet Metal
weep holes at 10' c-c backed by galvanized hardware cloth.
If granular material is specified, provide upper level of 2" Dia
the ends of reinforcing bars.
of a minimum 6 inches, measured from the transverse wire of WWR, and
and reinforcing bars may be used if both are permitted. Use lap splices
Reinforcement (WWR) as 6x6-D2.9xD2.9 or D3xD3. Combinations of WWR
Provide #3 reinforcing bars at 18" Spa c-c. Provide Welded Wire
Engineer.
addition to Exp Jt Mat'l if shown on plans or directed by the
Flashing (shown in Cap Option A) may be used at wingwall in
on plans.
riprap as designated by the Engineer or as shown elsewhere
Provide sealing option for joint between the face of cap and
reinforcing option is selected.
#5 bars shown are required even when synthetic fiber
and 1'-6" for slab span, box beam, or slab beam bridges.
the Engineer. Should be 9" Min for beam/slab type bridges
Top of cap to top of riprap dimension varies as directed by
optional intermediate toewall is called for in the plans.
the Engineer. Increase wall extension to 1'-6" whenever the
Wall extension may be reduced or modified if approved by
elsewhere in plans or if directed by the Engineer.
Use wider or other drain configurations if shown
locations unless directed by the Engineer to eliminate.
1 CF packet of gravel and galvanized hardware cloth at all
Provide lower level of 2" Dia weep holes at 10' c-c backed by
in the plans or included in the specifications.
Provide intermediate toewall only when designated elsewhere
posts through concrete riprap.
See details elsewhere in plans for installation of guard fence
joints between approach slab and concrete pavement.
by rail transition. Do not locate shoulder drains at expansion
Location of shoulder drain must consider limitations imposed
shown elsewhere in plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Limits and configuration of drains and depressions are as
eliminate 4" curb.
layout, extend slab and toewall as shown and
When riprap is shown extended around header on
RR9 is to be used on other embankments.
RR8 is to be used on stream crossings.
See Layout for limits of riprap.
other sealing material are subsidiary to the bid item "Riprap".
Hardware cloth, loose grade stone behind weep holes, flashing, or
directed by the Engineer.
slope height at intervals of approximately 20 feet unless otherwise
Install construction joints or grooved joints extending the full slant
Producer List (MPL) in lieu of steel reinforcing in riprap concrete.
Provide synthetic fibers listed on the "Fibers for Concrete" Material
Optionally synthetic fibers may be used if approved by the Engineer.
plans.
of both types for riprap reinforcing, unless specified elsewhere in the
Provide reinforcing bars, deformed WWR, or any suitable combination
ASTM A1064, unless otherwise shown.
Provide deformed welded wire reinforcement (WWR) meeting
Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel.
in plans.
Provide Class "B" concrete (f'c = 2,000 psi) unless noted elsewhere
DENTON
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\gf31ms19.dgn8/5/2020MOW STRIP DETAIL
SECTION A-A
A
A
Pavement
Edge of
9"
3"
W-Beam
PLAN Pavement
Edge of3'-6"usualTypical
7"
min usual
Curb shown on top of mow strip
CURB OPTION (2)
CURB OPTION (1)
usual
7"
usualmin
7"
usualmin
CURB OPTION (3)
7"
usualmin
Mow Strip
or Asphaltic Pavement
Reinforced Concrete
Curb Types
Standard for
See CCCG Curb Types
Standard for
See CCCG
Curb Types
Standard for
See CCCG
15"
15"
15"
15"Varies3'-6" Typical
posts
guard fence
Minimum 1'-10" beyond
5'-0"
5'-10"
Approx.
2'-0"
Mow Strip (1V : 10H or Flatter)
Grading or approved
50' Approach Taper of Grading or Mow Strip
W-Beam 3'-6"1'-6"1'-6"9"
Pavement
Edge of
min
minusual of need requirements.
proper installation and length
Note: See SGT standard sheets for
(See General Note 4)
Approved Post min7"(See General Note 4)
Approved Post
MBGF or MBGF Transition
Pavement
Edge of
GRADING AND MOW STRIP AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS
4"4"
4"
4"25"25"25"25"proper installation)
(See GF(31) standard sheet for
GF(31) shown with Mow Strip
Length varies. Adjust Mow Strip width accordingly when offset is used. (offset "option" shown)OffsetSlope to drain
Slope to drain
Slope to drain
Slope to drain
Note: Site Condition(s)
or eliminated, as directed by the Engineer.
Approach grading or mow strip may be decreased
end treatments.
for the proper installation of metal guard fence and
Site conditions may exist where grading is required
Direction of Traffic
GENERAL NOTES
Standard
Division
Design
TXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:GF(31)MS-19
leave-out
18" dia. min.
18" x 18" min. or
leave-out
18" dia. min.
18" x 18" min. or
73
embedment throughout the system.
This option will increase the post
(See General Note 8)
Grout mixture
(See General Note 8)
Grout mixture
Fill leave-out with
(See General Note 8)
Grout mixture
(See General Note 8)
Grout mixture
(See General Note 8)
Grout mixture
TL-3 MASH COMPLIANT40" (STEEL)36" (WOOD)Mow Strip
Reinforced Concrete
Mow Strip
Reinforced Concrete
Mow Strip
Reinforced Concrete
Mow Strip
Reinforced Concrete
Mow Strip
Reinforced Concrete
18" Dia. minimum leave-out.
with 18" x 18" Square or
Mow Strip Reinforced Concrete
will be subsidiary to the pay item of riprap mow strip.
(Suggested Maximum leave-out of 20"). Payment for furnishing and placing the grout mixture
dimensions are acceptable from both an impact performance and maintenance repair standpoint
that will flow into and completely fill all voids. Due to auger size, larger leave-out
compressive strength of approximately 230 psi or less. Provide grout with a consistency
188 pounds Type 1 or II cement, and 550 pounds of water per cubic yard, with a 28-day
8. The leave-outs shall be filled with a Grout mixture consisting of: 2719 pounds sand,
7. The limits of payment for reinforced concrete will include leave-outs for the posts.
6. Thickness of the mow strip will be 4".
mow strip and will be paid for under other pertinent bid item.
5. Other curb placement options may be used. Curbs are not considered part of the
in the mow strip. See GF(31) Standard for additional details.
4. Only steel (W6 x 8.5 or W6 x 9.0), or 7 •" Dia. round wood posts are acceptable for use
3. The leave-out behind the post shall be a minimum of 7".
Producer List (MPL), maintained by TxDOT, Construction Division.
steel reinforcing is acceptable, provided the fiber producer is on the Department Material
placed in accordance with Item 432, "Riprap." The use of the synthetic fiber in lieu of
the plans and will be paid for under the pertinent bid item. Reinforced concrete shall be
2. Mow strips shall be reinforced concrete with (wire mesh or synthetic fiber), as shown on
sheet for additional information.
and guard fence end treatments. See applicable GF(31) MBGF or GF(31) Transition Standard
1. This mow strip design is for use with metal beam guard fence, guard fence transitions,
DENTON
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONTC TxDOT:
KM VP
NOVEMBER 2019
TxDOT gf31ms19.dgn
CGL/AG
METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE
(MOW STRIP)
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\gf31trtl319.dgn8/5/2020FILE:DATE:Standard
Division
DesignTXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:GENERAL NOTES
2'-6"
1'-9"
7 ‚"11
B
A ELEVATION VIEW
A CB
LC
3 SPACES AT 3'-1•"5 SPACES AT 18 ƒ"
2"+
TRANSITION TO W-BEAM
6'-3" NON-SYMMETRICAL
18'- 9" THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION (EA)
1 2 3 4
31"
6'- 3"3'-1•"
SEE CURB TABLE
(4) #5 REBAR STAKES 18" LONG
C
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
4"
(4) (1" DIA. HOLES) IN CURB: SEE CURB TABLE
(ASTM A325 OR A449)
(5) ‡" DIA. HEAVY HEX HEAD BOLTS
(ASTM A194 OR A563)
(5) ‡" DIA. HEAVY HEX NUTS
HEX BOLT HEAD AND NUT.
(10) 1 ƒ" O.D. WASHER UNDER EACH
TO CONCRETE RAIL
THRIE-BEAM CONNECTOR
FACE OF GUARDRAIL TRANSITION.
RAILS THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE
CHAMFER REQUIRED ON CONCRETE
3'-1•"
‡" HEX NUT. TRIM AS REQUIRED.
LEAVE 1" OF BOLT LENGTH PAST THE
DEPENDING ON WIDTH CONCRETE RAIL,
HEAVY HEX BOLT LENGTH WILL VARY
NOTE:
HIGH-SPEED TRANSITION
4'- 5"4"3"4'- 2"
TRANSITION
NON-SYMMETRICAL
PLAN VIEW
LC
22"
1 2 3 4
THRIE-BEAM
(NESTED)
CURB
TYPE II
FOR PRECAST - SEE CURB TABLE
(1) 18" LONG CONNECTING REBAR W-BEAM GUARD FENCE
TL-3 MASH COMPLIANT
THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION
METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE
GF(31)TR TL3-19
20"
TERMINAL CONNECTOR 10GA.
THRIE-BEAM
SIDE-VIEW
DIRECTION
LAP
(2) 12'-6"
NOTE: SEE GENERAL NOTE:9
PART DESIGNATOR RTE01b
PART DESIGNATOR RTM10a
2'-6"
PLATE WASHERS ARE INSTALLED UNDER THE BOLT HEAD AGAINST OUTSIDE OF CONNECTOR.
BRIDGE EXIT - DOWNSTREAM: THE TERMINAL CONNECTOR LAPS OVER THE NESTED RAIL.
PLATE WASHERS ARE INSTALLED UNDER THE SPLICE NUTS AGAINST INSIDE OF CONNECTOR.
BRIDGE APPROACH - UPSTREAM: THE NESTED RAIL LAPS OVER THE TERMINAL CONNECTOR.
(12) RECTANGULAR GUARDRAIL PLATE WASHERS:(FWR03)
(12) †" X 2" BUTTON HEAD SPLICE BOLTS WITH RECESSED NUTS:(FBB02)
INSTRUCTIONS
PLATE WASHER
NESTED THRIE-BEAM RAIL
SPLICE BOLTS:(FBB01)
(8) †" X 1 ‚" BUTTON HEAD
6'-3"
DIRECTION
LAP
SPLICE BOLTS:(FBB02)
(12) †" X 2" BUTTON HEAD
TRANSISTION 10GA.
W-BEAM TO THRIE-BEAM
NON-SYMMETRICAL
(SEE GENERAL NOTES:5-7)
7'-0" LONG POST (ALL TYPES)
7
T
S
O
P
NOTE: "WOOD" INDICATES DIMENSIONS FOR BOTH ROUND AND RECTANGULAR WOOD POST SYSTEMS.**
TYPE II CURB DETAILS
SEE GENERAL NOTES:2-4 AND 16-17.
THE TRANSITION TO FUNCTION PROPERLY.
CURB IS A REQUIRED COMPONENT FOR
NOTE:
CURB
SHEET 1 OF 2
RWT02a OR RWT02b
PART DESIGNATOR
(1) †" FLAT WASHER:(FWC14a) UNDER EACH NUT.
(2) †" BUTTON HEAD POST BOLT & NUT:(FBB04) WITH
TRANSITION SECTIONS
NOTE: ALL POST TYPES, SEE GENERAL NOTE:5 & 6
SECTION C-C
7"
32"6'-0" (STEEL)36" (WOOD)40" (STEEL)5'-8" (WOOD)32"6'-0" (STEEL)40" (STEEL)SECTION B-B36" (WOOD)5'-8" (WOOD)7'-0"
SECTION A-A
52"
CURB
TYPE II
32"
NESTED
SEE GN:4
AT THIS POST LOCATION.
NOTE: ONLY (1) †" BOLT REQUIRED
THRIE-BEAM TERMINAL - CURB TABLE
CURB (1) LENGTH 5'- 8"
CURB (2) LENGTH 6'- 6"
TAPER CURB (2) TO A HEIGHT OF 4" AT POST 7
USE (1) #5 GR.60 REBAR 18" LONG TO CONNECT BOTH CURBS.
FORM OR CORE (1" DIA. HOLE 9" LONG) INTO EACH CURB END.
FILL HOLES WITH APPROVED GROUT MIXTURE.
LONG INTO THE GROUND AND •" BELOW TOP OF CURB.
HOLE LOCATIONS. DRIVE (4) #5 GR.60 REBAR STAKES 18"
FORM OR CORE FOUR (1" DIA. HOLES), SEE BOTH VIEWS FOR
THE PRECAST CURB MAY BE FORMED INTO TWO SECTIONS.
PRECAST CURB FULL LENGTH EQUALS 12'- 2"
CONNECTING PRECAST CURB SECTIONS (1) & (2):
SECURING PRECAST OR CAST-IN-PLACE TO FINISHED GRADE:
6"
5ƒ"
6"MIN.
8"
24"
2"R
1 •"
TYPE II CURB
(2) #3 REBARS (WITH 1 •" END COVER)
REQUIRED WITH PRECAST CURB
APPROACHING PAVEMENT SECTION.
ADD WHEN GUTTER IS USED IN
TYPE II CURB, BRIDGE RAIL OR CONCRETE TRAFFIC RAIL.
PERCUSSION DRILLING IS NOT PERMITTED WITH:
SEE TYPE II CURB DETAIL FOR REBAR AND COVER REQUIREMENTS.
NOTES: NOT NEEDED FOR CAST-IN-PLACE. *
2. CAST-IN-PLACE
1. PRECAST
NOTE: OPTIONS FOR TYPE II CURB:
DENTON
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONTC TxDOT:
KM VP
NOVEMBER 2019
TxDOTgf31trtl319.dgn
CGL/AG
74
APPLICABLE FOR POST TYPE. SEE SHT.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(NESTED)(TIM POST)" OR "540 6XXX MTL W-BEAM GD FEN (NESTED)(STEEL POST)" AS
THIS 25' SECTION WILL BE BY LINEAR FOOT, PAY ITEM "0540 6XXX MTL W-BEAM GD FEN
BEYOND THE PAY LIMITS OF THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION SECTION, (SEE SHT.2). PAYMENT FOR
17. IF CURB EXTENDS BEYOND POST 7, 25' OF NESTED W-BEAM GUARDRAIL SHALL BE INSTALLED
THE CONCRETE RAIL AND IS REQUIRED TO MEET MASH CRASH TEST CRITERIA.
THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION SYSTEM. THE CURB PREVENTS (VEHICLE WHEEL SNAGGING) AT
16. THE INSTALLATION OF THE TYPE II CURB IS CRITICAL FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
15. REFER TO GF(31)STANDARD SHEET & BRIDGE RAILING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
MATERIAL BLOCKS.
MATERIALS CONFORMING TO DMS-7210. ONLY PRODUCERS ON THE MPL CAN FURNISH COMPOSITE
CONSTRUCTION DIVISION MAINTAINS A MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL) FOR PRODUCERS OF
GUARD FENCE" MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKS OF SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. TXDOT'S
REQUIREMENTS OF DMS-7210, "COMPOSITE MATERIAL POSTS AND BLOCKS FOR METAL BEAM
14. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, A COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCK THAT MEETS THE
GUIDANCE. (512) 416-2678
13. WHERE SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, CONTACT THE DESIGN DIVISION FOR ADDITIONAL
12. CROWN SHALL BE WIDENED TO ACCOMMODATE TRANSITIONS.
ITEM 445,"GALVANIZING". FITTINGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE BID ITEM.
11. FITTINGS (BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
BOLT LENGTH TO MEET REQUIRED LENGTH.
NUT AND †" WASHER (FWC16a) AND NOT MORE THAN 1" BEYOND IT. TRIM REMAINING
AND SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO EXTEND THROUGH THE FULL THICKNESS OF THE
10. BUTTON HEAD "POST BOLTS & NUTS" SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF (ASTM A307),
MATCH THOSE IN THE THRIE-BEAM TERMINAL CONNECTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS.
BE LESS THAN 10 GAUGE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE LOCATIONS OF BOLT HOLES
THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION TO W-BEAM SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL, BUT SHALL NOT
EXCEPT AS MODIFIED ON THE PLANS. THE THRIE-BEAM TERMINAL CONNECTOR AND THE
9. RAIL ELEMENTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITEM 540,"METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE"
8. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE, OF ANY DEPTH.
AND STEEL POSTS WITH A STENCIL BEFORE GALVANIZING.
HEIGHT, AND VISIBLE AFTER INSTALLATION. WOODEN POSTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH A BRAND,
MARK SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE TOP 1 FT. REGION OF THE POST, AT LEAST †" IN
7. THE POST LENGTH SHALL BE MARKED ON ALL 7'- 0" LONG POSTS BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE
AS SHOWN IN THE PLANS. REFER TO GF(31) STANDARD SHEET.
6. THE TYPE OF POST (ROUND WOOD POST, RECTANGULAR WOOD POST OR STEEL POST) WILL BE
THROUGHOUT THE THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION.
5. FOR ROUND WOOD POST SYSTEMS, ALL ROUND WOOD POSTS SHALL BE 7 •" DIA. MINIMUM
FACE IN FRONT OF OR DIRECTLY ABOVE THE CURB FACE. SEE SECTION A-A.
4. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, TRANSITIONS SHALL BE PLACED WITH THE BLOCKOUT
GUARDRAIL WILL BE PAID FOR BY THE LINEAR FOOT.
OF 4" AT POST 7. IF SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS, ADDITIONAL CURB UNDERNEATH
THAN 4" WILL BE TAPERED DOWN BEGINNING AT THE LAST 7 FT. POST TO A MAXIMUM HEIGHT
ADDITIONAL CURB IS INDICATED BEYOND THE TRANSITION, THEN ANY CURB HEIGHT GREATER
3. CONCRETE CURB TYPE II SUBSIDIARY TO "METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE TRANSITION". IF NO
CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE CURB CONTINUES PAST POST 7.
TO THE SEVENTH POST UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS. SEE GENERAL NOTE:17 FOR
FROM 4" TO 8" WITH A RELATIVELY VERTICAL FACE. CONCRETE CURB SHALL BE CONTINUOUS
ARE SHOWN IN THE PLANS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE TRANSITION, THE CURB HEIGHT MAY BE
HEIGHT; SEE CURRENT CCCG STANDARD SHEET FOR FURTHER DETAILS. IF OTHER CURB HEIGHTS
IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE THRIE-BEAM TRANSITIONS, CURB SHALL BE TYPE II (5- ƒ")
2. CONCRETE CURB MAY BE CAST-IN-PLACE OR PRECAST AS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. WHEN USED
CURB SECTION OF THE THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION. (512) 416-2678
1. CONTACT THE DESIGN DIVISION FOR DRAINAGE CUT OUT OPTIONS NEEDED WITHIN THE
END PAYMENT FOR THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION.
(SEE GF(31)STANDARD
BEGIN PAYMENT FOR METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE.
(IF CURB CONTINUES PAST POST 7 SEE SHT.2 AND GN:17)
31"
6'- 3"3'-1 •"
25'-0" Nested W-Beam Guardrail
D
D
THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION (SEE SHT.1)STANDARD GUARDRAIL(NON-NESTED)
(SEE GENERAL NOTE 17)
(See GF(31) Standard Sheet)
SPACING
AT 6'-3"
POSTS
REMAINING
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\gf31trtl319.dgn8/5/2020FILE:DATE:Standard
Division
DesignTXDOT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONVERSION OF THIS STANDARD TO OTHER FORMATS OR FOR INCORRECT RESULTS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.THE USE OF THIS STANDARD IS GOVERNED BY THE "TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT". NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY TXDOT FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER. DISCLAIMER:HIGH-SPEED TRANSITION
TL-3 MASH COMPLIANT
THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION
METAL BEAM GUARD FENCE
GF(31)TR TL3-19
SHEET 2 OF 2
PAST POST 7 (SEE SHT. 1 GENERAL NOTE 17)
REQUIRED ALTERNATIVE FOR CONTINUOUS CURB EXTENDING
CURB CURB
DENTON
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONTC TxDOT:
KM
NOVEMBER 2019
gf31trtl319.dgn
CGL/AGKMTxDOT
75
32"
SECTION D-D
25"
Begin payment for Metal Beam Guard Fence.
End payment for Metal Beam Guard Fence Transition.
NESTED
DN:DW:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\js14.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
HCDN:CK:AN
DECEMBER 2014
js14.dgn
C TxDOT:
76
HC
COMPOUND
SEALING
JOINT
/T-‚"„"3‚"‚"TO•"COMPOUND
SEALING
JOINT -‚"„"‚"‚"TO•"JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
ˆ"- ‚"
LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE†"†" CONTRACTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL SAWED FORMED
ISOLATION JOINT
BACKER ROD
•"
‚"
…"- •"1•"OR EQUIVALENT.
MATERIAL BOARDS
BITUMINOUS FIBER
PREFORMED
COMPOUND
SEALING
JOINT
T1 •"„"‚"--3"ROD
BACKER1ƒ""EXPANSION JOINT
TRANSVERSE FORMED
COMPOUND
SEALING
JOINT
OR EQUIVALENT.
MATERIAL BOARDS
BITUMINOUS FIBER
PREFORMED
CONTRACTION JOINT/T3•" MIN.1…"
„"‚"-‚TO"•"ROD
BACKER
ˆ"- ‚"
TRANSVERSE SAWED
COMPOUND
SEALING
JOINT
METHOD B: JOINT SEALING COMPOUND
GENERAL NOTES
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, EITHER METHOD "A" OR METHOD "B" MAY BE USED.
2. THE LOCATION OF JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.
SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLAN OR APPROVED.
USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 5 OR 8 AT NEW JOINTS. USE JOINT SEALANT CLASS 4,5,7,OR 8 FOR
MAINTAINING EXISTING JOINTS.
ITEM 713 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS AND CRACKS (CONCRETE PAVEMENT)".
GUTTER, OLD AND NEW PAVEMENTS, OR AROUND DRAINAGE INLETS, MANHOLES, FOOTINGS AND LIGHTING
4. DIMENSIONS d1, d2, AND d3 SHOWN IN METHOD A SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PREFORMED
3. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT OR PCS SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS
FOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND THE SAWED JOINTS.
5. REFER TO DMS-6310 "JOINT SEALANTS AND FILLERS" FOR THE CLASSIFICATIONS.
6. FOR SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT, LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT, USE JOINT
7. FOR TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACTION, TRANSVERSE FORMED EXPANSION JOINT, AND ISOLATION JOINT
8. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ITEM 438 "CLEANING AND SEALING JOINTS" OR
STRUCTURES./TCONSTRUCTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL3d1T‚"‚"d1d2d2d3 d3
ˆ"- ‚"
PCSPCS
CONTRACTION JOINT
TRANSVERSE SAWED/T3…"
d3
d1d2ˆ"- ‚"
PCS
(PCS)(DMS-6310 CLASS 6)
METHOD A: PREFORMED COMPRESSION SEALS Td3
d1d21 •"-1 †"
EQUIVALENT
MATERIAL BOARDS
BITUMINOUS FIBER
PREFORMED
TRANSVERSE FORMED
PCS
EXPANSION JOINT
CONTRACTION JOINT
LONGITUDINAL SAWED
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS
JOINT SEALS
JS-14
COMPRESSION SEAL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.
AND A STRUCTURE. ISOLATION JOINTS MAY BE USED FOR BRIDGE ABUTMENTS, INTERSECTIONS, CURB AND
9. ISOLATION JOINTS ACCOMMODATE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOVEMENTS THAT OCCUR BETWEEN A PAVEMENTTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\ped18.dgn8/5/2020
DENTON
77
SPACE TURNING
MAX.
8.3%MAX.MAX.RAMP 8.
3
%RAMP
8.
3
% TURNING
SPACE
S
IDEWALK
5' MAX.
SPACE TURNING
8.3% MAX.
5' MIN.5' MI
N.
5' MI
N.
5' MIN.
MAX.
8.3%
8.3
%2
%TYPE 5
5'MIN.
8.3% MAX.
S
IDEWALK
EQUAL RAMPSLOPE SPACE
TURN
ING
WITH CROSSWALK.
ALIGN CURB PARALLEL
GUTTER LINE
FLARE
FLARE
MAX.
8.3%
MAX.
8.3%
MAX.
2%4' MIN.
5'PREFERRED
6'DESIRABLE
5'MIN.
FLARE
TYPE 7
OF CURB
PROJECTED BACK
PUSH BUTTON (TYP)
OF PEDESTRIAN
PREFERRED LOCATION
5'MIN.
2'MIN.
TYPE 2 TYPE 3
(SIDEWALK SET BACK FROM CURB)
TYPE 21
TYPE 22
ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS.
NOTE: CURB DETAILS ARE SHOWN
PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP
6'DESIRABLE
5'MIN.8.3%
Max.
8.3%
Max.
6'DESIRABLE
5'MIN.
SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 2 OF 4 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
GUTTER LINE
BREAK LINE
BOTTOM GRADE
GUTTER LINE
SLOPEEQUAL RAMP
S
IDEWALK
SPACE
TURNING
8.3% MAX.
GUTTER LINE
> 5'SLOPEEQUAL RAMP
5'M
IN.
SIDEWALK W
IDTH
RAMP W
IDTH =6'
PREFERRED,5'M
IN.
S
IDEWALK W
IDTH
RAM
P W
IDTH =
4' MIN.
5' PREFERRED
8.3%
5' MIN.
5' MIN.
MAX.
RAMP
TYPE 6
2% MAX
.PUSH BUTTON (TYP)
OF PEDESTRIAN
PREFERRED LOCATION FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 1 OF 4
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
PED-18
CURB RAMPS
PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES
GUTTER LINE
GRADE BREAK
OF PAYMENT
RAMP LIMITS
NOTES / LEGEND:
CIRCULATION PATH.
NOT PART OF PEDESTRIAN
NON-WALKING SURFACE
DENOTES PLANTING OR
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
IF APPLICABLE.
OF PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
DENOTES PREFERRED LOCATION
CURB RAMP AT CONNECTION TO ROADWAY
TYPICAL SECTION OF PERPENDICULAR
WARNING SURFACES.
THAN 6' WIDE, ELIMINATE DETECTABLE
SURFACE BETWEEN. IF MEDIAN IS LESS
WITH A MINIMUM 2' USUAL SIDEWALK
AT EACH END OF THE CUT-THROUGH RAMP
INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
COMBINATION ISLAND RAMPS
8.3% MAX.
RAMP
FLARE
5' MIN.
8.3% MAX.
RAMP
8.3% MAX.
RAMP
FLARE
FLARE
FLARE
CURB RAMPS AT MEDIAN ISLANDS
TYPE 20
TYPE 1
SPACE OR TRANSITION TO STREET.
ON ANY PORTION OF RAMP, TURNING
CROSS SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 2%
DIRECTIONAL RAMPS WITHIN RADIUS
TYPE 10
(SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB)
5'MIN.S
IDEWALK W
IDTH
RAMP WIDTH =
RAMP SLOPE
SHALL BE FLUSH.
SURFACE SLOPES AT GRADE BREAKS
WILL NORMALLY BE AT GUTTER LINE.
BOTTOM GRADE BREAK OF CURB RAMP
COMBINATION CURB RAMPS
BREAK LINE
BOTTOM GRADE
2% MAX
.
(TYP)
GRADE BREAK
8.3% MAX.EQUAL RAMPSLOPE
SPACE
TURNING
GUTTER LINE
BREAK LINE
BOTTOM GRADE
S
IDEWALK
TYPE 10
F
OR REF
UGE6' MI
N.
5' MIN.
TYPE 7
> 5'
> 5'
MAX4' MIN.
5' PREFERRED
8.3
%8.3%
Max.
8.3%
Max.
BREAK LINE
BOTTOM GRADE
BEYOND
CONTINUOUS CURB
> 5'
5' MAX.
SURFACE OR PROTECT DROP OFF (TYP)
PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING
5'MIN.5'MIN.
SPACE OR TRANSITION TO STREET.
ON ANY PORTION OF RAMP, TURNING
CROSS SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 2%
8.3%
MAX.
PARALLEL CURB RAMP
COUNTER SLOPE
5% MAX.MAX.
2%MAX.
RAMP
RAMP
RAMP
RAMP
RAMP
RAMPRAMP
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
BLENDED TRANSITION
(FLUSH LANDING)
2%Max.2%MAX
FLARE
MAX.2
%PATH
CIRCULATION
PEDESTRIAN
VARIES
Standard
Division
Design
FILE:
C TxDOT:
ped18
MARCH,2002
DN:TxDOT DW:VP CK:KM CK:PK&JG
SPACETURNING
SPACETURNING
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON.
FOR CLEAR SPACE AT
EXTRA WIDTH MAY BE REQUIRED
TURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
SPACE
TURNING
TURNING SPACE
5'MIN.6'
PREFERRED,5'M
IN.
S
IDEWALK W
IDTH
RAM
P W
IDTH =
PUSH BUTTON
WITHOUT PEDESTRIAN
PUSH BUTTON
WITH PEDESTRIAN
PUSH BUTTON
WITH PEDESTRIAN
REVISED 08,2005
REVISED 06,2012
REVISED 01,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 01-2018
2% M
ax.
2% MAX
.2% M
ax.
2% M
ax.
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\ped18.dgn8/5/2020
DENTON
78FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 2 OF 4
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
PED-18
CURB RAMPS
PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES
CURB
BACK OF
2' MIN.
5' MAX.
(TYP)
SIDE CURB
DIRECTION
PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL
SPACE
TURNING
SURFACE
DETECTABLE WARNING
WARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN.
TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE
DIRECTIONAL CURB RAMP
CURB
BACK OFPERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP
WARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN.
TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE
(TYP)
SIDE FLARE
2'(MIN.)
SURFACE
DETECTABLE WARNING
DIRECTION
PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL
SPACE
TURNING
CURB
BACK OF
RAMPRAMP SPACE
TURNING
DIRECTION
PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL
SURFACE ON LANDING AT STREET EDGE.
TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE WARNING
PARALLEL CURB RAMP
2'(Min.)
SURFACE
DETECTABLE WARNING
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE DETAILS
*
FROM BACK OF CURB.
SHALL BE 5' OR LESS
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
BOTH ENDS OF THE
NOTE:
Standard
Division
Design
SPECIFICATIONS
CONFORM TO APPLICABLE
CLASS A CONCRETE - SHALL
WARNING PANEL
PREFABRICATED DETECTABLE
WITH TRUNCATED DOMES
DETECTABLE WARNING PAVER
(TYP)
SIDE FLARE
BOTH WAYS OR AS DIRECTED
NO.3 REBAR AT 18" (MAX) ON-CENTER
OF DETECTABLE WARNING
(MIN.) 5" DEPTH EXCLUSIVE
CURB RAMP AT DETECTIBLE WARNINGS
SECTION VIEW DETAIL
DETECTABLE WARNING PAVERS (IF USED)
DETECTABLE WARNING MATERIAL
CURB RAMPS
GENERAL NOTES
SIDEWALKS
RAMP
RAMP
34. Sidewalk details are shown elsewhere in the plans.
in accordance with Item, "Sidewalks".
"Intersections, Driveways and Turnouts". Sidewalks shall be constructed and paid for
33. Driveways and turnouts shall be constructed and paid for in accordance with Item
pedestrian routes.
32. Handrail extensions shall not protrude into the usable landing area or into intersecting
shall comply with PROWAG R409.
needed to protect pedestrians from potentially hazardous conditions. If provided, handrails
provided, handrails may be desirable to improve accessibility. Handrails may also be
the parallel roadway. Where a continuous grade greater than five percent (5%) must be
of sidewalks and crosswalks within the public right of way may follow the grade of
31. The least possible grade should be used to maximize accessibility. The running slope
30. Changes in level greater than 1/4 inch are not permitted.
29. Street grades and cross slopes shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans.
or clear ground space.
drainage facilities and other items so as not to obstruct the pedestrian access route
28. Place traffic signal or illumination poles, ground boxes, controller boxes, signs,
PROWAG section R406.
Operable parts shall be placed within unobstructed reach range specified in
Provide clear ground space at operable parts, including pedestrian push buttons.27.
(25%) of a full unit. Cut detectable warning paver units using a power saw.
26. Lay full-size units first followed by closure units consisting of at least 25 percent
Lay in a two by two unit basket weave pattern or as directed.
25. Furnish detectable warning paver units meeting all requirements of ASTM C-936, C-33.
warning surface for each curb ramp type.
24. Shaded areas on Sheet 1 of 4 indicate the approximate location for the detectable
back of curb. Detectable warning surfaces may be curved along the corner radius.
is at the back of curb and neither end of that edge is greater than 5 feet from the
23. Detectable warning surfaces shall be located so that the edge nearest the curb line
pedestrian access route enters the street.
of pedestrian travel, and extend the full width of the curb ramp or landing where the
22. Detectable warning surfaces shall be a minimum of 24 inches in depth in the direction
21. Detectable warning surfaces must be firm, stable and slip resistant.
with manufacturer's specifications.
DMS 4350 and be listed on the Material Producer List. Install products in accordance
20. Detectable Warning Materials must meet TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification
adjacent to uncolored concrete, unless specified elsewhere in the plans.
cast-in-place dark brown or dark red detectable warning surface material
adjoining surfaces, including side flares. Furnish and install an approved
truncated domes complying with PROWAG. The surface must contrast visually with
Curb ramps must contain a detectable warning surface that consists of raised19.
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:
C TxDOT:
ped18
MARCH,2002
DN:TxDOT DW:VP CK:KM CK:PK&JG
REVISED 08,2005
REVISED 06,2012
REVISED 01,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 01-2018
*
otherwise shown on the plans.
18. Existing features that comply with applicalble standards may remain in place unless
ramp for payment, whether it is concrete curb, gutter, or combined curb and gutter.
17. Curbs shown on sheet 1 within the limits of payment are considered part of the curb
16. Provide a smooth transition where the curb ramps connect to the street.
unless otherwise directed.
15. Furnish and install No. 3 reinforcing steel bars at 18" o.c. both ways,
otherwise directed.
14. Place concrete at a minimum depth of 5" for ramps, flares and landings, unless
"Sidewalks".
13. Curb ramps and landings shall be constructed and paid for in accordance with Item 531
crossing. Handrails are not required on curb ramps.
12. Provide curb ramps to connect the pedestrian access route at each pedestrian street
curb ramps shall align with theoretical crosswalks unless otherwise directed.
elsewhere in the plans. At intersections where crosswalk markings are not required,
11. Crosswalk dimensions, crosswalk markings and stop bar locations shall be as shown
top of curb ramps, shall be cut through level with the surface of the street.
10. Small channelization islands, which do not provide a minimum 5'x 5' landing at the
passage over or through them.
measured from back of curbs. Medians should be designed to provide accessible
9. To serve as a pedestrian refuge area, the median should be a minimum of 6' wide,
U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board).
Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right of Way (PROWAG) as published by the
texture may be found in the latest draft of the Proposed Guidelines for
8. Additional information on curb ramp location, design, light reflective value and
or otherwise protected.
the ramp, either because the adjacent surface is planted, substantially obstructed,
Returned curbs may be used only where pedestrians would not normally walk across
Flared sides shall be sloped at 10% maximum, measured parallel to the curb.
7. Provide flared sides where the pedestrian circulation path crosses the curb ramp.
within the crosswalk and wholly outside the parallel vehicular travel path.
6. Clear space at the bottom of curb ramps shall be a minimum of 4'x 4' wholly contained
5. Turning Spaces shall be 5'x 5' minimum. Cross slope shall be maximum 2%.
5'x 5' passing areas at intervals not to exceed 200' are required.
constraints, sidewalk width may be reduced to 4' for short distances.
a 6' sidewalk width is desirable. Where a 5' sidewalk cannot be provided due to site
4. The minimum sidewalk width is 5'. Where the sidewalk is adjacent to the back of curb,
3. Maximum allowable cross slope on sidewalk and curb ramp surfaces is 2%.
should be used. Adjust curb ramp length or grade of approach sidewalks as directed.
2. All slopes shown are maximum allowable. Cross slopes of 1.5% and lesser running
1. Install a curb ramp or blended transition at each pedestrian street crossing.
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\ped18.dgn8/5/2020
DENTON
79FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 3 OF 4
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
PED-18
CURB RAMPS
PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES
5'-0"
BETWEEN OBSTRUCTIONS
MIN. DISTANCE
(POLE, HYDRANT, ETC.)
OBSTRUCTIONCURB
2'-0"
OBSTRUCTION
MAX. LENGTH OF
CABINET, MAILBOX, ETC.)
OBSTRUCTION (CONTROLLER
OBSTRUCTION
4'MIN. AT
MIN.
5'SIDEWALKOBSTRUCTION
4'MIN. AT
MIN.
5'SIDEWALK
REQUIRED AT PUBLIC USE FIXTURES.
MINIMUM 4' X 4' CLEAR GROUND SPACE
NOTE: ITEMS NOT INTENDED FOR PUBLIC USE.
RANGE
CANE DETECTABLE
ZONE
PROTECTED
PROTECTED ZONE
53"
PROJECTION
4" MAX. WALL
27"
80"
PROTECTED ZONE
CAFE
PROJECTION
4" MAX. POST
OR WALL MOUNTED OBJECTS BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE SURFACE.
NOTE: IN PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION AREA, MAXIMUM 4" PROJECTION FOR POST
4' MI
N.
4' MIN.
SIDEWALK TREATMENT AT DRIVEWAYS
MAX.PHONE4"
GUIDE CANE
PEDESTRIAN WITH
27"
REQUIRE ADDITIONAL TREATMENT.
ARE DETECTABLE BY CANE AND DO NOT
PROTRUDING OBJECTS OF A HEIGHT 27"
AT THE BOTTOM TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM 4" OVERHANG.
AREA, CONSTRUCT ADDITIONAL CURB OR FOUNDATION
OF MORE THAN 4" INTO THE PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION
27" FROM THE SURFACE WOULD CREATE A PROTRUSION
WHEN AN OBSTRUCTION OF A HEIGHT GREATER THAN
27"MAX.
5'Min.
SETBACK SIDEWALK
VERTICAL CLEARANCE 80"
DETECTION BARRIER FOR
PLACEMENT OF STREET FIXTURES
PLAN VIEW
Standard
Division
Design
DRIVEWAY PAYMENT
MI
N.
5'APRON OFFSET SIDEWALK
APRONDRIVEWAY
DRIVEWAY PAYMENT
SIDES SHALL BE FLARED AT 10% MAX SLOPE.
WHERE DRIVEWAYS CROSS THE PEDESTRIAN ROUTE,*
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:
C TxDOT:
ped18
MARCH,2002
NON-WALKING SURFACE
PLANTING OR OTHER
NON-WALKING SURFACE
PLANTING OR OTHER
APRONDRIVEWAY
2
% MAX4'MI
N.5'USUAL2
% MAX4'MI
N.5'USUALDN:TxDOT DW:VP CK:KM CK:PK&JG
REVISED 08,2005
REVISED 06,2012
REVISED 01,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 01-2018
*
*
5'USUALWIDE SIDEWALK
APRONDRIVEWAY
4'MI
N.
DRIVEWAY PAYMENT
2
%MAX.
8.3% MAX
APRONDRIVEWAY MI
N.
5'MI
N.
5'
DRIVEWAY PAYMENT
8.3% MAX
2
%MAX.4'MI
N.5'US
UALRAMP SIDEWALK
*
*
**
**
**
DETECTABLE WARNING ARE NOT REQUIRED.
GRADE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5%. HANDRAIL AND
IF CURB HEIGHT IS GREATER THAN 6 INCHES, USE
NOTES:
TO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
CLEAR SPACE ADJACENT
CROSS SLOPE
MAXIMUM 2%
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\ped18.dgn8/5/2020
DENTON
80FILE:DATE:DISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.SHEET 4 OF 4
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
PED-18
CURB RAMPS
PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES
W/FREE RIGHT TURN & ISLAND
AT INTERSECTION
MIN.5'
STOP BAR
CROSSWALK
CROSSWALKSI
DEWALKTURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
TURNING SPACE
SHARED
5'X 5'(MIN.)
PUSH BUTTON (IF APPLICABLE).
DENOTES PREFERRED LOCATION OF PEDESTRIAN
NOT PART OF PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PATH.
DENOTES PLANTING OR NON-WALKING SURFACE
SHOWS DOWNWARD SLOPE.
LEGEND:
RAMP PLACEMENT
SPLIT RADIAL
SIDEWALK
CROSSWALK
SIDEWALK
SKEWED INTERSECTION WITH "LARGE" RADIUS
STOP BAR
TURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (TYP)
PREFERRED LOCATION OF
SPACES
MANEUVERING
4'X 4'(MIN.)
SIDEWALK
SIDEWALK
CROSSWALK
SKEWED INTERSECTION WITH "SMALL" RADIUS
STOP BAR
TURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
SPACES
MANEUVERING
4'X 4'(MIN.)
SIDEWALK
CROSSWALK
SIDEWALK
TURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
NORMAL INTERSECTION WITH "SMALL" RADIUS
STOP BAR
FROM CURB
SIDEWALK REMOTE
5'MIN.SIDEWALK
TO CURB
SIDEWALK ADJACENT
SIDEWALK
TURNING SPACE
5'X 5'(MIN.)
OBSTRUCTION
4'(MIN.) AT
PERPENDICULAR RAMPS
MID-BLOCK PLACEMENT
TO CURB
SIDEWALK ADJACENT
TO CURB
SIDEWALK ADJACENT
FROM CURB
SIDEWALK REMOTE
FROM CURB
SIDEWALK REMOTE
TO CURB
SIDEWALK ADJACENT
TO CURB
SIDEWALK ADJACENT
MANEUVERING SPACES
4'X 4'(MIN.)
6' PREFERRED.
5' MIN.
Standard
Division
Design
SEE SHEET 1 OF 4 FOR DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS
TYPICAL CROSSING LAYOUTS
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 06-29-2017
FILE:
C TxDOT:
ped18
MARCH,2002
DN:TxDOT DW:VP CK:KM CK:PK&JG
REVISED 08,2005
REVISED 06,2012
REVISED 01,2018
VINCENT J. PARKER: TXDOT ROADWAY CAD STANDARDS MANAGER 01-2018
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\repcp14.dgn8/5/2020DN:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
SHEET 1 OF 2
TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
HCDN:HC AN
C TxDOT:
GENERAL NOTES
* USE 12" SPACING AS FIRST AND LAST SPACING AT END OR SIDE FOR ALL BARS.
AND BAR SIZE
SLAB THICKNESS
(IN.)
T
SIZE
BAR
8.5
6.0
#5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
7.5
7.0
6.5
9.0
8.0
7.5
TIEBARSPAVEMENT
TYPE
JRCP
6.0
6.5
#610.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
#5<8.0
7.0
6.75
6.25
24.0
CRCP
(IN.)
SPACING
(IN.)
SPACING
8.5
6.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
9.0
8.0
7.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
6.75
6.25
12.0
>12.0
TABLE NO.1 STEEL BAR SIZE AND SPACING
LONGITUDINAL*TRANSVERSE*
REGULAR BARS
>8.0 #6 24.0 12.0
#5<8.0
>8.0 #6
CPCD NONE 12.0
NONE 12.0
BARS
(IN.)
SPACING
TIEBARS
(IN.)
SPACING
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
NONE
NONE
24
24
EXTENDED INTO THE REPAIR PATCH.
EXISTING CONCRETE. MIN.25"
MIN.10" EPOXY-GROUTED INTO
TOP OF DRILLED HOLES AT T/2.
TRANSVERSE TIEBARS -
10" MIN.
T/2
T/2
MIN.25" EXTENDED INTO THE REPAIR PATCH.
MIN.10" EPOXY-GROUTED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE.
BOTTOM OF DRILLED HOLES AT T/2.
LONGITUDINAL TIEBARS -
PLACED IN ONE LAYER AND TIED TO TIEBARS.
BAR LENGTH IS LENGTH OF REPAIR MINUS 2".
LONGITUDINAL BARS -
REPAIR PATCH
6' MIN.
NOTES
SEE GENERAL HALF OR FULL LANE WIDTHPLAN VIEW
SEE DETAIL A
BASE
RECOMPACTED
AND TIED TO TIEBARS.
MINUS 2". PLACED IN ONE LAYER
BAR LENGTH IS WIDTH OF REPAIR
TRANSVERSE BARS -
1.ITEM 361,"REPAIR OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT"SHALL GOVERN FOR THIS WORK.
"CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS."
OPERATION SHOULD BE RESTORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SHEET
3.EXISTING LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS REMOVED DUE TO REPAIR
1.ITEM 361,"REPAIR OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT"SHALL GOVERN FOR THIS WORK.
BE PLACED IN TWO STAGES DUE TO SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION.
2.MULTIPLE PIECE TIEBARS SHALL BE USED WHEN THE REPAIR AREA MUST
PAVEMENT EDGE AND TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE PAVEMENT.
TO BE REPAIRED. THE CUT SHALL BE MADE AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE
3.FULL DEPTH SAW CUTS SHALL BE MADE AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE AREA
EXISTING LONGITUDINAL JOINT.
4.AT LEAST ONE LONGITUDINAL FULL DEPTH SAW CUT SHALL BE AT AN
THE FULL DEPTH SAW CUT AT THE REPAIR EDGE.
TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF THE CONCRETE OR TO ALLEVIATE BINDING OF
5.ADDITIONAL SAW CUTS MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN THE AREA OF THE REPAIR
ENGINEER.
CLEANED AND FILLED WITH A CEMENTITIOUS GROUT APPROVED BY THE
6.THE SAW CUTS WHICH EXTEND OUTSIDE THE AREA OF THE REPAIR WILL BE
"CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS."
OPERATION SHOULD BE RESTORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SHEET
7.EXISTING LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS REMOVED DUE TO REPAIR
GENERAL NOTES
ENGINEER.
CLEANED AND FILLED WITH A CEMENTITIOUS GROUT APPROVED BY THE
2.THE SAW CUTS WHICH EXTEND OUTSIDE THE AREA OF THE REPAIR WILL BE
GROUTED TIEBARS & REINFORCEMENT
DETAIL A
FULL-DEPTH REPAIR OF CRCP, JRCP, AND CPCD
A A
PLAN VIEW
SECTION A-A
T
12" MIN.12" MIN.DISTRESSED CONCRETE
SAW CUT REPAIR BOUNDARIES
SOUND CONCRETE
SOUND CONCRETE
SOUND CONCRETE
LONGITUDINAL STEEL BARS:
DO NOT SAW-CUT STEEL BARS.
SAW CUT DEPTH: MIN.1 1/2"
DO NOT SAW-CUT STEEL BARS.
SAW CUT DEPTH: MIN.1 1/2"
BE MADE.
THE REMOVAL OPERATIONS. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL
AS DIRECTED IF LONGITUDINAL STEEL BARS WERE DAMAGED BY
*INCREASE THE REPAIR AREA AND PERFORM A FULL-DEPTH REPAIR
VOLUMES OF REPAIR AREAS OR CHANGES IN SCOPE OF WORK.
AS APPROVED. COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR UNEXPECTED
REPAIR IF EXPOSED EXISTING LONGITUDINAL BARS ARE DEFICIENT,
CONCRETE. SWITCH THE HALF-DEPTH REPAIR TO FULL-DEPTH
*REPAIR AREAS MAY BE ADJUSTED AFTER REMOVING DISTRESSED
ONLY SOUND CONCRETE IS LEFT IN PLACE.
CLEAN THE AREA BY APPROVED METHODS.
REMOVE ALL LOOSE MATERIALS AND
REPAIR OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
HALF-DEPTH REPAIR
DECEMBER 2014
repcp14.dgn
REPCP-14TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:81
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\repcp14.dgn8/5/2020DN:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
SHEET 2 OF 2
TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
HCDN:HC AN
C TxDOT:
A A
PLAN VIEW
SECTION A-A
LENGTH
T
• DOWEL
TO PREVENT BOND
COAT ENTIRE DOWEL
38" MIN.38" MIN.HALF OR FULL LANE WIDTHPATCH
REPAIR
PATCH
REPAIR
EXTENDED INTO THE REPAIR PATCH.
EXISTING CONCRETE. MIN.25"
MIN.10" EPOXY-GROUTED INTO
TOP OF DRILLED HOLES AT T/2.
TRANSVERSE TIEBARS -
STOP TIEBARS ABOUT 4" FROM THE DOWEL ASSEMBLY.
WHICH WILL PREVENT BONDING TO THE CONCRETE.
JOB SITE.COAT ENTIRE DOWEL BAR WITH A MATERIAL
DELIVER PREFABRICATED DOWEL ASSEMBLIES TO THE
SEE TABLE NO.2 FOR DOWEL BAR SIZE AND SPACING.
SMOOTH DOWEL BARS
T/2
T/2
T/2
38" MIN.JOINT
TRANSVERSE
10" MIN.
MIN.25" EXTENDED INTO THE REPAIR PATCH.
MIN.10" EPOXY-GROUTED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE.
BOTTOM OF DRILLED HOLES AT T/2.
LONGITUDINAL TIEBARS
JOINT SEALS: METHOD A OR B
SAW CUT DEPTH: T/3
TIEBARS
SMOOTH DOWEL BARS
NOTES
SEE GENERAL
BE PLACED IN TWO STAGES DUE TO SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION.
2.MULTIPLE PIECE TIEBARS SHALL BE USED WHEN THE REPAIR AREA MUST
PAVEMENT EDGE AND TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE PAVEMENT.
TO BE REPAIRED. THE CUT SHALL BE MADE AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE
3.FULL DEPTH SAW CUTS SHALL BE MADE AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE AREA
EXISTING LONGITUDINAL JOINT.
4.AT LEAST ONE LONGITUDINAL FULL DEPTH SAW CUT SHALL BE AT AN
THE FULL DEPTH SAW CUT AT THE REPAIR EDGE.
TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF THE CONCRETE OR TO ALLEVIATE BINDING OF
5.ADDITIONAL SAW CUTS MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN THE AREA OF THE REPAIR
ENGINEER.
CLEANED AND FILLED WITH A CEMENTITIOUS GROUT APPROVED BY THE
6.THE SAW CUTS WHICH EXTEND OUTSIDE THE AREA OF THE REPAIR WILL BE
"CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS, JOINT SEALS."
OPERATION SHOULD BE RESTORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SHEET
7.EXISTING LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS REMOVED DUE TO REPAIR
1.ITEM 361,"REPAIR OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT"SHALL GOVERN FOR THIS WORK.
BASE
RECOMPACTED
BASE
RECOMPACTED
TRANSVERSE JOINT
GROUTED TIEBARS & DOWELS
DETAIL B
REPAIR OF TRANSVERSE JOINT OF CPCD
SEE DETAIL B
>
PAVEMENT
THICKNESS LENGTH
TABLE NO. 2 DOWELS (SMOOTH BARS)
SPACINGSIZE AND DIA.
#8 (1 IN.)
#10 (1‚IN.)10
(INCHES)
<10
(IN.)(IN.)
18.0 12.0
BASKETS ARE USED, REMOVE THE SHIPPING WIRES.
AND VERTICALLY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. WHERE DOWEL BAR
8.DOWEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1/4 IN. HORIZONTALLY
GENERAL NOTES
REPAIR OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
DECEMBER 2014
REPCP-14
repcp14.dgnDISCLAIMER:The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.82
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\rlstd027-18.dgn8/5/20201:49:53 PMStandard
Division
Bridge
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT MPM JTR TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONTMarch 2018
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:ACP
Base Material
Optional casting against4" Max2'-9" Min1'-0" MinConst Jt
soil, top 6" formed
H(#5)
R(#4) at 8"Min6""211
1'-0"
Min
SSTR Rail
except as noted
1
T551 Rail
TRAFFIC RAIL FOUNDATION
2
3
(Showing T551 & SSTR Rails, other Bridge Rails similar)
4
5
5
5Reinforcing
Anchorage
Rail
2" (Typ)
3" Min RLB1
LB2RB
RCC1L
C2LAA1L
A2L
DEVELOPED SURFACE-A
DEVELOPED SURFACE-B 1.845'0.705'3.056'
(T551 Type Rail)
(T551 Type Rail)
DEVELOPED SURFACE-C
(SSTR Rail)
1
2
3
4
5
Abut WingwallOR to O.S.of RailRand other end treatment.
typical MBGF connection
See Railing details for
See Plan Sheets for length.
for connection to MBGF.
4'-0" is recommended
Minimum straight extension of
Surface C (SSTR Rail)
Bridge
Type Rails)
Surface A (T551
Type Rails)
Surface B (T551
Between joints
33'-0" Max
15'-0" Min
CURVED T551 & SSTR TYPE RAILING AT BRIDGE ENDS
10 16.69 17.61
ft ft ft ft ft ft ft ft ft
15 24.54 25.46
20 32.40 33.31
25 40.25 41.17
30 48.11 49.02
Reference
to back of Rail
Radius
R L L L L
Arc Length Arc LengthRadius
RAAA21B B B12
TABLE OF DEVELOPED SURFACES
DIMENSIONS FOR = 90O
L L
Arc LengthRadius
RC C C12
Radius R (ft)
A R
A1 R
A2 R
B R
B1 R
B2 R
C R
C1 R
C2 R
8
9A1R
R
1.021'
1.417'
0.813'
LA1
LA2
LB2
LB1
1.845'
Surface A
Reference
RRadius R
SECTION A-A
(T551 Type Rails)
vertical
Form toe
95.76
140.04
184.32
228.60
272.88
16.99
24.84
32.69
40.55
48.40
17.31
25.17
33.02
40.87
48.73
19.63
28.54
37.44
46.35
55.25
17.31
25.17
33.02
40.87
48.73
17.93
25.79
33.64
41.50
49.35
55.66
81.86
108.05
134.25
160.44
R =8.8560(R +0.813')R =1.7811(R +1.021')R =5.2389(R +0.625')
an aid in constructing forms for curved SSTR & Type T551 Railing.
for included 0 angles other than 90°. The dimensions are intended as
The linear ratio may be used to obtain the above arc length dimensions
T551 TYPE RAILS SSTR RAIL
DESIGN GUIDANCE:
GENERAL NOTES:
MATERIAL NOTES:
SECTION A-A
LC1
LC2
3.056'
Surface C
1.208'
0.625'
Reference
RRadius R
0.705'
Surface B
(SSTR Rail)
TRAFFIC RAIL
FOUNDATION AND
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
TRF
L =1.5708(R +0.813')
L =1.5708(R +1.021')
L =1.5708(R +1.021')
L =1.5708(R +1.417')
L =1.5708(R +0.625')
L =1.5708(R +1.208')
Example: For R = 10' & 80° ~ L = 16.99( / )
83
may be added as shown in plans.
Additional tangent extension on foundation
A
A
conditions.
must be appropriate for the speed and site
The use of curved rail sections at bridge ends
Cover dimensions are clear dimensions, unless noted otherwise.
Excavation will be subsidiary to other Items.
foot which includes the concrete and reinforcement.
The associated bridge railing will be paid for by the linear
information only.
Reinforcing steel quantities shown are for contractor's
Class "C" (HPC) concrete.
Payment for railing foundations will be by CY of Class "C" or
project.
as necessary to apply to specific installations required on the
anchorage situations but may be included in the plans, modified
This detail is intended for use as a guide to unusual railing
grade intersections.
necessity of curved MBGF at the ends of bridges adjacent to
The primary use of the curved railing detail is to avoid the
See Railing standards for details not shown.
Poor soil conditions will require suitably deeper foundations.
with the assumption of fair to good soil support conditions.
is based on the current AASHTO bridge railing requirements
concrete bridge barrier type railings. The design resistance
The foundations indicated are suitable for mounting typical
Epoxy coated ~ #5 = 3'-6"
Uncoated or galvanized ~ #5 = 2'-4"
Provide bar laps, where required, as follows:
elsewhere.
Epoxy coat or galvanize all reinforcing steel if required
Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel.
elsewhere.
Provide Class "C" concrete. Provide Class "C" (HPC) if required
See applicable bridge rail standard.
extending rail anchorage 12" Min, vertically, into traffic rail foundation.
Modify reinforcement on standard bridge rail anchorage if necessary by
1'-9" for Bridge Rail Types: T224, C412, T66, C66, T80HT and T80SS.
1'-6" for Bridge Rail Types: All rails except for T224, C412, T66, C66, T80HT and T80SS.
Approximate Footing Concrete = 0.16 CY/LF and Reinforcement = 12.0 LB/LF.
1'-7" for Bridge Rail Types: T224, C412, T66, C66, T80HT and T80SS.
Approximate Footing Concrete = 0.14 CY/LF and Reinforcement = 11.5 LB/LF.
1'-4" for Bridge Rail Types: All rails except for T224, C412, T66, C66, T80HT and T80SS.
Stirrup hook length is 5". (Typ)
rlstd027-18.dgn
MBGF
STANDARD
BEGIN END PAYMENT FOR SGT
16"
50'-9 •" STANDARD INSTALLATION LENGTH (MASH TL-3 SoftStop)
6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"6'-3"5'-8"4'-7"B
B
6'-1…"
PLAN VIEW
MASH TEST LEVEL 3 (TL-3) LENGTH OF SoftStop TERMINAL (50'-9 •")
LINE AT THE BACK OF POST #2 THRU #8
BEGIN LENGTH OF NEED
31"
HEIGHT
RAIL
ELEVATION VIEW
PN:15204A
ANCHOR PADDLE
(4 PLIES)
W-BEAM FLATTENED
PN: 15202G
ANGLE STRUT
PN: 15204A
ANCHOR PADDLE
APPROACH GRADING AT GUARDRAIL END TREATMENTS
6'- 1 …"
PN:15202G
ANGLE STRUT
PN:3340G
†" HEX NUTS
PN:3360G
GR BOLTS
(8) †"x 1- ‚"
HARDWARE FOR POST(2) THRU POST(8)
SEE NOTE:C
25'-0" DOWNSTREAM W-BEAM GUARDRAIL PN:61G
3'-1 •"
6 "‚
(2)•" X 6'-9 †"
OUTSIDE SLOTS CUTOUT
DEPTH
POST
PN:3340G
†" HEX NUTS
PN:3360G
HGR BOLTS
(8) †"x 1- ‚"
(1) †" HGR HEX NUT PN:3340G
(1) †"x 10" HGR BOLT PN:3500G
POST(3)
POST(3)
POST(8)POST(7)POST(6)POST(5)POST(4)
POST(8)POST(7)POST(6)POST(5)POST(4)
AT (POSTS 2 THRU 8)
STANDARD WOOD BLOCKOUTS (6"X8"X14") PN:4076B
NOTE: STEEL I-BEAM POST W6 X 8.5 (6'-0") PN:533G
†" HGR NUT PN:3340G
†" X 10" HGR BOLT PN:3500G
A
A
MASH - TL-3
SOFTSTOP END TERMINAL
TRINITY HIGHWAY
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\sgt10s3116.dgn8/5/2020DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:KM
Standard
Division
Design
C TxDOT:
VPTxDOT
1
1
7
1
HARDWARE
1
2
6777B
15204A
15207G
15206G
15201G
15202G
1
2
4
2
1
3
6
1
2
7
1
1
4
16
25
4902G
3908G
3717G
3701G
3704G
3360G
3340G
3500G
3391G
4489G
4372G
105285G
105286G
3240G
3245G
15852B
4076B 7
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
15208A
15215G
61G
15205A
15203G
15000G
533G
1
QTY MAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTSPART
TRAFFIC FLOW
TRAFFIC FLOW
HEIGHT
POST
40"
32"
REPLACE THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL.
SoftStop END TERMINAL, IT IS NOT INTENDED TO
THIS STANDARD IS A BASIC REPRESENTATION OF THE
NOTE:
PN:15204A
PADDLE
ANCHOR
ANCHOR KEEPER PLATE (24 GA)
ANCHOR PLATE WASHER ( •" THICK )
ANCHOR PADDLE
ANGLE STRUT
ANCHOR POST ANGLE (10" LONG)
POST #1 - (SYTP) (4'- 9 •")
POST #2 - (SYTP) (6'- 0")
SoftStop HEAD (SEE MANUAL FOR RIGHT-LEFT APPROACH)
PN:15215G
ANCHOR RAIL
END OF
GENERAL NOTES
PN:15215G
RAIL 25'-0"
DEPTH
POST
(TYP 1-8)
31"
HEIGHT
RAIL
PN:61G
RAIL 25'-0"
ANCHOR RAIL WITH SLOTS - (THREADED THRU HEAD)
SEE SoftStop MANUAL FOR COMPLETE DETAILS
MBGF LAPPED IN DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW
GENERAL NOTE:6
SEE
BLOCKOUT
ALTERNATE
†" x 9" HEX HD BOLT A325
1" ROUND WASHER F436
ƒ" x 2 •" HEX BOLT A325
Š" x 2 •" HEX HD BOLT GR-5
Š" x 1 •" HEX HD BOLT GR-5
†" WASHER F436
†" x 1 ƒ" HEX HD BOLT A325
†" x 10" HGR POST BOLT A307
ƒ" ROUND WASHER F436
Š" ROUND WASHER (WIDE)
HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING - SEE NOTE:B
& NOTE:B
SEE GN(3)
SoftStop FACE
FROM THE CENTERLINE OF POST(1) & POST(0)
DETAIL
SEE 2
DETAIL
SEE 3
PN: 15205A
6'-5 …"
POST(0)
PN: 15000G
6'-0" (SYTP)
POST(2)
PN: 15203G
4'-9 •" SYTP
POST(1)
NOTE: DO NOT BOLT ANCHOR RAIL PANEL TO POST(2)
Ž "
HOLES
YIELDING
DIA.Ž "
HOLES
YIELDING
DIA.
3
AT POST(0)
DETAIL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL (LATEST REV.)
NOTE:
SEE A
NOTE:
SEE A
JULY 2016
RAIL OFFSET
2'-0" MAX.
MBGF
STANDARD
5'-0" 50' APPROACH GRADING
2'-0"
APPROX 5'-10"
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
Š" HEX NUT A563 GR.DH
ƒ" HEAVY HEX NUT A563 GR.DH
1" HEAVY HEX NUT A563 GR.DH
NOTE: ADJUST WIDTH ACCORDINGLY WHEN OFFSET IS USED. (OFFSET "OPTION" SHOWN)
FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE.
SEE PRODUCT ASSEMBLY MANUAL
(1V:10H OR FLATTER)
APPROACH GRADING
3'-1 •"(+/-)
ELIMINATED FOR SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS, IF DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
FROM ENCROACHING ON THE SHOULDER. THE FLARE MAY BE DECREASED OR
A FLARE RATE OF UP TO 25:1 MAY BE USED TO PREVENT THE TERMINAL HEAD 12.
BE CURVED.
11. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE GUARDRAIL WITHIN THE SoftStop SYSTEM
10. DO NOT ATTACH THE SoftStop SYSTEM DIRECTLY TO A RIGID BARRIER.
GRADE LINE OR WITH AN UPWARD TILT.
9. IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO INSTALL THE SoftStop IMPACT HEAD PARALLEL TO THE
8. POSTS SHALL NOT BE SET IN CONCRETE.
AND REFER TO THE LATEST ROADWAY MBGF STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION GUIDANCE.
7. IF SOLID ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED SEE THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUAL
DIVISION MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL) FOR CERTIFIED PRODUCERS.
MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR BLOCKOUTS OF SIMILAR DIMENSIONS. SEE CONSTRUCTION
6. A COMPOSITE MATERIAL BLOCKOUT THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF DMS-7210,
ITEM 445,"GALVANIZING". FITTINGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE BID ITEM.
5. HARDWARE (BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ROADWAY MOW STRIP STANDARD.
4. FOR POST (LEAVE-OUT) INSTALLATION AND GUIDANCE SEE TXDOT'S LATEST
OBJECT MARKER SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED IN TEXAS MUTCD.
FRONT FACE OF THE DEVICE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
3. APPLY HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, "OBJECT MARKER" ON THE
SoftStop END TERMINAL, PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY MANUAL. PN:620237B
2. FOR INSTALLATION, REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE REFER TO THE;
2525 N. STEMMONS FREEWAY, DALLAS, TX 75207
OF THE SYSTEM, CONTACT: TRINITY HIGHWAY AT 1(888)323-6374.
1. FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION REGARDING INSTALLATION AND TECHNICAL GUIDANCE
(1) 1 ƒ" X 6'-10 ‚"
MIDDLE SLOT CUTOUT
6'-3"6'-3"
I-BEAM POST PN:15205A
6'-5 …" (W6 X 15)
6'-3"
†" x 1 ‚" W-BEAM RAIL SPLICE BOLTS HGR
†" W-BEAM RAIL SPLICE NUTS HGR
BLOCKOUT - COMPOSITE (4" x 7 •" x 14")
BLOCKOUT - WOOD (ROUTED) (6" x 8" x 14")
POST #0 - ANCHOR POST (6'- 5 ‡")
POST #3 THRU #8 - I-BEAM (W6 x 8.5) (6'- 0")
SoftStop DOWNSTREAM W-BEAM RAIL (12GA) (25'- 0")
(TYP) PN:3704G
(2) ƒ" HEX NUT
(TYP) PN:3701G
(4) ƒ" FLAT WASHER
(TYP) PN:3717G
(2) ƒ" x 2 •" HEX BOLT
PN:15201G
POST ANGLE
(2) ANCHOR
I-BEAM POST PN: 533G
6'-0" (W6 X 8.5)
32"
40"
PN:3340G
†" HGR NUT
PN:3500G
HGR POST BOLT
†" X 10"
31"
HEIGHT
RAILHEIGHT
POST
GRADE
FINISHED
6, 7 & 8)
(3, 4, 5,
LINE POST
HEIGHT
POST
POST(2)
32"
40"
PN:3340G
†" HGR NUT
PN:3500G
HGR POST BOLT
†" X 10"
31"
HEIGHT
RAIL
GRADE
FINISHED
B-BSECTION VIEW
25'-0"
W-BEAM RAIL
25'-0"
W-BEAM RAILBLOCKOUT WOOD
6" X 8" X 14" BLOCKOUT WOOD
6" X 8" X 14"
(SYTP) I-BEAM POST PN:15000G
6'-0" (W6 X 8.5)
NOTE: DO NOT BOLT ANCHOR RAIL PANEL TO POST(2)
A-ASECTION VIEW
STANDARD WOOD BLOCKOUT
W6 X 8.5 I-BEAM POST SHOWING
NOTE: NO BLOCKOUT INSTALLED AT POST(1)
POST(1 & 2)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
PN:15207G
PLATE (24 GA)
ANCHOR KEEPER
Ž "
HOLES
YIELDING
DIA.
(SYTP) I-BEAM POST PN:15203G
4'-9 •" (W6 X 8.5)
FRONT VIEW POST(1)
NOTE: NO BLOCKOUT INSTALLED AT POST(1)
HEIGHT
POST 17"- •"
4'- 9 •"
POST(1)
40"
PN 3340G
HGR HEX NUT
(1) †"
DETAIL
PN 3391G
HEX HD BOLT
(1) †" x 1 ƒ"
PN 4372G
(2) †" WASHERS
PN: 15202G
ANGLE STRUT
NEAR GROUND
SHOWN AT POST(1)
1 PN:3240G
ROUND WASHERS
(2) Š"
PN:105286
HD BOLT-GR-5
(1) Š" x 1- •" HEX
HEX NUT
(1) Š"
DETAIL 2
SHOWN AT POST(1)
PN:105285G
HD BOLT GR-5
(2) Š" x 2 •" HEX
(WIDE) PN:3240G
(2) Š" ROUND WASHER
F463 PN:4902G
1" ROUND WASHER
PN:3245G
A563 GR.DH
(2) Š" HEX NUT
•" THICK PN:15206G
ANCHOR PLATE WASHER
SGT(10S)31-16
84
sgt10s3116
620237B
SoftStop ANCHOR RAIL (12GA) WITH CUTOUT SLOTS
SoftStop ANCHOR RAIL (12GA) PN:15215G
KEEPER PLATE.
BUT NOT DEFORMING THE
AFTER FINAL ASSEMBLY,
BE SECURELY TIGHTENED
1" NUT PN:3908G SHALL
NOTE:A
NOTE:B
NOTE:C
PART PN:5851B LEFT-SIDE (HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING)
PART PN:5852B RIGHT-SIDE (HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING)
LAP GUARDRAIL IN DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW.
ANCHOR RAIL 25'-0" PN:15215G
GUARDRAIL PANEL 25'-0" PN:61G
W-BEAM SPLICE LOCATED BETWEEN LINE POST(4)AND LINE POST(5)
VARY FROM 3-ƒ" MIN. TO 4" MAX. ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.
THE INSTALLATION HEIGHT OF FULLY ASSEMBLED ANCHOR POST WILL
MB/VP
CREATED BY VINCENT PARKER MANAGER FOR TxDOT STATEWIDE CAD STANDARDS [7-13-2016]
CREATED BY VINCENT PARKER MANAGER FOR TxDOT STATEWIDE CAD STANDARDS [7-13-2016]
POST(1)POST(0)
DETAIL
SEE 1
DO NOT BOLT
ANCHOR RAIL TO - POST (2)
14"
8"6"POST(2)
ANCHOR RAIL TO
DO NOT BOLT
NOTE:
Ž "
GRADE
FINISHED
PN:3340G
†" HGR NUT
PN:4076B
WOOD
BLOCKOUT
6" X 8" X 14"
PN:6777B
COMPOSITE
BLOCKOUT
4" X 7 •" X 14"
SEE GENERAL NOTE:6
ALTERNATE BLOCKOUT
PN:3500G
HGR POST BOLT
†" X 10"
LOCATED IN FLANGES
DIAMETER YIELDING HOLES
AT FINISHED GRADE)
(HOLES APROXIMATELY CENTERED
POST(2)
ANCHOR RAIL TO
DO NOT BOLT TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\sscb1f10.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT
#4 Rebar
V1 Bar
8"
CL
GENERAL NOTES
Barrier is Symmetrical About the Center Line
Ends
at Barrier
2"Cover
Spaced @ 1'- 0" C-C
V1 Bars (#4)
(See General Note 6).
Drainage Slots, as required
3'Long X 3"Deep (Min.)
1 •"
BARRIER
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER
(SSCB)(42")
(#5)
H1 Bars(#4)
V1 Bar
ELEVATION VIEW
END VIEW
if required
Conduit Pin2" Bending 5"
3" min. from V1 Bars
The weight of Cast-in-Place (SSCB)42" is approx. 717 lbs per ft.
Cast-in-Place (SSCB)(Type 2)on Roadway
for lateral support
equivalent required
1" of ACP (Typ) or
(Top & Sides)1 ƒ "2"LC
SECTION E-ED
D
E E
ELEVATION
(#4)
V1 Bars
SECTION D-D
ANCHOR DETAIL
for reinforcement
See Anchor Detail
No. 2 spiral at 6"
pitch (one flat turn
top and bottom)
6 bars
2" clear cover
reinforcement
See Elevation Detail for
5'- 0"
open joint
1 ƒ" max
1" min
Dia
1'- 6" 4'- 0" Usual6" pitchinside of concrete
barrier reinforcement
required to clear
field bend as
6 bars1'- 0"2"Conduit if
required
1'- 6" DiaANCHOR DETAIL
SSCB(1F)-10
SSCB (Type 1)
Cast-in-Place
ANCHOR LOCATION
(WWR) General Notes
(WWR) Option for Bars V1 and H1
Welded Wire Reinforcement Equal Spaces of 3"5"
ƒ " Min.
1 • " Max.Pin2" BendingD20 Horizontal(WWR) 1'- 8 • "(4" min, to 6" max)at 12" C-C.
D14 Vertical wires
100 ft.(max).
Placed at
Expansion Joints
1" min.
1 ƒ " max.
every open joint.
shaft required on each side of
over 1" ACP key-in. One drill
the equivalent lateral support
Drilled Shaft Anchors are
Note:
(FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT)
(TYPE 1)
or #8 Galv. Bars
Galv. Smooth Dowels
(3) 1" Dia. x 36" Lg.
Bridge Deck
or CRCP
Material
Compressive
2"
1" Min
Dowel locations
END VIEW21"14"7"EXPANSION JOINT (Dowel Connection)
cap end of PVC
(Sch. 80), Tape or
1 ‚ " PVC Pipe
December 2010
AM BD
LC
1ƒ "Max
Embed
1'- 8"
PVC Pipe
1'- 6"
where the barrier could be laterally displaced.
Dowels may be used, as directed by the Engineer, in locations
edge and top clearances.
may be cut or bent to accommodate the
Reinforcement around the drainage slots
of the finished grade.
Bottom of reinforement cage may rest on top
Note:3'- 4 ‚ "CAST-IN-PLACE
A
LC42"24"
for the proper reinforcement and anchorage.
8. For locations where lighting is required, see the SSCB(4) sheet
Do not weld to anchorage.
tack welded to the reinforcement cage to provide cage stability.
7. Cast-in-place barrier may be slip formed. Bracing may be tied or
geometric changes to the barrier face.
on the SSCB may be increased to a maximum of 5 inches, without
elsewhere, or as directed by the Engineer. Drainage slot heights
6. Drainage slot locations (12'- 0", C-C Min. Spacing) are shown
5. Top edges of CIP barrier shall have a ƒ " chamfer or tooled radius.
4. The Anchorage shown is considered subsidiary to the bid item.
Traffic Barrier".
3. These details cover barrier per Item 514,"Permanent Concrete
conform to ASTM A615.
2. Where used, rebar reinforcement shall be Grade 60 and
the plans.
1. Concrete shall be Class C. Unless otherwise specified in
or tooled radius.
shall have ƒ " chamfer
Top edges of CIP barrier
sscb1f10.dgn
lap length of 12".
3. Weled wire spilce locations shall have a "minimum" splice
drainage slots, as directed by the Engineer.
2. Welded wire cage may be cut and bent to accommodate the
to ASTM A497.
1. Deformed Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR) shall conform
the barrier section to the first wire shall not exceed 3".
as directed by the Engineer. The dimension from the end of
4. Combinations of reinforcing steel and WWR will be permitted,
(See required connection "Type" elsewhere in the plans)
barrier, to match the precast barrier connection.
Joint connection "Types" may be used in Cast-in-Place
Cast-in-Place barrier may be connected to precast SSCB.
85
CAST-IN-PLACE (CIP) BARRIER
6"
Cast-In-Place (CIP) or Slip-Formed (SSCB)
depending on barrier height
H1 Bars (#5) Equally spaced
Longitudinal Reinforcement
(IN.)
HEIGHT
BARRIER
A B C
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
42
48
54
40 ‚
46 ‚
52 ‚
22 ƒ
25 ˆ
24
26 ‚
28 •
20 •
and reinforcement dimensions accordingly.
to 48" or 54". This would increase the barrier
(SSCB)(42") Barrier height may be increased
B
C
Standard
Division
DesignTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT CONT
tehmac11.dgn
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\tehmac11.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT
(NOT TO SCALE)
January 2011
RL KB
TE(HMAC)-11
86
GENERAL NOTES
:
SCREED IS NOT REQUIRED.
SURFACE. ADDITIONAL COMPACTING EFFORT BEHIND THE
ATTACHMENT CAPABLE OF PRODUCING A SMOOTH COMPACTED
5. THE TAPERED EDGE SHALL BE PRODUCED BY USE OF A SCREED
FLATTER.
4. THE SLOPE OF THE TAPERED EDGE SHALL BE 1.75H 1V OR
APPLICABLE ITEMS IN THE CONTRACT.
3. PAYMENT FOR TAPERED EDGE WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
PAVEMENT DETAILS, SEE TYPICAL SECTIONS.
2. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION REGARDING THE ROADSIDE AND
THAN 2.5".
THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT AND FOR THICKNESS OF HMAC LESS
IS PERMISSIBLE FOR HMAC PLACED GREATER THAN 5" BELOW
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS, A VERTICAL EDGE LANE OR SHLDR
SUBGRADE LAYER
HMAC LAYER TOTAL THICKNESS
EXIST. PVMT OR BASE LAYER
SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR ROADSIDE DETAILS
2.5" OR LESS
REQUIRED
NO TAPERED EDGE
THIN HMAC SURFACES OR HMAC OVERLAY
WITH THICKNESS OF 2.5" OR LESS
LANE OR SHLDR
BASE LAYER
SUBGRADE LAYER
HMAC LAYER
SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR ROADSIDE DETAILS
OF ALL HMAC LAYERS
TOTAL THICKNESS(T)
NEW OR RECONSTRUCTED PAVEMENT
HMAC THICKNESS 2.5" TO 5"
TAPERED EDGE
1.75 (T)
MAX.
LANE OR SHLDR
HMAC LAYER
TAPERED EDGE
EXISTING PAVEMENT
SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR ROADSIDE DETAILS
OF ALL HMAC LAYERS
TOTAL THICKNESS(T)
OVERLAY OF EXISTING PAVEMENT
HMAC THICKNESS 2.5" TO 5"
1.75 (T)
MAX.
THE VARIOUS BID ITEMS.
OF TAPERED EDGE. THIS WORK IS SUBSIDIARY TO
PRODUCE A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE FOR PLACEMENT
EXISTING ROADSIDE EMBANKMENT TO BE GRADED TO
LANE OR SHLDR
BASE LAYER
SUBGRADE LAYER
HMAC LAYER
OF ALL HMAC LAYERS
TOTAL THICKNESS
SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR ROADSIDE DETAILS
NEW OR RECONSTRUCTED PAVEMENT
HMAC THICKNESS 5" OR GREATER
TAPERED EDGE
:
OR FLATTER
1.75H 1V
9"
Standard
Division
Design
HMAC PAVEMENT
TAPERED EDGE DETAILSTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:CONDITION - 1
CONDITION - 2
CONDITION - 4
CONDITION - 3
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\rlstd014-19.dgn8/5/20201:49:59 PMStandard
Division
Bridgeof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT JTR TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONTSeptember 2019
SHEET 1 OF 2
Wingwall
of Abut
Limits
(Varies)
Wingwall Length
5'-0" Min
" Min41
" Max43
Same as Slab Same as Slab
Jt Opening Jt Opening
for payment
End of Bridge Rail
ROADWAY ELEVATION OF RAIL
Joint (See Detail)
L Intermediate WallC
Opening
6"INTERMEDIATE WALL JOINT DETAIL
Tool V groove
Form to here.
C
Connector
Terminal
L Thrie-Beam
1 2
3'-6"
Vertical Taper1'-1"3'-0"
1'-8"8"
Rail Offset
End of Back of
5" R
"16133 1'-9"Taper Height(Varies)ELEVATION
C
Slab or CRCP
Approach~~Wingwall
Top of Abut
SECTION
Connector
Terminal
L Thrie-Beam
1
4
2
2
3
4
TERMINAL CONNECTION DETAILS
R(#4)
Bars S Spa ~ 2"2"2"
Joint Opening
Same as Slab
ELEVATION SHOWING TYPICAL REINFORCING PLACEMENT
" Min41
" Max43
2"
at taper
1" cover
to maintain
as necessary
reinforcing
Field bend
Joint (See Detail)
L Intermediate WallC2"
(Typ)
6" Max Spa 6" Max Spa
S(#4)
S(#4)
Wingwall
Top of Abut2"
(Typ)
at 6" Max
WU(#4)U(#4) at 6" Max
R(#4)4
1
2
3
4
TRAFFIC RAIL
SINGLE SLOPE
TYPE SSTR
Concrete Panel Length Concrete Panel Length
AT ABUTMENTS AT BENTS WITH SLAB EXP JOINTS AT BENTS WITHOUT SLAB EXP JOINTS
or Controlled Joint
Construction JointJoint (See Detail)
Intermediate Wall
Provide at all interior bents without slab expansion joints.
or Controlled Joint
Construction Joint
87
beyond nut. Paint ends of cut-off bolts with Zinc-rich paint.
"43the MBGF Transition. Cut bolts off after installation so as to extend no more than
distributed pattern so to prevent damage or distortion of the Thrie-Beam Connection and
sidewalks are adjacent to back of rail. Tighten the 5 Terminal Connection Bolts in a well
to avoid bolt holes and recesses. Bolt recesses are only required when pedestrian
Percussion drilling is not permitted. Adjust placement of reinforcing steel as necessary
" Dia x 2" deep recesses. Form or core holes and recesses.21� 5 ~ 1" Dia holes and 2
when Terminal Connections are required.
Bars S(#4) and centered 2'-0" from end of rail
Place 4 additional Bars R(#4) 3'-8" in length inside
be continued to the end of the railing.
Back of rail offset may, with Engineer's approval,
Increase 2" for structures with Overlay.
unless otherwise shown in the plans.
to the bridge rail and extend along the embankment
Fence". Attach Metal Beam Guard Fence Transitions
to be paid for under the Item "Metal Beam Guard
Terminal Connectors and associated hardware are
rlstd014-19.dgnFootprintJoint
Expansion
L Slab
C
C
of Slab.
Outside Edge
Abut Wingwall
of Slab or
Outside Edge
Traffic Side of Rail
L Concrete Rail FootprintC
RailExample showing Slab Expansion Joints without breakbacks.
PLAN OF RAIL AT EXPANSION JOINTS
L Rail Footprint and perpendicular to slab outside edge.
must be at the intersection of L Slab Expansion Joint,Joint
L Concrete Rail Expansion Joint. Location of Rail Expansion
C
C
rail, as shown.
Fiber Material under concrete
" Preformed Bitumuminous21
Cross-hatched area must have
recycled tire rubber
" Rebonded21
DENTON
c:\pwworking\central01\d1256286\rlstd014-19.dgn8/5/20201:50:00 PMStandard
Division
Bridgeof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT JTR TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONTSeptember 2019
SHEET 2 OF 2~"414
"211 1'-0"2'-0"3'-0"1'-0"7"
1'-0"
or CRCP
Slab
Approach
"217
(Typ)
SECTIONS THRU RAIL
"211'-2
Chamfer
1" R or
ON BRIDGE SLAB
"414 "416 8"Min"211 1'-0"2'-0"3'-0"R(#4)
7"
1'-0"
"217
(Typ)
"211'-2
Chamfer
1" R or
(Typ)(Typ)
OR CIP RETAINING WALLS
ON ABUTMENT WINGWALLS Equal SpacesFace of Rail
Nominal
Equal Spaces" ~ R Bar Spa432 " ~ R Bar Spa414 Face of Rail
Nominal
Equal Spaces" ~ R Bar Spa432 " ~ R Bar Spa414 Equal SpacesR(#4)
S(#4)
WU(#4)
U(#4)
S(#4)
2
2
5
2
2
6
7
10
2
5
6
7
8
9
"432'-10 "439
Pin
Bending
" Dia 212 "412'-10 "21of slab or wall
may rest on top
Installed bar
Equal SpacesREINFORCEMENT (WWR)
OPTIONAL WELDED WIRE
" Min43
" Max211
DESCRIPTION LONGITUDINAL WIRES VERTICAL WIRES
Total) Wire Area
Minimum (Cumulative
Minimum
Maximum
Size Differential
Maximum Wire
No. of Wires Spacing
4"Equal Spaces"214 " Min43
" Max211
1.067 Sq In.0.267 Sq In. per Ft
8
10 8"
of 40% or more of the larger wire.
The smaller wire must have an area
8
8
2
9
8
2
BARS WU (#4)
"434
Pin
Bending
" Dia433
"434
Pin
Bending
" Dia433
8"
BARS U (#4)"432'-10 "439
Pin
Bending
" Dia 212 "412'-10 "21of slab or wall
may rest on top
Installed bar
BARS S (#4)
R(#4)
2'-0"2'-0"6'-0" Min
(Typ)
2"
(Typ)
2"
Slot Slot
OPTIONAL SIDE SLOT DRAIN DETAIL
Bars S Spa ~ 2"
over slots.
2" cover
to maintain
as required
bars R(#4)
Adjust bottom
and a sidewalk surface, side drain slots will not be permitted.
When this rail is used as a separator between a roadway surface
be placed over railroad tracks, lower roadways, or sidewalks.
the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Drains should not
Note: Side Slot Drains may be used where shown elsewhere on
R(#4)
S(#4)
U(#4) at 6" Max
S(#4)
(Typ)
6" Max Spa
required at slots.
cut bars S(#4) as
Field bend or10U(#4)
slot drains
with side
panel length
end region of
3'-0" Min
2
2
2
9
2
Wall Joint
Intermediate
Joint or
Slab Expansion
Opening3" SlotOPTIONAL SIDE SLOT DRAIN
SECTION THRU"411'-10 "211 "211 1" MinGENERAL NOTES:
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
MATERIAL NOTES:
TRAFFIC RAIL
SINGLE SLOPE
TYPE SSTR
Reinforcing Steel
Vertical
is 6'-0" and greator to side slot drain.
U(#4) bars at 6" Max when end region of panel length
length is less than 6'-0" to side slot drain. Space
Space U(#4) bars at 4" Max when end region of panel
Bend or cut as required to clear drain slots.
No longitudinal wires may be within upper bend.
3" plus or minus to tie reinforcing.
Top longitudinal slab bar may be adjusted laterally
expense.
Such bars must be furnished at the Contractor's
in the slab with the approval of the Engineer.
additional longitudinal bars may be used
As an aid in supporting reinforcement,
traffic side of wall.
abutment wingwalls or retaining walls on
clear cover over horizontal reinforcing in
" when vertical reinforcing has closer415
Increase 2" for structures with Overlay."432 88
rlstd014-19.dgn"211'-4 recycled tire rubber
" Rebonded21
Reinforcing bar dimensions shown are out-to-out of bar.
otherwise.
Cover dimensions are clear dimensions, unless noted
Average weight of railing with no overlay is 376 plf.
Shop drawings will not be required for this rail.
details elsewhere in plans for these modifications.
modification for select structure types. See appropriate
Rail anchorage details shown on this standard may require
providing more than 5" movement.
Do not use this railing on bridges with expansion joints
speeds of 45 mph and less.
fence transition is used, this rail can only be used for
guard fence transition is used. When a TL-2 rated guard
used for speeds of 50 mph and greater when a TL-3 rated
crash test to meet MASH TL-4 criteria. This rail can be
This rail has been successfully evaluated by full-scale
Epoxy coated ~ #4 = 2'-5"
Uncoated or galvanized ~ #4 = 1'-7"
Provide bar laps, where required, as follows:
laps as required for reinforcing bars.
conditions in the table are satisfied. Provide the same
configurations of WWR other than shown are permitted if
shown. Combinations of reinforcing steel and WWR or
(ASTM A1064) may be substituted for Bars R and S, as
and WU unless noted otherwise. Deformed WWR
of equal size and spacing may be substituted for Bars U
Deformed Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR) (ASTM A1064)
are epoxy coated or galvanized.
Epoxy coat or galvanize all reinforcing steel if slab bars
Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel.
required elsewhere.
Provide Class "C" concrete. Provide Class "C" (HPC) if
shown in the plans or approved by the Engineer.
The back of railing must be vertical unless otherwise
Type III, Class C or a Type V epoxy.
” tall heavy epoxy bead with41" width x 83forming. Provide a
toe of traffic side of rail to concrete deck just prior to slip
If rail is slipformed, apply an heavy epoxy bead 1” behind
in accordance with Item 445 “Galvanizing”.
and/or galvanized reinforcing with an organic zinc rich paint
two thirds of the cage. Paint welded areas on epoxy coated
provide additional anchorage devices and weld in the upper
at any location on the cage. If increased bracing is needed,
anchorage. It is permissible to weld to bars U, WU and S
a minimum spacing of 3 ft between the cage and the
operations is acceptable. Welding may be performed at
grade. Tack welding to provide bracing for slipform
by the Engineer. Provide sensor control for both line and
when approved by the Engineer, with equipment approved
This railing may be constructed by the slipform process
STANDARD DETAIL
CONCRETE PAVING CROSS SECTION DETAILS
89
SCALE
HOR 1"=NTS
VER 1"=NTSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:50:04 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
8/5/2020
STANDARD DETAIL 90
SCALE
HOR 1"=NTS
VER 1"=NTS
INTERSECTION/HEADER DETAIL
CURB & GUTTER/JOINTSCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:50:08 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
8/5/2020
STANDARD DETAIL 91
SCALE
HOR 1"=NTS
VER 1"=NTS
DRIVEWAY APPROACH DETAILSCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:50:13 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
8/5/2020
STANDARD DETAIL 92
SCALE
HOR 1"=NTS
VER 1"=NTS
SIDEWALK DETAILSSCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:50:17 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DATE
8/5/2020
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
8/5/2020
93
SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
1
0
0+00101+0
0
102+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88POT 108+50.00ONLY ONLYONLY
R3-8b
R3-5R
R3-5f
RIGHT LANE
ONLY
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
R3-8 MR
ONL Y
R3-7R
E. UNIVERSITY DR.
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
ONLY ONLYONLY
R3-8b
R3-7R
E. UNIVERSITY DR
224.2 2.3 2 17.6 2 3.7 636
Identifier : D3-1(2) 3in ;
1.0" Radius, 0.3" Border, 0.3" Indent, Black on White;
E. UNIVERSITY DR;
E. UNIVERSITY DR
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:50:50 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
NOTTINGHAM DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRC
[ XNOTT
NOTTINGHAM DR
[ XUNIV
11'
.5'11'
1
1'
1'30'R50'R30'R
30'R
1
1'
[ XNOTT
C
10'11'11'1'11'EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROW0.00' RT
STA 100+92.00
L XNOTT
BEGIN PROJECT
0.00' RT
STA 108+30.50
L XNOTT
END PROJECT
10'RTYP(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
TY 1(W)8"(DOT)(090MIL)
100 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
198 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)12"(SLD)(090 MIL)
199 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
52 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TYP 1
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
189 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
18 LF OF REFL PAV MRK (W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
352 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)12"(SLD)(090 MIL)
222 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
32 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)12"(SLD)(090 MIL)
96 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
60 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
TY 1(W)8"(DOT)(090MIL)
194 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
33 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)12"(SLD)(090 MIL)
148 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
MARKS
PAV
EXIST
MATCH
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
48"X30"
48"X30"
36"X36"
10.50' RT
STA 106+43.97,
[ XNOTT
BEGIN TAPER
0.00' RT
STA 108+01.48,
[ XNOTT
END TAPER
11.00' LT
STA 107+44.00,
[ XNOTT
END TAPER22.00' LT
STA 106+44.00,
[ XNOTT
BEGIN TAPER
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
55 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
345 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
TY I-C
TY I-C
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
200 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGNRELOCATE
8/5/2020
55+00 60+00 50+0051+0052+00POT 50+00.00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
STOP
R1-1
DO NOT
ENTER
R5-1
ONEWAY
R6-1R
ONEWAY
R6-1L
ONEWAY
R6-1R
ONEWAY
R6-1L
WEST
M3-4
M1-6F
428
M6-1
EAST
M3-2
M1-6F
428
M6-1
SOUTH
M3-3
M1-6L
882
OOLP
M6-1
NORTH
M3-1
M1-6L
882
OOLP
M6-1
STOP
R1-1
DO NOT
ENTER
R5-1
428
WEST
M1-6F
M3-4
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
R3-7R MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 1 OF 3
94
SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:51:12 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
SHERMAN DRIVE
L [ XSHERM
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWRANDALL STREETEXIST ROWSGT
[ XEB288EXIT
[ XEB288ENTER
MATCH EXIST
C SHERM STA 56+00.00
BEGIN PROJECT EB RAMPEB RAMPPROP ROW
PROP ROW
(Y)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
135 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
93 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
150 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
465 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
240 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
98 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
30 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(090 MIL)
(W)4"(SLD)
REFL PAV MRK
90 LF OF
(090 MIL)
(W)24"(SLD)
REFL PAV MRK
69 LF OF
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
72 LF OF REFL PAV MRK(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
331 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
36"X12"36"X12"
0.00' RT
STA 57+35.00,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER
22.00' RT
[ XSHERM STA 56+00.00,
MATCH EXIST
BEGIN TAPER
STA 57+00.00, 33.00' RT
END TAPER [ XSHERM
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+88.97,
[ XEB288EXIT
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+89.03,
[ XEB288EXIT
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
12.00' LT
STA 100+98.22,
[ XEB288ENTER
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 57+34.51
[XSHERM
5.33' RT & 5.33' LT
STA 59+75.00,
[ XSHERM
END TAPER
50'R 50'R
50'R
50'R
10'11'11'11'11'11'10'TY I-C
TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
480 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGN
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
8/5/2020
65+0050+0051+0052+00100+00101+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
PC 50+00.00
ONEWAY
R6-1R
ONEWAY
R6-1L
TRUCK
M4-4
EAST
M3-2
M5-1L
380
M1-4
TRUCK
M4-4
WEST
M3-4
M6-1
380
M1-4ONEWAY
R6-1R
ONEWAY
R6-1L
EAST
M3-2
380
M1-4
M6-1
R6-1R
EAST
M3-2
M1-6L
882
OOLP
M6-1
M1-6F
428
EAST
M3-2
STOP
R1-1
DO NOT
ENTER
R5-1
STOP
R1-1
DO NOT
ENTER
R5-1
WEST
M3-4
M1-6F
428
M6-1
EAST
M3-2
M1-6F
428
M6-1
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:51:38 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGN
[ XSHERM
[ XWB288ENTER
SHERMAN DR
EXIST ROWWB RAMPWB RAMP10'US 288US 288EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
(W)4"(SLD) (090 MIL)
663 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(090 MIL)
(W)24"(SLD)
REFL PAV MRK
107 LF OF
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
72 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(090 MIL)
(W)8"(SLD)
REFL PAV MRK
72 LF OF
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
120 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD) (090 MIL)
655 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
90 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
231 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
[ XWB288EXIT
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 100+90.00,
[ XWB288EXIT
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 100+90.11,
[ XWB288EXIT
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+99.44,
[ XWB288ENTER
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+99.44,
[ XWB288ENTER
38.98' LT
STA 66+79.00,
[ XSHERM
BEGIBN TAPER
50'R 5 0'R50'R 50'R
29.00' RT
STA 66+00.17,
[ XSHERM
BEGIN TAPER10'11'11'14'11'11'11'11'10'11'11'11'10'(090 MIL)
(W)8"(SLD)
REFL PAV MRK
188 LF OF
TY II-A-A
TY 1-C
TY 1-C
TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
1373 LF OF REFL PAV MRK MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 61+00.00SHEET 2 OF 3
95
SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
16 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
314 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 67+00.00SHEET 3 OF 3
96
SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
70+00
M3-2
M1-6L
M6-3
882
OOLP
EAST
M3-4
M1-6L
M6-1
882
OOLP
WEST
RIGHT LANE
MUST
TURN RIGHT
R3-7R
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:52:06 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
[ XSHERM
SHERMAN DRIVE11'TYP1'10'10'EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
PROP ROW
(W)4"(SLD) (090 MIL)
882 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
175 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
[ XSHERM STA 71+40.00,
END TAPER
15.03' LT
STA 68+29+00,
[ XSHERM
END TAPER
L
MATCH EXIST
C XSHERM STA 71+40.00
END PROJECT11'11'TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
1760 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGNRELOCATE
8/5/2020
SHEET 1 OF 3
97 MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
N LOCUST ST
N LOCUST ST
PLUM HOLLOW[ XLOCUS
C
STA 108+30.50
L XLOCUS
BEGIN PROJECT
[ XPLUM
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW EXIST ROW
20'R20'R11'11'(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
642 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
146 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
14 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
193 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
9.21' RT
STA 105+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
PAVE MARKS
MATCH EXIST
0.50'LT & 0.50' RT
STA 101+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
PAVE MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+34.78,
[ XPLUM
PAVE MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 50+34.80,
[ XPLUM
TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
1662 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:52:17 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00PC 100+00.00POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+00HHHH
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGNRELOCATE
8/5/2020
SHEET 2 OF 3
98MATCHLINE STA 106+00.00MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN51+0052+0053+0054+00106+00 107+00 108+00 109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00PT 108+00.00POT 54+61.41
SSSS
ONLY
R3-8
STOP
R1-1
N. LocustSt
3800
Hercules Ln
100
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:52:25 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGN
N LOCUST ST N LOCUST ST
HERCULES LNEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW[ XHERCU
50'R
50'R
[ XLOCUS
11'11'11'11'11'11'(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
612 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
186 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
265 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)8"(SLD)(090 MIL)
109 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)12"(SLD)(090 MIL)
104 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(W)(ARROW)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MARK TYP 1
(W)(WORD)(090MIL)
REFL PAV MRK TY I
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
88 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
27 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
(W)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
24 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
0.50' RT
STA 106+85.00,
[ XLOCUS
END TAPER
10.50' RT
STA 110+33.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
0.50' RT
STA 111+33.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
TY II-A-A
TY I-C TY I-C
TY I-C
TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
774 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
107 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
1098 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
RELOCATE
RELOCATE
8/5/2020
SHEET 3 OF 3
99MATCHLINE STA 112+00.00SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00PC 116+39.30SS
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:52:33 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
INSTALL NEW SIGN
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
W4-1aL
THRU
TRAFFIC
MERGE
LEFT
REMOVE EXIST SIGN
EXIST SIGN TO REMAIN
RELOCATE EXIST SIGN
[ XLOCUS
STA 115+33.00,
L XLOCUS
END PROJECT
C
N LOCUST ST11'12'11'EXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
(W)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
637 LF OF REFL PAV MRK (Y)24"(SLD)(090 MIL)
249 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
11.50' RT
STA 114+33.00,
[ XLOCUS
BEGIN TAPER
STA 115+33.00,
L XLOCUS
END PROJECT
CPAVE MARKS
MATCH EXIST
0.50' LT & 0.50' RT
STA 115+33.00,
[ XLOCUS
END TAPER
PAV MARKS
MATCH EXIST
STA 115+04.00
[XLOCUS
TY II-A-A
(Y)(DBL)4"(SLD)(090 MIL)
1334 LF OF REFL PAV MRK
RELOCATE
8/5/2020
DENTON
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\pm1-20.dgn8/5/20201:52:35 PMFILE:NOTES
WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS
FOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY
CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES
Yellow Line
4" Solid
48' only)
greater than
traveled way
(12" max. for
3" min.-4" usual
Lane Line
4" White
WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS
ONE-WAY ROADWAY
EDGE LINE AND LANE LINES
Lane Line
4" White
Shoulder
Edge Line
Yellow
4" Solid
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
Edge Line
4" Solid White
Edge of Pavement
Edge of Pavement
30'10'
30'10'
100
FOUR LANE DIVIDED ROADWAY CROSSOVERS
Pavement Edge
12" max.
10" min.-
4" White Lane Line
WidthMedianYellow Line
4" Solid
line
stop/yield
line to
from edge
48" min.
Note 2
See
Taper
Deceleration
Storage
See note 3
White Line
8" Solid
Edge Line
4" Solid White
Edge Line
4" Solid Yellow
Edge Line
4" Solid White
Edge Line
4" Solid Yellow
30'10'
YIELD LINES
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
DMS-6130
PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)
EPOXY AND ADHESIVES DMS-6100
DMS-4200
DMS-8200
DMS-8220
DMS-8240
All pavement marking materials shall meet the
required Departmental Material Specifications
as specified by the plans.
BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS
TRAFFIC PAINT
HOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
3 to 12"
24"
36"
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT
Standard
Division
Safety
Traffic
PM(1)-20
pm1-20.dgn
22B
5-00
8-00
2-12
8-95
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
TYPICAL STANDARD
November 1978
3-03
6" min.
6" min.
30'10'
may vary (typ.)
Shoulder width
WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS
TWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY
exists
no shoulder
6" min. when
4" max.
3" min.-12" max.
10" min.-
Yellow Line
4" Solid
may vary (typ)
Shoulder width
Centerline
4" Yellow
Edge Line
4" Solid White
Yellow Line
4" Solid
Edge Line
4" Solid White
Edge of Pavement ONLYWhite Lane Line
OR DRIVEWAY
ALLEY, PRIVATE ROAD
OR DRIVEWAY
ALLEY, PRIVATE ROAD
MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONS
TYPICAL TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT
MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONS
TYPICAL MULTI-LANE, TWO-WAY PAVEMENT
greater than 45 MPH.
being marked equal to or
For posted speed on road
Lane Line
4" White
Yellow Line
4" Solid
Yellow Line
4" Solid
Line
Extension
8" White
Dotted
Optional
STOP LINES
Solid White
Width: 12" min.
24" max.
EDGE LINE
4" Solid White
Gap: 30'
on approaches to
intersections
(500' min.)
30' max.
4' min.
30' max.
4' min.
4" Yellow
4" Solid
Yellow line
(typ.)
6" min.
Width 16' W 20'
Edgelines Pavement
for Centerlines without
Minimum Requirements
Way Width 20'
for Edgelines Traveled
Minimum Requirements
CENTERLINE
for Undivided Highways
Based on Traveled Way and Pavement Widths
Length: 10'
OPTIONAL
EDGE LINE & CENTERLINE
GUIDE FOR PLACEMENT OF STOP LINES,
Triangles
Yield
GENERAL NOTES
ROADWAY
PUBLIC
ROADWAY
PUBLIC
ROADWAY
PUBLIC
ROADWAY
PUBLIC
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
6-20
Note 1
See WidthMedianNote 1
See
inside of edgeline of a two lane roadway.
shall be measured from the inside of edgeline to the
lanes, sidewalks, berms and shoulders. The traveled ways
used for vehicular travel. It does not include the parking
2. The traveled way includes only that portion of the roadway
gutter sections of roadways.
conditions. Edgelines are not required in curb and
distance may vary due to pavement raveling or other
less less than 6 inches from the edge of pavement. This
directed by the Engineer. The edgeline should not be placed
1. Edgeline striping shall be as shown in the plans or as
Edge Line
White
4" Solid
3 to 12"
18"
12"
less than 40 MPH.
being marked equal to or
For posted speed on road
directed by the Engineer.
storage lengths shall be as shown on the plans or as
3. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration, and
yield signs.
with stop signs. Yield traingles shall only be used with
centerline can be placed. Stop bars shall only be used
stop bars/yield triangles) when a 50' or greater median
2. Install median striping (double yellow centerlines and
are optional as determined by the Engineer.
Yield signs are the typical intersection control. Stop signs
be the controlling width to determine if signs are required.
measurement for each approach. The narrow median width will
Each median opening has two width measurements, with one
openings shall be signed as two separate intersections.
at the median opening itself of 30 feet or more, median
1. Where divided highways are separated by median widths
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\pm2-20.dgn8/5/20201:52:36 PMPM(2)-20
pm2-20.dgn
22B
April 1977
FILE:5-00
8-00
2-10
2-12
4-92
Standard
Division
Safety
Traffic
80'
1"-4"
1"-4"
80'40'40'40'
40'40'40'
Type II-A-A
Type I-C
Type II-A-A
Type II-A-A
Type I-C
Type II-A-A
Centerline Symmetrical around centerline
Continuous two-way left turn lane
DETAIL "A"DETAIL "B"
Type I-C or II-C-R
Type I-C or II-C-R
1"-4"
4"
10'30'
USING REFLECTIVE PROFILE PAVEMENT MARKINGS
12"+ 1"
6"
18"+ 1"
REFLECTORIZED PROFILE
PATTERN DETAIL
12"+ 1"
4"
OR
80'
1"-2"
1"-2"Type II-A-A
Type II-A-A
DETAIL "C"
4"
4"
4"
2 to 3"2 to 3"
4"
4"
3-4"
with a posted speed limit of 45 MPH or less.
Profile markings shall not be placed on roadways
CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES FOR TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE
CENTERLINE FOR ALL TWO LANE ROADWAYS
GENERAL NOTES
LANE LINES FOR ONE-WAY ROADWAY (NON-FREEWAY FACILITIES)
Surface
Reflectorized
AA
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
All pavement marking materials shall meet the
required Departmental Material Specifications
as specified by the plans.
DMS-6130
EPOXY AND ADHESIVES DMS-6100
DMS-4200
DMS-8200
DMS-8220
DMS-8240
TRAFFIC PAINT
HOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS
PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)
SECTION A
o
o
Adhesive
AA
Surface
Reflectorized
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Type I (Top View)
Type II (Top View)
25 min
35 max-
Surface
Roadway
joints.
should be placed to one side of the longitudinal
2. On concrete pavements the raised pavement markers
the stripes.
shall be placed in line with and midway between
1. All raised pavement markers placed in broken lines
quarters to a maximum height of 7 quarters.
approximately equal to a stack of 5
of base line and profile marking is
A quick field check for the thickness
in height
300 to 500 mil
NOTE
FOR VEHICLE POSITIONING GUIDANCE
REFLECTIVE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
See Detail A See Detail B
See Detail C
FOR FOUR LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS
CENTERLINE & LANE LINES
CENTER OR EDGE LINE
BROKEN LANE LINE
toward normal traffic and red face toward wrong-way traffic.
Raised pavement markers Type II-C-R shall have clear face
5•"+ •"
MARKINGS
RELECTORIZED PROFILE
RAISED MARKERS
POSITION GUIDANCE USING
101
3‚" ƒ"+
OR LANE LINE
CENTER LINE
4" EDGE LINE,
OR LANE LINE
LINE, CENTER LINE
OPTIONAL 6" EDGE
80'
6-20
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\pm3-20.dgn8/5/20201:52:42 PMPM(3)-20
pm3-20.dgn
April 1998
FILE:5-00
8-00
3-03
2-10
2-12
GENERAL NOTES
SEE DETAIL A
9'3'
1 Mile (Auxiliary Lane)(ONE-WAY, NON-SIGNALIZED)MINOR CROSS STREETONLYONLY***
(typ.)
24" White
***Typically equal to • the length of storage lane
Varies
1 Mile (Lane Drop)(TWO-WAY, NON-SIGNALIZED)MINOR CROSS STREETMAJOR CROSS STREETSTREET
TWO-WAY
MINOR ONLYONLY48'Type I-C
spaced at 20'
Type II-C-R
Type I-C or
9'3'
Type I-C48'
Standard
Division
Safety
Traffic
22D
Varies (See general note 2)
TYPICAL TWLTL AT ONE-WAY STREET AND RIGHT TURN AUXILIARY LANE
TYPICAL TWLTL AT TWO-WAY CROSS STREET AND RIGHT TURN LANE DROP
4" White Lane Line
4" Solid Yellow Line
Lane Line
4" White
Dotted 8" White Lane Line
Broken
4" Yellow
Broken
4" Yellow
Dotted 8" White Lane Line
(Typ)
8" Solid White
spaced at 20'
Type II-A-A
4" Solid Yellow4" Yellow Broken
4" White Lane Line
SEE DETAIL B
102
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
DMS-6130
EPOXY AND ADHESIVES DMS-6100
DMS-4200
DMS-8200
DMS-8220
DMS-8240
TRAFFIC PAINT
HOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED)
BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS
as specified by the plans.
required Departmental Material Specifications
All pavement marking materials shall meet the
SEE DETAIL A
20'
20'
Type II-A-A Markers
20'
TYPICAL TWO-LANE HIGHWAY INTERSECTION WITH LEFT TURN BAYS
30-45°
Yellow Line
4" Solid
D/4
D
3'9'9'
Paved Shoulder
Arrow
Lane-Reduction
300'-500'
Edge
Pavement D/2 D/4
L
SEE DETAIL B
LANE REDUCTION
NOTES
(Optional)
W9-1R
W9-2TL
Extension Line
4" Dotted White
Varies (See general note 2)
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
AND LANE REDUCTION
RURAL LEFT TURN BAYS,
TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANES,
note 3
See general
1"(Typ)ONLY(typ.)
White Line
8" Solid
or as directed by the Engineer.
and storage lengths shall be as shown on the plans
4. Length of turn bays, including taper, deceleration,
divided highways and raised medians.
lanes. Use raised pavement marker Type II-C-R with
highways, flush medians and two way left turn
3. Use raised pavement marker Type I-C with undivided
near the upstream end of the full-width turn lane.
for a short turn lane, it should be located at or
lane use arrow or word and arrow marking is used
the bay is greater than 180 feet. When a single
two sets of arrows should be used if the length of
2. When lane-use words and arrow markings are used,
Highway Sign Designs for Texas.
words and arrows are as shown in the Standard
lanes and turn bays for emphasis. Details for
or word and arrow markings may be used in other
of substantial length. Lane use arrow markings
arrow markings should be used in auxiliary lanes
become mandatory turn lanes. Lane use word and
where through lanes approaching an intersection
1. Lane use word and arrow markings shall be used ONLY32'
Type I-C
20'
White Line
8" Solid
DETAIL B
Typ.
32'
DETAIL A
3-4"
3-4"
20'
Markers
Type II-A-A
Yellow Line
4" Solid
TYPICAL TRANSITION FOR TWLTL
AND DIVIDED HIGHWAY
20'
Type II-A-A Markers
not required unless stated elsewhere in the plans.
marking after each intersection or dedicated turn bay is
a two-way left-turn lane within a corridor. Repeating the
should be used at or just downstream from the beginning of
A two-way left-turn (TWLT) lane-use arrow pavement marking
8'-16'
30 MPH
35 MPH
40 MPH
45 MPH
50 MPH
55 MPH
60 MPH
65 MPH
70 MPH
75 MPH
460
565
670
775
885
990
1,100
1,200
1,250
1,350
D (ft)L (ft)Speed
Posted
L=WS
L=WS
2
60
Yellow Line
4" Solid
Line.
8" White Extension
Optional Dotted
6-20
shall conform to the TxDOT Freeway Signing Handbook.
4. For lane reductions on Freeways and Expressways, signing
last lane reduction arrows.
lane reduction arrow should be centered between the first and
based on engineering judgement. If used, the optional third
greater. An optional third lane reduction arrow may be added
3. Lane reduction arrows are required for speeds of 45 mph or
sign on the right side of the highway.
sign may be installed in the median aligned with the W9-1R
2. On divided highways, an additional W9-1R "RIGHT LANE ENDS"
see TS2(PL) standard sheets.
otherwise be a through lane. For Texas Super 2 Passing Lanes,
or because of a section of on-street parking in what would
through lanes is reduced because of narrowing of the roadway
1. Lane reduction pavement markings are used where the number of
Stub pipe
12 Dia
for FRP Support with Single Sign
Typical Sign Mounting Detail
A A
View A-A
Compression Ring
6" min
or joint
to edge
10"
10"Pipe Stub
Plate
Base
Coupler
.080" Aluminum Sign -
Sign Face
Post
FRP
for FRP Support with Back-to-Back Signs
Typical Sign Mounting Detail
(FRP) Pipe
Plastic
Reinforced
Fiberglass
3" O.D.
(FRP) Pipe
Plastic
Reinforced
Fiberglass
spaced)
equally
slots (4
1/4 x 2 7/8"
10"
14"30"
3/4" dia.
1/2"
3 1/2"
5/16 x 4" Hex Bolt
sign face
support and
in FRP
(Max.) hole
Drill 3/8"
.080" Aluminum Sign -
Sign Face
Post
FRP
Sign Face
Nylon Washer
Plastic or
sign face
support and
in FRP
(Max.) hole
Drill 3/8"
5/16 x 4 1/2" Hex Bolt
(3" Nominal)
Stub Pipe
Schedule 40
3 1/2"
(3" Nominal)
Stub Pipe
3 1/2" Schedule 40
Concrete anchor consists of 5/8" diameter stud bolt with
UNC series bolt threads on the upper end. A heavy hex nut
washers shall be galvanized per Item 445, "Galvanizing."
Adhesive type anchors shall have stud bolts installed with
Adhesive anchors may be loaded after adequate epoxy cure
2.0 cf of concrete.
should take approx.
plans). Foundation
elsewhere in the
unless noted
(shall be used
Concrete Footing
Non-reinforced
or adhesive type.
min. of 50 ft-lbs). Anchor may be expansion
(embed a min. of 3 3/8" and torque to
5/8" diameter Concrete Anchor - 4 places
lock washer and nut
Flat washer,
lock washer and nut
Flat washer,
per ASTM A563 and hardened washer per ASTM F436. The
time per the manufacturer's recommendations.
allowable tension and shear of 2450 and 1525 psi, respectively.
Top of bolt shall extend at least flush with top of nut when
installed. The anchor, when installed in 4000 psi normal-weight
concrete with a 3 3/8" minimum embedment, shall have a minimum
with Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Post
Universal Anchor System
stud bolt shall have minimum yield and ultimate tensile
Type III epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives."
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
and flat washer
Plastic or nylon washer,and flat washer
Plastic or nylon washer,
SM RD SGN ASSM TY FRP(X)UB(P)SM RD SGN ASSM TY FRP(X)UA(P)
A A
BOLT-DOWN DETAILS
WITH FRP POST
UNIVERSAL ANCHOR SYSTEM
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
strengths of 50 and 75 ksi, respectively. Nuts, bolts and
(Slip-2)
detail on SMD
or Plug. See
Friction Cap
SMD(FRP)-08
the foundation.
and prevents stub from turning in
Acts as a "stop" for the sign post
1/2 x 7 1/2" Steel Rod
Concrete
Class A
GENERAL NOTES:
1. FRP sign supports for a single type sign support may be used for signs up to
and including 16 square feet. Dual post installation may be used for signs up
to and including 32 square feet.
2. All nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized per Item 445, "Galvanizing."
3. See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed drawings of sign
clamps. The website address is:
http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm
FRP POST REQUIREMENTS
1. Materials shall conform to the requirements of Departmental Material
Specification DMS-4410 and will be furnished in a yellow or gray color as
specified elsewhere in the plans.
2. Thickness of FRP sign support is 0.125" + 0.031", - 0.0".
3. FRP sign supports are prequalified by the Traffic Operations Division.
Prequalification procedures are obtained by writing:
Texas Department of Transportation
Traffic Operations Division
125 East 11th Street
Austin, Texas 78701-2483
UNIVERSAL ANCHOR SYSTEM INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. Dig foundation hole. Where solid rock is encountered at ground level, the
foundation shall be a minimum depth of 18". When solid rock is encountered
below ground level, the foundation shall extend in the solid rock a minimum
depth of 18" or provide a minimum foundation depth of 30". If solid rock is
encountered, the socket/stub may be reduced in length as required to a
minimum length of 18". Any material removed from the socket/stub shall be
from the bottom and the clearance requirements given on SMD(GEN) must be
followed. The inner surfaces of the socket/stub must remain free of concrete
or other debris.
2. The Engineer may permit batches of concrete less than 2 cubic yards to be
mixed with a portable, motor driven concrete mixer. For small placements
less than 0.5 cubic yards, hand mixing in a suitable container may be
allowed by Engineer. Concrete shall be Class A.
3. Insert base post in foundation hole to depths shown and fill hole with
concrete. Cut base post from bottom and ensure a minimum of 18" embedment if
installed in solid rock.
4. Level and plumb the base post with coupler using a torpedo level and let
concrete set a minimum of 4 days, unless otherwise directed by Engineer.
Bottom of base post slots shall be above the concrete footing.
5. Attach sign to FRP post.
6. Insert sign post into base post. Lower until the post comes to rest on the
steel rod.
7. Use hammer to ensure the coupler is firmly seated. Top of coupler should be
level with top of base post in most instances.
8. Check sign to ensure there is no twist. If loose, increase the tightening of
coupler.
BOLT DOWN SIGN SUPPORT
1. Position base plate with coupler on existing concrete.
2. Drill holes into concrete and insert the 5/8" diameter bolts with wedge
anchors, and tighten nuts.
3. Attach sign to FRP post.
4. Insert bottom of sign post into pipe stub.
5. Use hammer to ensure the coupler is firmly seated. Top of coupler should be
level with top of base post in most instances.
6. Check sign to ensure there is no twist. If loose, increase the tightening of
coupler.
9-08
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any FILE:DATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26F
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT1:52:43 PM8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smdfrp.dgn
DENTON
103
SIGN LOCATION
PAVED SHOULDERS
LESS THAN 6 FT. WIDE
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
GREATER THAN 6 FT. WIDE
min
12 ft
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
0 to 6 ft
than 6 ft
Greater
6 ft min
the edge of the travel lane.
the sign must be placed at least 12 ft. from
When the shoulder is 6 ft. or less in width,
edge of the shoulder.
the sign must be placed at least 6 ft. from the
When the shoulder is greater than 6 ft in width,
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
BEHIND CONCRETE BARRIER
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
BEHIND GUARDRAIL
BEHIND BARRIER
5 ft min**2 ft min**
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
HIGHWAY
INTERSECTION
AHEAD
EASTWEST
259 259
SIGNS WITH PLAQUES
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
or secondary sign.
the supplemental plaque
measured to the bottom of
the 7 ft sign height is
or secondary sign is used,
When a supplemental plaque
Curb
Face of7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
min
2 ft
min
2 ft
Curb
Face of
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
T-INTERSECTION
7.0 ft min *
7.5 ft max
6 ft min
Lane
Travel
Shoulder
Paved
ROW
Paved Shoulder
Edge of Travel Lane
that results in the greatest sign elevation:
* Signs shall be mounted using the following condition
(1)
(2)
the Engineer.
The maximum values may be increased when directed by
Post Type
Number of Posts (1 or 2)
Anchor Type
Sign Mounting Designation
TYPICAL SIGN ATTACHMENT DETAIL
Signs
Back-to-Back
3"
12 ft min
U-bolt
Sign Panel
Sign Post
Sign Post
Sign PanelClamp Bolt
Single Signs
SIGN SUPPORT DESCRIPTIVE CODES
RESTRICTED RIGHT-OF-WAY
(Descriptive Codes correspond to project estimate and quantities sheets)
edge of the travel lane or
a minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above the
Pipe Diameter
Approximate Bolt Length
3 or 3 1/2"
3 or 3 1/2"
4 1/2"
2" nominal
2 1/2" nominal
3" nominal 3 1/2 or 4"
3 1/2 or 4"
Rail
Guard
Barrier
Concrete
REQUIRED CLEARANCE
(i.e., typical space between wheel paths).
more than 4 inches above a 60-inch chord
when it is broken away, should not project
substantial remains of a breakaway support,
To avoid vehicle undercarriage snagging, any
Clamp
Sign
Clamp
Sign
or the universal clamp.
Sign clamps may be either the specific size clamp
Sign Panel
Specific Clamp Universal Clamp
Sign Bolt
nut
washer, lock washer,
Nylon washer, flat
nut
washer, lock washer,
Nylon washer, flat
nut
washer, lock washer,
Nylon washer, flat
washer
Nut, lock
washer
Nut, lock
Not Acceptable
Not AcceptableNot Acceptable
Acceptable
within a 7 ft. circle.
posts should be located
No more than 2 sign
circle
diameter
7 ft.
circle
diameter
7 ft.
circle
diameter
7 ft.
circle
diameter
7 ft.
**Sign clearance based on distance required for proper guard rail or concrete barrier performance.
***
installed on the backslope.
grade at the base of the support when sign is
a minimum of 7 to a maximum of 7.5 feet above the
STOP
Surface
Ground
TX-DOT
TEXAS
(i.e., stub).
support
portion of
Non-breakaway
4" max.
60"
FOR BREAKAWAY SUPPORT
depending upon field conditions.
right. The bolt length may need to be adjusted
sizes and sign clamp types are given in the table at
washer. The approximate bolt lengths for various post
head per ASTM A307 with nut and helical-spring lock
back-to-back, use a 5/16-18 UNC galvanized hex
When two sign clamps are used to mount signs
(When 6 ft min. is not possible.)
possible
Maximum
slope.
post could not be hit due to extreme
guardrail or if Engineer determines the
*** Post may be shorter if protected by
lane as practical.
should be placed as far from the travel
from the edge of the travel lane, signs
prevents the minimum horizontal clearance
In situations where a lateral restriction
factors.
buildings, a narrow island, or other
by rocks, water, vegetation, forest,
Right-of-way restrictions may be created
as close to ROW as practical.
be in line with the centerline of the roadway. Place
two way roadway, the right edge of the sign should
When this sign is needed at the end of a two-lane,
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)XX(X-XXXX)
GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm
The website address is:
components and Wedge Anchor System components.
drawings of sign clamps, Triangular Slipbase System
See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed
CURB & GUTTER OR RAISED ISLAND
SMD(GEN)-08
FT IN
LOW
CLEARANCE
14 4
M.P.H.
35
FARM
ROAD
EAST
3713
FARM
ROAD
EAST
3713
3
1
6
bolt length is 1 inch for aluminum.
nylon washer, flat washer and lock washer. The
5/16-18 UNC galvanized square head with nut,
Bolts used to mount sign panels to the clamp are
S80 = Schedule 80 Pipe (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
10BWG = 10 BWG Tubing (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
TWT = Thin-Walled Tubing (see SMD(TWT))
FRP = Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Pipe (see SMD(FRP))
SB = Slipbase - Bolted Down (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
SA = Slipbase - Concreted (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
WP = Wedge Anchor Plastic (see SMD(TWT))
WS = Wedge Anchor Steel - (see SMD(TWT))
UB = Universal Anchor - Bolted down (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))
UA = Universal Anchor - Concreted (see SMD(FRP) and (TWT))
EXAL = Extruded Aluminum Sign Panels (see SMD(SLIP-3))
WC = 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
BM = Extruded Wind Beam (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
1EXT or 2EXT = Number of Extensions (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))
IF REQUIRED
U = Prefab. "U" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3))
T = Prefab. "T" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT))
P = Prefab. "Plain" (see SMD(SLIP-1) to (SLIP-3), (TWT), (FRP))
9-08
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 1:52:44 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smdgen.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26A
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
104
6" min
or joint
to edge
Stub
Keeper Plate
Bolt
36"
42"
12" Dia
expansion or adhesive type.
50 ft-lbs). Anchor may be
5 1/2" and torque to min. of
8 places (embed a minimum of
5/8" diameter Concrete Anchor -
(See General Note 3)
Schedule 80 Pipe
10 BWG Tubing or
Post
TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SA(X-XXXX)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)SB(X-XXXX)
TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2 1/2".
Bolt length is
Item 445 "Galvanizing."
galvanized per
or A449 and
(6) per ASTM A325
(3), and washers
bolts (3), nuts
5/8" structural
Slip Base
4" Max.
manufacturer
if required by
Washers
SMD(SLIP-1)-08
24" max.
12" min.
CONCRETE ANCHOR
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Slip base shall be permanently marked to indicate manufacturer. Method, design, and location of
marking are subject to approval of the TxDOT Traffic Standards Engineer.
2. Material used as post with this system shall conform to the following specifications:
10 BWG Tubing (2.875" outside diameter)
0.134" nominal wall thickness
Seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe
Steel shall be HSLAS Gr 55 per ASTM A1011 or ASTM A1008
Other steels may be used if they meet the following:
55,000 PSI minimum yield strength
70,000 PSI minimum tensile strength
20% minimum elongation in 2"
Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.122" to 0.138"
Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.867" to 2.883"
Galvanization per ASTM A123 or ASTM A653 G210. For precoated steel tubing (ASTM A653), recoat
tube outside diameter weld seam by metallizing with zinc wire per ASTM B833.
Schedule 80 Pipe (2.875" outside diameter)
0.276" nominal wall thickness
Steel tubing per ASTM A500 Gr C
Other seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe with equivalent
outside diameter and wall thickness may be used if they meet the following:
46,000 PSI minimum yield strength
62,000 PSI minimum tensile strength
21% minimum elongation in 2"
Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of 0.248" to 0.304"
Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.855" to 2.895"
Galvanization per ASTM A123
3. See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed drawings of sign clamps and Texas
Universal Triangular Slipbase System components. The website address is:
http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm
4. Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown. Sign support posts shall not be spliced.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Foundation
1. Prepare 12-inch diameter by 42-inch deep hole. If solid rock is encountered, the depth of the
foundation may be reduced such that it is embedded a minimum of 18 inches into the solid rock.
2. The Engineer may permit batches of concrete less than 2 cubic yards to be mixed with a portable,
motor-driven concrete mixer. For small placements less than 0.5 cubic yards, hand mixing in a
suitable container may be allowed by Engineer. Concrete shall be Class A.
3. Push the pipe end of the slip base stub into the center of the concrete. Rotate the stub back and
forth while pushing it down into the concrete to assure good contact between the concrete and stub.
Continue to work the stub into the concrete until it is between 2 to 4 inches above the ground.
4. Plumb the stub. Allow a minimum of 4 days to set, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
5. The triangular slipbase system is multidirectional and is designed to release when struck from any
direction.
Support
1. Cut support so that the bottom of the sign will be 7 to 7.5 feet above the edge of the travelway
(i.e., edge of the closest lane) when slip plate is below the edge of pavement or 7 to 7.5 feet
above slip plate when the slip plate is above the edge of the travelway. The cut shall be plumb and
straight.
2. Attach sign to support using connections shown. When multiple signs are installed on the same
support, ensure the minimum clearance between each sign is maintained. See SMD(SLIP-2) for
clearances based on sign types.
Concrete anchor consists of 5/8"
diameter stud bolt with UNC series
bolt threads on the upper end.
Heavy hex nut per ASTM A563, and
hardened washer per ASTM F436. The
stud bolt shall have a minimum
yield and ultimate tensile strength
of 50 and 75 KSI, respectively.
Nuts, bolts and washers shall be
galvanized per Item 445, "Galvaniz-
ing." Adhesive type anchors shall
have stud bolts installed with Type
III epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies
and Adhesives." Adhesive anchors
may be loaded after adequate epoxy
cure time per the manufacturer's
recommendations. Top of bolt shall
extend at least flush with top of
the nut when installed. The anchor,
when installed in 4000 psi normal-
weight concrete with a 5 1/2"
minimum embedment, shall have a
minimum allowable tension and shear
of 3900 and 3100 psi, respectively.
2.5 cf of concrete.
should take approx.
plans). Foundation
elsewhere in the
unless noted
(shall be used
concrete footing
Non-reinforced
rod or #4 rebar.
7" x 1/2" diameter
Provide a
3/4 " diameter hole.
Class A concrete
provided to the Engineer by Contractor.
Installation procedures shall be
manufacturers' recommendations.
The devices shall be installed per
http://www.txdot.gov/business/producer list.htm
List for approved slip base systems.
Please reference the Material Producer
for the Triangular Slipbase System.
There are various devices approved
NOTE
9-08
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 1:52:45 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smds1.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26B
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
105
Detail D
Detail F
REQUIRED SUPPORT
SIGN DESCRIPTION
48x60-inch signs
36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signs
RegulatoryWarning48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)
48x60-inch signs
Large Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)
1
1 •
4
1 •
1 •
W(max)=6FT
8
5W
W
39
8
8
H
W
W-39
2
W(max)=6FT
3838
•
40
1.12 #/ft Wing Channel
1 •
6 1
"U" Extender
11FT 9IN
(max)
0.2W
H
0.6W 0.2W
W
W(max)=8FT
SUPPORTPost
Detail E
STOP = 2 - 32 inch pieces
YIELD = 1 - 8 inch piece
& 1 - 32 inch piece
or
Extender
U-Bracket
lock washer.
washers and
bolt, nut, 2 flat
assembly and install
(through) after
Drill 7/16" hole
*
1 1/2"
ONE-WAY
Street Name
Sign
(if required)
Gap between
plaques
shall be
4 + 1
PLAQUE = 1 - variable length
2.
3.
4.
Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.
and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft.
"REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.
1.
abnormally high due to a fill slope.
GENERAL NOTES:
when impacted by an errant vehicle.
used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height is
The Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post be
Aluminum sign blanks shall conform to Departmental
Material Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have the
following minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs less
than 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,
Signs that require specific supports due to reasons
When two triangular slipbase supports are used to
support a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"
connected to each other except through the sign panel.
This will allow each support to act independently
off so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel
(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when the
Additional route markers may be added vertically,
maximum allowable amount per Note 1.
Detail A
Detail B
Detail C
Side View
Top View
Top View
Item 445, "Galvanizing."
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
and flat washer
nut, lock washer
hex bolt with
5/16" x 3 3/4"
Channel
Wing
Channel
Wing
Channel
Wing
Panel
Sign
Aluminum
Panel
Sign
Aluminum
Sign support posts shall not be spliced.
galvanized per ASTM A 123.
provided the total sign area does not exceed the
sign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanized
coating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing."
SIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA
10 BWG 2 32 SF
Sch 80 1 32 SF
Sch 80 2 64 SF
10 BWG 1 16 SF
bottom of sign when possible.
Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" post
TOP VIEW
Post
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
(see SMD(2-1))
Windbeam
Aluminum
Extruded
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(P-BM)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-WC)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-1EXT)SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(1)XX(U-2EXT)
SM RD SGN ASSYM TY XXXXX(2)XX(P)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY S80(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY S80(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
in addition to windloading are indicated on the
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
A307 galvanized per
washers per ASTM
washer and 2 flat
hex bolt, nut, lock
1/2" x 4" heavy
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
2 flat washers
nut, lock washer,
hex bolt with
5/16" x 1 3/4"
Nylon washer,
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
2 flat washers
nut, lock washer,
hex bolt with
5/16" x 1 3/4"
Nylon washer,
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
and 2 flat washers
nut, lock washer
hex bolt with
5/16" x 3/4"
Detail A
See
Detail B
See
Detail C
See
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
Detail D
See
Splices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.
pipe diameter.)
clamp type and
depending on sign
length may vary
"Galvanizing." (Bolt
per Item 445
per ASTM A307 galvanized
washer and lock washer
head bolt, nut, flat
3/8" x 3 1/2" square
Detail E
See
Detail F
See
Item 445 "Galvanizing."
A307 galvanized per
and 2 flat washers per ASTM
bolt with nut, lock washer
3/8" x 3 1/2" heavy hex
+.05"
+.025"+.010"
-.025"+.010"
FRICTION CAP DETAIL
Skirt
Variation
Depth
engage pipe O.D.
Rolled Crimp to
Pipe O.D.
Pipe O.D.
Friction caps may be manufactured from hot rolled
or cold rolled steel sheets. The minimum sheet metal
The rim edges shall be reasonably straight and
smooth. Caps shall be sized and formed in such a
manner as to produce a drive-on friction fit and
have no tendency to rock when seated on the pipe.
The depth shall be sufficient to give positive
protection against entrance of rainwater. They
shall be free of sharp creases or indentations
and show no evidence of metal fracture.
Caps shall have an electrodeposited coating of
zinc in accordance with the requirements of ASTM
B633 Class FE/ZN 8.
(R6-1) or
STOP (R1-1)
YIELD (R1-2)
0.25 H
1.75" max
1" min,
SIDE VIEW
T&U Bracket
48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)
60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)
48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)
48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)
48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flat
Wing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and be
aluminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches or
less in height. U-brackets are used for signs of
greater height.
SMD(SLIP-2)-08
(* - See Note 12)
(See Note 11)
12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.
(See SMD(2-1))
Extruded Alum. Windbeam
unless detailed otherwise.
All dimensions are in english
plans.
13.Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown on the
for 24 inch height signs. Place the clamp 3 inches above
9-08
Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cut
thickness shall be 24 gauge for all cap sizes.
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 1:52:45 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smds2.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26C
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
106
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(T-2EXT)
2
8"
H
W
2
W(max)=15FT
*
H
W
0.7W
W(max)=16FT
0.15W 0.15W
W(min)>8FT
See Detail A
1.
GENERAL NOTES:
Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown on
Detail A
Top View
Channel
Wing
Detail B
Channel
Wing
See Detail B
Side View
SIGN SUPPORT # OF POSTS MAX. SIGN AREA
10 BWG 1 16 SF
10 BWG 2 32 SF
Sch 80 1 32 SF
Sch 80 2 64 SF
or 1.12 #/ft Wing Channel (See Detail A and Detail B)
steel pipe
Sch. 80
2 7/8" O.D.
clamp
Post
Sign clamp
Slip base
12"
12"
.2w
6"
variable
Universal)
(Specific or
Clamps
Sign
details)
for additional
(See SMD(2-1)
post clamps
attached with
stiffeners
S3x5.7
8 1/2"8 1/2"
8"
39"W-39"W-39"
Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
bottom of sign when possible.
Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" post
for 24 inch high signs. Place the clamp 3 inches above
SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(1)XX(U-XX)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY S80(2)XX(P-EXAL)
REQUIRED SUPPORT
SIGN DESCRIPTION
48x60-inch signs
36x48, 48x36, and 48x48-inch signs
RegulatoryWarning48x48-inch signs (diamond or square)
48x60-inch signs
Large Arrow sign (W1-6 & W1-7)
SUPPORT
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(P-BM)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY S80(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY S80(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TY 10BWG(1)XX(T)
TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
"Galvanizing."
per Item 445,
ASTM A307 galvanized
and lock washer per
flat washer
bolt, nut,
square head
3/8" x 4 1/2"
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
2 flat washers
nut, lock washer,
hex bolt with
5/16" x 2 1/2"
Nylon washer,
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
2 flat washers
nut, lock washer,
hex bolt with
5/16" x 4 1/2"
Nylon washer,
Detail C
Extender
T-Bracket
lock washer.
washers and
bolt, nut, 2 flat
assembly and install
(through) after
Drill 7/16" hole
1 1/2"
Item 445 "Galvanizing."
A307 galvanized per
and 2 flat washers per ASTM
bolt with nut, lock washer
3/8" x 4" heavy hex
Splices shall only be allowed behind the sign substrate.
See Detail C
Use Extruded Alum. Windbeam as stiffeners
6"
the plans.
See SMD (2-1) for additional details
Panel
Sign
w variable
Panel
Sign
Typical Sign Mount
*
* Universal)
(Specific or
Sign Clamp
"Galvanizing."
Item 445,
galvanized per
per ASTM A307
2 flat washers
nut, lock washer,
hex bolt with
5/16" x 4 1/2"
Nylon washer,
Aluminum Panel
Extruded
head bolt and nut
3/8" x 1" square
EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SIGN WITH T BRACKET
Detail D
Slip base
T Bracket
6"
12"
steel pipe
Sch. 80 or 10BWG
2 7/8" O.D.
Sign
Extruded Aluminum
See Detail D
Sign Clamp
sign for proper mounting.
be placed at the top of
6" panel should
2.
3.
4.
Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown.
and 0.125 for signs greater than 15 sq. ft.
"REQUIRED SUPPORT" table on this sheet.
abnormally high due to a fill slope.
when impacted by an errant vehicle.
used in place of a 10 BWG where a sign height is
The Engineer may require that a Schedule 80 post be
Aluminum sign blanks shall conform to Departmental
Material Specifications DMS-7110 and shall have the
following minimum thicknesses: 0.080 for signs less
than 7.5 sq. ft., 0.100 for signs 7.5 to 15 sq. ft.,
Signs that require specific supports due to reasons
When two triangular slipbase supports are used to
support a single sign, they shall not be "rigidly"
connected to each other except through the sign panel.
This will allow each support to act independently
off so that it does not extend beyond the sign panel
(i.e., excess support shall not be visible when the
Sign support posts shall not be spliced.
galvanized per ASTM A 123.
sign is viewed from the front.) Repair galvanized
coating at cut support ends per Item 445, "Galvanizing."
in addition to windloading are indicated on the
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
For horizontal rectangular signs fabricated from flat
Wing channel shall meet ASTM A 1011 SS Gr 50 and be
aluminum, T-brackets are used for signs 24 inches or
less in height. U-brackets are used for signs of
greater height.
10.
11.
48-inch STOP sign (R1-1)
60-inch YIELD sign (R1-2)
48x16-inch ONE-WAY sign (R6-1)
48-inch Advance School X-ing sign (S1-1)
48-inch School X-ing sign (S2-1)
of signs when sign width is greater than 10'.
Additional stiffener placed at approximate center
0.25 H
SMD(SLIP-3)-08
(* - See Note 12)
12.Post open ends shall be fitted with Friction Caps.
Detail E
for clamp installation
See Detail E
for clamp installation
See Detail E
Extruded Alum. Windbeam (See Detail D on SMD (SLIP-2))
greater
24" or
With T Bracket
Extruded Aluminum Sign
9-08
Excess pipe, wing channel, or windbeam shall be cut
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 1:52:46 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smds3.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26D
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
107
Wedge
Stub pipe
Plastic Insert
See Detail A
27"
30"
12" Dia
10"
14"
30"
12" Dia
Post
Detail A
*
0.2W
H
0.6W
0.2W
W
W(max)=8FT
Note 4)
(See General
Post
Note 4)
(See General
Post
Sign Installation Using a Prefabricated T-Bracket for Thin-Wall Tubing Post
(* - See General Note 6)
T-Bracket
SM RD SGN ASSM TY TWT(X)WS(X)
SM RD SGN ASSM TY TWT(X)UA(P)
View A-A
reusability.
for optimal
ground
1/4" above
flush to
should be
Tubular socket
Socket
Tubular
(Approx.)
3"
of concrete.
approx. 2.0 cf
should take
Foundation
in the plans).
elsewhere
unless noted
(shall be used
Footing
Concrete
Non-reinforced
of concrete.
approx. 2.0 cf
should take
Foundation
in the plans).
elsewhere
unless noted
(shall be used
Footing
Concrete
Non-reinforced
(3" Nominal)
Stub Pipe
Schedule 40
Diameter
3 1/2"
(3" Nominal)
Stub Pipe
Schedule 40
Diameter
3 1/2"
Ring
Compression
(2" Nominal)
Wall Tube
0.095 Thin
2.375" Diameter
Spaced)
Slots (4 Equally
1/4 x 2 7/8"
A A
6" min
or joint
to edge
10"
10"Pipe Stub
Plate
Base
Coupler
3/4" dia.
1/2"
3 1/2"
Concrete anchor consists of 5/8" diameter stud bolt with
UNC series bolt threads on the upper end. A heavy hex nut
washers shall be galvanized per Item 445, "Galvanizing."
Adhesive type anchors shall have stud bolts installed with
Adhesive anchors may be loaded after adequate epoxy cure
per ASTM A563 and hardened washer per ASTM F436. The
time per the manufacturer's recommendations.
allowable tension and shear of 2450 and 1525 psi, respectively.
Top of bolt shall extend at least flush with top of nut when
installed. The anchor, when installed in 4000 psi normal-weight
concrete with a 3 3/8" minimum embedment, shall have a minimum
stud bolt shall have minimum yield and ultimate tensile
Type III epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives."
SM RD SGN ASSM TY TWT(X)UB(P)
adhesive type.
expansion or
Anchor may be
to min. of 50 ft-lbs).
3 3/8" and torque
(embed a min. of
Anchor - 4 places
5/8" diameter Concrete
Note 4)
(See General
Post
used with the Bolt Down Universal Anchor System.
System. The insert should be cut to approx. 4 1/2" when
the bottom of the sign post when using the Universal Anchor
cover the tubing from just above the top of the stub pipe to
Anchor System. The insert should be approx. 10" long and
the Universal Anchor System or the Bolt Down Universal
Plastic insert must be used when using the TWT with either
with Thin-Walled Tubing Post
Universal Anchor System
A A
WITH THIN WALL TUBING POST
WEDGE & UNIVERSAL ANCHOR
SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS
SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS
SM RD SGN ASSM TY TWT(X)XX(T)
12"
bolt.
post to accommodate
to be drilled through
9/16" hole may need
strengths of 50 and 75 ksi, respectively. Nuts, bolts and
"Galvanizing."
per Item 445,
galvanized
ASTM A307
washer per
and lock
flatwashers
bolt, nut, 2
heavy hex
1/2" x 4"
Wedge
17"
30"
SMD RD SGN ASSM TY TWT(X)WP(X)
(Approx.)
3"
of concrete.
approx. 2.0 cf
should take
Foundation
in the plans).
elsewhere
unless noted
(shall be used
Footing
Concrete
Non-reinforced
15"
Note 4)
(See General
Post
12" Dia
Steel System
Wedge Anchor
(HDPE) System
Polyethylene
High Density
Wedge Anchor
Anchor
(Slip-2)
detail on SMD
or Plug. See
Friction Cap
0.25 H
Installation procedures shall be provided to the Engineer by Contractor.
The devices shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
NOTE
SMD(TWT)-08
foundation.
turning in the
stub from
and prevents
the sign post
as a "stop" for
steel rod acts
1/2" x 7 1/2"
Concrete
Class A
Concrete
Class A
Concrete
Class A
GENERAL NOTES:
1. The Wedge Anchor System and the Universal Anchor System with thin wall tubing post
may be used to support up to 10 square feet of sign area.
2. The tubular socket, wedge and prefabricated T-bracket shall be permanently marked to
indicate manufacturer. Method, design, and location of marking are subject to the
approval of the TxDOT Traffic Standards Engineer.
3. Except for posts (13 BWG Tubing), clamps, nuts and bolts, all components shall be
prequalified. A list of prequalified vendors may be obtained from the Material
Producer List web page. The website address is:
http://www.txdot.gov/business/producer list.htm
4. Material used as post with this system shall conform to the following specifications:
13 BWG Tubing (2.375" outside diameter) (TWT)
0.095" nominal wall thickness
Seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubing
Steel shall be HSLAS Gr 55 per ASTM A1011 or ASTM A1008
Other steels may be used if they meet the following:
55,000 PSI minimum yield strength
70,000 PSI minimum tensile strength
18% minimum elongation in 2"
Wall thickness (uncoated) shall be within the range of .083" to .099"
Outside diameter (uncoated) shall be within the range of 2.369" to 2.381"
Galvanization per ASTM 123 or ASTM A653 G210. For precoated steel tubing (ASTM
A653), recoat tube outside diameter weld seam by metallizing with zinc wire
per ASTM B833.
5. Sign blanks shall be the sizes and shapes shown on the plans.
6. Additional sign clamp required on the "T-bracket" post for 24" high signs. Place
clamp at least 3" above bottom of sign when possible.
7. Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown. Sign support posts shall
not be spliced.
8. See the Traffic Operations Division website for detailed drawings of sign clamps
and Wedge Anchor System components. The website address is:
http://www.txdot.gov/publications/traffic.htm
WEDGE ANCHOR SYSTEM INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Dig foundation hole. Where solid rock is encountered at ground level, the
foundation shall be a minimum depth of 18". When solid rock is encountered
below ground level, the foundation shall extend in the solid rock a minimum
depth of 18" or provide a minimum foundation depth of 30". If solid rock is
encountered, the socket/stub may be reduced in length as required to a minimum
length of 18". Any material removed from the socket/stub shall be from the
bottom and the clearance requirements given on SMD(GEN) must be followed. The
inner surfaces of the socket/stub must remain free of concrete or other debris.
2. The Engineer may permit batches of concrete less than 2 cubic yards to be mixed
with a portable, motor driven concrete mixer. For small placements less than
0.5 cubic yards, hand mixing in a suitable container may be allowed by Engineer.
Place concrete into hole until it is approximately flush with the ground.
Concrete shall be Class A.
3. Insert tubular socket into concrete until top of socket is approximaely 1/4 "
above the concrete footing.
4. Plumb the socket. Allow a minimum 4 days for concrete to set, unless otherwise
directed by Engineer..
5. Attach the sign to the sign post.
6. Insert the sign post into socket and align sign face with roadway.
7. Drive the wedge into the socket to secure post. This will leave approximately
3 inches of the wedge exposed.
UNIVERSAL ANCHOR SYSTEM INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Dig foundation hole. Where solid rock is encountered at ground level, the
foundation shall be a minimum depth of 18". When solid rock is encountered
below ground level, the foundation shall extend in the solid rock a minimum
depth of 18" or provide a minimum foundation depth of 30". If solid rock is
encountered, the socket/stub may be reduced in length as required to a minimum
length of 18". Any material removed from the socket/stub shall be from the
bottom and the clearance requirements given on SMD(GEN) must be followed. The
inner surfaces of the socket/stub must remain free of concrete or other debris.
2. Insert base post in hole to depths shown and backfill hole with concrete.
3. Level and plumb the base post using a torpedo level and allow concrete adequate
time to set. The bottom of the slots provided in the stub pipe shall remain
above the top of the concrete foundation.
4. Attach the sign to the sign post.
5. Install plastic insert around bottom of post.
6. Insert sign post into base post. Lower until the post comes to rest on steel rod.
7. Seat compression ring using a hammer. Typically, the top of compression ring
will be approximately level with top of stub post when optimally installed.
8. Check sign post by hand to ensure it is unable to turn. If loose, increase the
tightening of the compression ring.
9-08
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 1:52:48 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\smdtwt.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2002 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
26E
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
108
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
REQUIREMENTS
TYPICAL SIGN of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\tsr3-13.dgn8/5/20201:52:48 PMDOCUMENT NAMEDATE TIMEOctober 2003
3
12-03
9-08
TSR(3)-13
7-13
tsr3-13.dgn
109
http://www.txdot.gov/
can be found at the following website.
The Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD)
Square Feet
0.080 Less than 7.5
Greater than 15 0.125
0.100 7.5 to 15
Minimum Thickness
ALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESS
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
WHITELEGEND & BORDERS
SHEETING REQUIREMENTS
BACKGROUND
TYPE A SHEETING
LEGEND & BORDERS BLACK ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM
ALL OTHERS
BACKGROUND TYPE A SHEETINGWHITE
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
ALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS DMS-7110
SIGN FACE MATERIALS DMS-8300
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
WHITELEGEND & BORDERS
SHEETING REQUIREMENTS
TYPE D SHEETING
BACKGROUND TYPE B OR C SHEETING
& BORDERS
LEGEND, SYMBOLS
ALL
ALL OTHERS TYPE B OR C SHEETING
D AND I SERIES GUIDE SIGNS
REQUIREMENTS FOR BLUE, BROWN & GREEN
F CV-6W
Emod CV-5WR
E CV-4W
D CV-3W
C CV-2W
B CV-1W
TYPE B or C SHEETINGLEGEND & BORDERS
ALL OTHERS
TYPICAL EXAMPLES
GENERAL NOTES
ROUTE SIGNS
REQUIREMENTS FOR INDEPENDENT MOUNTED
Plan Sheets.
8. Mounting details of roadside signs are shown in the "SMD series" Standard
Specification requirements of DMS-7110 or approved alternative.
7. Sign substrate shall be any material that meets the Departmental Material
widths. The sign area outside the corner radius should be trimmed or rounded.
1 inch. Borders and corner radii within a parent sign must be of matching
much as 1/2 inch. Corner radii above 3 inches may vary in width as much as
and corner radii on parent sign are nominal. Borders may vary in width as
Highway Sign Designs for Texas". Dimensions shown and described for borders
6. Information regarding borders and radii for signs is found in the "Standard
colored background sheeting.
and borders on all other signs shall be cut-out white sheeting applied to
to colored background sheeting, or combination thereof. White legend, symbols
colored overlay film to white background sheeting or cut-out white sheeting
shall be applied by screening process with transparent color ink, transparent
5. Independent mounted route sign with white or colored legend and borders
a balanced appearance when spacing is not shown.
and any approved changes thereto. Lateral spacing of legend shall provide
4. Lateral spacing between letters and numerals shall conform with the SHSD,
or F).
Highway Administration (FHWA) Standard Highway Alphabets B, C, D, E, Emod
3. Route sign legend (ie. IH, US, SH and FM shields) shall use the Federal
plans.
(FHWA) Standard Highway Alphabets, when not specified in the SHSD, or in the
shall be used to replace the existing white Federal Highway Administration
2. White legend shall use the Clearview Alphabet. The following Clearview fonts
can be found in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).
shown on sign tabulation sheet. Standard sign designs and arrow dimensions
1. Signs to be furnished shall be as detailed elsewhere in the plans and/or as
TYPICAL EXAMPLES
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1326847\tsr4-13.dgn8/5/20201:52:49 PMDOCUMENT NAMEDATE TIMEOctober 2003
4
REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL SIGNS
TYPICAL EXAMPLES
12-03
9-08
TSR(4)-13
110
7-13
tsr4-13.dgn
GENERAL NOTES
TYPICAL EXAMPLES
Square Feet
0.080 Less than 7.5
Greater than 15 0.125
0.100 7.5 to 15
WRONG WAY SIGNS)
(STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND
TYPICAL EXAMPLES
WRONG WAY SIGNS)
(EXCLUDING STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND
REQUIREMENTS FOR WARNING SIGNS
FL
Minimum Thickness
BACKGROUND
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
RED
LEGEND & BORDERS
WHITE
BACKGROUND
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
TYPE A SHEETING
BLACK
WHITE
BACKGROUND
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
BLACK
WHITE
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM
BACKGROUND TYPE B OR C SHEETING
http://www.txdot.gov/
can be found at the following website.
The Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD)
BACKGROUND
USAGE COLOR SIGN FACE MATERIAL
LEGEND & SYMBOLS
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM
FL FL
FL
ALL OTHER
BLACK
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
REGULATORY SIGNS
REQUIREMENTS FOR WHITE BACKGROUND
REGULATORY SIGNS
REQUIREMENTS FOR RED BACKGROUND
ALL OTHER
BACKGROUND WHITE
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
LEGEND RED TYPE B OR C SHEETING
AND SYMBOLS
LEGEND,BORDERS
AND SYMBOLS
LEGEND,BORDERS
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
YELLOW
FLOURESCENT
LEGEND & BORDERS
AND SYMBOLS
LEGEND,BORDERS
YELLOW GREEN
FLOURESCENT
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
ALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS THICKNESS
SHEETING REQUIREMENTS
SHEETING REQUIREMENTS
SHEETING REQUIREMENTS SHEETING REQUIREMENTS
ALUMINUM SIGN BLANKS DMS-7110
SIGN FACE MATERIALS DMS-8300
SPECIFIC SIGNS ONLY
REQUIREMENTS FOR FOUR
BACKGROUND ALL OTHERS
Standard Plan Sheets.
8. Mounting details for roadside mounted signs are shown in the "SMD series"
Specification requirements of DMS-7110 or approved alternative.
7. Sign substrate shall be any material that meets the Departmental Material
sheeting, or combination thereof.
ink, transparent colored overlay film or colored sheeting to background
6. Colored legend shall be applied by screening process with transparent colored
cut-out white sheeting to colored background sheeting, or combination thereof.
colored ink, transparent colored overlay film to white background sheeting or
5. White legend and borders shall be applied by screening process with transparent
thereof.
acrylic non-reflective black film to background sheeting, or combination
4. Black legend and borders shall be applied by screening process or cut-out
a balanced appearance when spacing is not shown.
and any approved changes thereto. Lateral spacing of legend shall provide
3. Lateral spacing between letters and numerals shall conform with the SHSD,
Standard Highway Alphabets (B, C, D, E, Emod or F).
2. Sign legend shall use the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)
can be found in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).
shown on sign tabulation sheet. Standard sign designs and arrow dimensions
1. Signs to be furnished shall be as detailed elsewhere in the plans and/or as
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
SYMBOLS RED TYPE B OR C SHEETING
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
TYPE B OR C SHEETING
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE FILM
TYPE A SHEETINGTYPE B OR C SHEETING
REQUIREMENTS
TYPICAL SIGN
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
GENERAL NOTES
111SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:39 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL NOTES
CABINET TO ALL SIGNAL PHASES & OVERLAPS.
19. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL TO ENSURE CORRECT WIRING AND PROGRAMMING IN THE
CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ROADWAY PLANS FOR DETAILS.
18. PAVEMENT MARKINGS, INTERSECTION MODIFICATION, SIGN INSTALLATION AND PED RAMPS WILL BE
17. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40.
RECEIVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
16. SIGNAL HEADS SHALL NOT BE PLACED OVER THE ROADWAY UNTIL ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS HAVE BEEN
15. ALL SIGNAL HEADS SHALL HAVE 12-INCH L.E.D. INDICATIONS AND FLAT BLACK, POLYCARBONATE BACKPLATES.
14. EXISTING SIGNAL EQUIPMENT WILL REMAIN AS SHOWN IN THE PLAN.
OF DENTON'S ENGINEER FOR FINAL APPROVAL.
13. ANY CONFLICTS OF TXDOT STANDARDS AND CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS WILL NEED TO BE BROUGHT TO CITY
12. ALL CONDUIT UNDER ROADWAYS SHALL BE BORED.
TO THE DENSITY OF ADJACENT AREA.
COMPACT, AND RESTORE THE TRENCHED AREA TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS AND MATCH EXISTING SURFACE CONDITIONS
AS PER TXDOT STANDARD, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE IN PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BACK FILL,
11. ALL PROPOSED CONDUITS UNDER NATURAL GROUND SHALL BE TRENCHED AND BURIED A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES,
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE FINAL APPROVAL FROM CITY OF DENTON ENGINEER
10. EXACT LOCATION OF POLES, CONTROLLER, GROUND BOXES, SIGNAL HEADS, SIGNS, ADVANCED RADARS SHALL
SIGNAL POLE SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT.
BE MODIFIED TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLED FIELD CONDITIONS. THE LOCATION OF THE PEDESTAL AND TRAFFIC
9. THE RAMPS LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE AND THE LOCATION OF THE PEDESTAL AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE MAY
SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND EXISTING OVERHEAD POWER LINES.
8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 6' RADIUS FROM NEUTRAL AND 10' RADIUS BETWEEN PROPOSED TRAFFIC
INSPECTION.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THE CONSTRUCTION AREA TO ORIGINAL OR FINISHED CONDITION PRIOR TO FINAL
NOTICE PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION, BORING, TRENCHING OR PUSHING PIPE WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT 811 AND OTHER UTILITY PROVIDERS WITH A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS ADVANCE
PRESERVE AND PROTECT THESE UTILITIES, WHETHER UNDERGROUND, ABOVE GROUND OR OVERHEAD.
COMMENCING WORK AND IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THEIR FAILURE TO LOCATE,
5. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO LOCATE ALL UTILITIES (PUBLIC AND PRIVATE) PRIOR TO
EXISTING CONDUIT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION.
4. AS BUILT PLANS ARE NOT ACCURATE BASED ON THE EXISTING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY
SHALL BE REPLACED TO TXDOT STANDARDS.
3. ANY EXISTING PAVEMENT, CURBS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS DAMAGED OR REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS AS IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS.
2. ALL CONSTRUCTION RELATED TO THIS TRAFFIC SIGNAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TXDOT STANDARDS,
ITEM.
BUT OMITTED ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE APPROPRIATE BID
1. THE INTENTION OF THESE PLANS TO PROVIDE A FULLY OPERATIONAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL. ANY ITEMS REQUIRED
SIGNALS AND PROPOSED POLES AS PER THE DIRECTION FROM CITY.
31. FOR NOTTINGHAM DRIVE AND UNIVERSITY DRIVE, EXISTING CONDUITS WILL BE USED TO RUN THE CONDUCTORS FOR PED
TXDOT STANDARDS. THIS ITEM WILL BE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 680. WIND DAMPERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON LMA POLES.
30. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WIND DAMPERS ON MAST ARMS 40 FEET AND LONGER TO MINIMIZE VIBRATION, BASED ON
CONFLICT WITH OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL LINES.
AND CODY TENORIOAT AT DME (940-349-7532) NEED TO BE INFORMED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES TO AVOID ANY
LUMINAIRE AT SHERMAN DRIVE AND LOOP 288. CITY ENGINEER CHANDRA MURUGANANDHAM, P.E., P.T.O.E. (940-349-8402)
29. INSTALL 400 W LED LUMINAIRE AT NOTTINGHAM DRIVE AND UNIVERSITY DRIVE AT TWO CORNERS AND INSTALL 240 W LED
LED TO AVOID LIGHT SPILLOVER OUTSIDE THE R.O.W.
28. ALL PROPOSED LUMINAIRES AT UNIVERSITY DRIVE AND NOTTINGHAM DRIVE SHALL BE FULL CUTOFF AND PROGRAMMABLE
PER THE DIRECTION FROM CITY.
27. A 4" STUB OUT FROM THE CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FUTURE INTERCONNECT AT LOOP 288 AND SHERMAN DRIVE
TOP OF THE APPLICABLE ROADWAY CROWN.
26. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 20.5 FT IS REQUIRED FOR MAST ARM SIGNAL HEADS FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE BACK PLATE TO THE
FIELD BY THE CITY ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
COMMENCING AND CONSTRUCTION WORK ON THIS SIGNAL. SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATION LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED IN THE
25. CONTACT CITY OF DENTON'S TRAFFIC ENGINEER CHANDRA MURUGANANDHAM, P.E., P.T.O.E. AT 940-349-8402 PRIOR TO
24. SIGNAL FOUNDATION SHALL BE FLUSH WITH SIDEWALK.
STREETS AND BRIDGES, AND THE TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES FOR STREETS AND HIGHWAYS.
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITIONS OF TXDOT STANDARD AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAYS,
23. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS, MARKERS, PAINT, TRAFFIC BUTTONS, TRAFFIC CONTROLS AND SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
SIGNAL ACTIVATION.
22. COORDINATE WITH CITY OF DENTON ON SIGNAL TIMING AND PHASING A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) WEEKS PRIOR TO TRAFFIC
THE PUSH BUTTONS.
21. SIDEWALKS SHOULD BE EXTENDED UP TO THE SIGNAL/PEDESTAL POLES AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO
THE APS SHALL BE PROGRAMMED BY A MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND TMUTCD.
iv) A SPEECH PUSH BUTTON INFORMATION MESSAGE.
iii) A SPEECH WALK MESSAGE FOR THE WALKING PERSON INDICATION, AND
ii) A TACTILE ARROW
i) PUSH BUTTON LOCATOR TONE
ON SAME POLE, EACH ACCESSIBLE PUSH BUTTON MUST HAVE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
SIGNAL UNITS CONFORMING TO TXDOT ITEM 688. IF TWO ACCESSIBLE PUSH BUTTONS ARE SPACED LESS THAN 10' APART OR
20. PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS SHOULD CONFORM TO CURRENT ADA STANDARDS AND SHOULD BE ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
EXISTING LAYOUT
112SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:40 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
GUY WIRE
FENCE
WATER VALVE
FIRE HYDRANT
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. R.O.W.
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
EX. CONDUIT
EX. GROUND BOX
EX. METER SERVICE
EX. PED PUSH BUTTON
EX. PREEMPTION
EX. PTZ CAMERA
EX. LUMINAIRE
EX. ANTENNA
EX. CONTROLLER CABINET
EX. PRESENCE RADAR DETECTOR
EX. SIGN ON MAST ARM
EX. SIGNAL HEAD
EX. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
101+00102+00103+00102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00
EXISTING SIGNAL HEADS
S6
S2EX.
R.O.W.
E2
S2
S1
E1
S8
E7
S6
UNIVERSITY DR
1900
E
2000
NOTTINGHAM DR
24002300
UNIVERSITY DR
2000
E
1900
R Y G GY
R GY R
G
YE2
E7
EX.
R.O.W.EX.
R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.EX.
R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
S8
NOTTINGHAM DR
23002400 S4
ON GREEN
YIELD
LEFT TURN
NOTES
CAUTION
S4
(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DR
(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DR
NOTTINGHAM DR (SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
NOTTINGHAM DR (SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
EXISTING POWER METER TO REMAIN
EXISTING PRESENCE RADAR TO BE REMOVED
E3*
S3*
E8*
S7*
EXISTING CONTROLLER AND CABINET TO REMAIN
EXISTING GROUND BOX TO BE REPLACED
EXISTING GROUND BOX TO REMAIN
EXISTING GROUND BOX TO REMAIN
EXISTING SIGNAL POLE TO REMAIN
EXISTING SIGNAL POLE TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING SIGNAL POLE TO REMAIN
BE REPLACED
EXISTING OPTICOM TO
TO BE REPLACED
EXISTING GROUND BOX
RADAR TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING PRESENCE
W1
W2
S5
E6
EPB3**
EPB5**
W1 W2
W4
EPB4
EPB1
EPB2
EXISTING SIGNS
S5*,S7*
S1,S3*
O
HPUS
BUTTON
F R
O
HPUS
BUTTON
FR
EPB2 EPB4EPB1EPB3
EPB6*EPB5**
**-EXISTING SIGNS TO BE REMOVED
*-EXISTING SIGNS TO BE REPLACED
EPB6*
W3**
W4
EXISTING PTZ CAMERA TO REMAIN
***-EXISTING SIGNAL HEAD TO REMAIN
**-EXISTING SIGNAL HEAD TO BE REMOVED
*-EXISTING SIGNAL HEAD TO BE REPLACED
W6**
ANY DAMAGED UTILITIES.
CONTRACTOR IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
PRIOR TO DRILLING AND BORING.
CONTRACTOR WILL LOCATE ALL UTILITIES
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE.
LOCATION IN THE FIELD.
6. LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING GROUND BOXES AND CONDUITS ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
5. IT IS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE SURE THE SIGNAL IS OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES.
FOR DETAILS.
4. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE MODIFIED. REFER TO ROADWAY PLAN SET
OF THE PROPOSED SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND FINAL SIGNAL TURN -ON.
3. SALVAGE REMOVED EXISTING SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND RETURN TO CITY OF DENTON AFTER INSTALLATION
PROTECT THE UTILITY INCLUDING EXISTING GROUND BOXES AND CONDUITS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO LOCATE, PRESERVE AND
IT IS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PRESERVE AND PROTECT THESE ITEMS.
1. AS PER DIRECTION FROM CITY, EXISTING GROUND BOX, CONDUITS, AND CONDUCTORS WILL BE REUSED.
W3**
E1E3*E6 E8*
EXISTING POLE TO BE REMOVED
E5***
E4***
E9***
E10***
E4***E5***
E9***E10***
E11***
E11***
W6**
W5*
W5*
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
PROPOSED LAYOUT
113SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:42 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
FENCE
WATER VALVE
FIRE HYDRANT
TRAFFIC FLOW
PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W.
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
EX. CONDUIT
EX. GROUND BOX
EX. METER SERVICE
EX. PTZ CAMERA
EX. LUMINAIRE
EX. CONTROLLER CABINET
EX. SIGN ON MAST ARM
EX. PED SIGNAL HEAD
EX. SIGNAL HEAD
EX. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
PROP. PED PUSH BUTTON
PROP. RADAR ADVANCE
PROP. ANTENNA
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. OPTICOM
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. VERTICAL POLE
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. PED SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
101+00102+00103+00102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00
P200
NOTES
ET400
(NOT TO SCALE)
P400EX.
R.O.W.EX.
R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.EX.
R.O.W.EX.
R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
PROPOSED SIGNS
AR401AR201P300
(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DR(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DRH101
S101
H102
H103
S102
PROPOSED SIGNAL HEADS
TURNEFT
FLASHIN
YIEL
YELL WO
ARROW
L
D
ON G
ONLY ONLYONLY
P300
TRAVEL DIRECTION
SIGN
PUSH BUTTON
POLE NUMBERP###
P301 P200
ET400
P400 P100
T100
PROPOSED ILSN SIGNS*
University DRE
1900 2000
INSTALLATION.
THEM FROM CITY PRIOR TO
SIGNS. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN
*CITY TO FABRICATE ILSN
Y GR
H3BH4FL
Y GRY
FY
(SEE NOTE 7)
RELOCATED BY DME
EX. POWER POLE TO BE
T300
S303
30 X 48
R3-8b
S102,S302
EX. R.O.W.
H104
EX. POLE TO REMAIN
H305
REMAIN
EX. POWER METER TO
H105
P100
H202
H201
H301
H401S201
S40148 X 30
R10-17T
S301,S401
S101,S201
(SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
NOTTINGHAM DR
(SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
NOTTINGHAM DR
ET200
H302
S302
S301
H303
University DRE
2000 1900
S103 (1 EA)
S303 (1 EA)
S103
H304
R .O.W.
PR OP . PB7
PB8
PB3
PB5
PB6
P101
ET200
H203
H403
PB4
UTILITIES.
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGED
BORING. CONTRACTOR IS FULLY
UTILITIES PRIOR TO DRILLING AND
CONTRACTOR WILL LOCATE ALL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE.
CAUTION
P301
T100
H402
PB2
PB1
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
H302,H303
H102,H103
H301,H401
H101,H201
REMAIN
EX. POLE TO
SEE DETAIL B
DETAIL B
AND SIGN LAYOUT
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
CABINET TO REMAIN
EX. CONTROLLER AND
REMAIN
CAMERA TO
EX. PTZ
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PRESERVE AND PROTECT THESE ITEMS.
9.AS PER DIRECTION FROM CITY, EXISTING GROUND BOX, CONDUITS, AND CONDUCTORS WILL BE REUSED. IT IS
BE REUSED.
8. ALL PED PUSH BUTTONS AND PED SIGNAL HEADS WILL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. PED DETECT CONTROLLER UNIT WILL
INSTALLING.
7. EXISTING POWER ON SE CORNER TO BE RELOCATED BY DME. CONTACT CODY TENORIOAT 940-349-7532 BEFORE
TOP OF THE APPLICABLE ROADWAY CROWN.
6. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 20.5FT IS REQUIRED FOR MAST ARM SIGNAL HEADS FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE BACK PLATE TO THE
18 INCH REACH FROM THE FLAT LANDING AREA.
5. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD ADJUST THE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THE PUSH BUTTON TO ENSURE THAT IT IS ACCESSIBLE WITHIN
4. THE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS SHALL HAVE BOTH AUDIBLE AND TACTILE CAPABILITIES.
PART OF ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ROADWAY PLANS FOR DETAILS.
3. PAVEMENT MARKINGS, INTERSECTION MODIFICATIONS, SIGN INSTALLATION AND PED RAMPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AS
2. INSTALL 400 W LED LUMINAIRE ON T100 AND T300. COORDINATE WITH CITY AND DME BEFORE INSTALLING.
BE REQUIRED.
1. PROPOSED SIGNALS TO BE SWITCHED OVERNIGHT. THE ASSISTANCE OF LAW ENFORCEMENT TO CONTROL THE SIGNAL MAY
9" X 15"
R10-3eL
PB4,PB8
9" X 15"
R10-3eR
PB5,PB6,PB7
PB1,PB2,PB3
H304,H305,H402,H403
H104,H105,H202,H203
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
PROPOSED CONDUIT LAYOUT
114SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:44 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS101+00102+00103+00102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00
C301
CAUTION
UTILITIES.
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGED
BORING. CONTRACTOR IS FULLY
UTILITIES PRIOR TO DRILLING AND
CONTRACTOR WILL LOCATE ALL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE.
NOTES
EX. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.EGB300
C1*
EGB200
C202
C201*
NOTTINGHAM DR (SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
NOTTINGHAM DR (SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)
C106
C101*,C102*
EX. R.O.W.
C304**
C303*
P100
P200
T100
ET400
P400
C404
C403*
C103*
C104,C105
C402**
C401*R.O.W .PROP. P101
T300
P300
C302,C305
ET200
GB100***
GB101***
GB400***
P301
LOCATION.
REPLACED BY THE PROPOSED AT THE SAME
6.***-THE EXISTING GROUND BOX TO BE
WIRING.
THE EXISTING CONDUIT FOR LUMINAIRE
5.**-PROPOSED CONDUITS PLACED NEXT TO
CONDUCTORS, AS PER DIRECTION FROM CITY.
CONDUITS WILL BE USED FOR THE PROPOSED
4. *-CONDUITS ALREADY IN PLACE. EXISTING
TO ROADWAY PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE MODIFIED. REFER
3. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND
OPERATIONAL DURING ALL THE TIME.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE SIGNAL
CONDUITS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
INCLUDING EXISTING GROUND BOXES AND
PRESERVE AND PROTECT THE UTILITY
DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO LOCATE,
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
DETAIL C
T100
C107
C103*
C2*
C306
P101
DETAIL C
SEE
(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DR(SPEED LI
MI
T = 45 MPH)E UNI
VERSI
TY DRLEGEND
FENCE
WATER VALVE
FIRE HYDRANT
TRAFFIC FLOW
PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W.
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
EX. CONDUIT
EX. GROUND BOX
EX. METER SERVICE
EX. PTZ CAMERA
EX. LUMINAIRE
EX. CONTROLLER CABINET
EX. SIGN ON MAST ARM
EX. PED SIGNAL HEAD
EX. SIGNAL HEAD
EX. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
PROP. PED PUSH BUTTON
PROP. RADAR ADVANCE
PROP. ANTENNA
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. OPTICOM
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. VERTICAL POLE
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. PED SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETAILS
115SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:45 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
PROPOSED SIGNAL HEADS AND POLE SUMMARY
PROPOSED 21C TERMINATION CHART
PROPOSED 7C TERMINATION CHART
EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE DETAILS***
CORNER NE NW SW SE
POLE TYPE T ET P T P ET P
POLE #100 200 200 300 300 400 400
HEAD NUMBER H101 H102 H103 H104 H105 H201 H202 H203 H301 H302 H303 H304 H305 H401 H402 H403
HEAD TYPE H4FL H3B H3B P P H4FL P P H4FL H3B H3B P P H4FL P P
1 RED RA(L)RB RB DW DW RA(L)DW DW RA(L)RB RB DW DW RA(L)DW DW
2 ORANGE SPARE YB YB SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE YB YB SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
3 GREEN SPARE GB GB W W SPARE W W SPARE GB GB W W SPARE W W
4 BLACK YA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE YA(L)SPARE SPARE YA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE YA(L)SPARE SPARE
5 BLUE GA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE GA(L)SPARE SPARE GA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE GA(L)SPARE SPARE
6 BLACK/WHITE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE
7 WHITE/BLACK COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMOM COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON
CABLE CONDUCTOR TYPE
HEAD IDENTIFIER
1 RED VH MRB
2 ORANGE VH MYB
3 GREEN VH MGB
4 BLACK VH MYA(L)
5 BLUE VH MGA(L)
6 RED/WHITE N/A PED COMMON
7 GREEN/WHITE PH MD
8 BLACK/RED PH MW
9 ORANGE/WHITE PH XD
10 RED/BLACK PH XW
11 ORANGE/BLACK VH XRB
12 GREEN/BLACK VH XYB
13 WHITE/BLACK VH XGB
14 BLUE/BLACK VH XYA(F)
15 BLACK/WHITE VH MRA(L)
16 BLUE/WHITE VH XYA(F)
17 WHITE/RED VH XGA(F)
18 BLUE/RED VH MYA(F)
19 RED/GREEN VH MGA(O)
20 ORANGE/GREEN VH MYA(O)
21 WHITE N/A SIG COMMONDESCRIPTION (SEE ED(5)-14)
ELECTRICAL SERVICE
SIZE (RMC)
CONDUIT
SERVICE
NO./SIZE
CONDUCTORS
SERVICE
SWITCH AMPS
SAFETY
POLE/AMP
CKT. BRK.
DISCONNECT
MAIN
AMPS
CONTRACTOR
TWO-POLE
RATING (MIN)
LOADCENTER AMP
PANELBD./
NO.
CIRCUIT
POLE/AMPS
CKT. BRK.
BRANCH
AMPS
CIRCUIT
BRANCH
LOAD
KVA
D(120/240)100(NS)AL(E)PS(U)
ELEC SERV TY 1 1/2"3/#2 N/A 2P/100 30 100
C-ILSN
B-LUMINAIRE
A-SIGNAL
1P/20
2P/20
1P/50
2
9
40
7.2
***-EXISTING ELECTRIC SERVICE TO BE REUSED. THE ELECTRIC SERVICE DATA WILL BE CONFIRMED BY THE POWER PROVIDER FOR THE PROPOSED SIGNALS.
NE NW SW SE TOTALSCORNER NUMBER 100 200 300 400
POLE TYPE T P P ET P T P P ET P T=2 P=6
POLE NUMBER 100 100 101 200 200 300 300 301 400 400
P POLE HEIGHT STANDARD 5'5'EX 10'STANDARD 10'5'EX 10'48-A=1 36-1=1 24-A=6
FOUNDATION TYPE 48-A X 22'24-A X 4'24-A X 4'EX 24-A X 6'36-A X 13'24-A X 6'24-A X 4'EX 24-A X 6'PF 22'=1 PF 13'=1 PF 4'=3
PF 6'= 3
MAST-ARM LENGTH (FT)55 --EX -48 --EX -55'=1
48'=1
LUMINAIRE VERTICAL POLE 1 --EX-1 -1 --EX-1 -2
LUMINAIRE TRUSS 1 --EX-1 -1 --EX-1 -2
LUMINAIRE 1 --EX-1 -1 --EX-1 -2
EMERGENCY PRE-EMPTION -----DUAL --DUAL -DUAL=2
RADIO ANTENNA 1 ---------1
GRIDSMART CAMERA 1 ---------1
GROUND BOX 2 1-EX 1-EX 1 3
ADVANCE RADAR ---1 ----1 -2
APS -1 1 1 1 -1 1 1 1 8
SIGNAL HEAD NUMBER H101 H102 H103 H104 H105
--
H201 H202 H203 H301 H302 H303 H304 H305
-
H401 H402 H403 -
SIGNAL HEAD TYPE H4FL H3B H3B P P H4FL P P H4FL H3B H3B P P H4FL P P
P=8
H4FL=4
H3B=2
SIGNAL HEAD LENS SIZE (INCH)12 12 12 --12 --12 12 12 --12 ---
SIGNAL INDICATIONS
-R R ------R R -----4
-Y Y ------Y Y -----4
-G G ------G G -----4
LRA ----LRA --LRA ----LRA --1
LYA ----LYA --LYA ----LYA --1
LFYA ----LFYA --LFYA ----LFYA --1
LGA ----LGA --LGA ----LGA --1
---DW DW -DW DW ---DW DW -DW DW 3
---W W -W W ---W W -W W 3
TOTAL LENSES 4 3 3 --4 --4 3 3 --4 --VL=28 PL=8
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETAILS 2
116SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:46 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
POLE DETAILS AND WIRING INSIDE POLES
PROPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE
RADAR DETECTION TABLE
PROPOSED BACKPLATE QUANTITIES
SENSOR TYPE LOCATIONS
MOUNTING
SERVING
PHASE
AR201 ADVANCE MAST ARM PHASE 6
AR401 ADVANCE MAST ARM PHASE 2
POLE OFFSET
POLE NUMBER ROADWAY STATION OFFSET SIDE
T100 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 102+36 67 LT
P100 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 102+27 68 LT
P101 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 102+42 56 LT
P200 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 101+65 76 LT
T300 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 101+14 89 RT
P300 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 100+97 61 RT
P301 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 101+14 76 RT
P400 UNIVERISTY DRIVE 102+1 77 RT
BACKPLATE TYPE QUANTITY
3 SEC 4
4 SEC 4
RUN
CONDUIT
(FT)
LENGTH
EXTRA (FT)(LF)
CONDUIT
BARE LUM ILSN CAMERA
GRIDSMART
ADVANCE
RADAR
ANTENNA
RADIO OPTICOM SIGNAL APS
TRENCHED
4" PVC
BORED
3" PVC
TRENCHED
3" PVC
TRENCHED
2" PVC No. 6 14 AWG
3 CNDR
14AWG
3 CNDR
4PR 24AWG
CAT5E
CABLE
DETECTION
ADVANCE
RADAR
CAT5E
COMM
CAT5E
COMM
14AWG
21 CNDR
14AWG
7 CNDR
12 AWG
3 CNDR
C1*13 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 2 2
CABINET 15 1 2 1 1 2 8 8
C2*3 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 2 1 1 2 8 8
GB100 6 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 8 8
C101*69 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 2 1 1 2 8 8
C102*7 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 2 2
GB101 6 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 8 8
C104 11 11 1 1 1 1 2
C105 11 11 1 1 1
T100 6 1 1 1 1 1 2
C106 4 4 1 1
P100 6 1
C107 19 19 1 1
P101 6 1
C103*7 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 2 2
EGB200 6 1 2 2
C201*15 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 1 1
ET200 6 1 1 1
C202 16 16 1 1 1
P200 6 1 1
C401*125 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 1 1 4 4
C402**125 109 16 1 1 1
GB400 6 1 1 1 1 1 4 4
C403*13 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 1 1
ET400 6 1 1 1
C404 30 30 1 1 1
P400 6 1 1
C303*119 EXISTING CONDUIT IN PLACE 1 1 1 1 2 2
C304**119 83 36 1 1 1
EGB300 6 1 1 1 1 2 2
C302 25 1 1 1
C305 25 25 1 1 1 1
T300 6 1 1 1 1 1
C301 9 9 1 1 1
P300 6 1 1
C306 11 11 1 1
P301 6 1
TOTAL (FT)11 192 52 114 405 487 487 116 382 116 386 502 1770 1757
3. ALL PED PUSH BUTTONS AND PED SIGNAL HEADS WILL BE WIRED WITH NEW CONDUCTORS
2.** - PROPOSED CONDUITS NEXT TO THE EXISTING CONDUITS ALREADY IN PLACE.
EQUIPEMENTS.
1.* - CONDUITS ALREADY IN PLACE. CONDUCTORS ARE ONLY PROPOSED TO CONNECT NEW EQUIPMENT. EXISTING CONDUCTORS TO REMAIN FOR EXISTING AND REPLACED
NOTE:
POLE
LUM CAMERA
GRIDSMART APS ADVANCE
RADAR OPTICOM ANTENNA ILSN SIGNAL
14 AWG
3 CNDR
COMM
CAT5E
12 AWG
3 CNDR
CABLE
DETECTION
ADVANCE
RADAR
CABLE
OPTICOM
COMM
CAT5E
14 AWG
3 CNDR
14 AWG
7 CNDR
(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)
T100 30 30 ---25 30 215
ET200 --5 50 ---10
T300 30 ---50 -30 185
ET400 --5 50 ---10
P100 --5 -----
P101 --5 -----
P200 --5 ----10
P300 --5 ----10
P301 -5 --
P400 --5 ----10
TOTAL 60 30 40 100 50 25 60 450
08/05/2020
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERISTY DRIVE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETAILS 3
117SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:47 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
E
B
C
D
H
A
PAVEMENT EDGE/CURB
YGR
F
G
YGRYGRY
APS MESSAGE INFORMATION
SIGNAL HEAD SPACING
DIMENSION FOR PROPOSED POLE AND MAST ARM****
I
BARRIER LINE
PROPOSED PHASING
PROPOSED PHASING DIAGRAM
LOCATION
PUSH BUTTON
HEAD
SIGNAL
MOVEMENT
PEDESTRIAN FUNCTIONS SPEECH MESSAGE/SOUND DETAILS
P100 H104 6
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS NOTTINGHAM AT UNIVERSITY DR.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
P101 H105 4
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS UNIVERSITY DR AT NOTTINGHAM.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
ET200 H202 4
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS UNIVERSITY DR AT NOTTINGHAM.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
P200 H203 2
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS NOTTINGHAM AT UNIVERSITY DR.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
T300 H304 2
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS NOTTINGHAM AT UNIVERSITY DR.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
P300 H305 8
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS UNIVERSITY DR AT NOTTINGHAM.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
ET400 H402 8
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS UNIVERSITY DR AT NOTTINGHAM.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
P400 H403 6
BUTTON PUSH ON DW WAIT.
EXTEND BUTTON PUSH WAIT TO CROSS NOTTINGHAM AT UNIVERSITY DR.
LOCATOR TONE SLOW TICK.
WALK INDICATION RAPID TICK.
POLE#A B C D E F G H I
T100 13'31'43'55'55'8'22'8'7' TO 10'
T300 9'24'36'48'48'8'22'8'7' TO 10'
AVOID ANY UTILITY CONFLICTS
**** CONTRACTOR TO FIELD ADJUST AS NEEDED AND AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER TO
FY
1
6
2
5
3
8
4
7
4
NOTTINGHAM DR
UNIVERSITY DR8
52
16
7
3
PED
PEDPED PED08/05/2020
B-B
STOP
DO NOT
ENTER
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288 MATCHLINE SHEET 1 OF 2EXISTING LAYOUT 1
118SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:49 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
60+00 50+0051+00100+00101+00B-B
STOP
DO NOT
ENTER
B-B
STOP
DO NOT
ENTER
US 288EX. R.O.WCAUTION
NOTES
ANY DAMAGED UTILITIES.
CONTRACTOR IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
PRIOR TO DRILLING AND BORING.
CONTRACTOR WILL LOCATE ALL UTILITIES
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. EX. R.O.WSHERMAN DRIVE (SPEED LIMIT = 45MPH)
EX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
EB RAMP EXISTING STOP SIGN TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING STOP SIGN TO BE REMOVED
ROADWAY PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
3. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE MODIFIED. REFER TO
SHOWN, UNTIL THE PROPOSED SIGNAL IS OPERATIONAL.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SIGNS ON ALL APPROACHES AS
PRESERVE AND PROTECT THE EXISTING UTILITIES.
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO LOCATE,
LEGEND
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. R.O.W.
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
EX. POST MOUNTED SIGN
08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288MATCHLINE SHEET 2 OF 2EXISTING LAYOUT 2
119SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:50 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. R.O.W.
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
EX. POST MOUNTED SIGN
WB RAMPSEE NOTE 2
NOTES
SHERMAN DRIVE (SPEED LIMIT = 45 MPH)
CAUTION
ANY DAMAGED UTILITIES.
CONTRACTOR IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
PRIOR TO DRILLING AND BORING.
CONTRACTOR WILL LOCATE ALL UTILITIES
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE.
MODIFIED. REFER TO ROADWAY PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
3. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE
OPERATIONAL.
ON ALL APPROACHES AS SHOWN, UNTIL THE PROPOSED SIGNAL IS
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SIGNS
UTILITY.
FAILURE TO LOCATE, PRESERVE AND PROTECT THE EXISTING
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS
65+0050+0051+00100+00101+00B-B
STOP
DO NOT
ENTER
B-B
STOP
DO NOT
ENTERUS 288 BE REMOVED
EXISTING STOP SIGN TO
REMOVED
EXISTING STOP SIGN TO BE EX. R.O.WEX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.WEX. R.O.W08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE AND LOOP 288
PROPOSED SIGNAL LAYOUT 1
120SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:52 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
60+00 50+0051+00100+00101+00MATCHLINE SHEET 1 OF 2Y GR
CAUTION
DAMAGED UTILITIES.
IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
DRILLING AND BORING. CONTRACTOR
LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR WILL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE
Y GRY
FY
NOTES
WAY
ONE
WAY
ONE TURNEFT
FLASHIN
YIEL
YELL WO
ARROW
L
D
ON G
PROPOSED SIGNAL HEADS
H3B H4FL
H301
30 X 36
R6-2R
S101
30 X 36
R6-2L
S303
30 X 36
R10-17T
S301
PROPOSED SIGNS ON MAST ARM
PROPOSED ILSN SIGNS
S201
Loop 288 S102,S304
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN THEM FROM CITY
*CITY TO FABRICATE ILSN SIGNS.
ONLY
36 X 30
R3-5 L
S302
Sherman
Dr
H303
H201,H202,H302,
H101,H102,H103,
58+00 59+00 61+00 62+00
APPLICABLE ROADWAY CROWN.
HEADS FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE BACK PLATE TO THE TOP OF THE
4. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 20.5FT IS REQUIRED FOR MAST ARM SIGNAL
FROM THE FLAT LANDING AREA.
BUTTON TO ENSURE THAT IT IS ACCESSIBLE WITHIN 18 INCH REACH
3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD ADJUST THE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THE PUSH
AND TACTILE CAPABILITIES.
2. THE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS SHALL HAVE BOTH AUDIBLE
ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ROADWAY PLANS FOR DETAILS.
INSTALLATION AND PED RAMPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF
1. PAVEMENT MARKINGS, INTERSECTION MODIFICATIONS, SIGN
H201H202
AR201
AR101
H102
PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W.
PROP. R.O.W
T300
H303
H302
S301
H301
S304
T200
S201
S101
T100
S302
S303
S102
H101EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.(SPEED LIMIT = 45 MPH)
SHERMAN DR
MODIFIED. REFER TO ROADWAY PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
3. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE
OPERATIONAL.
ON ALL APPROACHES AS SHOWN, UNTIL THE PROPOSED SIGNAL IS
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SIGNS
CONSTRUCTION.
INCLUDING EXISTING GROUND BOXES AND CONDUITS DURING
FAILURE TO LOCATE, PRESERVE AND PROTECT THE UTILITY
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS
H103
US 288(SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)EB RAMPLEGEND
PROP. 4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
PROP. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. METER SERVICE
PROP. PREEMPTION
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. CONTROLLER CABINET
PROP. ADVANCE RADAR DETECTOR
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. ILSN SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE AND LOOP 288
PROPOSED SIGNAL LAYOUT 2
121SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:53 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
PROP. 4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
PROP. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. METER SERVICE
PROP. PREEMPTION
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. CONTROLLER CABINET
PROP. ADVANCE RADAR DETECTOR
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. ILSN SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
H401
AR401
H402
H601
H602H502
PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
PROP. R.O.WAR501S501T500
H501S401
S601
H603
T600
S402
S604
S603EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W.US 288( SPEED LIMIT = 45 MPH)
SHERMAN DR (SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)WB RAMPH403
T400
S602
AND CABINET
PROPOSED CONTROLLER SERVICE
METER
PROPOSED
65+0050+0051+00100+00101+00MATCHLINE SHEET 2 OF 2Y GR
CAUTION
DAMAGED UTILITIES.
IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
DRILLING AND BORING. CONTRACTOR
LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR WILL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE
NOTES
PROPOSED SIGNAL HEADS
PROPOSED SIGNS ON MAST ARM
30 x 36
R6-2R
S401
30 X 36
R10-17T
S601
30 x 36
R6-2L
S603
H3B H4FL
H601
TURNEFT
FLASHIN
YIEL
YELL WO
ARROW
L
D
ON G WAY
ONE
WAY
ONE
PROPOSED ILSN SIGNS
S501
Sherman Dr Loop 288
S402,S604
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN THEM FROM CITY
*CITY TO FABRICATE ILSN SIGNS.
ONLY
30 X 36
R3-5L
S602
Y GRY
FY
H603
H501,H502,H602,
H401,H402,H403,
BOTTOM OF THE BACK PLATE TO THE TOP OF THE APPLICABLE ROADWAY CROWN.
4. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 20.5FT IS REQUIRED FOR MAST ARM SIGNAL HEADS FROM THE
AREA.
ENSURE THAT IT IS ACCESSIBLE WITHIN 18 INCH REACH FROM THE FLAT LANDING
3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD ADJUST THE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THE PUSH BUTTON TO
CAPABILITIES.
2. THE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS SHALL HAVE BOTH AUDIBLE AND TACTILE
PLANS FOR DETAILS.
RAMPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ROADWAY
1. PAVEMENT MARKINGS, INTERSECTION MODIFICATIONS, SIGN INSTALLATION AND PED
63+00 66+0064+00
08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE AND LOOP 288
PROPOSED CONDUIT LAYOUT 1
122SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:55 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS MATCHLINE SHEET 1 OF 2CAUTION
DAMAGED UTILITIES.
IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
DRILLING AND BORING. CONTRACTOR
LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR WILL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE
NOTES
TO ROADWAY PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
3.EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY GEOMETRY TO BE MODIFIED. REFER
AS SHOWN, UNTIL THE PROPOSED SIGNAL IS OPERATIONAL.
2.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SIGNS ON ALL APPROACHES
LOCATE, PRESERVE AND PROTECT THE EXISTING UTILITIES.
1.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO
C203,C204
C201,C202
C303,C304
C301,C302
GB100
GB200
GB300
GB2
US 288(SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)EB RAMP SHERMAN DR (SPEED LIMIT = 45 MPH)EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
PROP. R.O.W
C101,C102
C103,C104
C7,C8
LEGEND
PROP. 4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
PROP. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. METER SERVICE
PROP. PREEMPTION
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. CONTROLLER CABINET
PROP. ADVANCE RADAR DETECTOR
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. ILSN SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
60+00 50+0051+00100+00101+0008/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE AND LOOP 288
PROPOSED CONDUIT LAYOUT 2
123SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:40PENTABLE:4:53:57 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
0
SHEET
20 40
1"=40'
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
65+0050+0051+00100+00101+00PROP. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
EX. R.O.W
PROP. R.O.W
C603,C604
C501,C502
GB400
GB600
GB500 EX. R.O.W.EX. R.O.W.C503,C504
C401,C402
US 288SHERMAN DR (SPEED LIMIT = 45 MPH)(SPEED LIMIT = 30 MPH)WB RAMP C4
C601,C602
C2
GB1
CONNECTION
FOR DME POLE
CONDUIT STUB OUT
C3
C1
C5,C6
INTERCONNECT
FUTURE FIBER
CONDUIT STUB OUT FOR
TO POWER SERVICE
MATCHLINE SHEET 2 OF 2CAUTION
DAMAGED UTILITIES.
IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
DRILLING AND BORING. CONTRACTOR
LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR WILL
UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE
NOTES
PLAN SET FOR DETAILS.
GEOMETRY TO BE MODIFIED. REFER TO ROADWAY
3. EXISTING SIGNING, STRIPING, AND ROADWAY
UNTIL THE PROPOSED SIGNAL IS OPERATIONAL.
CONTROL SIGNS ON ALL APPROACHES AS SHOWN,
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY STOP
CONSTRUCTION.
GROUND BOXES AND CONDUITS DURING
AND PROTECT THE UTILITY INCLUDING EXISTING
CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO LOCATE, PRESERVE
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE
LEGEND
PROP. 4" CONC RIPRAP/MOW STRIP
TRAFFIC FLOW
EX. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
PROP. R.O.W.
EX. R.O.W.
PROP. CONDUIT (BORED)
PROP. CONDUIT (TRENCHED)
PROP. GROUND BOX
PROP. METER SERVICE
PROP. PREEMPTION
PROP. LUMINAIRE
PROP. CONTROLLER CABINET
PROP. ADVANCE RADAR DETECTOR
PROP. GRID SMART CAMERA
PROP. ILSN SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGN ON MAST ARM
PROP. SIGNAL HEAD
PROP. PEDESTAL
PROP. SIGNAL POLE AND MAST ARM
08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETAILS 1
124SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:58 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
F
B
C
D
I
A
PAVEMENT EDGE/CURB
YGR
G
H
YGRYGR
E
Y GRY
POLE DETAILS AND WIRING INSIDE POLES
PROPOSED SIGNAL HEADS AND POLE SUMMARY
DIMENSION FOR PROPOSED POLE AND MAST ARM**
PROPOSED BACKPLATE QUANTITIES
PROPOSED 21C TERMINATION CHART
SIGNAL HEAD SPACING
PROPOSED 7C TERMINATION CHART
GROUND BOX SUMMARY
GROUND BOX SUMMARY
TYPE EACH
TYPE D W/APRON 8
BACKPLATE TYPE QUANTITY
3 SEC 14
4 SEC 2
POLE TYPE T T T T T T
POLE #100 200 300 400 500 600
HEAD TYPE H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H4FL H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H4FL H3B H3B
HEAD NUMBER H101 H102 H103 H201 H202 H301 H1302 H302 H401 H402 H403 H501 H502 H601 H602 H603
1 RED RB RB RB RB RB RA(L)RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RA(L)RB RB
2 ORANGE YB YB YB YB YB SPARE YB YB YB YB YB YB YB SPARE YB YB
3 GREEN GB GB GB GB GB SPARE GB GB GB GB GB GB GB SPARE GB GB
4 BLACK SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE YA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE YA(L)SPARE SPARE
5 BLUE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE GA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE GA(L)SPARE SPARE
6 BLACK/WHITE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FYA(L)SPARE SPARE
7 WHITE/BLACK COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMOM COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMON COMMOM COMMON COMMON
POLE
LUM CAMERA
GRIDSMART
RADAR
ADVANCE OPTICOM SIGNAL ILSN
14 AWG
3 CNDR
4PR 24AWG
CAT5E
COMM CABLE
RADAR
CABLE
OPTICOM
14 AWG
7 CNDR
14 AWG
3 CNDR
FT FT FT FT FT FT
T100 30 -51 -113 32
T200 30 -50 47 98 32
T300 30 30 0 116 162 32
T400 30 -50 96 113 32
T500 30 -49 46 98 32
T600 30 30 0 -165 32
TOTAL 180 60 200 305 749 192
CABLE CONDUCTOR TYPE
HEAD IDENTIFIER
1 RED VH MRB
2 ORANGE VH MYB
3 GREEN VH MGB
4 BLACK VH MYA(L)
5 BLUE VH MGA(L)
6 RED/WHITE N/A PED COMMON
7 GREEN/WHITE PH MD
8 BLACK/RED PH MW
9 ORANGE/WHITE PH XD
10 RED/BLACK PH XW
11 ORANGE/BLACK VH XRB
12 GREEN/BLACK VH XYB
13 WHITE/BLACK VH XGB
14 BLUE/BLACK VH XYA(F)
15 BLACK/WHITE VH MRA(L)
16 BLUE/WHITE VH XYA(F)
17 WHITE/RED VH XGA(F)
18 BLUE/RED VH MYA(F)
19 RED/GREEN VH MGA(O)
20 ORANGE/GREEN VH MYA(O)
21 WHITE N/A SIG COMMON
POLE#A B C D E F G H I
T100 6.1'14.0'23.0'32.0'-32.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
T200 6.4'22.0'32.0'--32.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
T300 7.0'20.0'32.0'-44.0'44.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
T400 5.3'14.0'23.0'32.0'-32.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
T500 6.5'22.0'32.0'--32.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
T600 7.0'22.0'33.0'-44.0'44.0'8.0'22.0'8.0'
TO AVOID ANY UTILITY CONFLICTS
** CONTRACTOR TO FIELD ADJUST AS NEEDED AND AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER
GEOMETRIC CORNER EB WB TOTALSESWNWNENWNESE
CORNER NUMBER 100 200 300 -400 500 600
T=6POLE TYPE T T T -T T T
POLE NUMBER 100 200 300 -400 500 600
P POLE HEIGHT STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD -STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD 30-A= 4 36-A=2
FOUNDATION TYPE 30-A X 11'30-A X 11'36-A X 13'-30-A X 11'30-A X 11'36-A X 13'PF 11'= 4 PF 13'=2
MAST-ARM LENGTH (FT)32 32 44 -32 32 44 32'=4 44'=2
LUMINAIRE VERTICAL POLE 1 1 1 -1 1 1 6
LUMINAIRE TRUSS 1 1 1 -1 1 1 6
LUMINAIRE 1 1 1 -1 1 1 6
EMERGENCY PRE-EMPTION -SINGLE DUAL -DUAL SINGLE -SINGLE=2 DUAL=2
GRIDSMART CAMERA --1 ---1 2
ADVANCED RADAR DETECTOR 1 1 --1 1 -4
GROUND BOX 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 8
SIGNAL HEAD NUMBER H101 H102 H103 H201 H202 H301 H302 H303 -H401 H402 H403 H501 H502 H601 H602 H603 -
SIGNAL HEAD TYPE H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H4FL H3B H3B -H3B H3B H3B H3B H3B H4FL H3B H3B H3B=14 H4FL=2
SIGNAL HEAD LENS SIZE (INCH)12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 -12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 -
SIGNAL INDICATIONS
R R R R R -R R -R R R R R -R R 14
Y Y Y Y Y -Y Y -Y Y Y Y Y -Y Y 14
G G G G G -G G -G G G G G -G G 14
-----LRA --------LRA --2
-----LYA --------LYA --2
-----LFYA --------LFYA --2
-----LGA --------LGA --2
TOTAL LENSES 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 -3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 VL=50
FY
08/05/2020
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETAILS 2
125SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:30PENTABLE:4:53:59 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR100% SUBMITTALDATE
8/5/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
BARRIER LINE
PROPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE
RADAR DETECTION TABLE
PROPOSED PHASING DIAGRAM
PROPOSED PHASING
PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SERVICE DETAILS
DESCRIPTION (SEE ED(5)-14)
ELECTRICAL SERVICE
SIZE (RMC)
CONDUIT
SERVICE
NO./SIZE
CONDUCTORS
SERVICE
SWITCH AMPS
SAFETY
POLE/AMP
CKT. BRK.
DISCONNECT
MAIN
AMPS
CONTRACTOR
TWO-POLE
RATING (MIN)
LOADCENTER AMP
PANELBD./
NO.
CIRCUIT
POLE/AMPS
CKT. BRK.
BRANCH
AMPS
CIRCUIT
BRANCH
LOAD
KVA
D(120/240)100(NS)AL(E)PS(U)
ELEC SERV TY 1 1/2"3/#4 N/A 2P/100 30 100
C-ILSN
B-LUMINAIRE
A-SIGNAL
1P/20
2P/20
1P/50
11
9
40
8.3
POLE OFFSET
POLE NUMBER ROADWAY STATION OFFSET SIDE
T100 SHERMAN DRIVE 59+71 44 RT
T200 SHERMAN DRIVE 60+11 87 RT
T300 SHERMAN DRIVE 61+2 45 LT
T400 SHERMAN DRIVE 63+18 44 LT
T500 SHERMAN DRIVE 64+19 86 LT
T600 SHERMAN DRIVE 64+65 46 RT
SENSOR TYPE MOUNTING LOCATION PHASE SERVING
AR101 ADVANCE MAST ARM 2
AR201 ADVANCE MAST ARM C
AR401 ADVANCE MAST ARM 6
AR501 ADVANCE MAST ARM D
RUN
CONDUIT
(FT)
LENGTH
EXTRA (FT)CONDUIT (EACH)
CABLES (EACH)
POWER BARE LUM ILSN OPTICOM CAMERA
GRID SMART RADAR SIGNAL
TRENCHED
2" PVC
TRENCHED
3" PVC
BORED
3" PVC
TRENCHED
4" PVC
BORED
4" PVC
TRENCH
6" PVC
XHHW
NO. 6 No. 6 14 AWG
3 CNDR
14AWG
3 CNDR
CABLE
OPTICOM
4PR 24AWG
CAT5E
CABLE
COMM
RADAR
14 AWG
21 CNDR
C1*5 5
C2 44 44 2 1 6 6
C3 6 6 2 1 4 2 4 6
C4**5 5
GB1 6 2 3 3 4 2 4 6
CABINET 15 4 2 4 6
C5 17 17 1 2 1 2 3
C6 17 17 2 1 3 3
C7 221 220 1 2 1 2 3
C8 221 220 1 3 3
GB2 6 3 3 2 1 2 3
GB100 6 1 1 1 1
T100 6 1 1 1 1
C101 95 45 50 1 1 1
C102 95 45 50 1 1 1
C103 10 10 1 1 1
C104 10 10 1 1 1
GB200 6 2 2 1 2 2
T200 6 1 1 1 1 1
C201 135 25 110 1 1 2 2
C202 135 25 110 1 2 2
C203 10 10 1 1 1 1
C204 10 10 1 1 1
GB300 6 3 3 2 1 2 3
T300 6 1 1 1 1 1
C301 114 44 70 1 2 1 2 3
C302 114 44 70 1 3 3
C303 10 10 1 1 1 1
C304 10 10 1 1 1
GB400 6 2 4 4 2 1 2 3
T400 6 1 1 1 1 1
C401 10 10 1 1 1 1
C402 10 10 1 1 1
GB500 6 2 6 6 1 1 1 2
T500 6 1 1 1 1 1
C501 105 60 45 1 1 1 1 2
C502 105 60 45 2 1 5 5
C503 10 10 1 1 1 1
C504 10 10 1 1 1
GB600 6 1 1 1 1
T600 6 1 1 1 1
C601 135 25 110 1 1 1
C602 135 25 110 1 1 1
C603 10 10 1 1 1
C604 10 10 1 1 1
TOTAL (FT)44 496 385 507 385 5 380 1814 2579 2579 1164 708 1406 2114
** - PROPOSED CONDUIT FROM CABINET FOR FUTURE FIBER INTERCONNECT
* - PROPOSED CONDUIT FROM METER SERVICE PEDESTAL TO DME POLE
2 C
5
A
D B B
A
6
D
1C
5
1
2
6
C
A (1+2)
B (5+6)SHERMAN DRWB RAMPEB RAMP(4+12)
D(8+16)
08/05/2020
Traffic Operations Division
Texas Department of Transportation
POLE FOUNDATION
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
FDN
TYPE
LOCATION
IDENTIFICATION
TOTAL DRILLED SHAFT LENGTHS
FOUNDATION SUMMARY TABLE
DRILLED SHAFT LENGTH
(FEET)
42-A36-B36-A30-A24-A/ft.
BLOW
N
AVG.
EA
NO.
3
6
1'-0"Drilled Shaft LengthTraffic Signal Pole
NOTES
Table for size & pitch)
bottom. (See Design
top & 1 flat turn
Spiral, 3 flat turns
& number).
Design Table for size
Vertical Bars (See
ELEVATION
FOUNDATION DETAILS3" or as directedby the Engineer1"2"(Temporary)
Template
Circular Steel
18"MinTemplate
Steel
Circular
pitch1'-0"Shaft Dia
Drilled
TYPICAL STRAIN POLE
ASSEMBLY
Wire loads.
tension from the Span
so that two bolts are in
approximately oriented
Anchor bolts to be
R R12
Arm (optional)
Luminaire
required)
the Engineer. 1 or 2
Orient as directed by
Sheets for diameter.
Conduit (See Layout
Sway Cable
Span Wires
TYPICAL MAST ARM
Arm (optional)
LuminaireArm
Supporting
ILSN
ASSEMBLY+-+-8'-0"19'-6"19'-6"35' Lum. Mounting HeightR12
3"
Spiral
Conduit
TOP VIEW
Bars
Vertical
Diameter
Bolt CircleRTYPE
FDN
DIA
SHAFT
DRILLED STEEL
REINFORCING
BARS
VERT
& PITCH
SPIRAL
DIA
BOLT
ANCHOR
(ksi)
Fy
K-ft
MOMENT
Kips
SHEAR
24-A 24" 36 10
30-A 30" 55 87
36-A 36" 55 131
36-B 36" 55 190
42-A 42" 55 271
10- 9
12- 9
14- 9
1
2
2
2
2
TYPE
ANCHOR
1
3
5
7
9
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Strain pole taller than 30' & strain
pole with mast arm
10 15 40
FOUNDATION DESIGN TABLE
DIA
CIR
BOLT
controller.
Pedestal pole, pedestal mounted
Mast arm assembly. (see Selection Table)
30' strain pole with or without luminaire.
Mast arm assembly. (see Selection Table)
Mast arm assembly. (see Selection Table)
Mast arm assembly. (see Selection Table)
2 at 12"
3 at 6"
3 at 6"
3 at 6"
3 at 6"
TOP BOLT R R12
1 •"
1 ƒ"
2"
ƒ"
2 ‚"
1'-6"
3'-4"
3'-10"
4'-3"
4'-9"
3"
6"
7"
8"
4"
4 •"
12 ƒ"
17"
19"
21"
23"
7 „"
10"
11 ‚"
12 •"
13 ƒ"
7"
7 ƒ"
8 •"
9 ‚"
ANCHOR BOLT & TEMPLATE SIZES
longer bolts are acceptable.
Min dimensions given,
BOLT
DIA THREAD THREAD
6"
9"
5 †"
MAX SINGLE ARM LENGTH
MAX SINGLE ARM LENGTH
LENGTH COMBINATIONS
MAXIMUM DOUBLE ARM
LENGTH COMBINATIONS
MAXIMUM DOUBLE ARM
32'48'
24' X 24'
28' X 28'
32' X 28'32' X 32'
44' X 28'44' X 36'
36'44'
24' X 24'
28' X 28'
32' X 24'
36' X 36'
40' X 36'
32' X 32'
36' X 36'
40' x24'80 MPH DESIGNWIND SPEED100 MPH DESIGNWIND SPEEDMAX SINGLE ARM LENGTH
ARM PLUS ILSN SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES (ft)
FOUNDATION SELECTION TABLE FOR STANDARD MAST
36-A can support a single 36' mast arm.
For 100mph design wind speed, foundation
another arm up to 28'
30-A can support up to a 32' arm with
For 80mph design wind speed, foundation1.
2.
EXAMPLE:
Type 1
Type 2
R=d
Nut (Typ)
Heavy Hex
TopThread1 •" MinAnchor Bolt Length(See Table)d
Bott ThreadANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY
HOOKED ANCHOR NUT ANCHOR
(TYPE 1)(TYPE 2)
40' X 36'
44' x 36'
FDN 36-B FDN 42-A
N blows/ft
CIRCLEIN.
BOLT
LENGTH
Bolt
Anchor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
17-'6"Nominal..
8- 9
4- 5
2LOAD
DESIGN
FOUNDATIONANCHOR BOLT DESIGN
1
7
foot for entry into Summary Table.
penetrometer values. Round to nearest
to allow interpolation for other
Decimal lengths in Design Table are
diameters into solid rock.
Shaft shall extend a minimum of two
If rock is encountered, the Drilled
used to adjust shaft lengths.
of approximately 3 to 5 feet may be
Field Penetrometer readings at a depth
for the Contractor's information only.
of location and type. Quantities are
or grouped according to similarity
Foundations may be listed separately
the base of the structure.
allowable moments and shears at
Foundation Design Loads are the
Foundation Design Loads.
foundation capacity given under
Anchor bolt design develops the
TEXAS CONE PENETROMETER
FDN 36-AFDN 30-A
concrete is placed.
to do so when
if material is firm enough
on bottom of drilled hole
Vertical bars may rest
encasement.
Listed for concrete
connectors shall be UL
jumper. Mechanical
bar or #6 copper
locations using #3
rebar cage, two
Bond anchor bolts to
BOTTOM
Clamp Arm Length F
ixed Arm
Leng
th
8
8 (See Summary Table) Embedded Dr Shaft Length5"
5 •"
LENGTH-ft 4 , 5 , 6
EMBEDDED DRILLED SHAFT
5.7
11.3
13.2
15.2 13.6
12.0
10.3
17.4
5.3
15.6
4.5
8.0
9.4
10.4
11.9
ƒ"
1 •"
1 ƒ"
2"
2 ‚"
12 ƒ"
17"
19"
21"
23"
tension under dead load.
ensure that two bolts are in
with the fixed arm direction to
Orient anchor bolts orthogonal
Ignore the top 1' of soil.
embedded shaft.
the top third of the
Use average N value over
concrete
project above
bolt shank shall
‚" to •" of
per Anchor Bolt
2 Flat Washers
than bolt diameter
with holes ˆ" greater
Steel Template
Top Template
Circular Steel
‚" thk. min.
for FDN 24-A)
(Omit bottom template
Circular Steel Bottom Template
d/4 (inch) min.
Thickness =
2 Sides
(Typ)Galvanize Length= Top Threadplus 6" Min. sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any August 1995C TxDOT
REVISIONS
128
DN:CK:DW:CK:
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
MS JSY MA0/MMF JSY/TEB
5-96
11-99
1-12
Ground Rod
Copper Clad
5/8" Dia. x 10'
1
MODIFICATIONS:
1
TS-FD-12 (DAL)
ADDED GROUND ROD TO FOUNDATION DETAILS (9/15)
1
2" Max.GENERAL NOTES:
rod clamps shall be listed for their intended purpose.
Make connections to ground rods according to NEC. Ground
a maximum of 2" above the finish grade of the foundation.
Ground rod shall protrude a minimum of 1"and
structure in accordance with Item 449, "Anchor Bolts".
Lubricate and tighten anchor bolts when erecting the
Templates and embedded nuts need not be galvanized.
accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing".
shall be galvanized. All galvanizing shall be in
otherwise noted. Exposed washers and exposed nuts
thread length plus 6" for all anchor bolts unless
to ASTM A36. Galvanize a minimum of the top end
bolts that are 1" in diameter or less shall conform
mild steel" per Item 449, "Anchor Bolts". Anchor
shall conform to "alloy steel" or "medium-strength
Anchor bolts that are larger than 1" in diameter
Galvanized nuts shall be tapped after galvanizing.
and nuts shall have Class 2A and 2B fit tolerances.
in diameter or UNC series for all sizes. Bolts
rolled or cut threads of 8UN series up to 2"
Threads for anchor bolts and nuts shall be
Concrete shall be Class "C".
"Reinforcing Steel".
Reinforcing steel shall conform to Item 440,
Signals and interim revisions thereto.
Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic
Specifications for Structural Supports for
Design conforms to 1994 AASHTO Standard
DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1289654\071 TS-FD-12 (DAL).dgn8/5/20204:54:00 PM
30 44 39
DENTON
126
LOOP 288
SHERMAN DR AT
UNIVERSITY DR
NOTTINGHAM AT 13
10
10
30-A
36-A
4
2 26
44
10
10
10
24-A
24-A
36-A
3
3
1
18
12
S TATE OF
TEXAS
PROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LI
CENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
10 221
22
T100
1
1
1
1
LMA(5)-12
PARTS LIST
ARM ASSEMBLY
LONG MAST
Sheet 5 of 5
4-20-01
Shipping Parts List
Ship each pole with the following attached: enlarged hand hole, pole cap, fixed arm connection
bolts and washers, and any additional hardware listed in the table.
Single Mast Arm
Lf ft. Designation Quantity Designation Quantity Designation Quantity
50 50L 50S 50
55 55L 55S 55
60 60L 60S 60
65 65L 65S 65
Dual Mast Arm
Lf Lc
ft. ft. Designation Quantity Designation Quantity Designation Quantity
50 20 5020L 5020S 5020
24 5024L 5024S 5024
28 5028L 5028S 5028
32 5032L 5032S 5032
36 5036L 5036S 5036
40 5040L 5040S 5040
44 5044L 5044S 5044
55 20 5520L 5520S 5520
24 5524L 5524S 5524
28 5528L 5528S 5528
32 5532L 5532S 5532
36 5536L 5536S 5536
40 5540L 5540S 5540
44 5544L 5544S 5544
60 20 6020L 6020S 6020
24 6024L 6024S 6024
28 6028L 6028S 6028
32 6032L 6032S 6032
36 6036L 6036S 6036
40 6040L 6040S 6040
44 6044L 6044S 6044
65 20 6520L 6520S 6520
24 6524L 6524S 6524
28 6528L 6528S 6528
32 6532L 6532S 6532
36 6536L 6536S 6536
40 6540L 6540S 6540
44 6544L 6544S 6544
Foundation Summary Table **
Location Avg. N No. Drill Shaft *** Notes
48-A ** Foundations may be listed separately
or grouped according to similarity of location
and type. Quantities are for the Contractor's
information only.
*** Decimal lengths in Design Table are to allow
interpolation for other penetrometer values.
Round to nearest foot for entry into Summary
Table.
Total Drill Shaft Length
Arm See note above plus: one (or See note above plus 20.25' (Dual Mast Arm)
Nominal 30' Poles with Luminaire 24' Poles with ILSN 19.50' (Single Mast Arm)
Length two if ILSN attached) small one small hand hole Poles with no Luminaire and no ILSN
hand hole, clamp-on simplex See note above
Ident. Blow/ft. Each Length (feet)
Shipping Parts List
Traffic Signal Arms (Fixed Mount) (1 per pole)
Ship each arm with listed equipment attached Luminaire Arms (1 per 30' pole)
Nominal Type IV Arm (4 Signals) Nominal Arm Length Quantity
Arm 3 Bracket Assembly 8' Arm
Length and 4 CGB Connectors
ft. Designation Quantity ILSN Arm (Max. 2 per pole) Ship with
50 50IV clamps, bolts and washers
55 55IV Nominal Arm Length Quantity
60 60IV 7' Arm
65 65IV 9' Arm
Traffic Signal Arms (80 MPH Clamp-On Mount) (1 per pole) Ship each arm with listed equipment attached
Arm w/bolts and washers CGB connectors, and 1 clamp CGB connectors, and 1 clamp
Length w/bolts and washers w/bolts and washers
ft. Designation Quantity Designation Quantity Designation Quantity
20 20I-80
24 24I-80 24II-80
28 28I-80 28II-80
32 32II-80 32III-80
36 36II-80 36III-80
40 40III-80
44 44III-80
Traffic Signal Arms (100 MPH Clamp-On Mount) (1 per pole) Ship each arm with listed equipment attached
Type I Arm (1 Signal) Type II Arm (2 Signals) Type III Arm (3 Signals)
Arm w/bolts and washers CGB connectors, and 1 clamp CGB connectors, and 1 clamp
ft. Designation Quantity Designation Quantity Designation Quantity
20 20I-100
24 24I-100 24II-100
28 28I-100 28II-100
32 32II-100 32III-100
36 36II-100 36III-100
40 40III-100
44 44III-100
Anchor Bolt Assemblies (1 per pole) Each anchor bolt assembly consists of the following: Top
Anchor Anchor and bottom templates, 4 anchor bolts, 8 nuts, 8 flat
Diameter Length Quantity per Standard Drawing "TS-FD".
2 1/2 " 5' - 3" Templates may be removed for shipment.
Abbreviations
Type I Arm (1 Signal) Type II Arm (2 Signals) Type III Arm (3 Signals)
Bolt Bolt washers and 4 nut anchor devices (type 2)
Nominal 2 CGB connector and 1 clamp 1 Bracket Assembly and 3 2 Bracket Assembly and 4
Nominal 2 CGB connector and 1 clamp 1 Bracket Assembly and 3 2 Bracket Assembly and 4
Lc= Clamp-on Arm
Lf= Fixed Arm Length
Length (44' Max.)
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:01 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1219493\DVI_SIG_14.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
November 2000 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
131E
JK GRB FDN CAL
127
1-12
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LI
CENSED
PRAGNA TATA
1
08/05/2020
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOTof this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:02 PMDOCUMENT NAMEDATE TIME
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ED(1)-14
71A
ed1-14.dgn
128
CONDUIT
A. MATERIALS
B. CONSTRUCTION METHODS
CONDUITS & NOTES
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
GENERAL NOTES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL WORK
AWG
16" x 16" x 4"
12" x 12" x 4"
10" x 10" x 4"
10" x 10" x 4"
#1
#2
#4
#6
#8
3 CONDUCTORS 5 CONDUCTORS 7 CONDUCTORS
4" x 12" x12"
4" x 8" x 8" 4" x 10" x10"
4" x 8" x8" 4" x 10" x10"
4" x 8" x8" 4" x 8" x8"
4" x 8" x8" 4" x 8" x8" 4" x 8" x8"
10" x 10" x 4"
No substitutions will be allowed for materials on this list.
listed on the MPL on TxDOT's website under "Roadway Illumination and Electrical Supplies."
Material Producers List (MPL) intended for use on each project. Prequalified materials are
6. When required by the Engineer, notify the Department in writing of materials from the
connectors, and bonding jumpers are subsidiary to the various bid items.
conductor. Provide stranded bare copper or green insulated grounding conductors. Ground rods,
conduits; metal poles; luminaires; and metal enclosures are bonded to the equipment grounding
5. Install grounding as shown on the plans and in accordance with the NEC. Ensure all metallic
request. Operate test equipment during inspection as requested by the Engineer.
calibrated within the last year. Provide calibration certification to the Engineer upon
tester, torque wrenches, and torque screwdrivers. Ensure all equipment has been properly
the contract and the NEC: voltmeter, ammeter, megohm meter (1000 volt DC), ground resistance
4. Provide the following test equipment as required by the Engineer to confirm compliance with
steel when plans specify galvanized, provided the bolt size is • in. or less in diameter.
3. Miscellaneous nuts, bolts and hardware, except for high strength bolts, may be stainless
additional cost to the Department.
is justification for rejection. Replace or reinstall rejected material or equipment at no
listing. Faulty fabrication or poor workmanship in any material, equipment, or installation
acceptable equal to a NEMA listed device. Acceptable devices may have both a NEMA and IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) listed devices will not be considered an
LLC can be considered equivalent to UL. Where reference is made to NEMA listed devices,
as Canadian Standard Association (CSA), Intertek Testing Services NA Inc., or FM Approvals
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or a Nationally Recognized Testing Lab (NRTL). NRTLs such
specifications, National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), and are listed by
the applicable articles of the National Electrical Code (NEC), TxDOT standards and
2. Provide new and unused materials. Ensure that all materials and installations comply with
diagrammatic and may be shifted to accommodate field conditions.
1. The location of all conduits, junction boxes, ground boxes, and electrical services is
October 2014
not applicable to the table, size junction boxes in accordance with NEC.
sizes is present, count the conductors as if all are of the larger size. For situations
through one conduit with no more than four conduits per box. When a mixture of conductor
the following table, which applies to the greatest number of conductors entering the box
3. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, provide junction boxes with a minimum size as shown in
Properly bond all metal conduits.
2. Provide galvanized steel RMC for all exposed conduits, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
called for on polyvinyl chloride (PVC) systems.
systems. Provide liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) when flexible conduit is
(LFMC) when flexible conduit is called for on galvanized steel rigid metallic conduit (RMC)
substitute other types of conduits for those shown. Provide liquidtight flexible metal conduit
Provide conduit types according to the descriptive code or as shown on the plans. Do not
conduits listed under Item 618 on the MPL under "Roadway Illumination and Electrical Supplies."
For Construction And Maintenance Of Highways, Streets, And Bridges," latest edition. Provide
Specification (DMS) 11030 "Conduit" and Item 618 "Conduit" of TxDOT's "Standard Specifications
1. Provide conduit, junction boxes, fittings, and hardware as per TxDOT Departmental Material
otherwise noted on the plans.
7. Provide PVC junction boxes intended for outdoor use on PVC conduit systems, unless
the same requirements for junction boxes used with RMC systems.
in accordance with the NEC. Provide junction boxes for IMC conduit systems that meet
use, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Size all galvanized steel junction boxes
junction boxes made from galvanized steel sheeting, listed and approved for outdoor
unless specifically required by the plan sheets. When EMT is called for, provide
6. Do not use intermediate metal conduit (IMC) or electrical metallic tubing (EMT)
aluminum boxes. Size outlet boxes according to the NEC.
junction boxes containing only 10 AWG or 12 AWG conductors. Do not use die cast
5. Provide hot dipped galvanized cast iron or sand cast aluminum outlet boxes for
an internal volume greater than 100 cu. inches.
conduit entries are on the same side. Mechanically secure all junction boxes with
conduit within 3 ft. of the enclosure or within 18 in. of the enclosure if all
purpose and supported by connection of two or more rigid metal conduits. Secure
entering raceways must have threaded entries or hubs identified for the intended
4. Junction boxes with an internal volume of less than 100 cu. in. and supported by
paint as an alternative for materials required to be galvanized.
as allowed under Item 445 "Galvanizing." Do not paint non-galvanized material with a zinc rich
more zinc content) to alleviate overspray. Use zinc rich paint to touch up galvanized material
cut ends of all mounting strut and RMC (threaded or non-threaded) with zinc rich paint (94% or
14. File smooth the cut ends of all mounting strut and conduit. Before installing, paint the field
conduit sealant.
tests. Do not use duct tape as a permanent conduit sealant. Do not use silicone caulk as a
the Engineer. Seal conduit immediately after completion of conductor installation and pull
13. Seal ends of all conduits with duct seal, expandable foam, or by other methods approved by
from the bottom of the box. See the ground box detail on sheet ED(4).
12. Place conduits entering ground boxes so that the conduit openings are between 3 in. and 6 in.
11. At all electrical services, install a 6 AWG solid copper grounding electrode conductor.
required, if the duct extends the full length through the casing.
grounding conductor. Bonding of conduit used as a casing under roadways for duct cable is not
or equipment grounding conductor. Ensure all bonding jumpers are the same size as the equipment
10. Install a bonding jumper from each grounding bushing to the nearest ground rod, grounding lug,
install a grounding type bushing on all metal conduit terminations.
9. Fit the ends of all PVC conduit terminations with bushings or bell end fittings. Provide and
tight sealing hubs are not required.
cans, service enclosures, auxiliary enclosures and junction boxes. Grounding bushings on water
hubs or using boxes with threaded bosses. This includes surface mounted safety switches, meter
8. Ensure conduit entry into the top of any enclosure is waterproof by installing conduit sealing
conduit and prove it clear in accordance with Item 618 prior to installing any conductors.
durable duct tape are allowed. Tightly fix the tape to the conduit opening. Clean out the
after installation to prevent entry of dirt, debris and animals. Temporary caps constructed of
7. During construction, temporarily cap or plug open ends of all conduit and raceways immediately
6. Provide and place warning tape approximately 10 in. above all trenched conduit as per Item 618.
Backfill", 402 "Trench Excavation Protection", and 403 "Temporary Special Shoring."
Items 110 "Excavation", 400 "Excavation and Backfill for Structures", 401 "Flowable
new roadways, backfill all trenches with cement-stabilized base as per requirements of
material unless otherwise noted on the plans. When placing conduit in the sub-base of
5. When placing conduit in the sub-grade of new roadways, backfill all trenches with excavated
or Box" prior to installing conduit or duct cable to prevent bending of the connections.
compact the bore pits below the conduit per Item 476 "Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe
driveways, sidewalks, or after the base or surfacing operation has begun. Backfill and
4. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, jack or bore conduit placed beneath existing roadways,
specifically in the plans or as approved by the Engineer.
3. Do not attach conduit supports directly to pre-stressed concrete beams except as shown
on ED(2). Install conduit support within 3 ft. of all enclosures and conduit terminations.
attaching metal conduit to surface of concrete structures. See "Conduit Mounting Options"
2. Space all conduit supports at maximum intervals of 5 ft. Install conduit spacers when
for the required expansion conduit fittings.
amount of expansion to the Engineer upon request. Do not use LFMC or LFNC as a substitute
movement at no additional cost to the Department. Provide the method of determining the
joint conduit fittings. Repair or replace expansion joint fittings that do not allow for
requested by the project Engineer, supply manufacturer's specification sheet for expansion
externally exposed on structures such as bridges at maximum intervals of 150 ft. When
and install expansion joint fittings on all continuous runs of galvanized steel RMC conduit
the structure's expansion joints to allow for movement of the conduit. In addition, provide
1. Provide and install expansion joint conduit fittings on all structure-mounted conduits at
the service riser conduit.
properly sized stainless steel or hot dipped galvanized one-hole standoff straps are allowed on
10. Use two-hole straps when supporting 2 in. and larger conduits. On electrical service poles,
foundations.
foundations. Provide PVC or galvanized steel RMC elbows as called for at all ground boxes and
and schedule as shown on the plans. Do not extend substituted conduit into ground boxes or
the HDPE conduit to PVC (or RMC elbow when required) at the bore pit. Provide conduit of the size
except that the conduit is supplied without factory-installed conductors. Make the transition of
size PVC called for in the plans. Ensure the substituted HDPE meets the requirements of Item 622,
conduit bid under Item 618. Ensure bored HDPE substituted for PVC is schedule 40 and of the same
the Engineer, substitute HDPE conduit with no conductors for bored schedule 40 or schedule 80 PVC
conductors according to Item 622 "Duct Cable." At the Contractor's request and with approval by
9. When required, provide High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) conduit with factory installed internal
PVC elbows are subsidiary to various bid items.
concrete. PVC extensions are allowed on these concrete encased rigid metal elbows. RMC or
metal elbow is not required if the entire RMC elbow is encased in a minimum of 2 in. of
elbow by means of a grounding bushing on a rigid metal extension. Grounding of the rigid
the plans and any portion of the RMC elbow is buried less than 18 in., ground the RMC
the PVC conduit system. When galvanized steel RMC elbows are specifically called for in
a flat, high tensile strength polyester fiber pull tape for pulling conductors through
8. Provide PVC elbows in PVC conduit systems, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use only \
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\ed2-14.dgn8/5/20204:54:05 PMDOCUMENT NAMEDATE TIMEStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ELECTRIC CONDUIT TO BRIDGE DECK ATTACHMENT
CONDUIT MOUNTING OPTIONS
71B
ED(2)-14
ed2-14.dgn
CONDUIT SUPPORTS
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
129
TYPICAL CONDUIT ENTRY TO BRIDGE STRUCTURE DETAIL
EXPANSION ANCHOR NOTES FOR BRIDGE DECK ATTACHMENT
See ED(1)B.2
Attachment to concrete surfaces
h
h
introduced after conduit installation.
at the required minimum embedment depth ( ef). No lateral loads shall be
breakout, and concrete pullout strengths as determined by ACI 318 Appendix D)
6. Use anchors of minimum 1600 Lbs tensile capacity (minimum of steel, concrete
thread length for proper torqueing and tightening of anchors.
embedment depth, ( ef), as shown. Increase ( ef)as needed to ensure sufficient
deck strands or reinforcement. Install anchors to ensure a minimum effective
5. Prior to hole drilling, use rebar locator to ensure clearing of existing
the structure.
be witnessed and approved by the Engineer prior to furnishing anchors on
demonstration test to evaluate the procedures and tools. The test shall
manufacturer's published installation instructions. Arrange a field
4. Install anchors as shown on the plans and in accordance with the anchor
wedge shall be stainless steel.
application in marine environment, both the anchor body and expansion
bodies can be either zinc-plated carbon steel or stainless steel. For
manufactured with carbon steel expansion wedges are not allowed. Anchor
3. Use anchors manufactured with stainless steel expansion wedges. Anchors
uncracked concrete.
list; and do not use expansion anchors that are only approved for use in
do not use expansion anchors that are not included in the ICC-ES approval
2. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer: do not use adhesive anchors;
Anchors.
maintained on the ICC-ES website under Division 031600 for Concrete
ICC-ES Evaluation Report number, and its approval status shall be
Service (ICC-ES). The chosen anchor product shall have a designated
use in cracked concrete by the International Code Council, Evaluation
1. Use torque controlled mechanical expansion anchors that are approved for
h
HANGER ASSEMBLY DETAIL
1"
ƒ"
Bridge Deck
Hex Nut
Hex Nut
efh
Threaded Coupler Nut
Washer & Flat Washer
Hex Nut, Split Lock
Washer & Flat Washer
Hex Nut, Split Lock
Oversized Cut Washer
Washer & Square or
Hex Nut, Split Lock
Channel
Mounting
Conduit
Min.
=2 •"
Anchor
Expansion
…" Dia.
Rod
Threaded
…" Dia.
"SPAN"
less than 2'
2'-0" to 2'-6"
>2'-6" to 3'-0"
1 †" x 1 …"
"H"
"W"
12 Ga.
1 †" x 1 †"
1 †" x 2 ‹"
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
"W" x "H"
CONDUIT MOUNTING CHANNEL
"T"
"T"
capacity is not reduced by more than 15%.
patterns are allowed, if the load carrying
Channels with round or short slotted hole
Conduit (RMC)
Rigid Metal
Channel
Mounting
Conduit
CONDUIT HANGING DETAIL1'-3"6"
[ Girder [ Girder
Deck
Bridge
Min
1"
Min
ASSEMBLY DETAIL"
See "HANGER MaxVaries
Channel
Conduit Mounting
"SPAN"
Clamp
Conduit
Conduit (RMC)
Rigid Metal
[ …" Diameter
& Threaded Rods
Expansion Anchors
PVC
Conduit
Wing Wall
3' max.
RMC
Fitting
Expansion
Conduit
galvanized)
or equal) (Hot dip
Kindorf, Unistrut
Channel (B-line,
Conduit Mounting
Structure
Concrete
Conduit Strap
galvanized
or hot dipped
Stainless steel
Strut Type
(mounting shoe)
Conduit Spacer
Structure
Concrete
Conduit min.1" conduit strap
malleable
galvanized
Hot-dipped
1 •" max.
depth 1" min.,
anchor. Anchor
to 2" use …" dia.
For conduits 1 •"
‚" dia. anchor.
up to 1 ‚" use
for conduit •"
expansion anchor:
Stainless steel Min. •"1 •" max.
depth 1" min.,
anchor. Anchor
steel expansion
…" Stainless
October 2014
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:06 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ED(3)-14
71C
ed3-14.dgn
130
CONDUCTORS
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
tape
adhesive
Hot melt
A. MATERIAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS
B. CONSTRUCTION METHODS
Tube
Shrink
Heat
type connector
"C" clamp
cover
insulating splice
with gel-filled
Listed Screw Type
molded cover
See through molded clamp
Snap-lock,
SPLICE OPTION 3
overlap
2" Min.
„" to ‚"
of tubing by
extend past end
tape. Tape to
hot melt adhesive
conductors with
Seal between
Compression Type
SPLICE OPTION 1
Split Bolt Type
SPLICE OPTION 2
overlap
2" Min.
tape
adhesive
Hot melt
„" to ‚"
of tubing by
extend past end
tape. Tape to
hot melt adhesive
conductors with
Seal between
sharp edges
heat shrink from
tape to protect
hot melt adhesive
connector with
Wrap split bolt
Tube
Shrink
Heat
overlap
2" Min.
Split bolt
overlap
2" Min.
„" to ‚"
tubing by
past end of
Tape to extend
adhesive tape.
hot melt
diameter with
insulation
Increase
„" to ‚"
tubing by
past end of
Tape to extend
adhesive tape.
hot melt
diameter with
insulation
Increase
connections
for making
Set Screw/Lug
C. TEMPORARY WIRING
GROUND RODS & GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. MATERIAL INFORMATION
B. CONSTRUCTION METHODS
the NEC.
during the construction process in a timely manner and in conformance with
5. Protect and when necessary repair any existing electrical conduits uncovered
conformance with the NEC.
lowest point. Ground messenger wires that support power conductors in
the vertical clearance to ground is at least 18 ft. when measured at the
in areas subject to vehicle traffic or mobile construction equipment, ensure
horizontally from any metal structure. Where installing temporary conductors
the splices are more than 10 ft. above grade vertically and more than 5 ft.
4. Enclose conductor splices within a listed enclosure or ground box, or ensure
where approved.
3. Use listed wire nuts with factory applied sealant for temporary wiring
following: molded cord and plug set, receptacle, or circuit breaker type.
and refrigerators located outdoors at grade. GFCI may be any one of the
portable electrical equipment, power tools, ice machines, ice storage bins
2. Provide a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) for power outlets for
the NEC article "Temporary Installations" and Department standard sheets.
1. Install temporary conductors and electrical equipment in accordance with
Listed Screw Type
horizontal trench for rocky soil or a solid rock bottom.
7. Written authorization is required before installing a ground rod in a
and properly sized bonding jumper on each end of the metal conduit.
conductors with metal conduit, provide and install a grounding type bushing
conductors with non-metallic conduit. When protecting grounding electrode
6. Unless otherwise called for in the plans, protect grounding electrode
radius bend of four inches for these conductors.
lightning protection ground rods. When a bend is required, ensure a minimum
5. Route all conductors as short and straight as possible for connection to
at the clamp location.
4. Remove all non-conductive coatings such as concrete splatter from the rod
the rod.
3. Install ground rods so the imprinted part number is at the upper end of
2. Do not place ground rods in the same drilled hole as a timber pole.
soil, ensure that the upper end is between 2 to 4 in. below finished grade.
readily accessible for inspection or repairs. For ground rods installed in
in concrete, ensure the connection of the conductor to the ground rod is
concrete, or both, as called for in the plans. For ground rods installed
1. Furnish auxiliary ground rods for lightning protection and install in soil,
under Item 620.
installations, provide a minimum size 8 AWG EGC. The EGC is paid for
are bonded together at every accessible location. For traffic signal
current carrying conductor contained in the conduit. Ensure all EGCs
Unless shown elsewhere, size the EGC to be the same size as the largest
(EGC) in all conduits that contain circuit wiring of 50 volts or more.
12. Provide and install a separate stranded equipment grounding conductor
October 2014C TxDOT
subsidiary to various bid items.
materials, breakaway disconnects, splice covers, and fuse holders are
UL listed gel-filled insulating splice covers. Splicing materials, insulating
adhesive tape to fill the gap and seal the ends of heat shrink tubing. Provide
split bolt connectors for splicing as specified in DMS 11040. Use hot melt
4. Use listed compression or screw type pressure connectors, terminal blocks, or
with a permanent marker.
identification as shown in the plans. Print circuit identification on the tag
two straps, large enough to indicate circuit number, letter, or other
around both circuit conductors at each accessible location. Provide tags with
identify the conductors of each branch circuit by attaching a non-metallic tag
3. Where two or more circuits are present in one conduit or enclosure, permanently
plans.
electrode conductor to the concrete encased grounding electrode as shown in the
with a UL listed connector in accordance with DMS 11040. Connect the grounding
the service location. Connect the grounding electrode conductor to the ground rod
service equipment to the concrete encased grounding electrode or the ground rod at
2. Provide a solid copper 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor to bond the electrical
least 6 in. of the conductor's insulation with half laps of tape.
jacket or by colored tape. When identifying conductors with colored tape, mark at
color jacket. Identify electrical conductors 4 AWG and larger by continuous color
system. Identify conductors 6 American Wire Gauge (AWG) and smaller by continuous
except green, white, or gray. Keep color scheme consistent throughout the wiring
or bare conductors. Identify ungrounded (hot) conductors with any color insulation
white insulation. Identify grounding conductors (ground wires) with green insulation
conductors in conformance with the NEC. Identify grounded (neutral) conductors with
under "Roadway Illumination and Electrical Supplies" Item 620. Color code insulated
conductors as listed on the Material Producers List (MPL) on the Department web site
Specification (DMS)11040 "Conductors" and Item 620 "Electrical Conductors." Provide
1. Provide Type XHHW insulated conductors in accordance with Departmental Material
as shown on the MPL.
openings. Leave unused openings factory sealed. Use prequalified breakaway connectors
a single opening in a boot. Provide waterproof boots with the correct number of
around the conductor to ensure waterproof connection. Only one conductor may enter
breakaway devices. Trim waterproofing boots on breakaway connectors to fit snugly
threaded connections. Proper terminations are critical to the safe operation of
instructions when terminating conductors to breakaway connectors. Properly torque
conductors pass through a breakaway support device. Follow manufacturer's
11. Install breakaway connectors on conductors bid under Item 620 whenever those
listing for maximum number and size of conductors allowed.
connector is rated for multiple conductors. Do not exceed the pressure connector's
10. Do not terminate more than one conductor under a single connector, unless the
Use only approved splicing methods.
9. Do not repair damaged conductors with duct tape, electrical tape, or wire nuts.
insulation resistance test at no additional cost to the department.
8. Replace conductors and cables that are damaged beyond repair or that fail an
conductor strands or removed strands will be considered damaged.
nicking the individual strands of the conductor. Conductors with nicked individual
7. When terminating conductors, remove the insulation and jacketing material without
6. Support conductors in illumination poles with a J-hook at the top of the pole.
accumulation of water.
ground boxes. Install wire nuts in an upright position to prevent the
smaller conductors in above ground junction boxes, but not in pole bases or
5. Wire nuts with factory applied waterproof sealant may be used for 8 AWG or
manufacturer's specifications when used in place of heat shrink tubing.
4. Size and install gel-filled insulating splice covers according to
been burned, or overheated, is considered defective and must be replaced.
seal the ends of heat shrink tubing. Heat shrink tubing that appears to have
past the heat shrink tubing. Use hot melt adhesive tape to fill the gap and
the individual conductors and the heat shrink tubing. Ensure the tape extends
insulation using hot melt adhesive tape to provide a watertight seal between
conductors, prior to heating the tubing, increase the diameter of the conductor
may not shrink sufficiently to provide a watertight seal around the individual
minimum of 2 in. past both sides of the splice. Where heat shrink tubing
watertight splice. Overlap conductor insulation with heat shrink tubing a
heat shrink tubing or gel-filled insulating splice covers to provide a
terminal blocks, or split bolt connectors. Insulate splices with heavy wall
enclosures and use only listed compression or screw type pressure connectors,
3. Make splices only in junction boxes, ground boxes, pole bases, or electrical
length of conductor at enclosures, weatherheads and pole bases.
boxes when pulled through with no splice. Leave 1 ft. minimum, 1.5 ft. maximum
ground boxes. Leave 3 ft. minimum, 4 ft. maximum length of conductor in ground
2. Leave 2 ft. minimum, 3 ft. maximum length for each conductor up to the splice in
Engineer to witness the tests.
insulation resistance tests in accordance with Item 620. Coordinate with the
needed alterations or repairs at no additional cost to the department. Perform
perform conductor pull test. If a conductor cannot be freely pulled, make any
conductors through the conduit system. After installing conductors in conduit,
1. Use only a flat, high tensile strength polyester fiber pull tape for pulling
specific locations including electrical service, see individual plan sheets.
plans sheets. Concrete encased grounding electrodes may be called for in
length rods may be called for in some specific locations, see the individual
ground rods according to DMS 11040 and the plans. Larger diameter or longer
1. Provide and install a grounding electrode at electrical services. Provide
\
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:07 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ED(4)-14
71D
ed4-14.dgn
GROUND BOXES
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
GROUND BOXES
APRON FOR GROUND BOX
PLAN VIEW
AA
(1)
SECTION A - A
3" to 6"
2"2"
10"(typ)
box
Ground
steel
Reinforcing
No. 3
duct cable
Conduit or
steel
Reinforcing
No.3
box
Ground
(typ)
10"Depth of box
Apron-Full
(typ)
10"
ell
Conduit
(when required)
Concrete Apron
Class A
PVC (4)
fitting for
RMC. Bell end
bushing for
Grounding
(2)
fill (3)
9" Aggregate
B. CONSTRUCTION METHODS
4. Provide larger ground boxes in accordance with Item 624 and as shown in the plans.
3. Ensure ground box cover is correctly labeled in accordance with DMS 11070.
and Electrical Supplies," Item 624.
the Material Producers List (MPL) on the Department web site under "Roadway Illumination
2. Provide Type A, B, C, D, and E ground boxes as shown in the plans, and as listed on
Item 624 "Ground Boxes."
accordance with Departmental Material Specification (DMS) 11070 "Ground Boxes" and
1. Provide polymer concrete ground boxes measuring 16x30x24 in. (WxLxD) or smaller in
131
GROUND BOX COVER
L
J K
H
I
P
PLAN VIEW SIDEEND
M
Nfor head
recess
bolt with
Hole for •"
See DMS 11070
requirements.
and labeling
For cover logo
GROUND BOX DIMENSIONS
TYPE
A
B
C
D
E
GROUND BOX COVER DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
H I N PJKLM
23 13 ƒ13 •
30 •30 ‚17 •13 ‚17 ‚
2
2
23 ‚9 ‡5 „
6 ƒ
1 …
1 …
A, B & E
C & D
TYPE
October 2014
OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
12 X 23 X 11
12 X 23 X 22
(Width x Length X Depth)
16 X 29 X 11
16 X 29 X 22
12 X 23 X 17
conduits terminating in a ground box.
the ground box. Install a PVC bushing or bell end fitting on the upper end of all PVC
Ground RMC elbows when any part of the elbow is less than 18 in. below the bottom of
(4) Install a grounding bushing on the upper end of all RMC terminating in a ground box.
interior volume of the box.
(3) Place aggregate under the box, not in the box. Aggregate should not encroach on the
(2) Maintain sufficient space between conduits to allow for proper installation of bushing.
or bell end fittings.
that ground box walls do not interfere with the installation of grounding bushings
(1) Uniformly space ends of conduits within the ground box. Position ends of conduits so
A. MATERIALS
11. Bond metal ground box covers to the grounding conductor with a tank ground type lug.
identifying the specific boxes in writing. This work will be paid for separately.
of the contract, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to bond the metal covers,
10. If other ground boxes with metal covers are within the project limits but are not part
fully describing the work required.
Verify existing ground boxes with metal covers are shown on the plans, with notes
as the grounding conductor. The bonding jumper is subsidiary to various bid items.
equipment grounding conductor with a 3 ft. long stranded bonding jumper the same size
9. If an existing ground box in the contract has a metal cover, bond the cover to the
below grade.
to cut an appropriately sized hole for conduit entry in the side wall at least 18 inches
8. When a type B or D ground box is stacked to meet volume requirements, it is allowable
together and to the ground rod with listed connectors.
7. When a ground rod is present in a ground box, bond all equipment grounding conductors
Do not use silicone caulk as a sealant.
foam, or other method as approved. Do not use duct tape as a permanent conduit sealant.
and pull tests. Permanently seal the ends of all conduits with duct seal, expandable
6. Permanently seal conduits immediately after the completion of conductor installation
5. Temporarily seal all conduits in the ground box until conductors are installed.
conduits so grounding bushings and bell end fittings can easily be installed.
4. Install all conduits and ells in a neat and workmanlike manner. Uniformly space
boxes.
3. Keep bolt holes in the box clear of dirt. Bolt covers down when not working in ground
subsidiary to ground boxes when called for by descriptive code.
under the box. Ground box aprons, including concrete and reinforcing steel, are
of concrete for the apron extends from finished grade to the top of the aggregate bed
2. Cast ground box aprons in place. Reinforcing steel may be field bent. Ensure the depth
aggregate.
least 9 inches deep, prior to setting the ground box. Install ground box on top of
Item 302 "Aggregates for Surface Treatments." Ensure aggregate bed is in place and at
and setting ground box. Provide Grade 3 or 4 coarse aggregate as shown on Table 2 of
1. Remove all gravel and dirt from conduit. Cap all conduits prior to placing aggregate \
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:08 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
71E
ED(5)-14
ed5-14.dgn
132
ELECTRICAL SERVICES NOTES
SERVICE NOTES & DATA
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
TOP MOUNTED PHOTOCELL
or equal)
Kindorf, B-line
channel(Unistrut,
Conduit mounting
6"
and photocell
receptacle
photocell
Standard 3-prong
cell and pole.
between photo-
to 1" clearance
to provide •"
Conduit, bend
•" RM
utility company.
as allowed by
by Engineer, and
or as directed
finished grade
to 20 feet above
the pole or 18
from the top of
6" to 8" measured
Mount Photocell
Support
Service
of pole photocells as shown on Top Mounted Photocell Detail.
operation. Mount photocell facing north when practical. Mount top
photocell from stray or ambient night time light to ensure proper
1.Provide photocell as listed on the MPL. Move, adjust, or shield the
3/#2 2P/100 28.1N/A
ID
Service
Elec.
SB 183
Number
Sheet
Plan
No./Size
Conductors
Service
Amps
Switch
Safety
Pole/Amps
Ckt. Bkr.
Main
Amps
Contractor
Two-Pole
Amp Rating
Loadcenter
Panelbd/
ID
Circuit
Branch
Pole/Amps
Ckt. Bkr.
Branch
Amps
Circuit
Branch
Load
KVA
262P/40Lighting NB
Lighting SB
Underpass
Sig. Controller
Luminaires
Flashing Beacon 1
Flashing Beacon 2
252P/40
151P/20
231P/30
1P/20
1P/20
100
70
100
N/A
30
2P/60N/A
N/A
3/#6
3/#6
1 ‚"
1 ‚"
289
30
58
NB Access
2nd & Main N/A
ELECTRICAL SERVICE DATA
5.3
ELC SRV TY A 240/480 100(SS)AL(E)SF(U)
ELC SRV TY D 120/240 060(NS)SS(E)TS(O)
ELC SRV TY T 120/240 000(NS)GS(N)SP(O)
*
*
Electrical Service Description
documentation from the electric utility provider to the Engineer.
breaker's ampere interrupting capacity (AIC) rating and provide
verify that the available fault current is less than the circuit
2.When the utility company provides a transformer larger than 50 KVA,
ensure handle is lockable in both the "On" and "Off" positions.
1.Field drill flange-mounted remote operator handle if needed, to
* *
* Size
Conduit
Service
*
2"100
CCTV
2P/20
1P/20
9
3
4
4
October 2014
with a conduit sealing hub or threaded boss, such as a meter base hub.
Grounding bushings are not required when the end of the metal conduit is fitted
bushings on all metal conduits, and terminate bonding jumpers to grounding bus.
penetrate the equipment mounting panel inside the enclosure. Provide grounding
15.Do not install conduit in the back wall of a service enclosure where it would
enclosure that has no door pocket.
drawings before completion of the work to the Engineer, instead of placing in
11 in. x 17 in. plan sheets to 8 • in. x 11 in before laminating. Deliver these
sheets detailing equipment and branch circuits supplied by that service. Reduce
14.When providing an "Off The Shelf" Type D or Type T service, provide laminated plan
sheets, the installing contractor is to redline plan sheets before laminating.
8 • in. x 11 in. before laminating. If the installation differs from the plan
in the service enclosure's document pocket. Reduce 11 in. x 17 in. plan sheets to
branch circuits supplied by that service. The laminated plan sheets are to be placed
will copy and laminate the actual project plan sheets detailing all equipment and
used to build the enclosure in the enclosure's data pocket. The installing contractor
drawings and the laminated plan sheet showing the electrical service data chart
service. Before shipment to the job site, place the applicable laminated schematic
enclosure manufacturers will prepare and submit a schematic drawing unique to each
13.For all electrical service enclosures listed under Item 628 on the MPL, the UL 508
company specifications.
12.Ensure all mounting hardware and installation details of services conform to utility
movement demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
required on all installed conductors, with at least six inches of free conductor
conductor. Ensure any bend in LFMC never exceeds 180 degrees. A pull test is
terminated with a grounding fitting. The LFMC must contain a grounded (neutral)
need not be strapped. Each end of LFMC must have a grounding bushing or be
length. Strap LFMC within 1 foot of each end. LFMC less than 12 inches in length
LFMC the same size as service entrance conduit. LFMC must not exceed 3 feet in
service enclosure when they are mounted 90 to 180 degrees to each other. Size the
11.Use of liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) is allowed between the meter and
grounding bushing on the RMC where it terminates in the service enclosure.
the conduit shown on the layout for that particular branch circuit. Install a
a minimum of 6 inches underground and then couple to the type and schedule of
on the layout sheets for branch circuit conduit. Extend all rigid metal conduits
conduit for branch circuit entry to enclosure is the same size as that shown
conductor. Size the service entrance conduit as shown in the plans. Ensure
• in. PVC conduit containing the electrical service grounding electrode
10.Provide rigid metal conduit (RMC) for all conduits on service, except for the
when furnished by the Contractor, will be paid for separately.
the elbow, including service conduit and conductors for the utility pole riser
service. For an underground utility feed, all service conduit and conductors after
including the riser or the elbow below ground are subsidiary to the electrical
9.All electrical service conduit and conductors attached to the electrical service
12 inches minimum, 18 inches maximum, or as required by utility.
weatherhead. The lengths of the conductors outside the weatherhead are to be
entrance conductor exits through a separately bushed non-metallic opening in the
with half laps of colored tape, when identifying conductors. Ensure each service
jacket or by colored tape. Mark at least 6 inches of the conductor's insulation
Identify electrical conductors sized 4 AWG and larger by continuous color
Wire Gauge (AWG). Identify size 6 AWG conductors by continuous color jacket.
and white colored XHHW service entrance conductors of minimum size 6 American
8.Provide wiring and electrical components rated for 75°C. Provide red, black,
stainless steel may be used.
7.When galvanized is specified for nuts, screws, bolts or miscellaneous hardware,
incidental contact as required by the NEC.
enclosure do not need a dead front trim. Protect incoming line terminations from
6.Enclosures with external disconnects that de-energize all equipment inside the
locks are installed.
Unless otherwise approved, do not energize electrical service equipment until
enclosures. Master Lock #2195 keys and locks become property of the State.
provide Master Lock #2195 Type 2 with brass tumblers for "off the shelf"
keyed #2195 for all custom electrical enclosures. Installing Contractor is to
5.The enclosure manufacturer will provide Master Lock Type 2 with brass tumblers
work as approved.
with the utility provider to determine costs and requirements, and coordinate the
with these charges prior to engaging the utility company to do the work. Consult
are paid for in accordance with Item 628. Get approval for the costs associated
charges, and other charges by the utility company to provide power to the location
with utility requirements. Primary line extensions, connection charges, meter
4.Coordinate with the Engineer and the utility provider for metering and compliance
complete electrical service as specified in the plans.
3.Provide all work, materials, services, and any incidentals needed to install a
detailed on the plans.
Illumination and Electrical Supplies," Item 628. Provide other service types as
on the Material Producers List (MPL) on the Department web site under "Roadway
Standard Specifications. Provide electrical service types A, C, and D, as listed
"Electrical Services-Pedestal (PS)", and Item 628 "Electrical Services" of the
"Electrical Services-Type D," DMS 11084 "Electrical Services-Type T," DMS 11085
"Electrical Services-Type A," DMS 11082 "Electrical Services-Type C," DMS 11083
Departmental Material Specification (DMS) 11080 "Electrical Services,"DMS 11081
2.Provide electrical services in accordance with Electrical Details standard sheets,
and guarantees as a customary trade practice, furnish these to the State.
or installation is justification for rejection. Where manufacturers provide warranties
Data chart in the plans. Faulty fabrication or poor workmanship in material, equipment,
circuit breaker panels, and branch circuit breakers as shown on the Electrical Service
Provide and install electrical service conduits, conductors, disconnects, contactors,
Association (NEMA) standards. Ensure material is Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed.
provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and National Electrical Manufacturers
1.Provide new materials. Ensure installation and materials comply with the applicable
in the PS descriptive code, provide an AL enclosure.
DMS 11080 and 11085. Do not provide GS pedestal services. If GS is shown
4.Provide pedestal service (PS) enclosures in accordance with ED(9) and
not paint stainless steel.
and D in accordance with DMS 11080, 11081, 11082, 11083, and 11084. Do
3.Provide aluminum (AL) and stainless steel (SS) enclosures for Types A, C,
DMS 11080, 11082, 11083, and 11084.
photocell or lighting contactor. Provide GS enclosures in accordance with
and for Type D and T services that do not use an enclosure mounted
2.Type galvanized steel (GS) enclosures may be used for Type C panelboards
1.Provide threaded hub for all conduit entries into the top of enclosure.
1.0
requirements. Ensure conduit size meets the National ELectrical Code.
Verify service conduit size with utility. Size may change due to utility meter
electrical service data chart specific to that service as shown in the plans.
Example only, not for construction. All new electrical services must have
box with cover.
aluminum outlet
or sand cast
cast iron,
galvanized,
Hot dipped
Schematic Type
Enclosure Type
Photocell Mounting Location
Service Support Type
Service Voltage V / V
ELEC SERV TY X XXX/XXX XXX (XX) XX (X) XX (X)
EXPLANATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE DESCRIPTIVE CODE
Typically Type T
000 indicates main lug only/
Disconnect Amp Rating
Meter-Check with Utility
(NS)= No safety Switch Ahead of
Meter-Check with Utility
(SS)= Safety Switch Ahead of
AL= Aluminum (Custom Enclosure)See MPL
SS= Stainless steel(Custom Enclosure)See MPL
GS= Galvanized steel("off the shelf")
Lighting Contactor Required
(N)= None/No Photocell or
(L)= Luminaire mounted
(T)= Top of pole
Mounted
(E)= Inside Service/Enclosure
from Utility
U= Underground Service Feed
from Utility
O= Overhead Service Feed
PS= Pedestal Service
signal pole
TS= Service on traffic
EX= Existing pole
for separately
OT= Pole by others or paid
SF= Steel frame
SP= Steel pole
TP= Timber pole
OC= Other concrete
GC= Granite concrete
between straps supporting conduit.
from box. 5 foot maximum spacing
Install conduit strap maximum 3 feet
SERVICE ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURE MAIN DISCONNECT & BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
\
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:09 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
AND NOTES
SERVICE ENCLOSURE
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
ed6-14.dgn
71F
ED(6)-14
1
Service Assembly Enclosure
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Control Station ("H-O-A" Switch)
mounted shown)
Photo Electric Control (enclosure-
Lighting Contactor
(See Electrical Service Data)
Branch Circuit Breaker12
13
14 Load Center
Power Distribution Terminal Blocks
Neutral Bus
SCHEMATIC LEGEND
N
G
Power Wiring
Control Wiring
required
Equipment grounding conductor-always
WIRING LEGEND
Safety Switch (when required)
utility provider)
Meter (when required-verify with electric
Service Data)
Main Disconnect Breaker (See Electrical
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp (Control Circuit)
Auxiliary Enclosure
15 Ground Bus
240
2
120
4
jumper
Bonding
3
12
8
7
9
1010
G N
Typical
120 / 240 Volt
Typical
240 Volt
Branch Circuit
Branch Circuit
Luminaire
G
120/240 VOLTS - THREE WIRE
G N
Typical
120 Volt
Branch Circuit
SCHEMATIC TYPE D - CUSTOM
15
weatherhead.
conductor exits the
with red tape where
conductors' insulation
of Line 1 or Line 2
color code 6" length
Red insulation or
exits the weatherhead.
tape where conductor
insulation with white
of neutral conductors'
color code 6" length
White insulation or
SCHEMATIC TYPE T
Typical
120 Volt
Branch Circuit
120/240 VOLTS - THREE WIRE
no lighting contractor will be installed.
top of the pole or on luminaire only,
only. When required install photocell
Galvanized steel-"Buy Off The Shelf"
G N G N
2
120
12
240
14
1115
Typical
120 / 240 Volt
Branch Circuit
SCHEMATIC TYPE A
THREE WIRE
Typical Branch
Circuits
G G
1
2
8
3
5
4
11 10
12
V V12
7
N N
15
Typical Branch
Circuit
13
12
5
9
11
SCHEMATIC TYPE C
THREE WIRE
V
6
7
G
2
1
4
V12
8
N
15
11 15
9
mounted.
is listed as pole top
required when photocell
mounted. Windows not
is listed as enclosure
required when photocell
windows not shown but
Two Photocell viewing 8
Do not bond
this bus to
the enclosure
exits the weatherhead.
tape where conductor
insulation with white
of neutral conductors'
color code 6" length
White insulation or
weatherhead.
conductor exits the
with red tape where
conductors' insulation
of Line 1 or Line 2
color code 6" length
Red insulation or
10
Electrode
Grounding
Electrode
Grounding
Electrode
Grounding
Electrode
Grounding
133
October 2014
Neutral Conductor
Separate Circuit Breaker Panelboard
\
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
CONT FILE:DATE:8/5/20204:54:11 PM
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ED(8)-14
ed8-14.dgn
134
SYSTEM DETAILS
TYPICAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Line
INSET A
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:Entrance
Service
type
signal pole
sheets for
See layout
box
Ground
71H
TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES
18" max.
slack length, 12" min.,
weatherhead. Conductor
conductor exits the
with red tape where
conductor's insulation
of Line 1 or Line 2
color code 6" length
Red insulation or
exits weatherhead.
tape where conductor
insulation with white
neutral conductor's
color code 6" of
White insulation or
3 Wire
120/240 Volt
See Note 7
Meter
See Note 7
Enclosure
Service
Inset A
See Note 11
and conduit details
sheet for foundation
See TS-FD standard
for details)
layout sheet
Conduits (See
SIGNAL CONTROLLER SIGNAL POLE
See Note 6
electrode conductor
service grounding
connect electrical
tank ground fitting,
•" X 13 UNC. Install
Drill, top and thread
October 2014
FRONT VIEW
SIGNAL POLE WITH SERVICE
additional details.
and electrical service data chart for
See electrical details, layout sheets,
on signal pole shown as an example.
Type T electrical service mounted
End Fitting
or Bell
Bushing
(see side view)
Ground box
SIGNAL CONTROLLER
SIDE VIEW
conduits that are required.
locations and any additional
sheets for ground box
requirements. See layout
conduit and grounding
See TS-CF standard for
view)
requirements (see side
conduits, and grounding
number of required
foundation details,
for controller
See TS-CF standard
minimum burial depth for conduit placed under a roadway is 24".
11. For all conduits, ensure the burial depth is a minimum of 18". Ensure the
seal conduit ends.
entering enclosures with duct seal or expanding foam. Do not use silicone to
grounding bushing to the ground bus with a bonding jumper. Seal all conduits
conduits not connected to conduit-sealing hub or threaded boss. Bond the
or threaded boss such as meter hub. Install a grounding bushing on all metal
10. Terminate conduits entering the top of enclosures with a conduit-sealing hub
to the signal installation.
9. Lock all enclosures and bolt down all ground box covers before applying power
on traffic signal cables after termination.
To prevent electronics damage, do not conduct insulation resistance tests
power conductors as required in Item 620 "Electrical Conductors" and ED(3).
8. Conduct pull tests and insulation resistance tests on all illumination and
signal pole for attaching conduit.
in the enclosure. Band or drill and tap properly sized stand-off straps to
each enclosure. Install properly sized stainless steel washers on each bolt
to bands using two-bolt brackets. Install brackets near top and bottom of
steel bands. Ensure bands are a minimum width of ƒ in. Secure enclosures
7. Mount electrical service enclosure and meter to signal pole with stainless
entrance conduit and branch circuit conduit as shown in the plans.
ground fitting. See Inset A detail for further information. Size service
is as short and straight as possible from the enclosure to the tank
ground fitting. Ensure electrical service grounding electrode conductor
Connect the electrical service grounding electrode conductor to the tank
bottom of the enclosure for the service grounding electrode conductor.
electrical service enclosure. Provide properly sized hole through the
Provide and install tank ground fitting 4 in. to 6 in. directly below
6. Drill and tap signal poles for • in. X 13 UNC tank ground fitting.
details.
rated for embedment in concrete. See TXDOT standard TS-FD for further
6 AWG stranded copper conductors. Use listed mechanical connectors
5. Bond anchor bolts to rebar cage in two locations using #3 bars or
ground the fixture to the pole with a 12 AWG green XHHW conductor.
4. If internally illuminated street name signs are approved for use,
associated traffic signal system test.
installed roadway luminaires for proper operation as a part of the
Assemblies," except for performance testing of luminaires. Test
material and construction sections of Item 610, "Roadway Illumination
3. Provide roadway luminaires, when required, in accordance with the
conductor.
the electrical system. Bond all exposed metal parts to the grounding
2. Include an equipment grounding conductor in all conduits throughout
1. Do not pass luminaire conductors through the signal controller cabinet.\
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\ed9-14.dgn8/5/20204:54:12 PMStandard
Division
Operations
Traffic
ED(9)-14
ed9-14.dgn
135
PEDESTAL SERVICE TYPE PS
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPORT
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
6"6"16"
min.min.
LINE
LOAD 14"6"
min.
6"
min.
Leveling Washers2"LOAD
1
10
7
8
6
9
3
5
4
Studs (as required)
Equipment Mounting
11 12
13
Studs (as required)
Equipment Mounting
12"Reinforcing Steel
17 ‚"2
5
LOAD SIDE CONDUIT
LOAD SIDE CONDUIT
LOAD SIDE CONDUIT
16"
2
SECTION A-A ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
LINE SIDE CONDUIT
Hex Nut
Lock Washer
Flat Washer
20"1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
LEGEND
Meter Socket, (when required)
Meter Socket Window, (when required)
Equipment Mounting Panel
Photo Electric Control Window, (When required)
Hinged Deadfront Trim
Load Side Conduit Trim
Line Side Conduit Area
Utility Access Door, with handle
Pedestal Door
Hinged Meter Access
Control Station (H-O-A Switch)
Branch Circuit Breakers
Main Disconnect
71J
PEDESTAL SERVICE NOTES
5"14
Steel
Reinforcing
14 Copper Clad Ground Rod - 5/8" X 10'48" min.max. 3"18" min.14
14
AA
bolt detial
See anchor
Bushings
or Grounding
Bell End Fittings
plan details
determined by
of conduits
Size and number
panel. CB Handles shall protrude through hinged deadfront trim.
individual circuit breakers (CB) mounted on an equipment mounting
TYPE C shown, TYPE A similar except that TYPE A shall have
October 2014
17" min.
properly terminated.
extension conduits are metal, grounding bushings must be installed with a bonding jumper
rigid metal conduits are more than 2 in. below the top of the concrete foundation. Where
for underground conduit and feeders. PVC extensions may be installed provided the ends of the
8. Ensure all elbows in the foundation are sized as per utility provider's conduit requirements
7. Do not use liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) on pedestal type services.
rocking or movement of the service enclosure at no additional cost to the department.
the service enclosure is level front to back and side to side within ‚ in. Repair
rise in the foundation of „ in. per foot. When properly installed, ensure the top of
are used, ensure no more than „ in. gap at any corner. Do not exceed a maximum dip or
6. Finish top of concrete foundation in a neat and workmanlike manner. If leveling washers
bolt, a properly sized locknut and a flat washer.
the anchors in the foundation with a • in. galvanized or stainless steel machine thread
each corner of enclosure. Secure each of the four corners of the pedestal enclosure to
mounting pedestal enclosure to foundation. Anchor location to match mounting holes in
5. Install • in. X 2 ˆ in. minimum length concrete single expansion type anchors for
for Concrete."
4. Provide #4 reinforcing steel for foundations in accordance with Item 440, "Reinforcement
but is considered subsidiary to Item 628.
Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," except that concrete will not be paid for directly
3. Provide Class A or C concrete for pedestal service foundations in accordance with
complies with local utility requirements.
2. When a meter socket is required, provide a socket with a minimum 100 amp rating that
utility company prior to manufacturing the pedestal enclosure.
installing the electrical pedestal service. Submit any changes required by the
Contact the local utility company for approval of pedestal details prior to
hardware and installation details of services meet utility company specifications.
"Roadway Illumination and Electrical Supplies," Item 628. Ensure all mounting
listed on the Material Producers list (MPL) on the Department's web site under
(PS)" and Item 628 "Electrical Services. "Provide pedestal electrical services as
Specifications (DMS)11080 "Electrical Services", 11085 "Electrical Services-Pedestal
1. Manufacture pedestal electrical services in accordance with Departmental Material
2Sheet 1 of 5
(80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONE)
(50 TO 65 FT)
LONG MAST ARM ASSEMBLY
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
LMA(1)-12
4-20-01
L1
D
D
2
11'-6"
8' Max
Min. Radius = 20'
C
L1
D
D
2
1
90°90°
FIXED MOUNT TRAFFIC SIGNAL ARM
F Nominal Arm Length - L (44' Max)Nominal Arm Length - L (50' TO 65')
` 2"
Rise
[ Pole
See Sheet 3 of 5 for Arm Rise
1
1
2
2
measured as shown.
to produce the unloaded rise
within 8' of the base so as
with a 20' or greater radius
Note: The arm shall be fabricated
4 of 5
See Sheet
connection-
Mast arm
the unload rise measured as shown.
Note: The arm shall be fabricated straight with
F or G
Detail D, E,
See Sheet 2 of 5
Handhole
and Clamp-on Arm Details
See Sheet 4 of 5 for Arm Rise
(IF REQUIRED)CLAMP-ON TRAFFIC SIGNAL ARM
3 of 5
See Sheet
connection-
Built-up box
See "Tenon Detail"
See "Tenon Detail"See "Slip Joint Detail"
A
Nominal Arm Length - L
3'-0"3'-0"
(8')(unless otherwise noted)30'-0"35'-0" Nominal Mounting HeightSee Sheet "MA-D"
3'-0"
A
Nominal Arm Length - L
3'-0"(unless otherwise noted)Traffic Signal Arm
See Above Detail
(Showing fixed mount arm)1'-0"16'-6" NominalF C
DB
Nom Arm Lgth
D30
23'-6" NominalArm Length
Arm Type II
Arm Type III
24'28'32'36'60'65'
10'
10'
11'
11'
12'13'
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS "A"
ELEVATION ELEVATIONSTRUCTURE ASSEMBLY
3
3 3
Arm Type IV
40'44'
12'12'
50'55'
12'12'12'12'
3
A
3'-0"
33 3
A
3'-0"
See
Sheet
"SNS"
6"2.375"L ArmC
MA-3
‰
TENON DETAIL NominalC
C
ILSN Arm Connection - See Sheet 4 of 5 ILSN Arm Connection - See Sheet 4 of 5
4
4
See
Sheet
2 of 5
Detail
B or C
17'-6"Nom15'-0"Min-19'-0"Max-by others)
(Supplied
Weather Head
17'-6"Nom15'-0"Min-19'-0"Max-40 pipe
2" Sch
shape to match arm
End Plate 3/8 " thick min.
See Sheet "Lum-A"
Luminaire Arm -
-Detail A
See Sheet 2 of 5
Detail
Arm See Above
Traffic Signal
Assembly
Bracket
Assembly
Bracket
Assembly
Bracket
Assembly
Bracket
3 of 5
See Sheet
Foundation
3 of 5
See Sheet
Foundation
3
18'-9" w/ clamp-on arm L
18'-0" w/o clamp-on arm L
(Showing clamp-on arm)
Crown of RoadCrown of Road
Sheet 4 of 5
See "ARM COUPLING DETAIL"
CGB Connector
Threaded Coupling for
El Paso St
~20" ` 1"
6'-0"(Min)~17'-0"(Max)
for Tip Section
.239" thickness is permissible
I.D.
times female
equals 1.5
Min Lap
disassembled.
marked and shipped
shop, but may be match
shall be made in the
length. The slip joint
50' and greater in
permissible for arms
Note: A slip joint is
SLIP JOINT DETAIL(FIXED MOUNT ARM)
with Item 445,"Galvanizing".
galvanizing in accordance
joint. Repair damaged
projection after making
Tack weld nut to thread
1- †" Dia galv A307 bolt.
4 - ƒ" Dia holes and
El Paso St
optimal fatigue performance.
the tests, poles may need a retrofit to ensure
performance; depending upon the results of
plate will or will not result in optimal
tests to determine if stiffeners at the base
stiffeners at the base plate. TxDOT is conducting
fatigue resistance except that there are no
Design also conforms to NCHRP Report 412 for
GENERAL NOTES:
Arm Equivalent DL WL EPA
8' Luminaire Arm
9' ILSN Arm
Fixed Mount Arm
50' to 65'
Clamp-on Arm
Up to 44'
Luminaire 60 lbs
Sign 85 lbs
310 lbs
Signal Loads
180 lbs
Signal Loads
5
5 5 6
6
under the direction of the Engineer for approval.
Provision of the bracket assembly used to support the traffic signal heads shall be
Installation of damping plate for the long mast arm is not recommended.
are not acceptable.
drawings in accordance with the Item 441, "Steel Structures". Alternate designs
Deviations from the details and dimensions shown herein require submission of shop
Item 445, "Galvanizing" after fabrication.
Unless otherwise noted, all parts shall be galvanized in accordance with
Assemblies (Steel)".
shall also meet the requirements of this sheet and Item 686, "Traffic Signal Pole
obtain prior to fabrication. Material, fabrication tolerances, and shipping practices
Weld references call for preapproved weld procedures which the Fabricator must
(Steel)" and with the details, dimensions, and weld procedures shown herein.
Fabrication shall be in accordance with Item 686, "Traffic Signal Pole Assemblies
bolt and foundation details.
details, "SNS" for internally lighted street name sign details, and "TS-FD" for anchor
Standard Sheet "MA-D" for pole details, "LUM-A" for luminaire arm and connection
Except as noted in Sheet 1 thru 5 of 5, other details not covered shall refer to
Each arm with its related attachment is shown below
street name (ILSN) signs and two traffic signal arms with limited length combinations.
Poles are designed to support one 8'-0" luminaire arm, two 9'-0" internally lighted
or more. Angles of less than approximately 75 degrees will require a special design.
traffic signal is required, designs are based on an arm included angle of 90 degrees
Design Wind Speed can be either 100 mph or 80 mph plus a 1.3 gust factor. If clamp-on
Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals and Interim Specifications thereto.
Design conforms to 1994 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for
1.6 sq ft
11.5 sq ft
52 sq ft
32.4 sq ft
of horizontal wind load.
Effective projected area (actual area times drag coefficient) for the application
ILSN arm, which applied 4.5' from the centerline of the pole.
Equivalent dead load plus horizontal wind load applied at the end of arm except
4:54:13 PM8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lma.dgnJuly 2000C TxDOT
DENTON
131A
Texas Department of TransportationDISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver- sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.4:54:13 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lma.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
DN:CK:DW:CK:
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT
1-12
136
(80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONE)
(50 TO 65 FT)
Sheet 2 of 5
LONG MAST ARM ASSEMBLY
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
LMA(2)-12
4-20-01
Round Shafts or
Polygonal Shafts
Connection Bolts
Pin Bolts
Pipe
Misc. Hardware Galvanized steel or stainless steel
or as noted
Plates
MATERIALS
ASTM A325
ASTM A36, A588, or A572 Gr.50
A1008 HSLAS-F Gr.50, A1011 HSLAS-F Gr.50
SECTION B-B
See Detail J
MD-4
‚x ‹
//
Penetration
= 85% Min.
1‚"
†"
Š"1‰"
x ‰" out
Tab ‚" dia
Slot Œ"
7
7
7
7
8
COPPER GROUND
CONNECTOR
stainless
Hex. nut, •" - 13NC
•" stainless
Split lockwasher,
2-#6 or 1-#4 max.
Will accept 4-#8,
or approved equal.
Blackburn TTC,
Burndy #KC22J12T13,
//
ACCESS COMPARTMENT NOTES:
ˆinch wider than the access compartment itself.
Opening for access compartment shall be no more than
to be installed.
Ferraz-Shawmut #30352 fuse block for poles where luminaires are
4. Install one Bussmann #BM6032B, Littelfuse #L60030M-2C, or
terminal strip, and one Bussmann #BM6032B fuse block.
two Marathon #985GP12 terminal strips, one Marathon #985GP06CU
3. The screw hole spacing on the enclosure back plate shall be for
The traffic signal contractor shall install the kit items in the field.
connector (Blackburn TTC, Burndy KC22J12T13, or Ilsco SSS-5).
self tapping type "F" stainless steel pan head screws, and one ground
strips (Marathon #985GP12CU or approved equal), four #8-32 x 1 ‚"
consisting of: one cover with two latching assemblies, two terminal
2. The pole manufacturer shall provide with each pole a separate kit
feature.
shall be 1/4-20 stainless flat socket head screws with tamper proof
tightly to the enclosure ring to create a rainproof seal. Latch screws
extreme weather. Cover shall latch with two screw latches and shall fit
gray color, and shall be suitable for exposure to harsh sunlight and
1. The cover shall be one piece formed from ABS plastic, shall be a pearl
8
ASTM A325, or A449 except where noted
ASTM A53 Gr.B, A501,
or A1011 SS Gr.50
A1011 HSLAS Gr.50 Class 2, A572 Gr.50
ASTM A595 Gr.A, A588, A1008 HSLAS Gr.50 Class 2,
A1011 SS requirements and the requirements of this item.
will be acceptable providing the material meets all other
thickness in excess of those stipulated under A1011 SS
18 percent in 8 inches or 23 percent in 2 inches. Material
ASTM A1011 SS Gr.50 shall also have a minimum elongation of
less elongation than the grade indicated.
or A1011 SS may have higher yield strengths but shall not have
ASTM A572, A1008 HSLAS, A1011 HSLAS, A1008 HSLAS-F, A1011 HSLAS-F,
Š
Š xŒ
2 •"21"
BASE PLATE
34"34" Thick
2 •"
R=3" 1"+
Slot
2 ƒ" x 5 •"
Circle
27" Bolt
L~or screw
…" dia bolt
2'-3"30'-0" 1"assembly
dual mast arm
coupling - 2 per
2" dia threaded~L
~L
12g min.
Handhole cover
or screw
…" dia bolt
assembly
dual mast arm
coupling - 2 per
2" dia threaded
~
~1'-6"4"+-‚" PL
Y
Y
Pole Cap
for regular
See "Detail A"
& Nut
J-Bolt
‚" dia
attachment
J-Bolt
wire and
hanging
Bar for
•" dia
C
SECTION Y-Y
DETAIL D DETAIL E DETAIL F
‚
12g min.
Handhole cover+Handhole
6" I.D.
L of 4"x 1'-6"4"+-‚" PL
Y
Y
attachment
J-Bolt
wire and
hanging
Bar for
•" dia
DETAIL G
‚
(for pole with luminaire)
D30
6"C ClampL
Luminaire Arm 4"+-hanging wire
…" dia Hook for
alternate Pole Cap
See "Detail F" for
set screws
Cap with min. of 3
Alum. or Galv. Metal
Zinc die cast or
DETAIL A
‰
(If ILSN applied)9"11"4"+-for hanging wire
…" dia Hook
DETAIL B
‰
C
+18'-0" 1"6"11"alternate Pole Cap
See Detail "F" for
hanging wire
…" dia Hook for
set screws
Cap with min. of 3
Alum. or Galv. Metal
Zinc die cast or
‰
DETAIL C
23'-6" 1"+Plate
Base
Base Plate
Bottom of
See Sheet 3 of 5
for ILSN.
Clamp-on arm
Clamp-on armClamp-on arm
18'-9" 1"16'-6" 1"++MD-1
‚"‹"Pole
Frame
Handhole
MD-4//
PolePlug
Pipe
45°
assembly
arm
dual mast
- 2 per
coupling
threaded
2" dia
MD-2
threads
~ NPSL
Coupling
threaded
2" dia
//
Penetration
= 85% Min.
DETAIL H
SECTION A-A
‚x ‹
BB
ACCESS COMPARTMENT
4 ƒ"
27"
6"
1 ‡"MD-5
slot
Tab and
slot
Tab and
ground connector
hole for copper
•" clearance
hole opening
4" x 6" hand
block
terminal
6 circuit
for optional
mtg. holes
#8-32
notes 3 & 4)
block (see
double fuse
for luminaire
mtg. holes
#10-32
(2 req'd)
terminal block
compression Type HD
12 circuit 600 volt
A-36 MOD 50
Ring, …" x 2 •"
sheet A-569
steel strip M-1020 or
„" x 4 •" x 1'-6 †"
Back plate
Handhole Weld
See Detail H for
A
A
A
A
A
A+18'-9" 1"Base Plate
Bottom of
Handhole Weld
See Detail H for
Fixed mount arm‰
pole diameter
21 „"
opening
Handhole
L of 4"x6" I.D.
and ILSN sign)
(for 30' pole with luminaire
luminaire, single or dual mast arm)
(for 24' pole with ILSN sign and no
dual mast arm)
sign and no luminaire,
(for 20.25' pole with no ILSN
single mast arm)
sign and no luminaire,
(for 19.5' pole with no ILSN
Compartment
Access
45°
Mount Arm
L Fixed
C
19.5D or D20.25 Back plate Compartment
Access
‚"
‹"
DETAIL J
P …" x 2 min.
Handhole Frame-
P …" x 2 min.
Handhole Frame-
(4 req'd)
stainless steel
self-tap Type "F",
#8-32 x 1 ‚"
Phil. Pan HD. screws,
„" to •"„" to •"
MD-3
‚
9
9
12" ‚"`2'-3"or screw
…" dia bolt
45°
seam weld
180° opposite to 1st
longitudinal seam weld,
permissible 2nd
Arm
L Clamp-on
POLE COUPLING DETAIL
(Typ)
‰" x 1" P Min
Threaded Strap
C
Handhole
6" I.D.
L of 4"x
(optional)
…" dia Hook
~Fixed mount arm
‰
(optional)
…" dia Hook
C
100% penetration within 6" of circumferential base weld.
each side) along the fixed mount arm. 60% min penetration required,
Longitudinal seam weld must be oriented within 90° (45° rotation
POLE ELEVATIONBase Plate
Bottom of
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:13 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lma.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2000 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
131B
JSY ARC TGG JSY
1-12
137
Sheet 3 of 5
(80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONE)
(50 TO 65 FT)
LONG MAST ARM ASSEMBLY
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
4-20-01
Bolt
Dia Length Top
Thread
Bottom
Thread
Bolt
Circle
R2 R1
ANCHOR BOLT & TEMPLATE SIZE
2 •"5'-2"10"27"16"11"
Min dimension given, longer bolts are acceptable.
in.
6 •"
GENERAL NOTES:
B
30
1
1
2
L D D thk112
ROUND ARMS
17.6 16.8 .3125
18.5 11.7
9.6
10.3
11.0
.3125
24
4'- 4"
3'-11"
3'- 7"
48-A
ROUND POLES
D D D D thkB2430
thk2
50
55
60
65
Foundation
Type
in.in.in.in.in.
in.in.in.ft.ft.
ft.
Rise
18.5
18.5
18.5
50' 55'
60' 65'
,
,
3'- 3"49
54
59
64
.3125
.3125
.3125
21.0
12
12
12
18.2
19.5 D
or
20.25
19.5
D = Pole Base O.D.
D = Pole Top O.D. with no Luminaire
D = Pole Top O.D. with no Luminaire
D = Pole Top O.D. with ILSN
D = Pole Top O.D. with Luminaire
D = Arm Base O.D.
13
13
13
to be equivalent to round section.
Shaft profile 16-sided or 18-sided is considered
may be used.
Thickness shown is minimum, thicker materials
D = Arm End O.D.
L = Shaft Length
and no ILSN (single mast arm)
and no ILSN (dual mast arm)
w/out Luminaire
Arm L
Mount
Fixed
Arm L
Mount
Fixed
F
20.25
L = Fixed Arm Length
F
F
and for the first arm on dual mast arm assemblies.
Fixed mount details are used for single mast arm assemblies
mounting plates cannot contact directly.
mounting plates shall not be allowed if the center of both
The deformed-from-flat connection between arm and pole
center of mounting plate to a radial distance of 13.5 in.
plate shall not exceed ‘in., which is measured along the
The deviation from flat for either arm or pole mounting
taper shall also be included.
or drainage. Arm stiffeners cut to match arm inclination and
4" dia hole in the pole need to be aligned for wiring access
the pole. 2 •" dia hole in the pole mounting plate and
creation. Specify the proper location of drain holes along
connection, arm-to-plate socket connection, and arm rise
specify the details of each box element, welds of arm-to-pole
drawing of box connection for approval. The drawing shall
is an example only, fabricators are required to submit a shop
connection as a build-up box configuration illustrated here
Built-up Box Connection: For the welded arm-to-pole
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:13 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lma.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
July 2000 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
131C
JSY ARC TGG JSY
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Mast arm assembly.
50' to 65'
FDN
TYPE
DRILLED
SHAFT
DIA
REINFORCING
STEEL
VERT
BARS
SPIRAL
& PITCH
ANCHOR
BOLT
DIA
Fy
(ksi)MOMENT
K-ft
SHEAR
Kips
48-A 48" 19.5 14.7 55 490 21.9 2 •" 27" 2
ANCHOR
TYPE
10
10 15 40
FOUNDATION DESIGN TABLE
BOLT
CIR
DIA
#4 at 6"
DRILLED SHAFT LENGTH-ft
N blows/ft
20 #9
FOUNDATION
DESIGN
LOAD
ANCHOR BOLT DESIGN
TEXAS CONE PENETROMETER
17
18
R12
Bolt Circle
DiameterR
TEMPLATE DETAIL
2 Sides
(Typ)
Type 2
d
Bott Thread2 Flat
Anchor Bolt
Heavy Hex
Nut (Typ)
NUT ANCHOR
(TYPE 2)
ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY
SEE SHEET "TS-FD" FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
Washers
per
2'-5"2'-3"1"1"1'-9"G~
ƒ" PL
~
†
1" ƒ"ƒ"2'-5"C
C
L PoleC
SECTION C-C 4 •"4 •"
ƒ" PL
11
11
11
Š
D
D
SECTION D-D „"~
1
4
…
28"2"
Mast Arm
~
2'-5"2'-5"ƒ"ƒ"
~7"‡" Plate
ƒ"ƒ"2"2'-4"
Œx Š
Mast Arm
45°
24" Bolt Circle
Arm StiffenerL ArmCArm Stiffener…
‰
DETAIL "K"
†
Typ
2"
†
2"
30°
0
G
†
†
Typ
2" PL
Š
Š
Pole Mounting Plate
1"
~~Top Gusset Plate
~
Plate
Side Gusset 6 ‚"1'-4 •"6 ‚"See Detail "K"
F F
SECTION F-F
8 ‚"8 ‚"CL Side Gusset
Stiffener
Arm
…
…
…
BUILT-UP BOX CONNECTION
C
(both sides)
1" Radius Slot
Gusset
ƒ" Side
Gusset plate
at Bottom
1" Dia hole
Stiffener
Arm
ARM STIFFENER
(Cut to match arm inclination and taper)
Plate
Mounting
Arm
4" Min
from both sides.
penetration weld
100% complete joint
SECTION F-F or equivalent
Provide Detail shown in
is required for the remaining weld length.
radius to connect Stiffener. Only a fillet weld
a complete joint penetration weld. Smooth weld
Only 4" length at tip of Arm Stiffener requires
Optional weld splice
Stiffener
Reinforcing
penetration
100%
REINFORCING STIFFENER
hole in PL
2 •" Dia
hole in Pole
4" Dia
Bolts
Connection
1 •" Dia
than bolt diameter
holes ˆ" greater
Steel Template with
Side Gusset Plate
Weld other side to
Side Gusset Plate
Weld other side to
CL Mast Arm
Stiffener
L Reinf
9"C
C
L Box
16 , 17 , 18
penetrometer values. Round to nearest foot for entry into Summary Table.
Decimal lengths in Design Table are to allow interpolation for other
diameters into solid rock.
If rock is encountered, the Drilled Shaft shall extend a minimum of two
used to adjust shaft lengths.
Field Penetrometer readings at a depth of approximately 3 to 5 feet may be
the base of the structure.
Foundation Design Loads are the allowable moments and shears at
Foundation Design Laods.
Anchor bolt design develops the foundation capacity given under
ƒ" Dia inside box
2 optional drainage holes
14
15
16
14 15
Stiffener
Reinf
Arm Mounting Plate
Top Template
Circular Steel
‚" thick Min.
Bottom Template
Circular Steel
†" thick Min.
(optional)
…" dia Hook
Plate
Bottom Gusset
or wire access
as shown for drainage
Deburr holes and offset
1'-4" Min.LengthTop GalvanizeLengthTop Thread10"edge of adjacent 4" dia hole
3" Min. clear distance from the
2- ƒ" dia optional drainage holes.
arm applied
luminaire
ILSN or
required if
Handhole
L 4" x 6" I.D.
LMA(3)-12
1-12
138
LMA(4)-12Sheet 4 of 5
(80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONE)
LONG MAST ARM ASSEMBLY
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
(50 TO 65 FT)
4-20-01
MA-1
ARM WELD DETAIL
19
90°
of circumferential base welds.
100% penetration within 6"
60% Min penetration
of the signal arm.
oriented within the lower 90°
Longitudinal Seam Weld must be 19
1 •" Dia Threaded Coupling.
"Sky Bracket" or "Easy Bracket" with
and cast bracket as in "Astro-Brac",
Stainless steel bands (or Cables)
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
MA-2
‚
Threaded
Coupling
ƒ"Dia1"MA-2
‚
Threaded
Coupling
1•"Dia
ARM COUPLING DETAIL ILSN ARM COUPLING DETAIL ƒ"
Base Dia Thick
A F
Dia No.
ea
6.5 .179 12 6 1 2
7.5 .179 14 8 1 2
8.0 .179 14 8 1 2
9.0 .179 16 10 1 2
9.5 .179 18 12 3
9.5 .239 18 12 3
10.0 .239 18 12 3
10.5 .239 18 12 3
11.0 .239 18 12 3
11.5 .239 18 12 3
1 ‚
1 ‚
1 ‚
1 ‚
1 ‚
1 ‚
Mast Arm Size
in.in.in.in.in.
Thick
A F
Dia No.
ea
.216 10 4 ƒ2
ILSN Arm Size
in.in.in.in.in.
3
Sch 40
pipe Dia
CLAMP-ON ARM CONNECTION
ft.
D thk12
ft.in.in.in.
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
thk
ft.in.in.in.
L D D11 2
ROUND ARMS
19.1
23.1
27.1
31.0
35.0
39.0
43.0
Rise
6.5
7.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
3.8
4.3
4.2
4.7
4.6
4.1
4.1
.179
.179
.179
.179
.179
.239
.239
1'-9"
1'-10"
1'-11"
2'-1"
2'-4"
2'-8"
2'-11"
19.1
23.1
27.1
31.0
35.0
39.0
43.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
10.0
9.5
10.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
.179
.179
.179
.179
.179
.239
.239
1'-8"
1'-9"
1'-10"
2'-0"
2'-1"
2'-3"
2'-6"
L D1 Rise
ROUND ARMS
12 12
YGONAL ARMSPOL
ft.
D thk12
ft.in.in.in.
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
thk
ft.in.in.in.
L D D11 2
ROUND ARMS
19.1
23.1
27.1
31.0
35.0
39.0
43.0
Rise
POLYGONAL ARMS
8.0
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
5.3
5.8
5.7
5.2
5.1
5.1
5.1
.179
.179
.179
.239
.239
.239
.239
1'-8"
1'-9"
1'-10"
1'-11"
2'-0"
2'-3"
2'-8"
19.1
23.1
27.1
31.0
35.0
39.0
43.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
.179
.179
.179
.239
.239
.239
.239
1'-7"
1'-8"
1'-9"
1'-10"
1'-11"
2'-1"
2'-3"
L D1
Rise
ROUND ARMS
1
2
1
12 12
12
may be used.
Thickness shown is minimum, thicker materials
80 MPH WIND
100 MPH WIND
Pin Bolts
†" Dia.
Pin Bolts
†" Dia.
L = Clamp-on Arm Length
L = Shaft Length
D = Arm End O.D.
D = Arm Base O.D.
C
Arm L
Clamp-on
Arm L
Clamp-on
C
C Bolts
4 Conn.
Bolts
4 Conn.
GENERAL NOTES:
by the Engineer.
the pole after arm orientations have been approved
hole for each pin bolt shall be field drilled through
a ƒ" diameter hole for each pin bolt. An •" diameter
cotter pin. Back clamp plate shall be furnished with
have ‰" diameter holes for a „" diameter galvanized
shear plane. Pin bolt and ƒ" diameter pipe shall
shall be ASTM A325 with threads excluded from the
clamp-on arms under design wind forces. Pin bolts
Pin bolts are required to prevent rotation of
the detail.
shown for part shall apply to all similar parts on
Where duplicate parts occur on a detail, welds
access after arm is oriented. Deburr both holes.
be field drilled through the pole to provide wire
clamp plate for wire access. A matched hole shall
arm, a 1 •" diameter hole shall be cut in the front
longer than the arm diameter minus 1". For an ILSN
shall be centered behind the arm and shall be no
to facilitate drainage during galvanizing. The slot
slotted hole may be cut in the front clamp plate
a clamp-on mast arm, a maximum 1 •" wide vertical
dual mast arm assemblies or ILSN arm support. For
Clamp-on details are used for the second arm on
L ArmC
L PoleC Base O.D. ‰
‹x ‚2 •"2 •"
E
E
SECTION E-E
ELEVATIONAF drainage hole
•" Dia
required
bolt where
3rd Pin 1 •" Maxpipe and hole
[ Pin bolt,ArmGap 1" Max
2" Typ
Typ
‚
Typ
•" thick
stiffener !
•" thick
(Typ)
pin bolts
†" Dia
strap !
•" thick
CLAMP-ON CONNECTION
Pipe (Typ)
ƒ" Dia Sch 80
required
Dia as
(Typ)
„
ILSN Arm to pole)
(Mast Arm or
and 2 lock washers.
2 flat washers
heavy hex nut,
Connection bolt with
//
Penetration
= 85% Min.
//
‚
8"
(ILSN Arm)
threaded coupling
or ƒ" Dia
(Mast Arm)
threaded coupling
1 •" Dia
9"
for Tip Section
.179" thickness is permissible
~I.D.
times female
equals 1.5
Min Lap
+
with Item 445, "Galvanizing".
galvanizing in accordance
joint. Repair damaged
projection after making
Tack weld nut to thread
1- †" Dia galv A307 bolt.
4 - ƒ" Dia holes and
disassembled.
marked and shipped
shop, but may be match
shall be made in the
length. The slip joint
40' and greater in
permissible for arms
Note: A slip joint is
6'-0"(Min)~11'-0"(Max)
SLIP JOINT DETAIL(CLAMP-ON ARM)
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:14 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lma.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
November 2000 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
131D
JK GRB FDN CAL
1-12
SHEET NO.
139
MAST-ARM CONNECTIONS
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL
STANDARD ASSEMBLY
MA-C(ILSN)-12
5-96
A F
CONN. BOLTS PIN BOLTS
No.Dia No.Dia
GENERAL NOTES:
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS
MC-4
C
L ArmC
P
AFPin Bolt
L PoleC
& 2 lock washers
hex nut, 2 flat washers
Connection Bolt with
required
Dia as
Penetration
Min. 85%
CL ILSN Arm
89°
ILSN CLAMP-ON DETAIL 1 ILSN CLAMP-ON DETAIL 2
10 4 4 ƒ2 †
•" dia drainage hole
‹x ‚
R=ƒ"
Grade 50
ƒ" L2 ‚" max.Gap = 1 •" max.
‰
Details 1,2 and 3
for ILSN Support Arm Clamp-on
ILSN ARM SIZE
pipe & hole
L pin bolt
Detail 3"
"Clamp-on
except
Penetration
Min. 85%
Clamp PL
Arm ~CLAMP-ON ARM
ARM BASE WELD DETAILS‚"‹"
in.in.ea.in.ea.
8"
clamp-on arms under design wind forces.
Pin bolts are required to prevent rotation of
parts on the details.
shown for one part shall apply to all similar
Where duplicate parts occur on a detail, welds
Deburr both holes.
to provide wire access after arm is oriented.
matched hole shall be field drilled through the pole
cut in the front clamp plate for wiring access. A
arm assemblies. A 1 •" inch diameter hole shall be
Clamp-on details shall be used for ILSN support
in.
40 Pipe
Schedule
3 in. dia
NOTE:
Pin bolts shall be A325 with threads excluded
from the shear plane. Pin bolt and ƒ" dia pipe
shall have ‰" dia holes for a „" dia galvanized
cotter pin. Back clamp plate shall be furnished with
a ƒ" dia hole for each pin bolt. An •" dia hole
for each pin bolt shall be field drilled through
the pole after arm orientations have been 2 •"2 •"A
B
A
B
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
Sch 80 Pipe
ƒ" Dia
L ArmC
pipe and hole
[ Pin bolt,
Gap 1" Max
2" Typ
Typ
‚
Typ
Pipe (Typ)
ƒ" Dia Sch 80
required
Dia as
(Typ)
„Max1 •"L PoleC Base O.D.2 •"2 •" AFArm(Typ)
pin bolts
†" Dia
strap !
•" thick and 2 lock washers.
2 flat washers
heavy hex nut,
Connection bolt with
approved by the Engineer.
„thick
…"
‹x ‚
stiffener !
•" thick
Min. 85%
Penetration
drainage hole
•" Dia
‰
„
conduit connector
coupling for
ƒ" Dia threaded
conduit connector
coupling for
ƒ" Dia threaded
8"
MA-2
‚
Threaded
Coupling
ƒ"Dia
ILSN ARM COUPLING DETAIL ƒ"MC-2
L ArmC
AFPin Bolt
L PoleC & 2 lock washers
hex nut, 2 flat washers
Connection Bolt with
2"
2"MC-2
~
C
CL ILSN Arm
P
& pipe hole
L pin bolt
89°
ILSN CLAMP-ON DETAIL 3
•" dia drainage hole
‹x ‚
•" U-Strap, Grade 50
Grade 50
…" L
Š 2 •"2 •"…" gusset P
‰
8"
Dia as required
L
C C
SECTION C-C
Sch 80 Pipe
ƒ" Dia
conduit connector
coupling for
ƒ" Dia threaded
„
1-12
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:15 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\macilsn.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
August 1995 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
140
126B
MS JSY MMF JSY
MA-D-12
MAST ARM POLE DETAILS
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Back plate Back plate
Round Pole Polygonal Pole
Compartment
Access
Compartment
Access
‚"
‹"
‹"
‚"
DETAIL J
XX
ACCESS COMPARTMENT
block
terminal
6 circuit
for optional
mtg. holes
#8-32
4ƒ"
27"
6"
1‡"
steel strip M-1020 or sheet A-569
„" x 4•" x 1'-6 …"
Back plate
MD-5
slot
Tab and
slot
Tab and
(2 req'd)
compression Type HD terminal block
12 circuit 600 volt
ground connector
hole for copper
•" clearance
hole opening
4" x 6" hand
notes 3 & 4)
block (see
double fuse
for luminaire
mtg. holes
#10-32
Ring, …" x 2 •" ASTM A572 Gr 50
(4 req'd)
self-tap Type "F", stainless steel
Phil. Pan HD. scres, #8-32 x 1‚"
NOTES:
to be installed.
Ferraz-Shawmut #30352 fuse block for poles where luminaires are
4. Install one Bussmann #BM6032B, Littelfuse #L60030M-2C, or
terminal strip, and one Bussmann #BM6032B fuse block.
two Marathon #985GP12 terminal strips, one Marathon #985GP06CU
3. The screw hole spacing on the enclosure back plate shall be for
items in the field.
Ilsco SSS-5). The traffic signal contractor shall install the kit
one ground connector (Blackburn TTC, Burndy KC22J12T13, or
1 ‚" self tapping type "F" stainless steel pan head screws, and
strips (Marathon #985GP12CU or approved equal), four #8-32 x
consisting of: one cover with two latching assemblies, two terminal
2. The pole manufacturer shall provide with each pole a separate kit
socket head screws with tamper proof feature.
rainproof seal. Latch screws shall be 1/4-20 stainless flat
latches and shall fit tightly to the enclosure ring to create a
sunlight and extreme weather. Cover shall latch with two screw
pearl gray color, and shall be suitable for exposure to harsh
1. The cover shall be one piece formed from ABS plastic, shall be a
(for pole with luminaire)
D30
6"C ClampL
Luminaire Arm 4"+-hanging wire
…" dia Hook for
for ILSN
Clamp-on arm
L
~P …" x 2 min
Handhole Frame -
for Handhole Weld
See Detail G
or screw
…" dia bolt
mast arm assemblies
second arm on dual
Clamp-on arm for1'-6"9"2'-6"Compartment
Access30'-0" 1"and ILSN sign)TPlate
Base
DB See Detail H
assembly
dual mast arm
coupling - 2 per
2" dia threaded~‰" x 1" P Min
Threaded Strap
L 6"~~V V
LP …" x 2 min
Handhole Frame-
for Handhole Weld
See Detail G
12g min.
Handhole cover
or screw
…" dia bolt
mast arm assemblies
second arm on dual
Clamp-on arm for
assembly
dual mast arm
coupling - 2 per
2" dia threaded
~
~
VV1'-0"4"+-‚" PL
Y
Y
D19
to •"
„"
MD-1
‚"‹"Pole
Frame
Handhole
MD-4
Pole
Plug
Pipe
45°
‚‚" or 3g
pole
L
LBolt CircleDiameterRange
AdjustmentLength
Slot
Diameter
Bolt Hole
D ˆB
‚"‚" or 3g pole
‰"‰" or 7g pole
‹"Š"assembly
arm
dual mast
- 2 per
coupling
threaded
2" dia
MD-2
& Nut
J-Bolt
‚" dia
attachment
J-Bolt
wire and
hanging
Bar for
•" dia
Diameter
Bolt
Anchor
Diameter
Hole
Bolt
Length
Slot
Diameter
Circle
Bolt
L x T
Dim.
Base PL
Range
Adjust.
1 •"
1 ƒ"
2"
1 ƒ"
2"
2 ‚"
3 •"
4"
4 •"
17"
19"
21"
18" x 1 •"
20" x 1 ƒ"
22" x 2"
13.4°
13.5°
13.6°
threads
~ NPSL
Coupling
threaded
2" dia
~(If ILSN applied)
arm assemblies
arm on dual mast
assemblies or first
single mast arm
Fixed mount arm for9"11"11"set screws
Cap with min. of 3
Alum. or Galv. Metal
Zinc die cast or
4"+-for hanging wire
…" dia Hook
C
arm assemblies
arm on dual mast
assemblies or first
single mast arm
Fixed mount arm for
hanging wire
…" dia Hook for
2 •"23"13.7°2 ‚"5"24" x 2 ‚"
DETAIL B
DETAIL A
DETAIL G
SECTION Y-Y
DETAIL D DETAIL E DETAIL F
POLE ELEVATION
BASE PLATE PLAN
SECTION V-V
DETAIL H
‰
‰
‹x ‚
‰
Šx ‰
‚x ‹
‰
‚
12g min.
Handhole cover
+++23'-6" 1"18'-0" 1"+MD-3 at
+
+
R = 3" 1"
"
pole
‰" or 7g
MD-3 at
(for 30' pole with luminaire
and no luminaire)
(for 24' pole with ILSN sign sign and no luminaire)
(for 19' pole with no ILSN
2'-3"SECTION X-X
„
See Detail J
MD-4
COPPER GROUND
CONNECTOR
12" ‚"‚x ‹
the access compartment itself.
be no more than ˆinch wider than
Opening for access compartment shall
stainless
Hex. nut, •" - 13NC
•" stainless
Split lockwasher,
1‚"
†"
Š"1‰"
x ‰" out
Tab ‚" dia
Slot Œ"
2-#6 or 1-#4 max.
Will accept 4-#8,
or approved equal.
Blackburn TTC,
Burndy #KC22J12T13,
V V
C
Handhole
6" I.D.
L of 4"x
DETAIL C
Handhole
6" I.D.
L of 4"xC
for Handhole Weld
See Detail G
Screw
Bolt or
…" Dia.
…"x 2" Min.
Handhole Frame
thickness
pole
3 set screws
with min. of
Galv. Metal Cap
or Alum. or
Zinc die cast
1
base welds.
6" of circumferential
100% pemetration within
60% Min. penetration
85% Min. penetration
2
2
1
1
alternate Pole Cap
See Detail F for
alternate Pole Cap
See Detail F for
Pole Cap
for regular
See Detail A
‰(optional)
…" dia Hook
I.D. Handhole
L of 4"x 6"
POLE COUPLING DETAIL
8-99
1-12
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:16 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\mad.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
August 1995 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
141
127
MS JSY FDN CAL
SUPPORT STRUCTURES
DRAWINGS FOR LUMINAIRE
STANDARD ASSEMBLY
ARM DETAILS
LUM-A-12
galvanized metal cap
Removable plastic or
length
Simplex fittingL Bolt HolesCgalvanized metal cap
Removable plastic or
length
POLE SIMPLEX DETAIL
Threads
13NC Tapped
Lip
Smooth
UPPER SIMPLEX FITTINGSimplex fittingL Bolt HolesCUPPER SIMPLEX FITTING
Arm Simplex
Pole Simplex
(2 per fitting)
Lock Washer
Arm Simplex
Pole Simplex
(2 per fitting)
Lock WasherClamp Diam. as requiredA
A
B
B
DETAIL
‚
LA-2
2 bolts & 2 lock
washers per clamp
4 bolts & 4 lock
washers per clamp
LA-3
LA-3
DETAIL NO.2
CLAMP ATTACHMENT
(HALF SECTION)
DETAIL NO.1
CLAMP ATTACHMENT
(HALF SECTION)
LA-2LA-2
Clamp Clamp
4 bolts & 4 lock
washers per clamp
4 bolts & 4 lock
washers per clamp
MATERIALS
Pole or Arm Simplex
Arm Pipes
7'-6" 1" (8' Nominal Arm Length)5'-6" 1"1'-6" •"LA-1
‚
1 •" SCH 40 Pipe
1 ‡" O.D.
LA-1
‰
2'-0" •" Min.
2'-6" •" Max.
8"
2" Max.
P
2 …" O.D.
2" SCH 40 Pipe
P
8-FOOT LUMINAIRE ARM 10-FOOT LUMINAIRE ARM
LA-1
‰
LA-1
‚5'-6" 1"1'-6" •"P
P
2" Max.
8"
9'-6" 1" (10' Nominal Arm Length)
C C
1" ‚"ƒ" ‚"
L ‚" x 6"L 3g x 7"PP
‚‚1" •"1" •"‚
‰6"C
C
(2 per fitting)
A325 Bolt
(2 per fitting)
A325 Bolt •"1 ‡"†"‚"4"
5" Approx.C
A36
5" Appox.DIRECT ATTACHMENT
L •" Dia. Holes-
•" Dia. x 1 •"•" Dia. x 1 •"
pole
hole in
Field cut
pole
hole in
Field cut
2" Dia. Approx.
‰"
+
+++++++
L •" Dia. A307 Bolts L •" Dia. A307 Bolts
2 at 4" c-c each side 2 at 5" c-c each side
++++A572 GR 50
2 at 4 ‚" c-c each side
L †" Dia. A307 Bolts
L †" Dia. A325 Bolts
+
+
2 …" O.D.
2" SCH 40 Pipe
1 •" SCH 40 Pipe
1 ‡" O.D.
Clamp
Min. straight
Min. straight
Misc.ASTM designations as noted
2'-3" •" Min.
0°(+2°,-0°)0°(+2°,-0°)
Strut L Š"x 2" Min.
Min.
L Š"x 2"
Strut
Arm Strut Plates 2
1 3'-0" •" Max. 1
elongation than the grade indicated.
have higher yield strengths but shall not have less
4 ASTM A572, A1008 HSLAS-F, and A1011 HSLAS-F may
35 ksi, and elongation in 2 inches of 22 percent.
minimum tensile strength of 65 ksi, minimum yield of
3 A576 must be suitable for forging and also meet
designation.
where the drawings do not specify a particular ASTM
2 Any of the materials listed for plates may be used
dimensions within specified tolerances.
of a particular arm length shall have the same
variation in design. All of a Fabricator's production
1 Dimensional limits are given to show acceptable
Strut L Š"x 2" Min.
Min.
Strut L Š"x 2"
required for the clamps and simplex fittings.
package, including all nuts and washers
one lower clamp assembly together in a single
poles, the Fabricator shall ship one upper and
If clamp assemblies are ordered without
to the pole at the location shown on the plans.
shall ship the clamp assembly securely attached
clamp attachment is specified, the Fabricator
hardware items called for in the plans. When
shall be secured to the pole with the other
the size specified. The bolts and lock washers
with 2 ASTM A325 bolts and 2 lock washers of
Each pole simplex fitting shall be supplied
Alternate designs are not acceptable.
in accordance with Item 441, "Steel Structures".
shown herein require submission of shop drawings
Deviation from the details and dimensions
Item 445, "Galvanizing".
galvanized after fabrication in accordance with
Unless otherwise noted, all parts shall be
obtainable in normal fabrication practice.
shall be within the tolerances generally
specified Fabricaton tolerances, dimensions
obtain prior to fabrication. In the absense of
weld procedures which the Fabricator must
herein. Weld references call for preapproved
dimensions, and weld procedures shown
Assemblies (Steel)" and with the details,
accordance with Item 686, "Traffic Signal Pole
Materials and fabrication shall be in
times drag coefficient) of 1.6 sq. ft.
having an effective projected area (actual area
Arms are designed to support a 60 lb. luminaire
Speed equals 90 mph plus a 1.3 gust factor.
and Interim Revisions thereto. Design Wind
Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals
Specifications for Structural Supports for
Design conforms to 1994 AASHTO Standard
GENERAL NOTES:
A576 Gr.1021 3 , or A36 (Arm only)
ASTM A27 Gr.65-35 or A148 Gr.80-50,
HSLAS-F Gr.50 4 , or A1011 HSLAS-F Gr.50 4
ASTM A53 Gr.B, A501, A1008
ASTM A36, A572 Gr.50 4 , or A588
SECTON B-BSECTON A-A
Arm Simplex
Pole Simplex
(2 per fitting)
Lock Washerremoved
Lip
LOWER SIMPLEX FITTING LOWER SIMPLEX FITTING
removed
Lip
(2 per fitting)
Lock Washer
Arm Simplex
Pole SimplexClamp Diam. as requiredA
A
DETAIL NO.4
CLAMP ATTACHMENT
(HALF SECTION)
DETAIL NO.3
CLAMP ATTACHMENT
(HALF SECTION)
LA-2LA-2
Clamp 1" •"ƒ" •"‚‚
L Š" x 5"P
Clamp
L ‰" x 6"P
(2 per fitting)
A325 Bolt
(2 per fitting)
A325 Bolt
4"1 ‡"1 •"•"
‡"
…"
‹"
max•" Dia. x 1 •"•" Dia. x 1 •"
ƒ" Dia. x 1"++A572 GR 50
Pipe
Sch 80
A715 GR 50
Clamp 5 •" Approx.ARM SIMPLEX DETAIL
1 ‡" Dia. Approx.
5" Approx.
1-99
5-96
1-12
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:17 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\lum-a.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
August 1995 DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
142
129
LEH JSY LTT TEB
A
A
B
Section A-A
Section B-B
pin
S.S. cotter
mounting block
Cast alum.
•" S.S. bar
with bronze
sleeve bearings
and locking pin.
lamps
Fluorescent
Ballast
5ƒ"
6"
23"
(max.)
1‹"
Internally lighted
street name sign
Sign length;
INTERNALLY LIGHTED STREET NAME SIGN DETAILS
14" to
16•"
9" to 11•"6 or 8 feet as shown elsewhere in plans.
ILSN SIGN
o
EXPLANATION OF DESCRIPTION
MOUNTING BRACKET
6 or 8 ft.
one straight
connector,
three - #12 XHHW
conductors.
ƒ" Liquid tight
one 90 connector,
ƒ" S.S.
flexible metal conduit,
and Arm Detail
ILSN Sign 6
Hand Hole
see "MA-D".
Single or double face
B
pipe
threaded to
End cap
signal mast arm
3"
Sched. 40
pipe support arm
24"
6' for 6' signs, 8' for 8' signs
7' for 6' signs, 9' for 8' signs
3" min., 12" max.
3"
Sched. 40
pipe support arm
Mounting
bracket
attachment.
fixture
Slide track
S
Hand Hole
see "MA-D".
SIGN MOUNTING
2 bevel washers
nut, lock washer,
H.H. bolt - 5" min. length,
ILSN SIGN NOTES:
1. Eight foot ILSN sign shall not exceed 11.5 sq.ft.
effective projected area (EPA) and shall not exceed
a weight of 85 lbs.
Six foot ILSN sign shall not exceed 8.7 sq.ft. EPA
and shall not exceed a weight of 70 lbs.
2. Sign message shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans.
3. See Special Specification, "internally Lighted Street
Name Signs" for additional details.
See "MA-C (ILSN)" for Clamp
SNS-95
(ILLUMINATED)
SIGN DETAILS
STREET NAME
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:18 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\sns-95.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOTAugust 1995
82
143
CFA-12
130
LUMINAIRE MAST ARM
FITTING ASSEMBLY FOR
CLAMP ON
11-99
OTHER MATERIALS:
GENERAL NOTES:
3. Nylon insert locknuts shall conform to ASTM A563.
2. Welded tabs and backplates shall be ASTM A-36 steel or better.
minimum elongation of 22 percent in 2 inches.
suitable for forging and also meet minimum tensile of 65ksi, minimum yield of 35ksi, and a
1. Pole simplex shall be ASTM A27 GR65-35 or A148 GR80-50 or A576 GR1021. ASTM A576 must be
6. Approximately 2 in. diameter hole in upper mast arm clamp.
lower piece simplex fitting with the lip removed.
5. Each assembly shall consist of one upper piece simplex fitting having a smooth lip and one
1.6 sq.ft.,12 ft. maximum arm length.
luminaire having an effective projected area (actual area times drag coefficient) of
Wind Speed equals 80 mph plus a 1.3 gust factor. Clamps are designed to support a 60 lb.
for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals" and interim revisions thereto. Design
4. Design conforms to 1994 AASHTO "Standard Specifications for Structural Supports
including all bolts, nuts, and washers required for the clamp and simplex fitting.
hardware items. The Fabricator shall ship clamp assembly together in a single package,
2 lock washers. The bolts and lock washers shall be secured to the clamp with the other
3. Each simplex fitting shall be supplied with 2 ASTM A325 bolts, •in. X 1•in. and
galvanizing process.
The throat of the Simplex shall be made free of all rough or sharp edges resulting from the
2. All parts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing".
tolerances generally obtainable in normal fabrication practice.
In the absence of specified fabrication tolerances, dimensions shall be within the
preapproved weld procedures which the Fabricator must obtain prior to fabrication.
the details, dimensions, and weld procedures shown herein. Weld references call for
1. Materials and fabrication shall be in accordance with Standard Sheet "MA-C" and with
POLE SIMPLEX DETAILS
arm clamps
lip on lower mast
* Remove portion of
threads
13NC tapped
C •" O holesL
…"
‰"†"
1•"
Approx.
5" Approx.
5" Approx.
4"
1…"
•"
*Smooth lip
CLAMP DETAIL
3g x 7" A36
A572 GR50 or
Clamp C ‚" x 6"
2 req'd
7 Gage A36,
Plate gusset,
gussets)
(Typ. both
LA-3
See Note 6
*
LA-2
‰
12" clamp
3ƒ"
ƒ"
ƒ" + ‚"
L
L
‚
lock washer per bolt)
(2 nuts, 3 washers, one
(5" cc for A36)
for A572 Gr50
2 @ 4" c-c each section
C •" dia x 6" (6 ea,) A307 bolts
(Two req'd for each mast arm)
For 8.9 - 12 inch diameter Signal Poles
PROJECTION
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:19 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\cfa.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
144
KAB RES FDN CAL
1-12
(4X)
S.S. INSERT
1/2-13 UNC
20‚"
40•"
9‚"
18•"
BASE AND PAD
CONTROLLER CABINET
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
108"
1" PVC To Telephone Service CL
56.5"
5"
10"10"
16"16"
96"
5"
3"
3"
44"
SIDE VIEW
Controller
(4 Typical)
Inserts
Cabinet
Bolts (4 Typical)
•- 13 NC Mounting
Cabinet Ground Bus
To Signal Poles
3" Conduits
(Slab & Base)
1" To Telephone Service
3"
3"
Grade
#8 AWG
Grounding Conductor
(See Note 12)
Wire Mesh
Slab
CABINET BASE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER BASE:
CONCRETE SLAB:
(psi), minimum flexural strength of 3600 psi, and minimum shear strength of 3600 psi.
2. The polymer concrete material must have a minimum compressive strength of 10,300 pounds per square inch
TxDOT basemount cabinet.
3. The polymer concrete cabinet base must conform to the dimensions shown and must accommodate a standard
manufacturer's model number and name or logo.
7. The traffic signal base must be permanently marked either by impress or by permanent ink with the
manufacturer's instructions.
8. Seal the base to the concrete with a silicone caulk bead and fastened to the slab per
11. Install a PVC sleeve to prevent the ground rod from direct embedment in the slab.
use. Terminate the conduits with a bushing between 2 and 4-inches above the slab.
the layouts. Install the number of conduits as shown on layouts plus two additional 3 inch conduits for future
14. Stub up and run 3-inch conduits through the slab to the various traffic signal poles and ground boxes as shown on
CONDUITS:
unused telephone conduit.
coupling, and cap and seal so that the seal can be removed without damaging the coupling. This must also apply to
15. Extend conduits for future use at least 18-inches from the edge of the slab, terminate underground with a
share a conduit with any other function.
telephone service, usually located on the same pole as the electrical service. Telephone must not under any circumstance
electrical feed directly to the electrical service enclosure. Run the conduit for the telephone line directly to the
16. Stub up two separate conduits through the slab from the electrical and telephone services. Run the conduit for the
top of the base and secure to the base using a steel one-hole strap or similar suitable substitute.
17. Terminate electric and telephone conduits above the slab with a coupling. After the base is installed, extend the conduits above the
1‚" Minimum PVC To Electrical Service
1‚" Minimum PVC To Electrical Service
47„" Min.
28•" Min.
Professional Engineer. Provide the cabinet base with hardware for attachment to a concrete slab.
manufacturer must supply certification by an independent testing laboratory or sealed by a Texas Licensed
the base or cabinet to come out of their anchored position or cause any permanent deformation. The
minimum wind load of 125 mph or a 850 lb force applied at 49" above the bottom of the base without causing
6. The cabinet base, when secured to the concrete slab with controller cabinet attached, must withstand a
25" + 1"-
TxDOT Traffic Operation Division.
the following bases: Armorcast Part # A6001848X24, Quazite Model # PG3048Z709, or other as approved by
cabinet base must be reinforced on the inside of the cabinet base with fiberglass matting. Provide one of
of calcareous and siliceous stone; glass fibers and thermoset polyester resin. The polymer concrete
1. Provide a traffic signal controller base (cabinet base) manufactured of polymer concrete material consisting
•"-13 UNC stainless steel screws and inserts.
to attach field wiring to the racks to serve as strain relief. Secure cable racks to the base using
eight T-slots spaced at 1-1/2 inches. The cable racks must easily accommodate the insertion of tie wraps
edge of the base. Unless approved otherwise, cable racks must be 1-1/2 x Œx ‰inch steel channel with
5. Provide the cabinet base with 4 cable racks mounted one on each side of the base 2" to 7 " from the top
750 lbs.
base. Inserts must withstand a minimum torque of 50 ft-lb and a minimum straight pull out strength of
4. Supply the cabinet base with four •"-13 UNC stainless steel inserts for attachment of the cabinet to the
20. Bid TS-CF as subsidiary to Item 680.
PAYMENT:
19. The silicone caulk bead specified in Item 680.3.B must be RTV 133.
18. Anchor the controller cabinet to the base using four stainless steel 1/2-13 NC bolts.
CONTROLLER CABINET:
is required and must be terminated to the cabinet ground bus.
for the electrical grounding conductor. The electrical grounding conductor specified in Item 680-3.A.4
UL Listed clamp and terminated to the cabinet grounding bus for the purpose of providing a local ground
10. Bond a #8 AWG copper ground wire and an 8 ft ground rod bonded to the reinforcing mesh by a suitable
†" x 8' min.
Copper-Clad Steel Ground Rod
with Item 531.
13. Provide Class B concrete minimum for the slab in accordance with Item 421. Construct the slab in accordance
the edges.
minimum 6-inch overlap. Center the mesh between top and bottom and provide a minimum 3 inch cover on
12. Provide welded wire mesh 6X6-W2.9 X W2.9 for reinforcement. Provide joints and splices in the mesh with a
conform to the dimensions shown, and must be level.
9. Traffic signal controller pad must be a portland cement concrete slab poured in place, must
Grade
TS-CF-04
12-04
TOP VIEW
(Slab & Base)
Texas Department of Transportation sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:20 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\tscf04.dgnDATE:Traffic Operations Division
DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
145
132
TXDOT TXDOT TXDOT TXDOTOctober 2000
SECTION A-A
Mast arm …" Minattachment
[ Signal head
1'-4"Height requiredback plate
Vented
1
aluminum sign blank)
Damping ! (.125" thick
Coupling
mast arm
Top of
(Showing alternate placement of signal head)6" minMounting clamp
U-bolt
mounting
Saddle
nipple
all threaded
Sch 40,
1 •" dia,
tube saddle
1 •" dia
mounting pipe
aluminum
Sch 40
1 •" dia
Setscrew
mount clamp
band (or cable)
1 •" Threaded
(Mounting clamp U-bolt is not shown for clarity)
required
Height
to achieve required height
Recommended supporting assemblies
each length
One nipple
each length
Two nipples
each length
One couplingplus
7"-8 •"
9"-10 •"
11"-15 •"
16"-24"
3"
4"
6"
-
-
-
-
-
4"
6"
-
-
-
5"
10"
1
6"-6 ƒ"
SECTION B-B
plate
Damping
head bolt
Š" square
lock washer
flat washer &
Nylon washer,
universal)
(specified or
mounting clamp
(Showing damping plate attachment)
pipe
aluminum
1 •" Dia
U-bolt
clamp
Mounting
GENERAL NOTES:
before the installation.
Contractor shall verify applicable field dimensions
Standard Specification Item 445, "Galvanizing".
parts shall be galvanized finish in accordance with
Unless stipulated by the manufacturers, all steel
also acceptable.
alignment and vertical clearance requirements are
only, other supporting details which meet both
as shown. The attachments shown here are examples
and bottom of damping plate shall be maintained
between signal head (with or without backing plate)
centerline of signal head assembly. Vertical clearance
Position centerline of damping plate to align with
Damping plate shall be mounted horizontally.
a minimum yield strength of 36 ksi.
SMD(GEN)-08. U-bolts for saddle mounting shall have
and u-bolt assemblies shall conform to Standard sheet
6061-T6 or 6063-T6. Damping plate mounting clamp
pipe, pipe nipple and coupling shall be aluminum alloy
accordance with manufacturers' stipulations. Mounting
shall be aluminum castings or aluminum alloys as in
Materials for mast arm mounting clamp and tube saddle
to Departmental Material Specifications DMS-7110.
Aluminum sign blank for damping plate shall conform
this damping device.
from these details may reduce the effectiveness of
vibration, and thus fatigue damage. Any deviation
structures reduces excessive harmonic vertical
end of signal mast arms of SMA and DMA standard
accordance with the details shown here at the
research, the installation of a damping plate in
In accordance with the findings of TxDOT sponsored
SECTION A-A
1'-4"
Vented back plate 6"-+aluminum sign blank)
Damping ! (.125" thick
(Showing standard placement of signal head)
pipe
aluminum mounting
1 •" Dia Sch 40
Mounting clamp Saddle mounting U-bolt
1 •" dia. tube saddle
mast arm
Top ofSetscrew
3" length nipple
1 •" dia, Sch 40
(Mounting clamp U-bolt is not shown for clarity)
Mast arm
mount clamp
band (or cable)
1 •" Threaded
~
5'-6"1'-4"A
A
ELEVATION
PLAN
1'-0" Min
Mast arm
4 Equal Spaces
1 •"
6"
Location of
1 •"
4 •"
Damping !
[ Damping !
Mounting Clamp
Support Assemblies
Spacing
aluminum sign blank)
Damping ! (.125" thick
Vented back plate
5'-6" of damping plate
pipe extending full
aluminum mounting
1 •" dia Sch 40
3"
B
B
(Typ)
sq head
‚" dia
Setscrew
Mounting Clamp
Damping !
mounting clamp.
damping ! and
connection bolts between
[ Š" dia square head
nipple
all threaded
Sch 40,
1 •" dia,
threaded coupling
All or partially
U-bolt
mounting
Saddle
tube saddle
1 •" dia
1 •"
[ Damping ! and signal head assembly
~
tube saddle
aluminum pipe
1 •" dia
mount clamp
band (or cable)
1 •" Threaded
U-bolt
clamp w/
mounting
DAMPING PLATE MOUNTING DETAILS
(Showing alternate placement of signal head)
MA-DPD-12
DETAILS
MAST ARM DAMPING PLATE
Texas Department of Transportation
Traffic Operations Division
DN:CK:DW:CK:C TxDOT
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
CONT SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
133
JSYJSYARCTGGJanuary 2012
146 sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver-DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any 4:54:21 PMFILE:8/5/2020c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\ma-dpd.dgnDATE:
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONTApril 1992 FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\wzbts-13.dgn8/5/20204:54:22 PMSHEET 1 OF 2
114
2-98
4-98
10-99
3-03
10' min.
10' min.
Type 3 Barricade
Heavy Work Vehicle
Channelizing Devices
Flag
LEGEND
Flagger
Sign
Message Sign (PCMS)
Portable Changeable
Flashing Arrow Board
Trailer Mounted
M
Traffic Flow
Attenuator (TMA)
Truck Mounted
L=Length of Taper(FT) W=Width of Offset(FT) S=Posted Speed(MPH)
Taper lengths have been rounded off.
Conventional Roads Only*
**
2
***
75 750'
720'
825'900'75'900'540'
90'
120'
155'
195'
240'
295'
350'
410'
475'
60'
70'
80'
90'
100'
110'
120'
130'
140'
150'
120'
160'
240'
320'
400'
500'
700'
600'
800'
30'
35'
40'
45'
50'
55'
60'
65'
70'
150'
205'
265'
450'
500'
550'
600'
165'
225'
295'
495'
550'
605'
660'
180'
320'
600'
660'
650'715'780'
245'
540'
700'770'840'
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
60
WSL=
Posted
Speed
"B"
Buffer Space
Longitudinal
Suggested
Tangent
On a
Taper
On a12'
OffsetOffset
11'
Offset
10'
Taper Lengths
Desirable
Minimum
Devices
Channelizing
Spacing of
Suggested Maximum
Formula
L=WS
Spacing
Sign
Minimum
Distance
"X"XXXXXXXXXXX
X X
LLLSee Note 8
NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE FAR SIDE LEFT LANE CLOSUREFAR SIDE RIGHT LANE CLOSURE
OPERATIONS IN THE INTERSECTION
SHORT DURATION
SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARY SHORT DURATION OR SHORT TERM STATIONARYMin.30'48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TL
48" x 48"
CW20-5TL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20-5TR
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 30"
R4-7
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 30"
R4-7
24" x 30"
R4-7
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
Typical
24" x 30"
R4-7
Typical
X •L
X •L
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
GENERAL NOTES
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
Note 7SeeBX
XX XX48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
WORK ABOVE OPEN LANES OF TRAFFIC.
WORKERS IN BUCKET TRUCKS SHALL NOT
TYPICAL DETAILS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK
opposing traffic.
channelizing devices on the centerline to protect the work space from
a left lane closure by using a LEFT LANE CLOSED (CW20-5TL) and adding
9. Signs and devices for the NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSURE may be altered for
the closed lane if space is not available at the beginning of the taper.
option, the arrow board may be placed at the end of the taper in
work if the work vehicle has an arrow board in operation. As an
8. The arrow board at this location may be omitted for Short Duration
safety of the setup.
(less than 1 hour) any buffer space provided will enhance the
table should be used if field conditions permit. For Short Duration
7. For Short-Term Stationary work the buffer space "B" from the above
signs may be implemented when approved by the engineer.
If existing signals do not have power, All-Way Stop (R1-1 and R1-3P)
may be placed in flashing red mode when approved by the engineer.
6. When work operations are performed on existing signals, the signals
the vehicle.
5. High level warning devices (flag trees) may be used at corners of
high intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating or strobe type lights.
4. Vehicles parked in roadway shall be equipped with at least two
to field conditions.
3. Flaggers and Flagger Symbol (CW20-7) signs may be required according
and delineated at all times.
2. Obstructions or hazards at the work area shall be clearly marked
the device must be left unattended at night.
cones, drums, vertical panels or barricades will be required when
1. The minimum size channelizing device is the 28" cone. 42" Two-piece
wzbts-13.dgn
WZ(BTS-1)-13
147
7-13
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT TxDOT
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
C TxDOT
of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of anyDISCLAIMER:CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1247784\wzbts-13.dgn8/5/20204:54:22 PMSHEET 2 OF 2
115
2-98
4-98
10-99
3-03
April 1992
X X X
FILE:
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
X
WORK AREA
TYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNAL PROJECT SIGNING
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 24"
G20-5T 36" x 24"
G20-5aP
36" x 36"
R20-5T
36" x 18"
R20-5aTP
48" x 42"
R20-3T
48" x 42"
R20-3T
48" x 24"
G20-5T
48" x 30"
G20-6T
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
36" x 18"
G20-2
48" x 30"
G20-6T
10' Min.
SIDEWALK DIVERSION
SIDEWALK DETOUR
CROSSWALK CLOSURES
4' Min.(See Note 7 below)
See Note 4 below
Temporary Traffic Barrier
24" x 12"
R9-9
24" x 12"
R9-11aR
24" x 12"
R9-11aL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
See Note 6
36" x 36"
CW11-2
24" x 12"
CW16-9P
24" x 12"
R9-10DBL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
24" x 12"
R9-11L
24" x 12"
R9-11aR
24" x 12"
R9-9
See Note 6
36" x 36"
CW11-2
24" x 12"
CW16-7PL
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
48" x 48"
CW20SG-1
36" x 24"
G20-5aP
36" x 36"
R20-5T
36" x 18"
R20-5aTP
36" x 18"
G20-2 MINOR STREETMAJOR STREET
FOR LONG TERM and INTERMEDIATE-TERM STATIONARY WORK OPERATIONS
NOTES
GENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS
9 feet, above the paved surface regardless of work duration.
3. Regulatory signs shall be mounted at least 7 feet, but not more than
shown on Figure 6F-2 of the TMUTCD.
2. Sign height of Short-term/Short Duration warning signs shall be as
shown on Figure 6F-1 of the TMUTCD.
1. Sign height of Long-term/Intermediate-term warning signs shall be as
DURATION OF WORK
SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT
REMOVING OR COVERING
the requirements of the DMS and color usage table shown on this sheet.
1. All signs shall be retroreflective and constructed of sheeting meeting
will not be allowed.
10. Damaged wood posts shall be replaced. Splicing wood posts
for identification shall be 1".
substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or company logos used
9. Identification markings may be shown only on the back of the sign
directed by the Engineer.
damaged or marred reflective sheeting shall be replaced as
8. Temporary signs that have damaged or cracked substrates and/or
installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations.
the "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" (CWZTCD),
7. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports and substrates listed in
in the "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas" (SHSD).
6. The Contractor shall furnish the sign design shown in the plans or
directed by the Engineer.
5. All signs shall be installed in accordance with the plans or as
4. Nails shall NOT be used to attach signs to any support.
3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports.
2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted white.
condition.
1. Signs shall be installed and maintained in a straight and plumb
SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS
level sign supports placed on slopes.
8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not be used to
sign support.
shall be placed along the length of the skids to weigh down the
level or hung with rope, wire, chains or other fastners. Sandbags
of the traffic control device and shall not be suspended above ground
7. Sandbags shall only be placed along or laid over the base supports
list.
manufactured with rubber bases may be used when shown on the CWZTCD
for ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports designed and
6. Rubber ballasts designed for channelizing devices should not be used
vehicular impact. Rubber, such as tire inner tubes, shall not be used.
5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon
4. Sandbags should weigh a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of 50 lbs.
permitted for use as sign support weights.
3. Rock, concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects will not be
to maintain a constant weight.
2. The sandbags will be tied shut to keep the sand from spilling and
filled with dry, cohesionless material.
1. Weights used to keep signs from turning over should be sandbags
DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
WHITE
COLOR USAGE SHEETING MATERIAL
ORANGE
BLACK
BACKGROUND
BACKGROUND
SIGN FACE MATERIALS
FL FL
FLEXIBLE ROLL-UP REFLECTIVE SIGNS
DMS-8300
DMS-8310
LEGEND & BORDERS
Sign
Channelizing Devices
LEGEND
Only pre-qualified products shall be used. A copy of the
"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD)
http://www.txdot.gov/txdot_library/publications/construction.htm
Type 3 Barricade
Work Area
Work Area
Work Area
describes pre-qualified products and their sources and may
be found at the following web address:
X
X
warning sign spacing.
5. See the Table on sheet 1 of 2 for Typical
directions.
4. Warning sign spacing shown is typical for both
under way, as directed by the Engineer.
construction operations are no longer
3. Advance signs shall be removed when signal
locations will be as directed by the Engineer.
intersections at the project limits. Actual
intersection, but only in advance of the
may not be required in advance of each
2. For closely adjoining projects, advance signing
whenever signal contract work is in progress.
1. Project signing as shown shall be in place
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
1. Work zone durations are defined in Part 6, Section 6G.02 of the
See Note 8
BARRICADES AND SIGNS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK
7-13
WZ(BTS-2)-13
wzbts-13.dgn
Standard
Division
Operations
Traffic
148
TYPE A SHEETING
ACRYLIC NON-REFLECTIVE SHEETING
TYPE B OR TYPE C SHEETING
2. "CROSSWALK CLOSURES" as detailed above will require the Engineer's approval
prior to installation.
3. R9 series signs shown may be placed on supports detailed on the BC standards
or CWZTCD list, or when fabricated from approved lightweight plastic
substrates, they may be mounted on top of a plastic drum at or near the
location shown.
4. For speeds less than 45 mph longitudinal channelizing devices may be used
instead of traffic barriers when approved by the Engineer. Attenuation of
blunt ends and installation of water filled devices shall be as per BC(9)
and manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Location of devices are for general guidance. Actual device spacing and
location must be field adjusted to meet actual conditions.
7. The width of existing sidewalk should be maintained if practical.
6. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the closed sidewalk
Barricades shown.
Detectable Pedestrian Barricades should be used instead of the Type 3
facility.
features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian
temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility
9. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated,
appropriate bid items.
8. Pavement markings for mid-block crosswalks shall be paid for under the
1. Holes, trenches or other hazards shall be adequately protected by covering,
delineating or surrounding the hazard with orange plastic pedestrian
fencing or longitudinal channelizing devices, or as directed by the Engineer.
completion of the work.
4. Signs and anchor stubs shall be removed and holes back filled upon
sign face.
3. Duct tape or other adhesive material shall NOT be affixed to a
be used to cover signs.
Burlap, or heavy materials such as plywood or aluminum shall not
automobile headlights at night without damaging the sign sheeting.
the entire sign face and maintain their opaque properties under
as heavy mil black plastic, or other materials which will cover
2. When signs are covered, the material used shall be opaque, such
approved by the Engineer.
shall be removed or completely covered, unless otherwise
1. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs
FED.RD.
DIV.NO.
STATE COUNTY
CONT.SECT.JOB
SHEET
STATE
NO.
6
DIST.
FED.RD.
DIV.NO.
STATE COUNTY
CONT.SECT.HIGHWAY
SHEET
STATE
NO.
NO.
6
TEXAS
DIST.
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO.
(SEE TITLE SHEET)
C TXDOT 2018
081008103
DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD
DALLAS
US 377, ETC.
DENTON, ETC.
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
OF THE PEDESTAL OR MAST ARM POLE.
ALL POLE MOUNTED VEHICLE HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE AWAY-FROM-TRAFFIC SIDE
SIGNAL LAYOUT FOR REQUIRED SIGNAL HEADS, AND THE NUMBER AND ORIENTATION OF LOUVERS.
BUT ARE REPRESENTATIVE OF SIGNAL HEADS COMMONLY IN USE. SEE THE TRAFFIC
THE SIGNAL HEADS SHOWN ARE NOT MEANT TO REFLECT ALL POSSIBLE SIGNAL HEADS,
VEHICLE SIGNAL HEADS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH TYPE 1 CLAMP AND APPROPRIATE TUBING.
SCREW ASSEMBLY
STAINLESS STEEL
GALVANIZED CABLE
TYPE 1 AND 2 CLAMPS
TYPE 2 CLAMP KIT
SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN ROTATION ABOUT
THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL AXES ARE NEEDED.
H4FLT
SY FYRR G
H5FLTH5LT
R Y Y G G
MAST ARM
R
Y
G
V3
MAST ARM POLE
PEDESTAL OR
H4LT H4PLT
R Y G G R R FYSY R GYR
R Y G
TYPE 1
CLAMP
H3
LOUVERS
H3L
R Y G
Y
G
G
Y
R
V5RT
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
HEAD DETAILS (DAL)
149
FED.RD.
DIV.NO.
STATE COUNTY
CONT.SECT.JOB HIGHWAY
SHEET
STATE
NO.
NO.3' - 6"INTEGRAL SIGN
DIST.
START CROSSING
DON'T START
If Started
Vehicles
Watch For
Finish Crossing
TIME REMAINING
DON'T CROSS
TO CROSS
PUSH BUTTON
To Finish Crossing
STEADY
TIMER
FLASHING
START CROSSING
DON'T START
If Started
Vehicles
Watch For
Finish Crossing
TIME REMAINING
DON'T CROSS
TO CROSS
PUSH BUTTON
To Finish Crossing
STEADY
TIMER
FLASHING
9" X 15"
SIGN R10-3eL
9" X 15"
SIGN R10-3eR
2
NOTES:
AWAY-FROM-TRAFFIC SIDE OF THE PEDESTAL OR MAST ARM POLE.
WITHIN THE SIGNAL MOUNTING HARDWARE.
DISPLAY THE SYMBOLIZED MESSAGES SHOWN ABOVE.
PEDESTAL POLE
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POLE
PROJECT NO.4'6'TYPE
24-A
FOUNDATION
TYPE
24-A
FOUNDATION
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
SCREW ASSEMBLY
STAINLESS STEEL
GALVANIZED CABLE
PUSH
BUTTON
FOR
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING
FOR ONE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD
152A
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
SIGN DETAILS
9" x 12"
PUSH
BUTTON
FOR
9" x 12"
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING
FOR TWO PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS
143C
SIGN R10-4bL SIGN R10-4bR
PUSH
BUTTON
FOR
9" x 12"
SIGN R10-4bRL
SIGN DETAILS
2
COUNTDOWN PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
TYPE 1 CLAMP
1 ALTERNATIVE MOUNTING METHOD
2
ALTERNATIVE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
HEAD AND SIGNING
revised 12-92
revised 10-08
3
revised 01-11
NOTE:
REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS
BE DEEMED ACCEPTABLE.
SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE ONLY. POLES OF
AND ARE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER WILL
SIMILAR DESIGN FOR ANY CROSS SECTION
WHICH MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS AND
THE POLES ON THIS DRAWING ARE
3
1
TYPE 1 CLAMP
AND BASE
PEDESTRIAN POLE
1" PVC
GROUND
TANK
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POLE
GROUNDING DETAILS
PEDESTRIAN PUSH
BUTTON POLE
4
revised 09-15
4
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POLE
GROUNDING DETAILS
CONDUCTOR
GROUNDING
EQUIPMENT
NO. 6 AWG
FOUNDATION
TYPE 24-A
6"6"2"-4"GROUND ROD
COPPER CLAD
5/8" X 8'
AS SHOWN IN THE PLANS
CONDUIT - SIZE/TYPE
CAP
3'-6"5'INTEGRAL SIGN
WITH
O.D.
4 •"
BASE
BREAKAWAY
ON PLANS
AS SHOWN
SIDEWALK
CONCRETE
3 APS UNIT
FOR
MOUNTING
DUAL APS
UNITS
ADAPTER
5
5
revised 06-17
APS UNIT ADDED
88 5
SIGN
R10-3eL
5
1. ALL PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE
2. ALL WIRING FOR PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS SHALL BE TOTALLY ENCLOSED
3. ALL PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS AND PUSH BUTTON SIGNS SHALL
5
5
8888
88
5
7'-0" MINIMUM - 10'-0" MAXIMUM5
MOUNTING HEIGHT REVISED
REVISED
MOUNTING HARDWARE NOTES
SIGNAL HEAD REMOVED
"SYMBOLS ONLY" PEDESTRIAN
AS REQUIRED
SIGN
R10-3eR
WITH
APS UNIT
5
APPROVED EQUAL.
OR McCAIN QUICKMOUNT OR
FOR CLAM SHELLS, USE ICC P/N 4805
USED AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
SHELL MOUNTING HARDWARE MAY BE
NOTE: EITHER TYPE 1 CLAMPS OR CLAM
HEAD DETAILS (DAL)
C TXDOT 2017
DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD
150
STOP LINE
TRAFFIC FLOW
(1-5 FT TYP)
SECOND SETBACK ZONES
(1-5 FT TYP)
FIRST SETBACK ZONES
(60-100 FT TYP FOR LEFT TURN LANES)
(40-100 FT TYP FOR THROUGH LANES)
STOP LINE ZONES
(MPH)
LIMIT
SPEED
APPROACH
45
50
55
60
565
485
405
245
300
325
355
380
410
(FT)
A
DISTANCE
(FT)
B
DISTANCE
65
70
RADAR DETECTION INSTALLATION DETAILS
DN:-CK:-DW:-CK:-EF
FED.RD.
DIV.NO.
STATE
JOB
COUNTY
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO.
DISTRICT
CONTROL
SHEET
NO.
HIGHWAY
NO.
6
REVISIONS
Texas Department of Transportation
R
C Dallas District
DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD
TRF-Aus.
SECTION
TEXAS 18 $CNTY
$JOB
(SEE TITLE SHEET)
$CONT $SECT
$HWY
RVDS-18 (DAL)
2018
EF---C TxDOT May 2018
360
445
525
DETECTION SYSTEM
RADAR VEHICLE
400
440
490
530
575
620
(LF)
DETECTION
RANGE OF
MINIMUMA
B
RADAR DETECTION ZONE LOCATIONS
MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL.
OR PRODUCT, AND ALTERNATE MOUNTING METHODS
INTENDED TO REPRESENT ANY SPECIFIC BRAND
2. THE RADAR DETECTOR UNITS SHOWN ARE NOT
LEFT, RIGHT, AND TO ROTATE.
MUST BE ADJUSTABLE TO TILT UP, DOWN,
1. THE RADAR SENSOR MOUNTING BRACKET
NOTES:
POLE MOUNT
SIGNAL MAST ARM POLE
RADAR BRACKET
RADAR DETECTOR
FIELD DRILL WITH GROMMET
CGB CONNECTION OR
RADAR CABLE
BANDING (2 PLACES MIN)
3/4" STAINLESS STEEL
MAST ARM MOUNT "A-A"SIGNAL MAST ARM
RADAR DETECTOR
DRIP LOOP
RADAR BRACKET
FIELD DRILL WITH GROMMET
CGB CONNECTION OR
BANDING (2 PLACES MIN)
3/4" STAINLESS STEEL
SECTION "A-A"
DRIP LOOP
SIGNAL MAST ARM
RADAR BRACKET
FIELD DRILL WITH GROMMET
CGB CONNECTION OR
RADAR DETECTOR
BANDING (2 PLACES MIN)
3/4" STAINLESS STEEL
SPAN WIRE MOUNT FOR ADVANCE RADAR
SADDLE CLAMP
JUNCTION BOX
SWAY CABLE
TETHER CABLE
UNIT
DETECTOR
RADAR
CABLE
MESSENGER
GROUND TO
MESSENGER CABLE
BRACKET
MOUNTING
SIGN
151
152
TS-000A & TS-000B
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDSSCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:17:59 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
7/1/2020
PRAGNA TATA, P.E. 129174
Direct Supervision of
Prepared by or under the
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
153
TS-001 & TS-001A
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDSSCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:04 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
7/1/2020
PRAGNA TATA, P.E. 129174
Direct Supervision of
Prepared by or under the
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
154
TS-001B & TS-001C
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDSSCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:09 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
7/1/2020
PRAGNA TATA, P.E. 129174
Direct Supervision of
Prepared by or under the
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
155
TS-001D & TS-001E
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDSSCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:13 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
156
TS-001F & TS-001G
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDSSCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:17 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-001H & TS-001I
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
157SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:19 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-001J & TS-002A
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
158SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:23 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-002B & TS-002C
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
159SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:26 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-002D & TS-002E
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
160SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:29 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-002F & TS-002G
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
161SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:33 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-003A & TS-003B
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
162SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:36 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-004A & TS-004B
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
163SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:39 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:43 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
TS-004C & TS-004D
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
164 S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:46 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
TS-004E & TS-004F
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
165 S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:49 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
TS-004G & TS-004H
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
166 S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-004I & TS-004J
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
167SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:53 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:56 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
TS-004K & TS-004L
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
168 S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
TS-004M & TS-004N
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
169SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:18:59 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:19:04 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
7/1/2020
PRAGNA TATA, P.E. 129174
Direct Supervision of
Prepared by or under the
7/1/2020
KRISTAL BUSTER, P.E. 96621
Direct Supervision of
Prepared by or under the
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
CARROLL BLVD & SHERMAN DR INTERSECTION90% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
$DCCS_SIG_01.dgn$170
TS-004O & TS-005
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
SHEET
170
08/05/2020
SCALE:DVI_SIG NEW.tbl1:1PENTABLE:10:19:07 PMTIME:\DATE:7/1/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:FGAOUSER:FILE:PERMITTING, BIDDING, OR CONSTRUCTION.
FOR INTERIM REVIEW ONLY. NOT FOR
PRELIMINARY
972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR
DENTON INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS100% SUBMITTALDATE
7/1/2020
PROJECT #
ENTERED BY:
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
DATE REVISION
SHEET
TS-006
CITY OF DENTON STANDARDS
171 S TATE OF
TEXAS
P
ROFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER129174
LICENSED
PRAGNA TATA
08/05/2020
EROSION CONTROL PLAN
172
1
0
0+00101+0
0
102+00103+00PC 100+00.00
PT 103+70.89
101+00
102+00
103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+00
PC 102+11.19PT 103+34.88POT 108+50.00112TX DOT MON TYP
E25/8"
IR
F2" BRASS
MON # 6445
6 DENTON1
/2"
IR
ON ROD FOUND652651
64 9
648
647
646
644
642641643652
65
1649648647
646646
644
643
6
42
6
41
641
643
642
641
644
644 644643
643
642 6426
4
2
643644
650
650
6
50650
651652
651
649
648
647646645
645645
6
45645
649
648
647
646645645645645
640
640
640639639
639
6
41
641641641642642
642
642
643
6
4
3
6
43
64
3644644644
644
6
4
3
6426
4
2
VER 1"=N/A
HOR 1" = 50'25'50'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:50PENTABLE:1:52:56 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LONG ROAD & STUART ROAD
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
ROCK FILTER DAM
CONSTRUCTION AREA
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
ROW LINE
CONTROL (BECL) LOGS
BIODEGRADABLE EROSION
CONTROL FENCE
TEMPORARY SEDEMENT
IN PLACE UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE.
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN
INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY
4. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE
EROSION CONTROL.
ACCORDANCE WITH TXDOT STANDARDS FOR
MAINTENANCE, AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN
3. EROSION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION,
OR SCF. SEE PLANS FOR TYPE.
2. INLETS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH BECL
LOCATED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
1. CONSTRUCTION EXITS SHALL BE FIELD
NOTES:
NOTTINGHAM DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRE UNI
VERSI
TY DRC
[ XNOTT
NOTTINGHAM DR
[ XUNIV
[ XNOTT
C
EXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROWEXIST ROW
EXIST ROW
EXI
ST ROWEXI
ST ROW0.00' RT
STA 100+92.00
L XNOTT
BEGIN PROJECT
0.00' RT
STA 108+30.50
L XNOTT
END PROJECT
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
68 LF BECL
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
46 LF BECL
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
18 LF BECL
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
23 LF BECL
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
113 LF BECL
REMOVED _________
INSTALLED_________
23 LF BECL
(50'x14')
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 64+00.00MATCHLINE STA. 64+00.00EROSION CONTROL PLAN
173
VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:53:00 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
EXIST ROW
PROP ROW
EXIST ROW EB RAMPEB RAMPSHERMAN DR
WB RAMPWB RAMP[ XWB288ENTER
[ XEB288ENTER
[ XEB288EXIT
[ XSHERM
[ XSHERM US 288US 288MATCH EXIST
C SHERM STA 56+00.00
BEGIN PROJECT
SHERMAN DRIVE
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
413 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF RFD
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF RFD
PROP ROW
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
488 LF BECL
(50'x14')
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
EXIT (50'x14')
CONSTRUCTION
54+00 55+00 56+00 57+00 58+00 59+00 60+00 61+00 62+00 63+00 64+00100+00101+0050+0051+0050+0051+00100+00101+00PC 50+00.00POT 101+66.75POT 50+00.00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+79.48
640
645645645645645645645645645 645 645
645645645 645
645645645
6 4 5645650650650650650650 650 650655655655655 655
660660 660665665
647
647
64+00 65+00 66+00 67+00 68+00 69+00 70+00 71+00 72+00 73+00 74+0050+0051+00POT 100+00.00
POT 101+66.75
TX DOT MON TYPE2
MON TYPE 2
BUSTED TX DOT
650
650650
65065
0
6
5
0
655655655 660660 665665670670675
675
680680LEGEND
ROCK FILTER DAM
CONSTRUCTION AREA
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
ROW LINE
CONTROL (BECL) LOGS
BIODEGRADABLE EROSION
CONTROL FENCE
TEMPORARY SEDEMENT
IN PLACE UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE.
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN
INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY
4. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE
EROSION CONTROL.
ACCORDANCE WITH TXDOT STANDARDS FOR
MAINTENANCE, AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN
3. EROSION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION,
OR SCF. SEE PLANS FOR TYPE.
2. INLETS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH BECL
LOCATED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
1. CONSTRUCTION EXITS SHALL BE FIELD
NOTES:WB RAMPWB RAMP[ XWB288EXIT
PROP ROW PROP ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
[ XSHERM SHERMAN DRIVE
MATCH EXIST
C XSHERM STA 71+40.00
END PROJECT
L10'10'PROP ROW
EXIST ROW
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
488 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF RFD
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
576 LF BECL
8/5/2020
MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.00MATCHLINE STA. 108+50.00EROSION CONTROL PLAN
174
VER 1"=N/A
10050 HOR 1"=100'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:100PENTABLE:1:53:10 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PC 116+39.30PT 118+78.9252+0053+0054+00109+00 110+00 111+00 112+00 113+00 114+00 115+00 116+00 117+00 118+00
#67
44 DEN
TON
2" BRAS
S MON
PK NAIL FOUN
DMAG NAILSSSS SS
675675
675 675675
675
675
673
673
674
674
672
672
673674
673673
673
674
674
673673
673
672 671
67267
3673674
LEGEND
ROCK FILTER DAM
CONSTRUCTION AREA
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
ROW LINE
CONTROL (BECL) LOGS
BIODEGRADABLE EROSION
CONTROL FENCE
TEMPORARY SEDEMENT
IN PLACE UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE.
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AND SHALL REMAIN
INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY
4. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE
EROSION CONTROL.
ACCORDANCE WITH TXDOT STANDARDS FOR
MAINTENANCE, AND REMOVAL SHALL BE IN
3. EROSION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION,
OR SCF. SEE PLANS FOR TYPE.
2. INLETS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH BECL
LOCATED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
1. CONSTRUCTION EXITS SHALL BE FIELD
NOTES:PC 100+00.00PT 108+00.00POT 54+61.41
POT 50+00.00
POT 51+52.63
50+0051+00100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 107+00 108+005/8"CIR
F RPLS 3963
5/8"CIRF RPLS 39
63
5/8"CIRF RPLS 3963
5/8"CIRF RPLS 3963
5/8"CIRF RPLS 39
63
5/8"CIRF RPLS 39
635/8"CIR
F5/8"CIRF RP
LS 39
635/8"CIRF RP
LS 39
635/8"CIRF RP
LS 396
31/2"CIRF HHHH
665
665
665
665 67
0670
670
670
667666
664
664
667
668
667 668
671 672
6726736
73
673STA 108+30.50
L XLOCUS
BEGIN PROJECT
C
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
N LOCUST ST
EXIST ROWPLUM HOLLOWN LOCUST ST
EXIST ROW
EXIST ROWEXIST ROW
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
224 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF RFD
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
428 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF BECL
(50'x14')
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
EXIST ROW[ XHERCU
[ XLOCUS
EXIST ROW
N LOCUST ST
STA 115+33.00,
L XLOCUS
END PROJECT
C
[ XLOCUS
N LOCUST ST
EXIST ROW
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF RFD
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
646 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF BECL
REMOVED___________
INSTALLED__________
10 LF BECL
(50'x14')
CONSTRUCTION EXIT
8/5/2020
parallel to the slope contour.
Dozer tracks create track imprints
fabric
Woven filter
90°
2"
minimum of 6 times with hog rings.
reinforcement sheets or rolls a
Connect the ends of the successive
FLOW
FLOW
hog rings or cord at a maximum spacing of 15".
Fasten fabric to the top strand of the wire using
A
A
Linear soil impressions.TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE
SCF
bottom in the upstream direction.
side and approximently 2" across the trench
Place 4" to 6" of fabric against the trench
Backfill and hand tamp.
Minimum trench size shall be 6" square.
SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE USAGE GUIDELINES
to be filtered.
runoff. A 2 year storm frequency may be used to calculate the flow rate
of a disturbed area along a contour to intercept sediment from overland
A sediment control fence may be constructed near the downstream perimeter
erosion from a drainage area larger than 2 acres.
rate of 100 GPM/FT . Sediment control fence is not recommended to control
Sediment control fence should be sized to filter a maximum flow through
2
SECTION A-A
FLOW
Filter fabric 3' min. width.
Embed posts 18" min.
or Anchor if in rock.
6"
2"
90°Backfill & hand tamp.
sewn vertical pockets for steel posts).
for wooden posts (or 4 T-Clips or
posts using 4 evenly spaced staples
Attach the wire mesh and fabric on end
Hardwood posts shall have a minimum cross section of 1.5" x 1.5"
Softwood posts shall be 3" minimum in diameter or nominal 2" x 4".
4' minimum steel or wood posts spaced at 6' to 8'.GENERAL NOTES
VERTICAL TRACKING
LEGEND
Sediment Control Fence
SCF
perpendicular to the slope or direction of water flow.
Install continous linear track impressions where the minimum 12" length impressions are5.
4. Do not exceed 12" between track impressions.
measuring a minimum of 12" in length by 2" to 4" in width by 1/2" to 2" in depth.
Provide equipment with a track undercarriage capable of producing linear soil impressions 3.
Perform vertical tracking on slopes to temporarily stabilize soil.2.
unless otherwise approved.
1. Vertical tracking is required on projects where soil distributing activities have occurred
HINGE JOINT KNOT WOVEN MESH (OPTION) DETAIL
Top of Fence
spaced at a maximum of 12 inches apart.
a maximum of 12 inches apart and all vertical wires
requires a minimum of five horizontal wires spaced at
Galvanized hinge joint knot woven mesh (12.5 GA.SWG Min.)
S
L
O
P
E
S
L
O
P
E
(W.M.)(See woven mesh option detail)
opening size of 2"x 4"or Woven Mesh
(12.5 GA. SWG Min.) with a maximum
Galvanized welded wire mesh (W.W.M.)
DN:CK:DW:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec116.dgn8/5/2020EC(1)-16
Standard
Division
Design
DN/CK:KM LSVP
JULY 2016C TxDOT:
175
TxDOT
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
FENCE & VERTICAL TRACKING
ec116TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DATEFILE
Flow
Earth
embankment
Width for payment
SEE NOTE 6
RFD3RFD1RFD2OROR
Galvanized Woven Wire Mesh
(for Types 2 & 3)
GENERAL NOTES
4" Min.
Length for payment
Toe of slope
Native rock or other
suitable material
Sheet Flow
Unconcentrated
Optional Sandbags
(See Usage
Guidelines)
2' Min.
rock
Open graded
See Note 4
2
1
(for Types 2 & 3)
wire mesh
Galvanized woven
4" Min.
Types 1 & 2 = 18"
Type 3 = 36"
SECTION C-C
Length
2' Min.
4" Min.
1
2
Level Crested Weir
1' Min.
Width for Payment
Weir
PROFILE
Wire Mesh
Galvanized Steel
Wire Mesh
Galvanized Steel
3', 6' or 9'
2' Dia.
SECTION A-ATYPE 4 (SACK GABIONS)
Sack Gabions
PLAN VIEW
3:1 Max.3:1 Max.
Ditch Flow
PLAN VIEW
Rebar Stakes
ƒ" Dia.
SECTION B-B
FILTER DAM AT TOE OF SLOPE
RFD1
FILTER DAM AT SEDIMENT TRAP
RFD1 RFD2OR
FILTER DAM AT CHANNEL SECTIONS
construction drawings)
Excavation (If shown on
RFD4
Type 4 Rock Filter Dam
Type 3 Rock Filter Dam
Type 2 Rock Filter Dam
Type 1 Rock Filter Dam
PLAN SHEET LEGEND
RFD1
RFD2
RFD3
RFD4
ROCK FILTER DAM USAGE GUIDELINES
2
Type 5: Provide rock filter dams as shown on plans.
and smaller channels to form an erosion control dam.
Type 4 (Sack gabions) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 4 May be used in ditches
in stream flow and should be secured to the stream bed.
Type 3 (36" high with wire mesh) (4" to 8" aggregate): Type 3 may be used
used in ditches and at dike or swale outlets.
Type 2 (18" high with wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 2 may be
on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
(4" deep min.) for better filtering efficiency of low flows if called for
wash out may occur. Sandbags may be used at the embedded foundation
high velocity flows (approximently 8 Ft/Sec or more) in which aggregate
drainage area of 5 acres or less. Type 1 may not be used in concentrated
swale outlets. This type of dam is recommended to control erosion from a
used at the toe of slopes, around inlets, in small ditches, and at dike or
Type 1 (18" high with no wire mesh) (3" to 6" aggregate): Type 1 may be
to calculate the flow rate.
GPM/FT of cross sectional area. A 2 year storm frequency may be used
The dams should be sized to filter a maximum flow through rate of 60
to intercept sediment from overland runoff and/or concentrated flow.
Rock Filter Dams should be constructed downstream from disturbed areas
the Engineer.
11. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may be modified by
10. Flow outlet should be onto a stabilized area (vegetation, rock, etc.).
double-twisted hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2 •" x 3 ‚"
9. Sack Gabions should be staked down with ƒ" dia. rebar stakes, and have a
stream bed prior to aggregate placement.
hog rings. For in stream use, the mesh should be secured or staked to the
tightly secured to itself on the downstream side using wire ties or
The mesh shall be folded at the upstream side over the aggregate and
be placed on the mesh to the height & slopes specified.
woven wire mesh with 1" diameter hexagonal openings. The aggregate shall
8. Rock filter dam types 2 & 3 shall be secured with 20 gauge galvanized
dimensions shown on the plans.
7. The sediment trap for ponding of sediment laden runoff shall be of the
6. Filter dams should be embedded a minimum of 4" into existing ground.
embankment for filter dams at sediment traps.
5. Maintain a minimum of 1' between top of rock filter dam weir and top of
have sideslopes of 6:1 or flatter.
4. Side slopes should be 2:1 or flatter. Dams within the safety zone shall
3. The rock filter dam dimensions shall be as indicated on the SW3P plans.
Control".
by the specification for "Rock Filter Dams for Erosion and Sedimentation
2. Materials (aggregate, wire mesh, sandbags, etc.) shall be as indicated
channels to collect sediment.
and/or downstream at drainage structures, and in roadway ditches and
be placed near the toe of slopes where erosion is anticipated, upstream
1. If shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, filter dams should
"V" SHAPE
(See "V" Shape Plan View below)
higher velocity flows.
A "V" Shape may be used for
C
C
B
A
A
C
C
of Flow
Direction
DN:CK:DW:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
EC(2)-16
Standard
Division
Design
DN/CK:KM LSVP
JULY 2016C TxDOT:
176
TxDOT
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
ec216
ROCK FILTER DAMS
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec216.dgn8/5/2020B
TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:
DN:CK:DW:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec316.dgn8/5/2020TxDOT
Standard
Division
Design
8" Min.
4' Min.4' Min.
6:1 Min.
Foundation course
Approach transition Approach transition
50' Min.
6" min.
PLAN VIEW
ELEVATION VIEW
trapping device
Drain to sediment
Treated timber plank
2" X 10"Railroad ties
Typical dimensions 8" X 10" X 8'
50' Min.
10" Min.2" X 6"
Treated timber plank
PLAN VIEW
ELEVATION VIEW
R.O.W.
Soil Area
Disturbed
Paved Roadway
Driveway
Stabilized
A A
•" Min. thick plywood or
of wood sheets
nailed onto abutted ends
2" X 8" treated timbers
pressed wafer board sheets
See note 2
PLAN VIEW
ROCK CONSTRUCTION (LONG TERM)TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (LONG TERM)
Disturbed soil
•" Min. thick treated plywood or
of wood sheets
Nailed onto ends
2" X 8" Timbers
pressed wafer board sheets
1' on centers.
16 Penny Nails @
CONSTRUCTION EXIT (TYPE 3)
SECTION A-A
SHORT TERM
4' Min.4' Min.
6:1 Min.
Foundation course
Approach transition Approach transition
50' Min.
6" min.
CONSTRUCTION EXIT (TYPE 1)CONSTRUCTION EXIT (TYPE 2)
2. The coarse aggregate should be open graded with a size of 4" to 8".
be free from large and loose knots.
constructed as directed by the Engineer.
4. The approach transitions shall be no steeper than 6:1 and
as approved by the Engineer.
bituminous concrete, portland cement concrete or other material
5. The construction exit foundation course shall be flexible base,
3. The treated timber planks shall be #2 grade min., and should
2. The treated timber planks shall be attached to the railroad
1. The length of the type 2 construction exit shall be as
indicated on the plans, but not less than 50'.
ties with •"x 6" min. lag bolts. Other fasteners may be used
as approved by the Engineer.
7. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may
be modified by the Engineer.
sediment trapping device.
6. The construction exit should be graded to allow drainage to a
Coarse Aggregate
trapping device
Drain to sediment
50' Min.
KM
C TxDOT:
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
EC(3)-16
CONSTRUCTION EXITS
on the plans, but not less than 50'.
1. The length of the type 1 construction exit shall be as indicated
as directed by the Engineer.
3. The approach transitions should be no steeper than 6:1 and constructed
by the Engineer.
bituminous concrete, portland cement concrete or other materialas approved
4. The construction exit foundation course shall be flexible base,
trapping device.
5. The construction exit shall be graded to allow drainage to a sediment
by the Engineer.
6. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may be modified 14' Min. One-Way20' Min. Two-Way20' Min. Two-Wayengineer.
for two-way traffic for the full width of the exit, or as directed by the
7. Construct exits with a width of at least 14 ft. for one-way and 20 ft. 14' Min. One-wayGENERAL NOTES (TYPE 1)GENERAL NOTES (TYPE 2)
1. The length of the type 3 construction exit shall be as
2. The type 3 construction exit may be constructed from open
graded crushed stone with a size of two to four inches
spread a min. of 4" thick to the limits shown on the plans.
shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.
4. The guidelines shown hereon are suggestions only and may
be modified by the Engineer.
3. The treated timber planks shall be #2 grade min., and
should be free from large and loose knots.
GENERAL NOTES (TYPE 3)
engineer.
for two-way traffic for the full width of the exit, or as directed by the
8. Construct exits with a width of at least 14 ft. for one-way and 20 ft.
VPec316
JULY 2016
DN/CK:LSTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:177
SHEET 1 OF 3
SECTION C-C
STAKE
FLOW
A A
1'
B
B
R.O.W.
BACK OF CURB
FLOW
DISTURBED AREA
LIP OF GUTTER2'1'C
C
R.O.W.
FLOW2'GENERAL NOTES:+-+-2"•"1"R REBAR STAKE DETAIL
#3 BAR
CONTROL LOGS SPECIFIED IN PLANS
DIAMETER MEASUREMENTS OF EROSION
DISTURBED AREA
BACK OF CURB
LIP OF GUTTER
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
CL-ROW
CL-BOC
CL-D
PLAN VIEW
1' MIN.ENGINEER.
AS DIRECTED BY THE
(4' MAX. SPACING), OR
NEEDED TO SECURE LOG
ADDITIONAL POINTS AS
AT EACH END, AND AT
SIDE AT THE CENTER,
STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILL
ENGINEER.
OR AS DIRECTED BY THE
AS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,
LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.
STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF
ENGINEER.
OR AS DIRECTED BY THE
AS NEEDED TO SECURE LOG,
LOG AT 8' (ON CENTER) MAX.
STAKE ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF
EROSION CONTROL LOG DAM
STAKE
SECTION B-B
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
1' (TYP.)
SECTION A-A
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB
THE ENGINEER.
OR AS DIRECTED BY
(4' MAX. SPACING),
NEEDED TO SECURE LOG
ADDITIONAL POINTS AS
AT EACH END, AND AT
SIDE AT THE CENTER,
STAKE LOG ON DOWNHILL
CONTROL LOG
UNDER EROSION
COMPOST CRADLE
DIRECTED
STAKE AS
OF LOG TO
SECURE END
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
R.O.W.
CONTROL LOG
UNDER EROSION
COMPOST CRADLE
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION R.O.W.
CONTROL LOG
UNDER EROSION
COMPOST CRADLE
DIRECTED
STAKE AS
OF LOG TO
SECURE END
DIRECTED
STAKE AS
OF LOG TO
SECURE END
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
LOG
CONTROL
EROSION
TEMPORARY
(TYP.)
1'
CL-GI
RUNOFF EVENTS
STAKES FOR HEAVY
ADDITIONAL UPSTREAM
RUNOFF EVENTS
STAKES FOR HEAVY
ADDITIONAL UPSTREAM
RUNOFF EVENTS
STAKES FOR HEAVY
ADDITIONAL UPSTREAM
RUNOFF EVENTS
STAKES FOR HEAVY
ADDITIONAL UPSTREAM
LOG FROM FOLDING IN ON ITSELF.
UPSTREAM STAKES MAY BE NECESSARY TO KEEP
FOR HEAVY RUNOFF EVENTS, ADDITIONAL10.
LOG.
TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM FLOWING AROUND THE
TURN THE ENDS OF EACH ROW OF LOGS UPSLOPE9.
SIZE TO HOLD LOGS IN PLACE.
ON TOP OF LOGS & SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT
SANDBAGS USED AS ANCHORS SHALL BE PLACED8.
WILL NOT BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY.
COMPOST CRADLE MATERIAL IS INCIDENTAL &7.
MESH.
DO NOT PLACE STAKES THROUGH CONTAINMENT 6.
THE ENGINEER.
2" PROTRUDES ABOVE LOG, OR AS DIRECTED BY
#3 REBAR, 2'-4' LONG, EMBEDDED SUCH THAT
STAKES SHALL BE 2" X 2" WOOD OR5.
DEFORMATION.
SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS WITHOUT EXCESSIVE
TO ACHIEVE THE MINIMUM COMPACTED DIAMETER
FILL LOGS WITH SUFFICIENT FILTER MATERIAL4.
USE RECYCLABLE CONTAINMENT MESH.
SYSTEM. FOR TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS,
REMAIN IN PLACE AS PART OF A VEGETATIVE
CONTAINMENT MESH ONLY WHERE LOG WILL
BIODEGRADABLE OR PHOTODEGRADABLE
UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, USE3.
THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS REQUIRED FOR
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
LENGTHS OF EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL2.
ENGINEER.
RECOMMENDATIONS, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANFACTURER'S
EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL BE INSTALLED1.
CL-D
CL-BOC
CL-ROW
CL-SST
CL-SSL
CL-DI
CL-CI
EROSION CONTROL LOG DAM
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLET
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLET
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRATE INLET
LEGEND
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY
STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING
EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPES
STAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING
EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPES
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT BACK OF CURB
DN:FILE:
DENTON
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
EC(9)-16
Standard
Division
Design
JULY 2016C TxDOT:
TxDOT
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
ec916
178
EROSION CONTROL LOG
CK:DW:KM LSLS/PT CK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:DIAMETER
COMPACTED
MINIMUM
DIAMETER
COMPACTED
MINIMUM
FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec916-01.dgn8/5/2020SEDIMENT BASIN & TRAP USAGE GUIDELINES
3. Just before the drainage enters a water course
4. Just before the drainage leaves the right of way
1. Within drainage ditches spaced as needed or min. 500' on center
sediment out of runoff draining from an unstabilized area.
2. Immediately preceding ditch inlets or drain inlets
limits where drainage flows away from the project.
5. Just before the drainage leaves the construction
will not be paid for separately.
Cleaning and removal of accumulated sediment deposits is incidental and
An erosion control log sediment trap may be used to filter
Log Traps: The drainage area for a sediment trap should not exceed
5 acres. The trap capacity should be 1800 CF/Acre (0.5" over
the drainage area).
Control logs should be placed in the following locations:
The logs should be cleaned when the sediment has accumulated to a
depth of 1/2 the log diameter.
SHEET 2 OF 3
TOE OF SLOPE
5'-0" ABOVE
STAGGER JOINTS
5'-0" TO 10'-0"
STAGGER JOINTS
5'-0" TO 10'-0"
STAKE NOTCH DETAIL4"STAKE
ROPE
NOTCH
•" x •"
EROSION CONTROL LOG SPACING TABLE
6"8"12"
2:1
3:1
1'2'
STAKE
18"
TOP OF SLOPE
6' BELOW
TOP OF SLOPE
EROSION CONTROL LOG
TOE OF SLOPE
5'-0" ABOVE
TOP OF SLOPE
6' BELOW
TOP OF SLOPE
EROSION CONTROL LOG
2' MINIMUM
SLOPE
1:1 OR STEEPER
4:1 OR FLATTER
LOG DIAMETER
TRENCH DEPTH TABLE
LOG DIAMETER DEPTH
6"
8"
2"
3"
4"12" MINIMUM2" MINIMUM
6" DIAMETER
EROSION CONTROL LOG
SLOPE
ROPE
NOTCH Typ
STAKE
2' TO 4' LONG.
or #3 REBAR,
2" x 2" WOOD
CONTROL LOG.
SIDE OF EROSION
MATERIAL ON UPHILL
PLACE EXCAVATED
12" MI
NI
MU
MHARD, ROCKY SOILS- ADJUST ROWS FARTHER APART
SOFT, LOAMY SOILS-ADJUST ROWS CLOSER TOGETHER;
* ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR SOIL TYPE:
2'
1'
OVERLAP
2'
LOG
CONTROL
EROSION
LOG
CONTROL
EROSION
TOE OF SLOPE TOE OF SLOPE
12"
18"5"MIN.2"DISTURBED AREA
DIRECTED
STAKE AS
OF LOG TO
SECURE END
5'
END SECTION RAP DETAIL
UNDERCUTTING.
SOIL TO PREVENT
NOTE: COMPACT EXCAVATED
1'
2' MINIMUM 2'
OVERLAP LOG
CONTROL
EROSION
EVENTS
HEAVY RUNOFF
NEEDED FOR
STAKING IF
ADDITIONAL
4'
TABLE BELOW)
SPACING
CONTROL LOG
(SEE EROSION
LOG SPACING
TABLE BELOW)
SPACING
CONTROL LOG
(SEE EROSION
LOG SPACING
5'10'15'20'
10'20'30'40'
15'30'45'60'
20'40'60'80'
STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING DETAIL
STAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING DETAIL
CL-SST
CL-SSL
CL-SSLCL-SST
STAKE AND TRENCHING ANCHORING
EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPES
STAKE AND LASHING ANCHORING
EROSION CONTROL LOGS ON SLOPES
DENTON
DN:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
EC(9)-16
Standard
Division
Design
JULY 2016C TxDOT:
179
TxDOT
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
EROSION CONTROL LOG
ec116 CK:DW:KM LSLS/PT CK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec916-02.dgn8/5/2020
24"24" MINIMUM
OVERLAP ENDS TIGHTLY
DIRECTED
STAKE AS
OF LOG TO
SECURE END
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
Flow
ROADWAYFlow
Flo
wFl
o
wCURB
FLOWFLOW
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
EROSION CONTROL LOG
AREA DRAIN INLETS WITH
DRAINAGE ACCESS TO
COMPLETELY SURROUND
Flow
6" CURB
ROADWAYFlow
Fl
o
wFl
o
wCURB INLET
EXTENSION
INLET
MIN.
2 FT
MIN.
2 FT
GRATE INLET
CURB AND
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT DROP INLET
CL-DI
CONTROL LOG
TEMP. EROSION
BB
24"-30"
SHEET 3 OF 3
IN PLACE (TYPICAL)
LOG AS NEEDED TO HOLD
ON DOWNHILL SIDE OF
STAKE OR USE SANDBAGS
SANDBAG
SANDBAG
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB & GRADE INLET
NEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.
LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & AS
USE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF
TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL LOG
NEEDED OR SANDBAGS TO HOLD IN PLACE.
LOGS, AT ENDS, MIDPOINT, & AS
USE STAKES ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF
2 SAND BAGS
2 SAND BAGS
STORM SEWER SYSTEM IS NOT FULLY FUNCTIONAL.
TRAFFIC OR FLOOD THE ROADWAY OR WHEN THE
SHOULD ONLY BE USED IF THEY WILL NOT IMPEDE
EROSION CONTROL LOGS USED AT CURB INLETS
NOTE:
6"-8"
CL-GI
DENTON
DN:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
EC(9)-16
Standard
Division
Design
JULY 2016C TxDOT:
180
TxDOT
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
SEDIMENT AND WATER
TEMPORARY EROSION,
EROSION CONTROL LOG
ec916 CK:DW:KM LSLS/PT CK:TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:c:\pwworking\central01\d1285730\ec916-03.dgn8/5/2020EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLET
CL-CI
EROSION CONTROL LOG AT CURB INLET
CL-CI
SANDBAG DETAIL
SECTION B-B
16"-18"
DN:CK:DW:CK:FILE:
JOB
COUNTY
SECT
DIST
REVISIONS
HIGHWAY
SHEET NO.
CONT
TxDOT VP AR
EPIC
I. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION-CLEAN WATER ACT SECTION 402
1.
2.
3.
4.
ACT SECTIONS 401 AND 404
II. WORK IN OR NEAR STREAMS, WATERBODIES AND WETLANDS CLEAN WATER
They may need to be notified prior to construction activities.
List MS4 Operator(s) that may receive discharges from this project.
Temporary Vegetation
Blankets/Matting
Mulch
Sodding
Interceptor Swale
Diversion Dike
Erosion Control Compost
Mulch Filter Berm and Socks
Compost Filter Berm and Socks
Erosion Control Compost
Mulch Filter Berm and Socks
Compost Filter Berm and Socks
Silt Fence
Rock Berm
Triangular Filter Dike
Sand Bag Berm
Straw Bale Dike
Brush Berms
Stone Outlet Sediment Traps
Sediment Basins
Vegetative Filter Strips
Retention/Irrigation Systems
Extended Detention Basin
Constructed Wetlands
Wet Basin
Erosion Control Compost
Mulch Filter Berm and Socks
Compost Filter Berm and Socks
Vegetation Lined Ditches
Sand Filter Systems
permit can be found on the Bridge Layouts.
to be performed in the waters of the US requiring the use of a nationwide
The elevation of the ordinary high water marks of any areas requiring work
and post-project TSS.
and check Best Management Practices planned to control erosion, sedimentation
Required Actions: List waters of the US permit applies to, location in project
Action No.
No Action Required Required Action
1.
2.
water bodies, rivers, creeks, streams, wetlands or wet areas.
USACE Permit required for filling, dredging, excavating or other work in any
the following permit(s):
The Contractor must adhere to all of the terms and conditions associated with
No Permit Required
Nationwide Permit 14 - PCN Required (1/10 to <1/2 acre, 1/3 in tidal waters)
Individual 404 Permit Required
Other Nationwide Permit Required: NWP#
wetlands affected)
Nationwide Permit 14 - PCN not Required (less than 1/10th acre waters or
Best Management Practices:
Erosion Sedimentation Post-Construction TSS
VI. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR CONTAMINATION ISSUES
General (applies to all projects):
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
15 working days prior to scheduled demolition.
activities as necessary. The notification form to DSHS must be postmarked at least
the notification, develop abatement/mitigation procedures, and perform management
If "Yes", then TxDOT must retain a DSHS licensed asbestos consultant to assist with
If "Yes", then TxDOT is responsible for completing asbestos assessment/inspection.
If "No", then no further action is required.
area to 5 acres or more, submit NOI to TCEQ and the Engineer.
4. When Contractor project specific locations (PSL's) increase disturbed soil
the site, accessible to the public and TCEQ, EPA or other inspectors.
3. Post Construction Site Notice (CSN) with SW3P information on or near
required by the Engineer.
2. Comply with the SW3P and revise when necessary to control pollution or
accordance with TPDES Permit TXR 150000
1. Prevent stormwater pollution by controlling erosion and sedimentation in
products which may be hazardous. Maintain product labelling as required by the Act.
compounds or additives. Provide protected storage, off bare ground and covered, for
Paints, acids, solvents, asphalt products, chemical additives, fuels and concrete curing
used on the project, which may include, but are not limited to the following categories:
Obtain and keep on-site Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous products
NOI: Notice of Intent
NWP: Nationwide Permit
NOT: Notice of Termination
MBTA: Migratory Bird Treaty Act
MS4: Municipal Separate Stormwater Sewer System
MOU: Memorandum of Understanding
MOA: Memorandum of Agreement
FHWA: Federal Highway Administration
DSHS: Texas Department of State Health Services
CGP: Construction General Permit
BMP: Best Management Practice
Contact the Engineer if any of the following are detected:
* Evidence of leaching or seepage of substances
* Undesirable smells or odors
* Trash piles, drums, canister, barrels, etc.
* Dead or distressed vegetation (not identified as normal)
replacements (bridge class structures not including box culverts)?
Does the project involve any bridge class structure rehabilitation or
Yes No
(includes regional issues such as Edwards Aquifer District, etc.)
Action No.
1.
2.
3.
No Action Required Required Action
Are the results of the asbestos inspection positive (is asbestos present)?
Yes No
VII. OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Item 506.
disturbed soil must protect for erosion and sedimentation in accordance with
required for projects with 1 or more acres disturbed soil. Projects with any
TPDES TXR 150000: Stormwater Discharge Permit or Construction General Permit
ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS,
ISSUES AND COMMITMENTS
Standard
Division
Design
Engineer immediately.
are discovered, cease work in the immediate area, and contact the
nesting season of the birds associated with the nests. If caves or sinkholes
work may not remove active nests from bridges and other structures during
do not disturb species or habitat and contact the Engineer immediately. The
If any of the listed species are observed, cease work in the immediate area,
provided with personal protective equipment appropriate for any hazardous materials used.
making workers aware of potential hazards in the workplace. Ensure that all workers are
hazardous materials by conducting safety meetings prior to beginning construction and
Comply with the Hazard Communication Act (the Act) for personnel who will be working with
of all product spills.
immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper containment and cleanup
in accordance with safe work practices, and contact the District Spill Coordinator
In the event of a spill, take actions to mitigate the spill as indicated in the MSDS,
Maintain an adequate supply of on-site spill response materials, as indicated in the MSDS.
Action No.
1.
2.
3.
No Action Required Required Action
on site. Hazardous Materials or Contamination Issues Specific to this Project:
Any other evidence indicating possible hazardous materials or contamination discovered
scheduled demolition.
If "No", then TxDOT is still required to notify DSHS 15 working days prior to any
asbestos consultant in order to minimize construction delays and subsequent claims.
activities and/or demolition with careful coordination between the Engineer and
In either case, the Contractor is responsible for providing the date(s) for abatement
USFWS: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
USACE: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
T&E: Threatened and Endangered Species
TxDOT: Texas Department of Transportation
TPWD: Texas Parks and Wildlife Department
TPDES: Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
TCEQ: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
PSL: Project Specific Location
PCN: Pre-Construction Notification
SW3P: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
SPCC: Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
III. CULTURAL RESOURCES
No Action Required Required Action
Action No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
IV. VEGETATION RESOURCES
work in the immediate area and contact the Engineer immediately.
archeological artifacts (bones, burnt rock, flint, pottery, etc.) cease
archeological artifacts are found during construction. Upon discovery of
Refer to TxDOT Standard Specifications in the event historical issues or
invasive species, beneficial landscaping, and tree/brush removal commitments.
164, 192, 193, 506, 730, 751, 752 in order to comply with requirements for
Contractor must adhere to Construction Specification Requirements Specs 162,
Preserve native vegetation to the extent practical.
No Action Required Required Action
Action No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
AND MIGRATORY BIRDS.
CRITICAL HABITAT, STATE LISTED SPECIES, CANDIDATE SPECIES
V. FEDERAL LISTED, PROPOSED THREATENED, ENDANGERED SPECIES,
No Action Required Required Action
Action No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Grassy Swales
12-12-2011 (DS)
05-07-14 ADDED NOTE SECTION IV.
TO ITEM 506, ADDED GRASSY SWALES.
01-23-2015 SECTION I (CHANGED ITEM 1122
C TxDOT:February 2015
epic.dgn RGTxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conversion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use.The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. DISCLAIMER:FILE:DATE:X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
181
XX1
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
640 640
101+50.00
640 640
645 645
102+00.00
645 645
650 650
102+50.00
645 645
650 650
103+00.00
645 645
650 650
103+50.00
VARIES639.9520.98639.7429.30639.0337.79R.O.W.R.O.W.VARIES642.0021.96641.3434.50641.7040.18R.O.W.R.O.W.VARIES 643.7438.53643.3434.50644.1023.10R.O.W.R.O.W.VARIES645.3427.65644.9234.50645.4239.00648.0043.30648.0644.87648.6754.99CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:21 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX2
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
645 645
650 650
104+00.00
645 645
104+50.00
645 645
105+00.00
105+50.00
106+00.00
106+50.00
107+00.00
107+50.00
108+00.00
108+50.00
644.4025.73644.3626.94644.5131.56CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:22 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
NOTTINGHAM DRIVE & UNIVERSITY DRIVE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
56+00.00
640 640
56+50.00
640 640
57+00.00
640 640
57+50.00
640 640
58+00.00
XX3 645.3732.49640.6851.92645.6822.224
:1
4
:1
VARIES646.0622.54645.6843.13641.0461.694
:1VARIES646.2722.87646.0643.34641.1462.964:1
VARIES 646.1244.46641.4763.07646.3423.204
:1
VARIES
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:25 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
640 640
58+50.00
640 640
59+00.00
640 640
59+50.00
640 640
60+00.00
XX4
4
:1
VARIES
642.5147.12646.8629.42646.8122.10646.1223.37645.6245.57642.4058.424:1
VARIES
4:1 642.3859.94645.6946.68646.2123.28646.4322.47646.2635.54642.8149.544:1
VARIESVARIES
4:1
VARIESVARIES
642.9448.79645.9436.79646.2722.64646.2023.37645.5747.79643.1157.674:1
VARIES
VARIES 645.0028.86646.1729.82645.7148.96643.6964.059:1 0%
5:1
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:26 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
640 640
60+50.00
640 640
61+00.00
640 640
645 645
61+50.00
XX5 3:13:13:1
VARIESVARIES
SSCB W/TRF SSCB W/TRF
645.8139.04645.7939.01642.9546.14646.1428.00643.0852.007:1
2:1
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
2:1
VARIES
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
VARIES
SSCB W/TRF
SSCB W/TRF
644.4350.54645.6839.00646.1328.00646.2727.09645.8339.00643.9952.00648.5763.16643.9445.556:1 2'
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:27 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
635 635
640 640
645 645
62+00.00
640 640
645 645
650 650
62+50.00
XX6
2:1
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
2:1
VARIES
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
VARIES
SSCB W/TRF
SSCB W/TRF
3:1 649.2962.86644.8952.00646.3639.00646.7427.65646.2928.00645.7539.00644.9550.67643.9946.232:10%2'
2:1
5
:1
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
2:1
VARIES
COLUMN LOCATION
PROJECTED EXIST
VARIES
SSCB W/TRF
SSCB W/TRF
644.3246.50647.0628.00647.0827.89646.6239.00645.2852.00649.6363.03646.6039.00645.0050.673:10%
2'
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:28 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
640 640
645 645
63+00.00
645 645
63+50.00
645 645
64+00.00
645 645
64+50.00
XX7
3:1
VARIESVARIES
SSCB W/TRF
SSCB W/TRF
8
:1 2:1
645.5452.00647.9758.86646.8339.00647.4228.06647.5628.00647.0239.00644.7746.50645.8050.562:10%3:1VARIES
3:1646.0153.22646.5257.23648.6628.00648.6528.41648.0044.08646.3859.37647.9744.58645.9456.56VARIES
SSCB W/TRF
SSCB W/TRF
0%
3:1
4:1
VARIESVARIES
648.4748.15650.5540.24651.0128.19651.0328.27650.1951.01648.0561.42648.8366.684:1 0%
4:1
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:30 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
645 645
65+00.00
65+50.00
650 650
66+00.00
650 650
66+50.00
67+00.00
XX8
4:1 4:1
VARIESVARIES
649.1060.00651.1050.00652.1727.24652.1327.62651.5939.00650.5945.00650.5567.784:1 0%
4:1
4:1 4:1
VARIESVARIES
651.2260.00652.3766.60653.2250.00654.0426.39653.4026.84652.6939.00651.6945.00652.1748.904:1 0%
4:1
4:1 4:1
VARIESVARIES 653.8347.26653.7645.00654.7639.00655.4025.83655.4925.53654.3850.00652.3860.00654.1669.124:1
0%
4:1
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:31 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
4
:14:1
VARIESVARIES656.0669.95653.9159.29655.9149.36657.2124.68657.1925.03656.5437.34655.5443.36655.7146.054
:10%
4:1
SURVEY
ROW OUTSIDE
4:1
VARIESVARIES658.1666.32658.3245.80656.2155.92659.4424.78658.9635.67657.2342.564
:1
0%
4:1
SURVEY
ROW OUTSIDE
8/5/2020
00 1010 2020 3030 4040 5050 606070
655 655
67+50.00
68+00.00
660 660
68+50.00
69+00.00
69+50.00
70+00.00
70+50.00
XX9
4:1
VARIESVARIES660.1056.36660.8437.81661.5622.98661.7324.03661.3334.01659.3241.97658.6647.934
:1 2%
4:1
SURVEY
ROW OUTSIDE
4:1
VARIESVARIES
661.4241.56663.7432.34664.0923.61664.1122.43663.8129.81661.7639.940%
4:1
ROW OUTSIDE SURVEY
VARIESVARIES
663.8636.07666.6924.76666.7722.45666.7223.41666.4730.67664.1439.914:1
SURVEY
ROW OUTSIDE
4:1
4:1
VARIES
4:1
VARIES
4:1
VARIES
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:32 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
SHERMAN DRIVE & LOOP 288
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX10
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
665 665
670 670
102+00.00
665 665
670 670
102+50.00
665 665
670 670
103+00.00
665 665
670 670
103+50.00
104+00.00
665.923212.5936665.922515.8177663.7824.394:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.666.2612.84666.2616.87663.6327.414
:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.667.0413.07666.9317.94664.6427.064
:1VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.667.8613.30667.8619.02664.8531.044
:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:35 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX11
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
665 665
670 670
104+50.00
670 670
675 675
105+00.00
670 670
675 675
105+50.00
670 670
675 675
106+00.00
670 670
675 675
106+50.00
669.0113.66668.9621.20666.3631.604:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.669.9213.66669.9522.31666.6835.414
:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.670.6412.88670.6723.43667.6835.414:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.671.1012.70671.1424.56668.0936.784:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.671.9213.40671.9425.70669.0837.184:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:36 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX12
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
670 670
675 675
107+00.00
675 675
107+50.00
675 675
108+00.00
108+50.00
675 675
680 680
109+00.00
675 675
680 680
109+50.00
672.5111.50672.5826.50670.0036.834:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.673.2611.62673.3126.50671.0735.504
:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.673.1811.50672.8524.25672.1132.934:1
VARIES674.6614.42673.8736.21673.5342.463:1
VARIES675.1311.50675.1626.50672.8735.684
:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:37 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX13
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
675 675
680 680
110+00.00
675 675
680 680
110+50.00
675 675
680 680
111+00.00
675 675
680 680
111+50.00
675 675
680 680
112+00.00
675.0711.50674.8626.50672.6835.224:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.675.0211.50675.1826.50672.7336.284:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.675.1011.50674.8326.50672.9034.224
:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.675.4011.50675.5526.50672.3539.294:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.675.0118.54674.9826.50671.9738.534:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:39 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
8/5/2020
XX14
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
675 675
680 680
112+50.00
675 675
113+00.00
675 675
680 680
113+50.00
675 675
680 680
114+00.00
675 675
114+50.00
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:40 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS675.1421.63675.1426.50671.9139.424:1
VARIESR.O.W.R.O.W.674.3423.95674.1326.50VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.674.6024.12674.6026.50670.8541.494
:1VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.674.6424.28674.6426.50670.8741.594
:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.674.5324.86674.5326.50671.0840.324:1
VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.8/5/2020
XX15
00
00
1010
1010
2020
2020
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
6060
6060
7070
7070
675 675
680 680
115+00.00
CROSS SECTIONS
5'10'HOR 1" = 10'
VER 1" = 10'SCALE:10160405.tbl1:10PENTABLE:1:53:41 PMTIME:\DATE:8/5/2020TXDOT_PDF_BW.pltcfgPLOT DRIVER:BVERWIJSTUSER:FILE:972.960.4400
Dallas, Texas 75248-1229
17111 Preston Road, Suite 300
Firm Registration No. F-754
HDR0
DATE
8/5/2020
SCALE
DESIGNED BY:
PROJ. ENGR.:
PROJECT #
DATE REVISIONENTERED BY:
CHECKED BY:
LOCUST STREET & HERCULES LANE
SHEET No.
S TATE OF T
EXAS
P
R
OFE
S
SIONAL ENGINEER127741
LICENSED
BRIAN VERWIJST
2019 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS 674.0325.24674.0326.52VARIES
R.O.W.R.O.W.8/5/2020